Professional Documents
Culture Documents
PSS Adept
PSS Adept
PSS Adept
USERS MANUAL
June 2005
Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc. Power Technologies International 1482 Erie Boulevard P.O. Box 1058 Schenectady, NY 12301-1058 US Phone 518-395-5000 www.pti-us.com
Copyright 1998-2005 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International Information in this manual and any software described herein is confidential and subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International. The software described in this manual is furnished under a license agreement or nondisclosure agreement and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, for any purpose other than the purchasers personal use, without the express written permission of Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International. Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows XP, and Visual C++ are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 - Welcome to PSS/ADEPT 5
1.1 About the PSS/ADEPT Application .............................................................................1-1 1.1.1 Application Capabilities ..................................................................................1-1 1.1.2 Optional Features ...........................................................................................1-1 Getting Help ................................................................................................................1-2 1.2.1 Using This Documentation .............................................................................1-2 1.2.2 Using the Online Help ....................................................................................1-3 1.2.3 Contacting Siemens PTI for Support ..............................................................1-3 1.2.4 Submitting Bug Reports and Feature Requests .............................................1-4 Installing and Using PSS/ADEPT ................................................................................1-5 The PSS/ADEPT Application Window .........................................................................1-6 1.4.1 Views ..............................................................................................................1-6 1.4.2 The Status Bar .............................................................................................1-16 1.4.3 The Main Menu ............................................................................................1-17 1.4.4 Toolbars .......................................................................................................1-18 Setting PSS/ADEPT Program Properties ..................................................................1-27 Setting Diagram View Properties ..............................................................................1-32 1.6.1 Setting Default Diagram Properties ..............................................................1-34 1.6.2 Resetting Diagram Properties ......................................................................1-34 Setting Default Item Properties .................................................................................1-35 Opening and Saving Files in PSS/ADEPT ................................................................1-38 1.8.1 Opening Native PSS/ADEPT Files ...............................................................1-38 1.8.2 Opening PSS/U Raw Data Files ...................................................................1-39 1.8.3 Opening PSS/Engines Hub Files .................................................................1-39 1.8.4 Saving Files ..................................................................................................1-40 1.8.5 Merging Files ................................................................................................1-40 1.8.5.1 Duplicate Node Names Not Allowed ............................................1-42 1.8.5.2 Duplicate Node Names Allowed ...................................................1-43
1.2
1.3 1.4
1.5 1.6
1.7 1.8
Table of Contents
2.8 2.9
2.10 Defining Item Ordering Method .................................................................................2-15 2.11 Completing the Network Diagram .............................................................................2-18 2.12 Saving the Network Model ........................................................................................2-19 2.13 Printing the Diagram ..................................................................................................2-20 2.13.1 Specifying Print Options ...............................................................................2-20 2.13.2 Specifying Print Settings ..............................................................................2-21 2.13.3 Previewing the Diagram Before Printing ......................................................2-22 2.13.4 Printing a Network Diagram .........................................................................2-23 2.14 Adjusting the PSS/ADEPT Display ............................................................................2-23 2.14.1 Hiding Views .................................................................................................2-23 2.14.2 Docking Views ..............................................................................................2-24 2.14.3 Floating the Progress View ..........................................................................2-25 2.14.4 Zooming the Diagram ...................................................................................2-26 2.14.5 Scaling/Offsetting Diagram Coordinates ......................................................2-27 2.14.6 Panning the Diagram ....................................................................................2-28 2.14.7 Navigating Using the Mouse Wheel .............................................................2-28 2.14.8 Centering Items in the Diagram View ...........................................................2-28 2.14.9 Saving Diagram Views .................................................................................2-28 2.14.10 Working with Layers .....................................................................................2-29 2.14.11 Importing and Exporting Image Files ............................................................2-31 2.14.12 Using Knee Points ........................................................................................2-32 2.14.13 Locking the Diagram ....................................................................................2-34 2.14.14 Working with Item Labels .............................................................................2-34 2.14.14.1 Setting Multiple Label Fonts .........................................................2-36 2.14.14.2 Controlling Result Label Visibility .................................................2-37 2.14.14.3 Configuring Point Node Labels ....................................................2-37 2.14.14.4 Applying Separate Labels to Node Names and Results ..............2-38 2.14.14.5 Positioning Branch Result Labels ................................................2-38 2.15 Autopositioning Diagram Symbols ............................................................................2-39 2.16 Rotating Diagram Items .............................................................................................2-39 2.17 Using Ports and Links ...............................................................................................2-39
ii
Table of Contents
3.2 3.3
Opening an Existing Network Diagram .....................................................................3-15 Selecting Items ..........................................................................................................3-15 3.3.1 Selecting a Single Item .................................................................................3-16 3.3.2 Selecting Multiple Adjacent Items ................................................................3-17 3.3.3 Selecting Multiple Nonadjacent Items ..........................................................3-18 3.3.4 Selecting All Items ........................................................................................3-19 3.3.5 Deselecting All Items ....................................................................................3-19 3.3.6 Selecting a Group .........................................................................................3-19 3.3.7 Selecting an Island .......................................................................................3-20 3.3.8 Selecting by Load Category .........................................................................3-21 3.3.9 Selecting Nodes in a Given Base Voltage Range ........................................3-22 3.3.10 Selecting a Tree ...........................................................................................3-23 3.3.11 Selection Filters ............................................................................................3-24 Annotating the Diagram .............................................................................................3-25 Editing Nodes ............................................................................................................3-27 3.5.1 Moving Nodes ..............................................................................................3-27 3.5.2 Copying Nodes .............................................................................................3-27 3.5.3 Resizing Nodes ............................................................................................3-29 3.5.4 Deleting Nodes .............................................................................................3-29 3.5.5 Toggling Node Symbols ...............................................................................3-29 3.5.6 Changing Node Properties ...........................................................................3-30 Editing Branches .......................................................................................................3-32 3.6.1 Moving Branches ..........................................................................................3-32 3.6.2 Copying Branches ........................................................................................3-33 3.6.3 Deleting Branches ........................................................................................3-33 3.6.4 Changing Line Properties .............................................................................3-34 3.6.5 Changing Switch Properties .........................................................................3-38 3.6.6 Changing Transformer Properties ................................................................3-41 3.6.7 Changing Series Capacitor/Reactor Properties ............................................3-50 Editing Shunt Devices ...............................................................................................3-54 3.7.1 Moving Shunt Devices ..................................................................................3-54 3.7.2 Copying Shunt Devices ................................................................................3-55 3.7.3 Deleting Shunt Devices ................................................................................3-55 3.7.4 Changing Static Load Properties ..................................................................3-56 3.7.5 Changing MWh Load Properties ..................................................................3-60 3.7.6 Changing Source Properties ........................................................................3-63 3.7.7 Changing Induction Machine Properties ......................................................3-67 3.7.8 Changing Synchronous Machine Properties ................................................3-74 3.7.9 Changing Capacitor Properties ....................................................................3-81 3.7.10 Changing Standard Fault Properties ............................................................3-83 Workspace Management ..........................................................................................3-85 Load and Machine Scaling ........................................................................................3-87 3.9.1 Load Scaling .................................................................................................3-87 3.9.2 Machine Scaling ...........................................................................................3-89 3.9.3 MWh Load Scaling .......................................................................................3-90 3.9.4 Automatic Load Scaling ................................................................................3-91
3.4 3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8 3.9
3.10 Rephasing the Network .............................................................................................3-98 3.10.1 Device Rephasing Details ............................................................................3-99 3.11 Creating Load Snapshots ........................................................................................3-102 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International iii
Table of Contents
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
iv
Table of Contents
5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7 5.2.8 5.2.9 5.2.10 5.2.11 5.2.12 5.2.13 5.2.14 5.2.15 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 5.9
Branch Power Report .....................................................................................5-2 Branch Power Losses Report .........................................................................5-2 Input List of Network Data Report ..................................................................5-2 Node Voltage Reports ....................................................................................5-2 Shunt Current Reports ...................................................................................5-3 Shunt Power Report .......................................................................................5-4 Status Reports ................................................................................................5-4 Network Summary Report ..............................................................................5-4 Power Flow Summary ....................................................................................5-4 Power Flow Details .........................................................................................5-5 Fault All Current Report ..................................................................................5-5 Capacitor Placement Optimization (CAPO) Report ........................................5-5 Tie Open Point Optimization (TOPO) Report .................................................5-5 Distribution Reliability Analysis (DRA) Report ................................................5-5
Setting the Report File Location ..................................................................................5-5 Setting Report Units ....................................................................................................5-6 Setting Report Options ................................................................................................5-8 Reporting on a Selection .............................................................................................5-9 Previewing the Report .................................................................................................5-9 Exporting a Report to Another Format ......................................................................5-10 Creating and Designing Reports Using Crystal Reports ...........................................5-11
6.3
Table of Contents
6.3.2
6.3.3
Modifying Corridor Files ...............................................................................6-25 6.3.2.1 Selecting a Circuit ........................................................................6-25 6.3.2.2 Adjusting Circuit Properties ..........................................................6-26 6.3.2.3 Copying a Circuit ..........................................................................6-26 6.3.2.4 Pasting a Circuit ...........................................................................6-27 6.3.2.5 Deleting a Circuit ..........................................................................6-27 6.3.2.6 Deleting All Circuits ......................................................................6-28 Analyzing Corridor Files ...............................................................................6-28 6.3.3.1 Automatic Validation ....................................................................6-28 6.3.3.2 User-Initiated Validation ...............................................................6-29 6.3.3.3 Performing an Analysis ................................................................6-29 6.3.3.4 Calculation Results ......................................................................6-32 6.3.3.5 Saving Output to a File .................................................................6-39 6.3.3.6 Saving Impedances to the Construction Dictionary .....................6-40
7.4
7.5
vi
Table of Contents
7.5.5 7.5.6
7.5.4.3 Adding Reclosers .........................................................................7-44 7.5.4.4 Viewing and Modifying Fuses .......................................................7-45 7.5.4.5 Viewing and Modifying Relays .....................................................7-46 7.5.4.6 Viewing and Modifying Reclosers ................................................7-47 7.5.4.7 Updating Device Manufacturers ...................................................7-48 7.5.4.8 Removing Devices .......................................................................7-49 Printing the Contents of the Database .........................................................7-52 Importing Customized Database Tables ......................................................7-53
8.9
9.4
Table of Contents
Entering Reliability Parameters: Property Sheet ..........................................9-14 Entering Reliability Parameters: Construction Dictionary .............................9-17 Entering Reliability Parameters: Static Loads ..............................................9-19
Network and Analysis Limitations ..............................................................................9-21 Setting DRA Analysis Options ...................................................................................9-22 Setting DRA Analysis Result Display Options ...........................................................9-24 Performing a DRA Analysis .......................................................................................9-26 Calculating Reliability Indices: Application Examples ...............................................9-26 9.9.1 Using DRA for Basic Historical Analysis ......................................................9-26 9.9.2 Example of Basic Analysis ...........................................................................9-27 9.9.3 Example of Predictive Analysis ....................................................................9-29
A.2
A.3
viii
Table of Contents
PSS/ADEPT and PSS/U Induction Machine Modeling or Short Circuit Calculations ........................................................ A-23 Advanced Machine Specification ................................................ A-25 Relationship between the New PSS/ADEPT Model and the PSS/U Raw Data File ..................................................... A-26 Examples of Induction Machine Specification ............................. A-27 A.3.2.9.1 Induction Machine Short Circuit Behavior ................ A-30 A.3.2.9.2 Induction Machine Starting Behavior ....................... A-30
Data and Parameter File Differences ....................................................................... A-31 Editing Data Dictionaries .......................................................................................... A-31 Diagram Differences ................................................................................................. A-32 A.6.1 Transformer Symbol Types ......................................................................... A-32 A.6.2 Node Labels ................................................................................................ A-32 A.6.3 Load and Branch Labels ............................................................................. A-32 A.6.4 Load Flow Results ....................................................................................... A-32 A.6.5 Shunt Device Labels ................................................................................... A-33 Acceleration Factors ................................................................................................. A-33 Unique Name Identifiers ........................................................................................... A-33 Network Limits .......................................................................................................... A-33 A.9.1 Network Size/Number of Loops ................................................................... A-33 A.9.2 Loads ........................................................................................................... A-33
A.10 MWh Loads .............................................................................................................. A-34 A.11 Sources .................................................................................................................... A-34 A.11.1 Source Angle ............................................................................................... A-34 A.11.2 Multiple In-Service Sources ......................................................................... A-34 A.12 Load Categories and Device Groups ....................................................................... A-34 A.13 Network Economics .................................................................................................. A-34 A.14 Load Snapshots ....................................................................................................... A-34 A.15 Static Loads .............................................................................................................. A-35
ix
Table of Contents
B.1.9
Load Data Section ....................................................................................... B-10 B.1.9.1 Load Categories .......................................................................... B-10 B.1.9.2 Load Type Definitions ................................................................. B-10 B.1.9.3 kW, kvar Load ............................................................................. B-11 B.1.9.3.1 kW, kvar Load - Unbalanced (types 1, 2, 3, 11, 12, 13) ......................................... B-11 B.1.9.3.2 kW, kvar Load - Balanced (types 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 33) ................................... B-11 B.1.9.4 Machine Loads ............................................................................ B-12 B.1.9.4.1 Rules ........................................................................ B-12 B.1.9.4.2 Asynchronous Machine Load (types 51-90, 151-190) ............................................ B-12 B.1.9.4.3 Synchronous Machine Load (types 91-99, 191-199) ............................................ B-12 B.1.10 MWh Load Data Section ............................................................................. B-13 B.1.10.1 MWh Load Data - Unbalanced (types 5, 6, 15, 16) ..................... B-13 B.1.10.2 MWh Load Data - Balanced (types 25, 26, 35, 36) ..................... B-14 B.1.11 Capacitor Data Section ............................................................................... B-14 B.1.11.1 Fixed Capacitors ......................................................................... B-14 B.1.11.2 Switched Capacitors ................................................................... B-14
B.2
Construction Data Dictionary File Format ................................................................ B-15 B.2.1 General Information ..................................................................................... B-15 B.2.2 Data Assumptions ....................................................................................... B-15 B.2.3 Typical Construction Dictionary Data Record .............................................. B-16 B.2.4 Basic Data Record ...................................................................................... B-16 B.2.5 Two-Phase Data Records (if different from three-phase values) ................ B-17 B.2.6 One-Phase Data Records (if different from three- or two-phase values) .... B-17 B.2.7 Rating Data Record ..................................................................................... B-17 B.2.8 Reliability Data Record ................................................................................ B-17
Appendix D - Modeling
D.1 D.2 D.3 Nodes ......................................................................................................................... D-1 D.1.1 Three-Phase Node ........................................................................................ D-1 Sources ...................................................................................................................... D-2 D.2.1 Three-Phase Source ..................................................................................... D-2 Loads .......................................................................................................................... D-5 D.3.1 Single-Phase Load ........................................................................................ D-6 D.3.2 Three-Phase Load ......................................................................................... D-6 Shunt Capacitors ........................................................................................................ D-7 D.4.1 Three-Phase Shunt Capacitor ....................................................................... D-7 Shunt Capacitor Controllers ....................................................................................... D-8 D.5.1 Controller for a Three-Phase Shunt Capacitor .............................................. D-8 Synchronous Machines .............................................................................................. D-9 D.6.1 Three-Phase Synchronous Machine ........................................................... D-10 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
Table of Contents
Short Circuit Model of Synchronous Machine ............................................. D-13 Simplified Synchronous Machine Modeling ................................................. D-15
Induction Machines .................................................................................................. D-16 D.7.1 Three-Phase Induction Machine ................................................................. D-17 Lines ......................................................................................................................... D-18 D.8.1 Single-Phase Line ....................................................................................... D-18 D.8.2 Three-Phase Line ........................................................................................ D-18 Switches ................................................................................................................... D-19 D.9.1 Three-Phase Switch .................................................................................... D-19
D.9
D.10 Transformers ............................................................................................................ D-20 D.10.1 Transformer Node Connection .................................................................... D-20 D.10.2 Transformer Taps ........................................................................................ D-20 D.10.3 Transformer Phasing ................................................................................... D-20 D.10.4 Transformer Grounding ............................................................................... D-21 D.10.5 Summary of Transformers Types ................................................................ D-22 D.11 Transformer Details .................................................................................................. D-26 D.11.1 Wye-Wye Transformers ............................................................................... D-26 D.11.2 Delta-Delta Transformers ............................................................................ D-27 D.11.3 Wye-Delta Transformers ............................................................................. D-27 D.11.4 Delta-Wye Transformers ............................................................................. D-29 D.11.5 Wye Autotransformer .................................................................................. D-30 D.11.6 Autoregulators ............................................................................................. D-31 D.11.7 Specifying the Impedance of the Autoregulator Transformers .................... D-33 D.11.8 Center-Tapped Split-Phase Transformers ................................................... D-34 D.11.9 Z-Wye (ZY) Transformers (Zig-zag) ............................................................ D-36 D.11.10 All Transformers Single-Phase, Two-Phase and Three-Phase ................... D-38 D.12 Transformer Tap Controllers .................................................................................... D-51 D.13 Series Capacitor/Reactor ......................................................................................... D-52 D.13.1 Three-Phase Series Capacitor/Reactor ....................................................... D-53 D.14 Faults ........................................................................................................................ D-53 D.14.1 Line-to-Line Fault ........................................................................................ D-53 D.14.2 Line-to-Ground Fault ................................................................................... D-54 D.14.3 Line-to-Line-to-Ground Fault ....................................................................... D-55
Table of Contents
F.9
F.10 Shunt Capacitors ...................................................................................................... F-20 F.11 Switches ................................................................................................................... F-22 F.12 Series Capacitors/Reactors ...................................................................................... F-23 F.13 Standard Faults ........................................................................................................ F-24 F.14 Protection Equipment ............................................................................................... F-25 F.15 Fuses ........................................................................................................................ F-26 F.16 Over Current Relays ................................................................................................. F-27 F.17 Transformer Damage ............................................................................................... F-29 F.18 Conductor/Cable Damage ........................................................................................ F-31 F.19 Reclosers ................................................................................................................. F-33 F.20 Machines .................................................................................................................. F-34
G.10 Line/Cable Properties ................................................................................................. G-9 G.10.1 Filename: line.dbf .......................................................................................... G-9 G.11 Load Flow Summary ................................................................................................ G-10 G.11.1 Filename: lfsum.dbf ..................................................................................... G-10 G.12 Load Properties ........................................................................................................ G-11 G.12.1 Filename: load.dbf ....................................................................................... G-11 G.12.2 Filename: mwh.dbf ...................................................................................... G-11
xii
Table of Contents
G.13 Load Snapshots .......................................................................................................G-12 G.13.1 Filename: snap.dbf ...................................................................................... G-12 G.14 Network Economics .................................................................................................. G-12 G.14.1 Filename: econ.dbf ...................................................................................... G-12 G.15 Node Properties .......................................................................................................G-13 G.15.1 Filename: bus.dbf ........................................................................................ G-13 G.16 Node Results ............................................................................................................ G-13 G.16.1 Filename: node.dbf ...................................................................................... G-13 G.17 Series Capacitor/Reactor Properties ........................................................................ G-15 G.17.1 Filename: reactor.dbf .................................................................................. G-15 G.18 Shunt Status ............................................................................................................. G-16 G.18.1 Filename: shunt.dbf ..................................................................................... G-16 G.19 Source Properties ..................................................................................................... G-18 G.19.1 Filename: source.dbf ................................................................................... G-18 G.20 Standard Fault Properties ........................................................................................ G-19 G.20.1 Filename: stdfault.dbf .................................................................................. G-19 G.21 Static Load Summary ............................................................................................... G-19 G.21.1 Filename: lsum.dbf ...................................................................................... G-19 G.22 MWh Load Summary ................................................................................................ G-20 G.22.1 Filename: mwhsum.dbf ............................................................................... G-20 G.23 Switch Properties ..................................................................................................... G-21 G.23.1 Filename: switch.dbf .................................................................................... G-21 G.24 Synchronous Machine Properties ............................................................................ G-22 G.24.1 Filename: synmach.dbf ............................................................................... G-22 G.25 System Totals ........................................................................................................... G-23 G.25.1 Filename: count.dbf ..................................................................................... G-23 G.26 Tie Open Point Optimization Results ....................................................................... G-24 G.26.1 Filename: topo.dbf ....................................................................................... G-24 G.27 Titles and Comments ............................................................................................... G-25 G.27.1 Filename: comment.dbf ............................................................................... G-25 G.28 Transformer Properties ............................................................................................ G-25 G.28.1 Filename: trnsfrmr.dbf ................................................................................. G-25 G.29 Voltage Levels .......................................................................................................... G-28 G.29.1 Filename: volts.dbf ...................................................................................... G-28 G.30 Distribution Reliability Analysis Results .................................................................... G-28 G.30.1 Filename: dra.dbf ........................................................................................ G-28
xiii
xiv
List of Figures
Figure 1-1. Figure 1-2. Figure 1-3. Figure 1-4. Figure 1-5. Figure 1-6. Figure 1-7. Figure 1-8. Figure 1-9. Report a Bug or Feature Request Window ............................................................1-4 PSS/ADEPT Application Window Views ...............................................................1-6 View Drop-Down Menu ..........................................................................................1-7 Diagram View Pop-Up Menu .................................................................................1-8 Equipment List View ............................................................................................1-10 Item Type Level, Equipment List View Pop-Up Menu .........................................1-11 Expanded Item Type Level, Equipment List View Pop-Up Menu ........................1-12 Individual Item Level, Equipment List View Pop-Up Menu ..................................1-13 Progress View .....................................................................................................1-14
Figure 1-10. Progress View Pop-Up Menu ..............................................................................1-14 Figure 1-11. Report Preview Window ......................................................................................1-15 Figure 1-12. Application View After a Load Flow Analysis .......................................................1-16 Figure 1-13. Main Menu and Available Toolbars .....................................................................1-17 Figure 1-14. Network Diagram with Tooltips ............................................................................1-19 Figure 1-15. Customize Dialog: Toolbars Tab .........................................................................1-20 Figure 1-16. Save Workspace Dialog ......................................................................................1-22 Figure 1-17. File Toolbar ..........................................................................................................1-23 Figure 1-18. Diagram Toolbar ..................................................................................................1-23 Figure 1-19. Program Settings Dialog ......................................................................................1-24 Figure 1-20. Analysis Toolbar ..................................................................................................1-25 Figure 1-21. Zoom Toolbar ......................................................................................................1-26 Figure 1-22. Results Toolbar ...................................................................................................1-26 Figure 1-23. Reports Toolbar ...................................................................................................1-27 Figure 1-24. Program Settings: Selecting a Dictionary ............................................................1-29 Figure 1-25. Tooltip Settings Dialog .........................................................................................1-31 Figure 1-26. Diagram Property Sheet ......................................................................................1-32 Figure 1-27. Default Items Options ..........................................................................................1-35 Figure 1-28. Default Node Property Sheet ...............................................................................1-36 Figure 1-29. Default Transformer Property Sheet ....................................................................1-37 Figure 1-30. Selecting a PSS/ADEPT File ...............................................................................1-38 Figure 1-31. Merging Feeders .................................................................................................1-41 Figure 1-32. Common Tie Switch List ......................................................................................1-42 Figure 1-33. Duplicate Node Names Allowed ..........................................................................1-43 Figure 2-1. Figure 2-2. Figure 2-3. Network Property Sheet: System Tab ...................................................................2-2 Network Property Sheet: Reliability Tab ................................................................2-3 Diagram Toolbar: Node Symbols ..........................................................................2-4
xv
List of Figures
Figure 2-4. Figure 2-5. Figure 2-6. Figure 2-7. Figure 2-8. Figure 2-9.
Creating a Vertical Node on the Diagram ..............................................................2-5 Diagram Toolbar: Shunt Device Symbols ..............................................................2-5 Creating Shunt Devices .........................................................................................2-6 Diagram Toolbar: Branch Symbols ........................................................................2-6 Creating a Multipoint Branch .................................................................................2-7 Groups Dialog ........................................................................................................2-8
Figure 2-10. Group Membership Dialog .....................................................................................2-9 Figure 2-11. Add Item(s) to Group Dialog ................................................................................2-10 Figure 2-12. Load Categories Dialog .......................................................................................2-11 Figure 2-13. Load Category Membership Dialog .....................................................................2-12 Figure 2-14. Add Load(s) to Category Dialog ..........................................................................2-13 Figure 2-15. Economics Dialog ................................................................................................2-14 Figure 2-16. Sample Network to Illustrate Item Ordering Methods ..........................................2-16 Figure 2-17. Ordering Method Dialog ......................................................................................2-17 Figure 2-18. Completed Sample Network Diagram .................................................................2-18 Figure 2-19. Save As Dialog ....................................................................................................2-19 Figure 2-20. Print Options Dialog .............................................................................................2-20 Figure 2-21. Print Setup Dialog ................................................................................................2-21 Figure 2-22. Print Preview Window ..........................................................................................2-22 Figure 2-23. Progress View "Docked" in PSS/ADEPT Application Window ............................2-24 Figure 2-24. Progress View "Floated" in PSS/ADEPT Application Window ............................2-25 Figure 2-25. Zooming the Diagram ..........................................................................................2-26 Figure 2-26. Zoom Toolbar ......................................................................................................2-26 Figure 2-27. Adjust Coordinates Dialog ...................................................................................2-27 Figure 2-28. Saved Views Dialog .............................................................................................2-28 Figure 2-29. Layers Dialog .......................................................................................................2-30 Figure 2-30. Image Property Sheet ..........................................................................................2-31 Figure 2-31. Knee Points .........................................................................................................2-32 Figure 2-32. Knee Point Selected ............................................................................................2-33 Figure 2-33. Knee Point Selection for Delete ...........................................................................2-34 Figure 2-34. Label Property Sheet ...........................................................................................2-35 Figure 2-35. Apply Font Dialog ................................................................................................2-36 Figure 2-36. Label Configurations ............................................................................................2-38 Figure 2-37. Ports and Links ....................................................................................................2-40 Figure 2-38. Port After Selection of Line Segment ..................................................................2-40 Figure 3-1. Figure 3-2. Figure 3-3. Figure 3-4. Figure 3-5. Figure 3-6. Figure 3-7. Grid Editor View .....................................................................................................3-3 Transformer Grid Editor View ................................................................................3-4 Drop Down List ......................................................................................................3-5 Sorting Data in a Column ......................................................................................3-6 Accessing a Network Item Property Sheet ............................................................3-7 Find Dialog ............................................................................................................3-8 Cell Format Dialog .................................................................................................3-9
xvi
List of Figures
Figure 3-10. Header/Footer Options Dialog .............................................................................3-13 Figure 3-11. Print Preview Window ..........................................................................................3-14 Figure 3-12. Open Dialog .........................................................................................................3-15 Figure 3-13. Single Item Selected ............................................................................................3-16 Figure 3-14. Multiple Adjacent Item Selection .........................................................................3-17 Figure 3-15. Multiple Nonadjacent Item Selection ...................................................................3-18 Figure 3-16. Select Groups Dialog ...........................................................................................3-19 Figure 3-17. Select Load Categories Dialog ............................................................................3-21 Figure 3-18. Select Nodes Dialog ............................................................................................3-22 Figure 3-19. Select Tree Dialog ...............................................................................................3-23 Figure 3-20. Selection Filters Dialog ........................................................................................3-24 Figure 3-21. Diagram Showing Annotations ............................................................................3-25 Figure 3-22. Text Annotation Property Sheet ..........................................................................3-26 Figure 3-23. Copying and Pasting a Node ...............................................................................3-28 Figure 3-24. Node Property Sheet ...........................................................................................3-30 Figure 3-25. Moving a Branch ..................................................................................................3-32 Figure 3-26. Line Property Sheet: Main Tab ............................................................................3-34 Figure 3-27. Line Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab ..................................................................3-36 Figure 3-28. Line Property Sheet: DRA Tab ............................................................................3-37 Figure 3-29. Switch Property Sheet: Main Tab ........................................................................3-38 Figure 3-30. Switch Property Sheet: DRA Tab ........................................................................3-40 Figure 3-31. Transformer Property Sheet: Main Tab ...............................................................3-41 Figure 3-32. Transformer Property Sheet: Tap Control Tab ....................................................3-44 Figure 3-33. Transformer Property Sheet: Regulation Tab ......................................................3-45 Figure 3-34. Delta Autoregulator with AB Phasing ..................................................................3-47 Figure 3-35. Transformer Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab ......................................................3-48 Figure 3-36. Transformer Property Sheet: DRA Tab ...............................................................3-49 Figure 3-37. Series Capacitor/Reactor Property Sheet: Main Tab ..........................................3-50 Figure 3-38. Series Capacitor/Reactor Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab .................................3-52 Figure 3-39. Series Capacitor/Reactor Property Sheet: DRA Tab ...........................................3-53 Figure 3-40. Moving a Shunt Device ........................................................................................3-54 Figure 3-41. Static Load Property Sheet: Main Tab .................................................................3-56 Figure 3-42. Static Load Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab .......................................................3-58 Figure 3-43. Static Load Property Sheet: DRA Tab .................................................................3-59 Figure 3-44. Mwh Load Property Sheet ...................................................................................3-61 Figure 3-45. Source Property Sheet: Main Tab .......................................................................3-64 Figure 3-46. Source Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab ..............................................................3-66 Figure 3-47. Induction Machine Property Sheet: Main Tab .....................................................3-68 Figure 3-48. Induction Machine Property Sheet: Impedances Tab ..........................................3-70 Figure 3-49. Induction Machine Property Sheet: Start-Up Tab ................................................3-72
xvii
List of Figures
Figure 3-50. Induction Machine Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab ............................................3-73 Figure 3-51. Synchronous Machine Property Sheet: Main Tab ...............................................3-74 Figure 3-52. Synchronous Machine Property Sheet: Impedances Tab ...................................3-76 Figure 3-53. Synchronous Machine Property Sheet: Start-Up Tab .........................................3-79 Figure 3-54. Synchronous Machine Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab ......................................3-80 Figure 3-55. Capacitor Property Sheet: Main Tab ...................................................................3-81 Figure 3-56. Fault Property Sheet ............................................................................................3-84 Figure 3-57. Open Workspace Dialog ......................................................................................3-85 Figure 3-58. Scale Loads Dialog: Magnitude Scaling ..............................................................3-87 Figure 3-59. Scale Loads Dialog: Reactive Power Scaling ......................................................3-88 Figure 3-60. Scale Machines Dialog ........................................................................................3-89 Figure 3-61. Scale MWh Loads Dialog ....................................................................................3-90 Figure 3-62. Automatic Load Scaling Dialog ............................................................................3-93 Figure 3-63. Warning Message ................................................................................................3-93 Figure 3-64. Options Dialog .....................................................................................................3-95 Figure 3-65. Load Scaling Results Dialog ................................................................................3-96 Figure 3-66. Continue Dialog ...................................................................................................3-97 Figure 3-67. Example of Incorrect Rephasing .........................................................................3-98 Figure 3-68. Unbalanced Load Changes for "Rotate Forward" Situation ................................3-99 Figure 3-69. Rephasing Dialog ..............................................................................................3-101 Figure 3-70. Load Snapshots Dialog .....................................................................................3-102 Figure 4-1. Figure 4-2. Figure 4-3. Figure 4-4. Figure 4-5. Figure 4-6. Figure 4-7. Figure 4-8. Figure 4-9. Raw Data File Validation .......................................................................................4-3 Network Validation .................................................................................................4-4 Analysis Options Property Sheet: General Tab .....................................................4-5 Diagram Property Sheet: Color Tab ......................................................................4-7 Diagram Result Display Options ............................................................................4-9 Analysis Options: Reports Tab ............................................................................4-12 TOPO Diagram Displaying New Configuration Results .......................................4-13 CAPO Diagram Displaying Optimized Network Results ......................................4-14 Analysis Options Property Sheet: Load Flow Tab ...............................................4-15
Figure 4-10. Detailed Convergence Monitor Progress Messages ...........................................4-16 Figure 4-11. Solution Paused Dialog .......................................................................................4-16 Figure 4-12. Graphical Convergence Monitor ..........................................................................4-18 Figure 4-13. Sample Load Flow Analysis Diagram ..................................................................4-19 Figure 4-14. Reactive Capability Curve for a Synchronous Machine ......................................4-22 Figure 4-15. Analysis Options Property Sheet: Short Circuit Tab ............................................4-26 Figure 4-16. Sample Short Circuit Analysis Diagram ...............................................................4-28 Figure 4-17. Thevenin Equivalent ............................................................................................4-30 Figure 4-18. Use of Thevenin Equivalent to Get Short Circuit Current ....................................4-31 Figure 4-19. Line-to-Line Fault Currents ..................................................................................4-32 Figure 4-20. Analysis Options Property Sheet: Motor Starting Tab .........................................4-33 Figure 4-21. Sample Motor Starting Analysis Diagram ............................................................4-34
xviii
List of Figures
Figure 4-22. Machine Property Sheet Showing Series Starting Autotransformer Option ........4-36 Figure 4-23. Analysis Options Property Sheet: CAPO Tab .....................................................4-39 Figure 4-24. Diagram and Progress Views After Optimal Capacitor Placement ......................4-43 Figure 4-25. Analysis Options Property Sheet: TOPO Tab .....................................................4-45 Figure 4-26. Diagram and Progress Views After TOPO Analysis ............................................4-47 Figure 5-1. Figure 5-2. Figure 5-3. Figure 5-4. Figure 5-5. Figure 5-6. Figure 6-1. Figure 6-2. Figure 6-3. Figure 6-4. Figure 6-5. Figure 6-6. Figure 6-7. Figure 6-8. Figure 6-9. Voltage Profile .......................................................................................................5-3 Report Units Dialog ...............................................................................................5-6 Report Options Dialog ...........................................................................................5-8 Report Preview Window ........................................................................................5-9 Export Dialog .......................................................................................................5-10 Open File Dialog ..................................................................................................5-11 Example Corridor for Illustration of Line Property Calculations .............................6-3 Initial Corridor View ...............................................................................................6-4 Add New Circuit Dialog ..........................................................................................6-5 Initial Circuit View ..................................................................................................6-6 Circuit_1 Properties Sheet .....................................................................................6-7 Circuit_2 Properties Sheet .....................................................................................6-8 Conductor Bundle Diagram ...................................................................................6-9 Select Conductor Type Dialog .............................................................................6-10 Corridor View .......................................................................................................6-11
Figure 6-10. LineProp Menu Bar ..............................................................................................6-12 Figure 6-11. LineProp Toolbar .................................................................................................6-13 Figure 6-12. LineProp Options Dialog: User Tab .....................................................................6-14 Figure 6-13. LineProp Options Dialog: Circuit Tab ..................................................................6-16 Figure 6-14. LineProp Options Dialog: Corridor Tab ...............................................................6-17 Figure 6-15. Equivalent Circuit for Short Transmission Line ....................................................6-18 Figure 6-16. Pi-Form Transmission Line Equivalent Circuit .....................................................6-18 Figure 6-17. "Exact" Pi-Equivalent Circuits for 400-Mile Length of Example Transmission Line at 60 and 65 Hz (Skin Effect Neglected) ...............................6-19 Figure 6-18. Difference Between 60 and 65 Hz Values of Rex, Lex, and Cex as a Function of Line Length ...............................................................................6-20 Figure 6-19. Open Dialog .........................................................................................................6-21 Figure 6-20. Save As Dialog ....................................................................................................6-22 Figure 6-21. Print Preview .......................................................................................................6-23 Figure 6-22. Print Dialog ..........................................................................................................6-24 Figure 6-23. Selected Circuit View ...........................................................................................6-25 Figure 6-24. Current Circuit Properties Sheet ..........................................................................6-26 Figure 6-25. Copy Circuit Dialog ..............................................................................................6-27 Figure 6-26. Verify Circuit to Delete Message Box ..................................................................6-27 Figure 6-27. Verify to Delete All Circuits Message Box ...........................................................6-28 Figure 6-28. Validation of Circuit Properties ............................................................................6-29 Figure 6-29. Corridor Circuit Data ............................................................................................6-30
xix
List of Figures
Figure 6-30. Sample Zero- and Positive-Sequence Impedances Report ................................6-32 Figure 6-31. Sample Zero- and Positive-Sequence Admittance Report ..................................6-33 Figure 6-32. Sample Self and Mutual Impedances Report ......................................................6-34 Figure 6-33. Sample Self and Mutual Admittances Report ......................................................6-35 Figure 6-34. Sample Average Mutual Impedance and Admittance Report ..............................6-36 Figure 6-35. Sample Corridor Impedance Report ....................................................................6-37 Figure 6-36. Sample Corridor Admittance Report ....................................................................6-38 Figure 6-37. Save Results Dialog ............................................................................................6-39 Figure 6-38. Update Construction Dictionary Dialog ................................................................6-40 Figure 7-1. Figure 7-2. Figure 7-3. Figure 7-4. Figure 7-5. Figure 7-6. Figure 7-7. Figure 7-8. Figure 7-9. Branch with Two Protection Equipment Packs ......................................................7-2 Protection Equipment Pack Property Sheet ..........................................................7-4 Curve Plot View .....................................................................................................7-5 Protection Equipment Pack Plot Options Tab .......................................................7-7 Plot Options Tab ....................................................................................................7-9 More Info Tab ......................................................................................................7-10 Fuse Property Sheet ............................................................................................7-11 Overcurrent Relay Property Sheet ......................................................................7-12 Transformer Damage Curve Tab .........................................................................7-16
Figure 7-10. Conductor Damage Curve Tab ............................................................................7-20 Figure 7-11. Protection Equipment Pack Showing Two Recloser Curves ...............................7-22 Figure 7-12. Recloser Properties Sheet ...................................................................................7-23 Figure 7-13. Machine Starting Curve Property Sheet ..............................................................7-25 Figure 7-14. Coordination View ...............................................................................................7-28 Figure 7-15. Coordination View Menu .....................................................................................7-29 Figure 7-16. Print Parameters Dialog ......................................................................................7-31 Figure 7-17. Prompt to Print the List View ...............................................................................7-31 Figure 7-18. Main Switchboard ................................................................................................7-41 Figure 7-19. Add Fuse Form ....................................................................................................7-42 Figure 7-20. Add Relay Form ...................................................................................................7-43 Figure 7-21. Add Recloser Manufacturer Form .......................................................................7-44 Figure 7-22. Add Recloser Form ..............................................................................................7-44 Figure 7-23. View/Modify Fuse Form .......................................................................................7-45 Figure 7-24. View/Modify Relay Form ......................................................................................7-46 Figure 7-25. View/Modify Recloser Form .................................................................................7-47 Figure 7-26. Delete Fuse Records Form .................................................................................7-49 Figure 7-27. Delete Relay Records Form ................................................................................7-50 Figure 7-28. Delete Recloser Records Form ...........................................................................7-51 Figure 7-29. Verify Removal of Recloser Ratings Records .....................................................7-51 Figure 7-30. Delete Recloser Curve Form ...............................................................................7-52 Figure 8-1. Figure 8-2. Figure 8-3. Harmonic Injection Symbol on a Shunt Item .........................................................8-3 Harmonic Injection Symbol on a Transformer .......................................................8-4 Harmonic Injection Symbol on a Node ..................................................................8-5
xx
List of Figures
Figure 8-4. Figure 8-5. Figure 8-6. Figure 8-7. Figure 8-8. Figure 8-9.
Harmonic Injection Property Sheet ........................................................................8-6 Harmonic Filter Property Sheet .............................................................................8-8 Analysis Options Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab ..............................................8-10 Sample Harmonics Analysis Diagram .................................................................8-11 Harmonic Plot Dialog ...........................................................................................8-12 Harmonics Toolbar ..............................................................................................8-12
Figure 8-10. Harmonic Voltage Waveform ...............................................................................8-13 Figure 8-11. Harmonic Voltage Waveform (extra detail) ..........................................................8-14 Figure 8-12. Harmonics Spectrum ...........................................................................................8-15 Figure 8-13. Impedance versus Frequency .............................................................................8-16 Figure 8-14. Nodal Impedance Plot .........................................................................................8-17 Figure 9-1. Figure 9-2. Figure 9-3. Figure 9-4. Figure 9-5. Figure 9-6. Figure 9-7. Figure 9-8. Figure 9-9. Illustration of Protection Zones ..............................................................................9-3 Default Items Tree View .....................................................................................9-8 Default Items Expanded Tree View ....................................................................9-9 Default Line Properties Sheet ..............................................................................9-10 Default Line Properties Sheet - Modifying the Construction Type .......................9-11 Default Line Properties Sheet DRA Tab, from the Construction Dictionary .....9-12 Default Line Properties Sheet DRA Tab, New Values for the Reliability Parameters ..............................................................................9-13 Line Property Sheet: Main Tab ............................................................................9-14 Line Property Sheet: DRA Tab, New Values for Reliability Parameters ..............9-15
Figure 9-10. Selecting a Construction Type .............................................................................9-18 Figure 9-11. DRA Tab Indicating Parameters Obtained from Dictionary .................................9-19 Figure 9-12. Static Load Property Sheet: DRA Tab .................................................................9-21 Figure 9-13. DRA Analysis Options Property Sheet ................................................................9-22 Figure 9-14. DRA Result Options ............................................................................................9-24 Figure 9-15. Example of a Simple Distribution System ............................................................9-27 Figure 9-16. Fault at Line9 .......................................................................................................9-27 Figure 9-17. Fault at Line3 .......................................................................................................9-28 Figure 9-18. Expansion of the Circuit Mainline ........................................................................9-29 Figure 9-19. DRA Results Shown with Text Labels and Color-Coding ....................................9-30 Figure 9-20. Expansion of the Circuit Mainline with Protection Added ....................................9-31 Figure 9-21. DRA Results with New Protection Device Added ................................................9-32 Figure 9-22. DRA Results with Specified Customers Served ..................................................9-33 Figure A-1. Figure A-2. Figure A-3. Figure A-4. Figure A-5. Figure B-1. Figure B-2. Figure D-1. Transformer Conversion During the Read Operation ........................................... A-9 Modeling of Three-Winding Transformer ............................................................ A-11 Induction Machine Model .................................................................................... A-19 ISO and US Transformer Types ......................................................................... A-32 Power Flow ......................................................................................................... A-33 Node Name Orientation Key ................................................................................. B-3 PSSUT Transformer Bank Connections ............................................................... B-9 Nodes ................................................................................................................... D-1
xxi
List of Figures
Figure D-2. Figure D-3. Figure D-4. Figure D-5. Figure D-6. Figure D-7. Figure D-8. Figure D-9.
Sequence Representation of a Three-Phase Source ........................................... D-3 Three-Phase Representation of Source ............................................................... D-4 Single-Phase and Three-Phase Loads ................................................................. D-6 Shunt Capacitors .................................................................................................. D-7 Phase Representation of Synchronous Machine ............................................... D-11 Sequence Representation of a Synchronous Machine ...................................... D-12 Sequence Representation of Induction Machine ................................................ D-16 Single-Phase and Three-Phase Lines ................................................................ D-18
Figure D-10. Three-Phase Switches ....................................................................................... D-19 Figure D-11. Wye-Wye Transformer with ABC Phasing .......................................................... D-26 Figure D-12. Delta-Delta Transformer with ABC Phasing ....................................................... D-27 Figure D-13. Delta-Delta Transformer with A Phasing ............................................................ D-27 Figure D-14. Wye-Delta Transformer with ABC Phasing ........................................................ D-28 Figure D-15. Wye-Delta Transformer with A Phasing ............................................................. D-28 Figure D-16. Wye-Delta +30 Transformer with ABC Phasing ................................................ D-29 Figure D-17. Delta-Wye Transformer with ABC Phasing ........................................................ D-29 Figure D-18. Wye Autotransformer with ABC Phasing ............................................................ D-30 Figure D-19. Delta Autoregulator with ABC Phasing ............................................................... D-31 Figure D-20. Delta Autoregulator with AB Phasing ................................................................. D-32 Figure D-21. Center-Tapped Delta with A Phasing ................................................................. D-35 Figure D-22. "A Phase" Center-Tapped Delta and "BC Phase" Delta-Delta in Parallel to make a Three-Phase Bank ............................................................ D-35 Figure D-23. Center-Tapped Wye with A Phasing .................................................................. D-36 Figure D-24. Center-Tapped Delta -30 with A Phasing .......................................................... D-36 Figure D-25. Z-Wye -30 Transformer with Voltage on the TO Side 30 Behind FROM Side . D-37 Figure D-26. Three-Phase Series Capacitors/Inductors .......................................................... D-52 Figure D-27. Line-to-Line Faults .............................................................................................. D-53 Figure D-28. Line-to-Ground Faults ......................................................................................... D-54 Figure D-29. Line-to-Line-to-Ground Faults ............................................................................ D-55 Figure E-1. Induction Machine Equivalent Circuit ................................................................... E-1
xxii
List of Tables
Table 2-1. Table 2-2. Table 3-1. Table 3-2. Table 3-3. Table 7-1. Table 7-2. Table 7-3. Table 7-4. Table 7-5. Table 7-6. Table 7-7. Table 7-8. Table 7-9. Table 7-10. Table 7-11. Table 7-12. Table 7-13. Table 9-1. Table 9-2. Table 9-3. Table A-1. Table A-2. Table A-3. Table A-4. Table A-5. Table A-6. Table A-7. Table A-8. Table A-9. Table B-1. Table B-2. Table B-3. Iteration Order of Nodes .......................................................................................2-16 Iteration Order of Branches ..................................................................................2-17 Device Rephasing Starting from ABC for All Devices but Wye-Delta and Delta-Wye Transformers................................3-99 Changes to Delta-Wye Transformers .................................................................3-100 Changes to Wye-Delta Transformers .................................................................3-100 Transformer Categories Minimum Nameplate kVA .....................................................................................7-14 Transformer Damage Curve Points......................................................................7-15 ANSI Factors ........................................................................................................7-15 Recommended Conductor Temperatures ............................................................7-18 Fuse Table............................................................................................................7-32 Fuse Catalog Table ..............................................................................................7-33 Fuse Curve Table .................................................................................................7-34 Relay Table ..........................................................................................................7-35 Relay Catalog Table .............................................................................................7-36 Relay Curve..........................................................................................................7-37 RecloserMfrSpecs ................................................................................................7-38 RecloserRatings Table .........................................................................................7-39 RecloserTCCCurve Table ....................................................................................7-40 Data Item Requirements for DRA...........................................................................9-7 Sample Reliability Data ..........................................................................................9-7 Construction Type Mapping..................................................................................9-17 PSS/ADEPT Transformer Types ........................................................................... A-2 Conversion of Transformers from PSS/U Raw Data File into PSS/ADEPT .......... A-6 PSS/U Transformer/Phasing That Will Be Changed After PSS/ADEPT Read Operation on Raw Data File......................................................................... A-9 Synchronous Machine Short Circuit Calculation Results .................................... A-16 ............................................................................................................................. A-20 ............................................................................................................................. A-21 ............................................................................................................................. A-22 ............................................................................................................................. A-24 ............................................................................................................................. A-25 System Parameters ............................................................................................... B-2 Node Data ............................................................................................................. B-3 Source Data........................................................................................................... B-3
xxiii
List of Figures
Table B-4. Table B-5. Table B-6. Table B-7. Table B-8. Table B-9.
Line or Cable Data................................................................................................. B-4 Switch Data ........................................................................................................... B-5 Tie Switch Data ..................................................................................................... B-5 Series Capacitor or Series Reactor Data .............................................................. B-6 Transformer Data .................................................................................................. B-7 Transformer Tap Changing Data Section.............................................................. B-7
Table B-10. PSS/U Transformer Types .................................................................................... B-8 Table B-11. Load Categories .................................................................................................. B-10 Table B-12. kW, kvar Load - Unbalanced (types 1, 2, 3, 11, 12, 13) ...................................... B-11 Table B-13. kW, kvar Load - Balanced (types 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 33) .................................... B-12 Table B-14. Asynchronous Machine Load (types 51-90, 151-190)......................................... B-12 Table B-15. Synchronous Machine Load (types 91-99, 191-199)........................................... B-13 Table B-16. MWh Load Data - Unbalanced (types 5, 6, 15, 16) ............................................. B-13 Table B-17. MWh Load Data - Balanced (types 25, 26, 35, 36) ............................................. B-14 Table B-18. Fixed Capacitors or Switched Capacitors Data ................................................... B-15 Table B-19. Basic Data Record............................................................................................... B-16 Table B-20. Two-Phase Data Record ..................................................................................... B-17 Table B-21. One-Phase Data Records ................................................................................... B-17 Table B-22. Rating Data Record ............................................................................................. B-17 Table B-23. Reliability Data Record ........................................................................................ B-18 Table E-1. Table F-1. Table F-2. Table F-3. Table F-4. Table F-5. Table F-6. Table F-7. Table F-8. Table F-9. Table F-10. Table F-11. Table F-12. Table F-13. Table F-14. Table F-15. Table F-16. Table F-17. Table F-18. Table F-19. Table F-20. Table F-21. Impedance Values for NEMA Machines................................................................ E-2 Network Properties: System .................................................................................. F-1 Network Properties: Reliability............................................................................... F-2 Node Properties..................................................................................................... F-3 Lines/Cables Properties ........................................................................................ F-4 Transformer Properties: General........................................................................... F-5 Transformer Properties: Tap Control..................................................................... F-7 Transformer Properties: Regulation ...................................................................... F-8 Load Properties: Rectangular Representation ...................................................... F-9 Load Properties: Polar Representation ............................................................... F-10 MWh Load Properties.......................................................................................... F-11 Source Properties................................................................................................ F-13 Induction Machines: General............................................................................... F-14 Induction Machines: Impedances ........................................................................ F-15 Induction Machines: Start-Up .............................................................................. F-15 Synchronous Machines: General ........................................................................ F-16 Synchronous Machines: Impedances.................................................................. F-18 Synchronous Machines: Start-Up........................................................................ F-19 Shunt Capacitor Properties ................................................................................. F-20 Switch Properties................................................................................................. F-22 Series Capacitors/Reactors Properties ............................................................... F-23 Fault Properties ................................................................................................... F-24
xxiv
List of Figures
Table F-22. Table F-23. Table F-24. Table F-25. Table F-26. Table F-27. Table F-28. Table F-29. Table F-30. Table F-31. Table F-32. Table F-33. Table G-1. Table G-2. Table G-3. Table G-4. Table G-5. Table G-6. Table G-7. Table G-8. Table G-9.
Protection Equipment Properties......................................................................... F-25 Fuses: General .................................................................................................... F-26 Fuses: Plot Options ............................................................................................. F-26 Over Current Relays: General ............................................................................. F-27 Over Current Relays: Plot Options ...................................................................... F-28 Transformer Damage Curves: General ............................................................... F-29 Transformer Damage Curve: Plot Options .......................................................... F-30 Conductor/Cable Damage Curve: General.......................................................... F-31 Conductor/Cable Damage Curve: Plot Options................................................... F-32 Reclosers: General.............................................................................................. F-33 Reclosers: Plot Options ....................................................................................... F-33 Machines: General .............................................................................................. F-34 Branch Results ......................................................................................................G-1 Capacitor Placement Optimization Results ...........................................................G-4 Capacitor Placement Optimization Summary........................................................G-4 Capacitor Placement Optimization Switching Schedule ........................................G-5 Capacitor Properties..............................................................................................G-5 Device Groups.......................................................................................................G-6 Device Limits .........................................................................................................G-6 Fault All Current.....................................................................................................G-7 Induction Machine Properties ................................................................................G-8
Table G-10. Line/Cable Properties ............................................................................................G-9 Table G-11. Load Flow Summary............................................................................................ G-10 Table G-12. Load Properties ................................................................................................... G-11 Table G-13. Load Snapshots................................................................................................... G-12 Table G-14. Network Economics............................................................................................. G-12 Table G-15. Node Properties................................................................................................... G-13 Table G-16. Node Results .......................................................................................................G-13 Table G-17. Series Capacitor/Reactor Properties ................................................................... G-15 Table G-18. Shunt Status ........................................................................................................G-16 Table G-19. Source Properties................................................................................................ G-18 Table G-20. Standard Fault Properties.................................................................................... G-19 Table G-21. Static Load Summary ..........................................................................................G-19 Table G-22. MWh Load Summary........................................................................................... G-20 Table G-23. Switch Properties................................................................................................. G-21 Table G-24. Synchronous Machine Properties........................................................................ G-22 Table G-25. System Totals...................................................................................................... G-23 Table G-26. Tie Open Point Optimization Results................................................................... G-24 Table G-27. Titles and Comments........................................................................................... G-25 Table G-28. Transformer Properties........................................................................................ G-25 Table G-29. Voltage Levels ..................................................................................................... G-28 Table G-30. Distribution Reliability Analysis Results............................................................... G-28
xxv
xxvi
Chapter 1
Welcome to PSS/ADEPT 5
1.1 About the PSS/ADEPT Application
The Power System Simulator/Advanced Distribution Engineering Productivity Tool (PSS/ADEPT) software was developed for engineers and technical personnel who design and/or analyze electrical distribution systems. PSS/ADEPT enables you to graphically create, edit, and analyze power system models and diagrams. PSS/ADEPT is available in stand-alone and network configurations for Microsoft Windows 2000 and Windows XP. Compatibility with PSS/U (Power System Simulator for Utilization) is provided through raw data files and an associated Construction Dictionary. PSS/ADEPT is the next generation of the PSS/U product line.
Harmonics: Performs harmonic analysis on a given network. For more information, refer to Chapter 8. Distribution Reliability Analysis (DRA): Performs reliability analysis. For more information, refer to Chapter 9.
1-3
Figure 1-1. Report a Bug or Feature Request Window At this point, you will be asked to enter personal information such as your name, your company name, your e-mail address and your phone and fax numbers. Next, you will be asked for your computer configuration such as the operating system you have and other information regarding your hardware setup. After you have specified all of the information above to the best of your knowledge, you are now ready to enter a bug or feature request. In the case of a bug report, you may enter a description of the problem and how to reproduce it. If you desire, you may also attach a file containing an example of the problem that our technical support services can use to help diagnose whether the problem is in fact a bug. If you are submitting a feature request, use the description area to describe what enhancement you would like us to consider implementing in future releases. In addition, make sure that you specify a summary of the problem or feature, the product name that you are using, the type of problem, the severity of the problem, and the version number of the application that you are currently using. The version number of the application may be found in the About box by selecting Help>About PSS/ADEPT. When you have finished entering the information, save the bug/feature report to a SoloBug file (*.sbg). The next step is to e-mail this.sbg file to the following address: pti-adeptsupport.ptd@siemens.com. Once we receive the e-mail message, you will be automatically logged into our technical support database. This is the fastest and most convenient way for you to submit problems and feature requests into our technical support queue. For further information regarding SoloBug, including more documentation on how you can use SoloBug to report bugs and request features, look for the SoloBug help file under your PSS/ADEPT installation under the short cut labeled SoloBug Help. You may also access the SoloBug executable from outside the application by using the short cut labeled SoloBug.
1-4
1-5
1.4.1 Views
The PSS/ADEPT application window contains four views (Figure 1-2): Diagram View (always displays) Equipment List View (you may hide the view) Progress View (you may hide the view) Report Preview (displays when you request a report of analysis results)
Equipment List View Diagram View
Progress View
Figure 1-2. PSS/ADEPT Application Window Views Each view displays certain information about the data contents and/or operation of the PSS/ADEPT application. All views except the Report Preview have a pop-up menu that provides quick access to additional features.
1-6
The Diagram View is the main view in the PSS/ADEPT application window. It displays whenever you are using PSS/ADEPT (for example, whenever you open an existing diagram or create a new one). The Report Preview displays only when you have requested a report. You can toggle on and off (show or hide) the display of the Equipment List and Progress Views. To set the display of the Equipment List and/or Progress Views: 1. Choose View from the Main Menu. The drop-down View Menu displays (Figure 1-3).
Figure 1-3. View Drop-Down Menu 2. Click in the box that precedes Equipment List and/or Progress View. A check mark in front of the option indicates that the view will display in the application window. An empty box indicates that the view will not show in the application window. In the Equipment List or Progress View, you may also right-click and then click the Hide option to hide the view. The Diagram View The Diagram View displays a graphical representation of the network power system. You create and modify a network model in the Diagram View by selecting the network symbols from the item toolbar and placing them on the diagram. Additionally, you can view analysis results in the Diagram View. The Diagram View pop-up menu (Figure 1-4) provides access to additional editing functions available only in the Diagram View. Right-click anywhere in the diagram to view this menu. "Grayed" options are not available for use, usually because an item has not been selected before the pop-up menu displays. Refer to Chapter 3, Section 3.3.
1-7
Figure 1-4. Diagram View Pop-Up Menu Cut: Cut current selection (network and diagram items) to an internal clipboard used only by PSS/ADEPT. Copy: Copy current selection (network and diagram items) to an internal clipboard used only by PSS/ADEPT. Copy to Clipboard: Copies entire image of the current view to the Windows clipboard. The copied image can then be pasted into other Windows applications, Word for example. Paste: Paste the contents of the clipboard. Delete: Delete a selected device. A device may be deleted only when all devices connected to it have been removed. For example, to delete a node, you must delete all branches and shunt items connected to it first. Undo: Undo the previous editing action (item creation, deletion, cut/paste, relink, relocation, zoom/pan). The number of levels of undo can be specified in the Program Settings dialog. Select All: Select all items in the diagram.
1-8
Toggle: Specify to toggle hidden items, show items, or hide items. In-service: Indicate item is in-service or out-of-service. Autoposition: Indicate autoposition option is on or off for the selected item.
Add Items to: Group: Add selected item to a group. Layer: Add selected item to a layer. Load Category: Add selected item to a load category. Motor Starting: Add selected item to motor starting analysis. CAPO: Add selected item to capacitor optimization analysis.
Z order: Send to Front: Renders selected diagram component on "top" of all other components within its layer. Send to Back: Renders selected diagram component on the "bottom" of all other components within its layer. Center: Centers the selected items in the diagram.
Re-phase: Selects re-phasing analysis on the selected branch. Properties...: Display the property sheet for the selected device. Load Flow: Perform load flow analysis. Fault: Perform fault analysis. Motor Starting: Perform motor starting analysis. Diagram Properties...: Display Diagram Properties sheet. Lock Diagram: Disables editing operations such as item creation, relocation, or deletion. Print...: Print a hard copy of the diagram. The Equipment List View Within the Equipment List View (Figure 1-5), the Network tab provides a hierarchical display of each major type of network item nodes, branches, and shunts. Additionally, there are different types of branches and shunt devices that may be specified in the network diagram: Branches may contain lines/cables, switches, transformers, and series capacitors. Branches may also contain protection equipment packs, which define protective devices. Shunt devices may contain capacitors, machines, static loads, MWh loads, harmonics injections, harmonic filters, and standard faults. Defaults contain the default properties for node, branch and shunt devices. Default properties are used when a new device is placed on the diagram.
1-9
Figure 1-5. Equipment List View Each network item in the Equipment List View has its own icon that is the same as the symbol used to represent the item in the Diagram View. Notice the + and symbols in front of each network item type. Click the + symbol to expand the tree display; and click the symbol to collapse the tree display. For example: Click the + symbol in front of Nodes to display a list of each individual horizontal/vertical/point node in the diagram. Click the to collapse the view to its original state. Click the + symbol in front of Sources to display a list of individual sources. Click the symbol in front of Sources to collapse the tree.
If an individual network item symbol is "grayed" in the tree hierarchy, the item is not in service. If there is no symbol in front of the item, it is not drawn on the diagram. This situation commonly arises when there are nodes in a PSS/U raw data file with x- and y-coordinates at (0,0). The item will display in the Equipment List View as [ ], indicating an undrawn device. This item can be drawn by right-clicking on the item and selecting Draw Item(s) from the pop-up menu.
1-10
The Equipment List pop-up menu provides access to additional features, depending on your current level and position in the Equipment List View. For example: 1. Right-click on Network to position at the network level and display the Equipment List Views pop-up menu (Figure 1-6). Here you can dock or hide the Equipment List View, and access the Network Property sheet. ("Grayed" menu options are not available at the Network level.)
Figure 1-6. Item Type Level, Equipment List View Pop-Up Menu
1-11
2. Right-click on Static Loads to position at the type level and display the Equipment List Views pop-up menu (Figure 1-7). Here you can dock or hide the Equipment List View, sort the individual static load items, and toggle the display of the item node connections: FROM/TO for branches and node location for shunts, or device names. ("Grayed" menu options are not available at this level.) For example:
Figure 1-7. Expanded Item Type Level, Equipment List View Pop-Up Menu
1-12
3. Expand the static load type level and right-click on first individual network item to display the Equipment List Views pop-up menu (Figure 1-8). Here you can dock or hide the Equipment List View, sort the individual items, toggle the display of the item node connections: FROM/TO for branches and node location for shunts, or device names, delete the item, zoom to the item on the diagram, and adjust the properties for the item. For example:
Figure 1-8. Individual Item Level, Equipment List View Pop-Up Menu Docking, hiding, sorting, adjusting the PSS/ADEPT display, etc., are all described further in Chapter 2, Section 2.1. A check mark in front of an option in the Equipment List View pop-up menu indicates that the option is active. Although the Cut, Copy, and Paste operations affect both the Equipment List View and the Diagram View, these operations may only be performed from the Diagram View. Hence, these operations are not available in the Equipment List View pop-up menu. The Results tab is used to set what results, if any, should be displayed on the diagram. For more information, refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.3.3.
1-13
The Progress View The Progress View (Figure 1-9) displays messages during program activities. These messages may be error or warning messages about a selected activity, or informational messages about the progress of certain analysis activities. The Progress View also displays detailed convergence monitors that show the progress of load flow, short circuit, and motor starting solutions.
Figure 1-9. Progress View The Progress View pop-up menu (Figure 1-10) provides access to additional features such as docking and hiding the Progress View; floating the Progress View in a miniwindow on the main Diagram View; and printing, copying, and clearing the contents of the Progress View. Right-click to display the Progress View pop-up menu.
Figure 1-10. Progress View Pop-Up Menu Allow Docking: Allows view to be anchored at the edge of any application window. Hide: Hides the window. Copy: Copies selection to the Windows clipboard. Clear: Clears the view. Print...: Prints the selection to the printer. Float In Main Window: Floats the Progress window in the main application window.
1-14
The Report Preview The Report Preview window (Figure 1-11) displays an output report in print preview format. From this window, you may generate printed output by selecting File>Print, or by clicking the Printer button.
First Page Previous Page Next Page Last Page Print Zoom Level Export
Figure 1-11. Report Preview Window The Report Preview window has its own menu. Reports may be viewed on the screen, printed to a printer, or exported to a variety of formats. For more information on all of these features, refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.1.
1-15
1-16
Harmonics Toolbar
Analysis Toolbar
Zoom Toolbar
Reports Toolbar
Figure 1-13. Main Menu and Available Toolbars To access a drop-down menu, click any Main Menu option. File Menu The File Menu provides options for creating new files, opening existing files, and saving and closing files. Recently opened workspaces are also listed for quick access. Use the menu to print the diagram, preview the diagram before you print it, and adjust the printer settings. The File Menu also contains the Workspace Manager and Program Settings options that enable you to set your workspace, specify pathnames for file locations, and other program preferences. Edit Menu The Edit Menu provides options for editing the network diagrams (e.g., cut/copy/paste/delete), editing the network using a spreadsheet format, and selecting items in the diagram (e.g., All, Tree, Nodes, Groups). View Menu The View Menu provides options that allow you to display or hide the Equipment List and Progress Views, the Status Bar, and any of the available toolbars (Main Menu, File, Item, Analysis, and View). The View Menu is also used for toolbar customization and zooming the diagram. Diagram Menu The Diagram Menu provides options for importing and exporting .bmp, .jpg, .gif, and .png type files. This menu also provides mechanisms for showing and hiding items, defining layers, and adjusting coordinates. Additionally, options for the diagram such as font size and color coding are provided on this menu. Network Menu The Network Menu provides options that allow you to modify network properties such as system base kVA, the default node base voltage, and reliability information. The Network Menu provides
1-17
functions for defining device groups, load categories, and load snapshots. Load scaling, machine scaling, economic parameters, and network tracing preferences are also defined here. Analysis Menu The Analysis Menu options allow you to perform analysis functions and set solution options. Report Menu The Report Menu options allow you to select from several available reports. Some reports cannot be selected unless a solution was previously performed. For more information about the Report Menu, refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.1. Tools Menu The Tools Menu allows you to access the Line Constants module. Window Menu The Window Menu options allow you to control the placement of windows in the application. New instances of diagram windows may be created and multiple windows may be cascaded or tiled. Windows that have been previously iconized (minimized) may be arranged by choosing Arrange Icons. Help Menu The Help Menu options provide access to the online help and general information about the application, including the names and versions of static and dynamic link libraries (LIBS, and DLLs) used by the application.
1.4.4 Toolbars
The PSS/ADEPT application has seven toolbars: File Diagram Analysis Zoom Results Reports Harmonics (if licensed for this option)
Each toolbar contains buttons that provide quick access to PSS/ADEPT functions. As you move the pointer over a button on the toolbar, a "tooltip" text box will appear that describes the function of the button (Figure 1-14). The Status Bar also displays explanatory text about the toolbar button. PSS/ADEPTs default setting displays all of the toolbars.
1-18
Tooltip
Figure 1-14. Network Diagram with Tooltips Additionally, you can move a toolbar to another location on the screen, create a new toolbar, hide one or all of the toolbars, and copy a button from one toolbar to another, reset the buttons on a standard Siemens PTI toolbar, and delete a toolbar.
1-19
To select the toolbars you want to show on your screen: 1. Choose Tools>Customize from the Main Menu. The Customize dialog displays (Figure 1-15).
Figure 1-15. Customize Dialog: Toolbars Tab 2. Click the Toolbars tab. 3. Click in the box that precedes the Main Menu, File, Diagram, Analysis, Zoom, Results, and/or Reports toolbar options. A check mark in front of the toolbar indicates that it will display in the application window; an empty box indicates that the toolbar will not display. 4. Adjust the display of your toolbars by doing any one or all of the following: To turn off the tooltips display: Click the Show Tooltips box (remove the check mark). To display borders around the toolbar buttons: Click the Cool Look box (remove the check mark). To increase the size of the buttons on the toolbar: Click the Large Buttons box (a check mark will be placed). 5. Click the OK button to accept the changes. To move a toolbar to another part of the screen: 1. Left-click on the || (at the left side of the toolbar), and hold down the mouse button. 2. Drag the toolbar to its new location and release the mouse button.
1-20
To create a toolbar: 1. Choose Tools>Customize from the Main Menu. The Customize dialog displays. 2. Click the Toolbars tab. 3. Click the New button. The New Toolbar box displays. 4. Type the name of your toolbar in the Toolbar name field, and click the OK button. Your toolbar displays in the Toolbar tab. 5. Click the Commands tab. 6. In the Categories column, click on a toolbar category. The buttons associated with the toolbar display in the Buttons column. 7. Left-click on a button in the Button column and hold down the mouse button. 8. Drag the button out of the column to the new toolbar and release the mouse. The system adds the button to your new toolbar. 9. Repeat Step 8 to add icons to your toolbar. 10. Click the OK button to save the new toolbar. To hide a toolbar, do one of the following: Choose Tools>Customize from the Main Menu. The Customize dialog displays. Click the Toolbars tab. Click in the box that precedes the name of the toolbar you want to hide until the box is empty. An unchecked box indicates that the toolbar will not show in the application window. Right-click anywhere in the toolbar area. A pop-up menu appears, select each toolbar to show or hide. No checkmark before the name of the toolbar indicates that the toolbar will not show in the application window.
To copy a button from one toolbar to another toolbar: 1. Choose Tools>Customize from the Main Menu. The Customize dialog displays. 2. Click the Commands tab. 3. Click on a toolbar category. The buttons associated with the toolbar display at the right of the box. 4. Click a button in the box and hold down the mouse button. 5. Drag the button out of the box to the toolbar in which you want to place it, and release the mouse button. The system adds the button to the toolbar. You cannot add to or rearrange the options on the Main Menu.
1-21
To reset any of the Siemens PTI toolbars (File, Diagram, Analysis, Zoom) to their original buttons: 1. Choose Tools>Customize from the Main Menu. The Customize dialog displays. 2. Click the Toolbars tab. 3. Make sure theres a check mark in the box preceding the toolbar you want to reset. 4. Click the Reset button. 5. Click the OK button. To delete a button from a toolbar: 1. On the toolbar, click the button you want to delete and hold down the mouse button. 2. Drag the button off the toolbar area. To save your toolbar configuration: 1. Choose File>Workspace>Save. The Save Workspace dialog displays (Figure 1-16).
New (Insert)
Figure 1-16. Save Workspace Dialog 2. Click the New (Insert) button and enter a name for your workspace. 3. Click the Help button. The Workspace Manager window prompts you to save the new workspace. 4. Click the Save button to save the workspace.
1-22
File Toolbar The File Toolbar (Figure 1-17) provides basic file operations such as creating, opening, and saving both PSS/U raw data (*.dat) and native PSS/ADEPT binary files (*.adp). Basic MS Windows editing functionality such as cut, copy, paste, delete, and printing are also located on the File Toolbar. The About button provides information on the PSS/ADEPT version you are using.
New Open Save
Print Preview
Cut
Copy
Paste
Delete Undo
About
Figure 1-17. File Toolbar Diagram Toolbar The Diagram Toolbar (Figure 1-18) consists of the Select button and the symbol buttons for all of the network items you can model using the PSS/ADEPT application. Using the Diagram Toolbar, you can easily and quickly select the item you want and drag it into position on your diagram. Refer to Chapter 2 for more information on adding items to the network diagram. Use the Select button to select (not place) an item in the Diagram View. When you click the Select button on the Diagram Toolbar, any symbol previously selected on the toolbar will no longer be active. Use a Symbol button to add a specific device a node, branch, or shunt to your network diagram. When you click any symbol button, any previously selected symbol or selected item will no longer be active. The Text Annotation button allows you to place text anywhere in the diagram. Click the Text Annotation button, move the pointer to the place on the diagram where you want to add your own comments, and click. The word "Annotation" displays on the screen. Double-click on the word "Annotation" to display the Annotation box and enter your own text. Click the OK button to save your comments and display them in the diagram.
Protection Text Equipment Annotations Harmonic Injection
Transformer Load
Source
Synchronous Machine
Vertical Node
Point Node
1-23
If you are using US or ISO transformer symbols on your diagram, make sure the PSS/ADEPT program settings are set to display the symbols correctly. To check the program settings and, if necessary, adjust the symbol display: 1. Choose File>Program Settings from the Main Menu. The Program Settings dialog displays (Figure 1-19).
Figure 1-19. Program Settings Dialog 2. In the Transformer symbol type field, select US if you are using US transformer symbols in your diagram or select ISO if you are using ISO transformer symbols in your diagram. 3. Exit and restart the application to update the toolbar.
1-24
Analysis Toolbar The Analysis Toolbar (Figure 1-20) provides access to functions on the network. Each analysis type has its own set of analysis and result display options. Load Flow Calculation: Perform steady state power flow solution. Flat Transformers: Command sets all transformer taps to 1.0 pu. If the transformer tap range does not include 1.0, then the tap is set as close to 1.0 pu as possible. Fault Calculation: Perform short circuit calculations on each node where a fault has been specified. Fault All: Perform short circuit calculations on all nodes using selected fault types. Toggle Fault Status: Toggle (in or out) the standard fault device status. Clear Faults: Delete standard fault devices from the network. Motor Starting Calculation: Perform motor starting calculation using selected motors to start. CAPO Analysis: Perform capacitor placement optimization. TOPO Analysis: Perform tie open point optimization. DRA Analysis: Perform distribution reliability analysis. Harmonics Calculation: Perform harmonics analysis. Coordination: Perform protection device coordination analysis. Load Snapshots: Define "pictures" of load data that may be optionally chosen to use in an analysis activity. See Chapter 3, Section 3.11. Analysis Options: Show analysis options dialog. Network Validation: When selected, checks the network for unusual circumstances. See Chapter 4, Section 4.2.2.
Motor Start CAPO TOPO Load Snapshots Analysis Options
Fault All
Clear Faults
DRA
Coordination
Harmonics
Network Validation
1-25
Zoom Toolbar The Zoom Toolbar (Figure 1-21) consists of control buttons that allow you to set zoom areas of your network diagram and set other diagram properties such as color selection and font selection.
Pan
Zoom Previous
Zoom 100%
Zoom Extent
Zoom In
Figure 1-21. Zoom Toolbar Results Toolbar The Results Toolbar (Figure 1-22) allows you to customize the result display on the diagram. Show Phase A: Show results for Phase A. Show Phase B: Show results for Phase B. Show Phase C: Show results for Phase C. Show Max (A, B, C): Show results as the maximum of A, B, C phases. Show Min (A, B, C): Show results as the minimum of A, B, C phases.
Show Max (A, B, C)
Show Phase A
1-26
Reports Toolbar The Reports Toolbar (Figure 1-23) allows you to view a report following an analysis. Branch Current by Phase: Show text report of branch current by phase. Node Voltage by Phase: Show text report of node voltage by phase. Power Flow Details: Show text report of power flow details. Power Flow Summary: Show text report of power flow summary. Branch Power Losses: Show text report of branch power losses. Input List: Show text report of input data list. Voltage Profile: Show text report of voltage profile.
Power Flow Summary Input List
Voltage Profile
1-27
branch item (Line, Switch, Transformer and Series Capacitor) properties that are dependent on the active Construction Dictionary. After pressing the OK button, changes to the Program Settings dialog will be committed and all branch items in the currently open document (if there is one) will be updated, along with the default Line, Switch, Transformer and Series Capacitor, which are document-independent. If a particular branch item's Construction Type is not found in the newly-selected Construction Dictionary, it will be considered user-defined; its Construction Dictionary-dependent properties will remain unchanged and will be modifiable from the item Properties dialog. If the construction dictionary path is blank, the Construction Type of every branch item, including the default items, will be considered user-defined. PSS/ADEPT uses the same Construction dictionary as PSS/U. The construction dictionary is read when the PSS/U raw data file is opened in PSS/ADEPT. If a directory path is not specified PSS/ADEPT defaults to the input file directory path. Refer to Appendix C for construction dictionary file format. Transformer symbol type (ISO or US) you want to use in your network diagrams. Coordinate scale factor for reading/writing raw data files (the scale factor by which you want to scale x,y coordinates when generating the diagram from a PSS/U raw data file). Force node names to uppercase. Select this option to force all nodes from PSS/U to uppercase. Allow duplicate node names. Used when merging files together. Selecting this option will allow duplicate nodes in both the original file and the file being merged with. Display of hidden (invisible) items in the diagram. Number of undo levels. Result position and label settings. Tooltip Preferences. Load display preferences rectangular (P + jQ) or polar (S, pf, leading/lagging) you want for your Static Load Property sheet. Restoration of last saved workspace on program start-up.
1-28
The Program Settings dialog shown in Figure 1-24 illustrates the drive location of the Construction Dictionary file.
Figure 1-24. Program Settings: Selecting a Dictionary Additionally, there are program settings for results display options and for report units. Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.1, and Chapter 5, Section 5.1 for more information. To set program properties for PSS/ADEPT: 1. Choose File>Program Settings from the Main Menu. The Program Settings dialog displays. 2. Enter/select the options you want to run the PSS/ADEPT application: Working Directories: Enter/select the path to your working Input File, Image File, and Report File directories. Click the Browse button to display the Select Directory box where you can browse the local PC and/or network directory structure. The default settings are c:\Program Files\PTI\PSS-ADEPT\Example (input files) and c:\Program Files\PTI\PSS-ADEPT\Rpt (report files). PSS/U Raw Data: Specify the path and filenames of the PSS/ADEPT Construction Dictionary. The default Construction Dictionary path/filename is C:\Program Files\PTI\PSS-ADEPT\Example\pti.con.
1-29
Coordinate scale factor for reading/writing raw data files: Enter the number by which you want to scale x,y coordinates when generating a diagram from a PSS/U raw data file. Force node names to uppercase: Will cause all node names in the raw data file to be converted to uppercase. Allow duplicate node names: Used by a file merge, selecting this option will allow duplicate nodes to be present in both the original input file and the file being merged with. Transformer Symbol Type: Select the Transformer Symbol Type: ISO or US. Undo Levels: Select the maximum number of undo operations that will be stored by the program. Show hidden items: If you want to display hidden (invisible) items in the diagram, click the Show Hidden Items check box. By default, hidden (invisible) items are not displayed in the diagram. Position branch results labels close to ends: When checked, results will be displayed at the absolute ends of the branch independent of branch length. When unchecked, results will be placed based on a fraction of the branch length. Separate node name and result labels: When checked, you can set unique font attributes for the node names and results text. When unchecked, node names and results will be displayed with the same font attributes. This option is more efficient in terms of performance especially with large network diagrams. Load Property sheet display: Click Rectangular to display load data as P(kW) and Q(kvar); or click Polar to display load data as S(kVA), pf leading/lagging. Restore last workspace at start-up: If you want to open automatically the last saved workspace on program start-up, click the Restore Last Workspace at Start-up box. Tool Tips: When checked a tooltip style popup window will be displayed when the mouse cursor is positioned over an item on the diagram. You can set the information displayed by selecting Settings... The Tooltip Settings dialog displays (Figure 1-25).
1-30
Figure 1-25. Tooltip Settings Dialog Background Color: Select the background color for the tooltip window. Text Color: Select the color of the text displayed in the tooltip window. Frame Color: Select the color of the rectangular frame drawn around the tooltip window. Item name: When checked, display the item name in the tooltip window. Nominal Voltage (base kV): When checked, display nominal voltage in the tooltip window. Applicable to nodes only. Phasing: When checked, display phasing in the tooltip window. Applicable to nodes, branches, and shunts. Phasing for a shunt item is determined by the node phasing the shunt item is connected to. Machines are assumed to be three phase (ABC) devices. Construction Type: When checked, display the construction type in the tooltip window. Applicable to branch items only. Line Length: When checked, display the line length in the tooltip window. Applicable to line/cable branches only. Sustained failure rate: When checked, display the sustained failure rate in the tooltip window. Applicable to reliability analysis and branch items only. If you are not licensed for reliability analysis, this option will be unavailable. Mean time to repair: When checked, display the mean time to repair in the tooltip window. Applicable to reliability analysis and branch items only. If you are not licensed for reliability analysis, this option will not be available.
1-31
Customer Interruptions: When checked, display customer interruptions in the tooltip window. Applicable to reliability analysis and static load items only. If you are not licensed for reliability analysis, this option will not be available. Customer interruptions are available following a DRA analysis. 3. Click the OK button to save and use your program settings. These settings are automatically activated upon save and they will be used the next time you start PSS/ADEPT.
1-32
2. Click the General tab and set the layout characteristics for the Diagram View: These options may be modified at any time while the Diagram View is available by selecting the Apply button without closing the dialog. Grid (spacing and snap distance): Enter the spacing between grid lines (inches) when the grid is displayed. Enter how far away from the grid line you want before an item is snapped to it. Colors (Symbol, Text, Background, Grid, Invalid, Flow arrow): Click each Browse button and select the colors for the diagrams symbol, text (foreground), background, grid, invalid results and flow arrows. Item Labels: Click the box that precedes any label name/marker (a check mark appears) that you want to display on the diagram. Fonts: Click the Font... button and select the font you want for the item labels. Click the Apply to labels... button to select what labels to apply the selected font. You can apply a selected font to item name labels, item property labels, result labels, and annotation labels. 3. Click the Color Coding tab and select one of the color settings: You can assign colors to flag nodes that fall outside specified voltage thresholds, flag overloaded branches, unbalanced nodes and branches, branches under a power factor limit, and/or flag devices that belong to a certain group. Voltage thresholds, rating limits, power factor limits, and unbalance options are set in the Analysis Options under the General tab; refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.1 for more information. To color code items by group: Select Items by Group. A different color value is assigned to each group. Colors for a specific group are specified in the Networks>Group dialog. If an item belongs to one or more groups, there is no way to ascertain which groups color is displayed. To color code items by category: Select Loads and machines by category. A different color value is assigned to each category. Colors for a specific category are specified in the Network>Load Categories dialog. If an item belongs to one or more category, there is no way to tell which groups color is displayed. To color code items by nominal voltage level: Select Items by Nominal Voltage Level. Items are color coded using defined voltage levels. To define voltage level colors, expand the Network>Voltage Levels from the Tree View and double-click on the voltage level to change its color. Voltage levels are stored in the system registry not in a .adp file. You can automatically add missing voltage levels by right-clicking on the Voltage Levels folder and selecting Populate Voltage Levels . Voltage levels can be added by right-clicking on the Voltage Levels folder and selecting Add Voltage Level. Voltage levels can be deleted by selecting the voltage level and pressing the delete [Del] key. The nominal voltage of a branch or shunt item is determined by the nominal voltage (base kV) of the node(s) to which it is connected. To color code items by result voltage level: Select Items by result voltage level. Items are color coded based on resultant voltage levels. This option requires a previous load flow solution. You can specify the color to use to highlight all network items that
1-33
are above the maximum voltage threshold (High), below the minimum voltage threshold (Low), and nodes that are in-between the maximum and minimum threshold values (Mid). Voltage thresholds are defined by selecting Analysis>Options... from the main menu. To color code unbalanced nodes and branches: Select Unbalance nodes and branches and select a color. Unbalance options are defined in Analysis>Options. Voltage unbalance can be calculated as the percent difference between maximum and minimum phase voltage, maximum and average phase voltage, or the ratio of negativesequence to positive-sequence voltage. Current unbalance can be calculated as the percent difference between maximum and average phase current, percent difference between phase and average phase current, the ratio of zero-sequence to positivesequence current, or the ratio of negative-sequence to positive-sequence current. To color code overloaded branches: Select Overloaded Branches and select a color. Branch rating limits are specified in Analysis>Options. To color code branches under a power factor limit: Select Branches under power factor limit and select a color. Power factor limit is defined in Analysis>Options. 4. Click the Apply button to save the options you selected.
1-34
1-35
2. The Default Properties sheet of the selected device displays (as shown in Figure 1-28).
Figure 1-28. Default Node Property Sheet Most of the Default Property sheets consist of one page. However, the Default Transformer, Induction Machine, and Synchronous Machine Property sheets have multiple pages indicated by tabs. For example, the Default Transformer Property sheet (Figure 1-29) shows the General tab active.
1-36
Figure 1-29. Default Transformer Property Sheet 3. Enter/select the properties you want and click the OK button to accept them. Whenever you add an item to a new or existing network diagram, the item will reflect the default characteristics that you defined in the Default Property sheet for the new device. You may override the default properties of an individual item by directly editing the item properties. Refer to Chapter 3, Section 3.1 for more information.
1-37
You can save your diagrams in PSS/ADEPT (*.adp) and PSS/U (*.dat) file formats only. (Refer to Appendix A for limitations: partial diagram, no poly lines, etc.)
Figure 1-30. Selecting a PSS/ADEPT File 2. Click the filename you want to open. (Look in another directory or select another file type, if necessary.) 3. Click the Open button to open the diagram. Transformer data in PSS/ADEPT native files prior to Version 5.0 of PSS/ADEPT will be converted to leakage and grounding impedance. Please see Section A.1.3.2 for more details.
1-38
1-39
1-40
Figure 1-31. Merging Feeders To perform the file merge on the above feeders: 1. Open the Feeder 1 file. This is the original file. 2. Choose File>Program Settings and select whether or not to allow duplicate nodes. 3. Choose File>Merge and select the file to merge into the original case. This is the file being merged in.
1-41
Figure 1-32. Common Tie Switch List The status of the tie switch you select will be closed. The status of the remaining common tie switch branches will be left in their original state, either open or closed, therefore, it is possible that the feeders may be connected at more than one point. If no duplicate nodes with tie switches were found between the two files, you will be notified to establish the connection manually. This message will appear in the Progress View and indicates that you need to add a new branch into the file to establish the connection between the two feeders. This new branch may be a line, switch, transformer, series capacitor/reactor, or a tie switch.
1-42
1-43
1-44
Chapter 2
Creating a Network Model
2.1 Overview: Creating a Network Model
After you have defined your working environment and the properties of the electrical network you want to create (Chapter 1), you will be ready to create a graphical network model using PSS/ADEPT. In this chapter, you will learn how to: Create a new diagram. Set properties for your network model such as voltage levels, item ordering, and economic data. Add nodes, shunts, and branches. Define a group and assign items to it. Define a load category and assign loads to it. Save the network model. Print the network diagram. Adjust the display of the views in the PSS/ADEPT application window and your diagram.
PSS/ADEPT enables you to place symbols that represent the network items in a diagram. The symbols are organized into three categories:
Network Item Types Nodes Shunt devices (items connected to a node at only one end) Branches (items connected between two nodes)
Individual Items Vertical, horizontal, and point Loads, sources, induction machines, synchronous machines, capacitors, and faults Lines/cables, transformers, switches, series capacitors, and series reactors
2-1
Figure 2-1. Network Property Sheet: System Tab 2. Under the System tab, enter/select the properties for your network model: Circuit ID: Enter a one- to eight-character name to identify the circuit. Circuit ID is currently used only by activity MERG in PSS/U. This field is provided for PSS/U raw data compatibility. See Appendix C for a description of PSS/U data formats. Peak current (A): Specify a substation peak current in amps. If you choose a peak current solution in PSS/U, the actual loads defined in the data file will be scaled to reach the substation peak current specified in this data field. The substation peak current may be set equal to zero. This field is provided for PSS/U raw data compatibility. See Appendix C for a description of PSS/U data formats. Input voltage type: Specify the voltage type for all input voltage quantities in the network as line-line (LL) or line-neutral (LN). 2-2 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
Root node: Designate any node in the network as the root node. It is used to determine the ordering of report records and during the Tie Open Point Optimization (TOPO) analysis. the root node is used in conjunction with the specified item ordering method (Chapter 2, Section 2.10). System three-phase base kVA: Specify the system base kVA; it will be used by PSS/ADEPT as a base to calculate the source impedance and for per unit and physical value conversions. System standard base voltage (kV): Specify the base voltage in kV; it will be used to set the default node base voltage. When importing a raw data file, if no base voltage is entered in the node data field for node kV, the value specified here will be used as the node base voltage. System Frequency (Hz): Specify the system base frequency in Hz; it is not currently used in any calculations, however it can be used as a reference for specifying impedances. Comments: Enter any text you need to identify the case. The first line will be used as the report description. 3. Click the Reliability tab (Figure 2-2) to display additional prompts.
Figure 2-2. Network Property Sheet: Reliability Tab Used for PSS/U raw data file compatibility only. Although Figure 2-2 requests information in hours and years, any unit of time and length can be used as long as it is consistent. Units of time or length cannot be
2-3
mixed; the base on which these properties are entered must be fixed. If the base is miles, then the base is miles for all reliability properties for which length is a factor. 4. Enter/select the reliability properties for your network model: Substation name: Enter a name for the substation to which the data apply. It appears only in the raw data file. This field may be blank. Overhead failure rate (failures/unit length/yr): Enter a value to define how often the overhead line fails in a given time period (usually one year). The overhead failure rate is valid for all construction types that do not begin with the characters, UG, and is given in failures/unit length/unit time. Overhead repair time (hr): Enter the amount of time it takes to repair an overhead line once it has failed. The time specified here is usually in hours but may be specified as any unit of time as long as it is applied consistently to all data. This repair time is valid for all construction types that do not begin with the characters, UG. Underground failure rate (failures/unit length/yr): Specify how often the underground cable fails in a given time period usually one year. This parameter is only used when the first two characters of the construction type defined in the dictionary are UG. Underground repair time (hr): Enter the amount of time it takes to repair an underground cable once it has failed. As with the underground failure rate, this value will only apply to construction types defined where the first two characters are UG. Switch time (hr): Enter the amount of time it takes to open a switch. This parameter applies only to those construction types that represent a switch branch in the raw data file. 5. Click the OK button to save your specifications.
Select
Horizontal Node
Vertical Node
Point Node
2-4
To add a node: 1. On the Diagram Toolbar, click one of the three node symbols. 2. Move the pointer to the desired location in the diagram and click. The node symbol displays on the diagram, centered on the pointer position (Figure 2-4). The system automatically names consecutively the nodes you place on a diagram: Node1, Node2, Node3, etc.
NODE1
Figure 2-4. Creating a Vertical Node on the Diagram 3. Do one of the following: To add another node of the same type: Repeat Step 2. The node symbol displays on the diagram. To add a different type of node: Repeat Steps 1 and 2. The node symbol displays on the diagram. 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 as many times as necessary to place all of the desired nodes on the diagram.
Select
Load
Induction Machine
MWH Load
Source
Synchronous Machine
Standard Fault
2-5
To connect a shunt device: 1. On the Diagram Toolbar, click one of the shunt device symbols. 2. Position the pointer over the node to which the shunt device will be connected (Figure 2-6a). 3. Click and hold down the mouse button while dragging the shunt device symbol to the desired position (Figures 2-6b and 2-6c). PSS/ADEPT automatically names shunt devices as Load1, Load2, Source1, Capac1, etc.
Node1
Node1
Node1
a.
c.
Select
Line
Switch
Transformer
Figure 2-7. Diagram Toolbar: Branch Symbols To add a branch: 1. On the Diagram Toolbar, click one of the branch symbols. 2. Position the pointer over the desired start node to which the branch item will be connected (Figure 2-8a).
2-6
3. Click and hold down the mouse button (the branch symbol, highlighted, displays) while dragging the branch symbol to the desired location (Figure 2-8b), and do one of the following: To connect to the end node: Position the pointer over the end node and release the left mouse button. To create a multipoint line (a jog in the branch): Move the pointer to the turning point and release the mouse button. Move the pointer to the next turning point and click; repeat as many times as necessary, and drag the pointer to the end node to complete the branch (see Figure 2-8c).
Node1
Node1
Node1
Node2
Node2
Node2
a.
b.
c.
Figure 2-8. Creating a Multipoint Branch During this process, "rubber-banding" will take place, showing the potential course of the connection segments. If the branch will not snap to the node, make sure the Grid Snap button is inactive (grayed out). This will make it easier to connect the item to the node. If the distance between the two nodes is too short, the branch symbol will not appear. To see the symbol, move the nodes farther apart.
2-7
New (Insert)
Figure 2-9. Groups Dialog 2. Click the New (Insert) button and, in the entry space that appears, type a group name. For example, you could type New York. 3. Do one of the following: To mark individual network items that you want to assign to your group: In the Members column, click the box that precedes the item. A check mark displays in the box. Repeat this step for each item you want to add to your network group. To mark multiple nonconsecutive items that you want to add to your group: In the Members column, press the Ctrl key and click the box that precedes each network item. To mark multiple consecutive items that you want to add to your group: In the Members column, click the first item in a range, press the Shift key, click the last item in the range, and press the Spacebar. You can "unmark" items in the Members column by clicking once on the box that precedes the item.
2-8
4. Enter a Description for the group you are creating. By default, this field is blank. 5. Select a color to use for this group. Color is used for color-coding the diagram by network group. 6. Click the Close button to save your group. To view the group(s) to which an item belongs and/or to change an items membership in a group: 1. Double-click on the item to display its property sheet. 2. Click the Groups button. The Group Membership dialog displays the list of the network groups you have defined (Figure 2-10). (If you havent defined any groups, it will be empty.) Notice that each group to which the item belongs will have a check mark next to its name.
Figure 2-10. Group Membership Dialog 3. Check or uncheck the boxes that precede the group names to change the items membership. A check mark in the box indicates the item is a member of the group; no check mark indicates the item is not a member of the group. 4. Click the OK button to accept the changes and return to the item property sheet. 5. Click the OK button to return to the diagram. To add multiple items to a single existing group: 1. Select one or more items on the network diagram. Refer to Chapter 3, Section 3.3. 2. Right-click to display the pop-up menu.
2-9
3. Click the Add Item(s) to>Group option. The Add Item(s) to Group dialog displays (Figure 2-11).
Figure 2-11. Add Item(s) to Group Dialog 4. From the drop-down list, choose the group to which you want to add the selected items. 5. Click the OK button. If you choose items that already belong to the specified group, the items will be unaffected. To delete a group: 1. Choose Network>Groups from the Main Menu. The Groups dialog displays. 2. In the Groups list, click the group you want to delete. Only the group will be deleted. Items that belonged to that group will remain in the network. 3. Click the Delete button to delete the group from the list.
2-10
New (Insert)
Figure 2-12. Load Categories Dialog 2. Click the New (Insert) button and, in the entry space that appears, enter a name for the load category you want to define. 3. Do one of the following: To mark individual items that you want to add to your load category: In the Members column, click the box that precedes the item. A check mark displays in the box. Repeat this step for each item you want to add to your load category. To mark multiple nonconsecutive items that you want to add to your load category: In the Members column, press the Ctrl key and click the box that precedes each network item. To mark multiple consecutive items that you want to add to your load category: In the Members column, click the first item in a range, press the Shift key, click the last item in the range, and press the Spacebar.
2-11
You can "unmark" items in the Members column by clicking once on the box that precedes the item. 4. Enter a Description for the load category you are creating. By default, this field is blank. 5. Click the Close button to save your work. To view the load category(ies) to which an item belongs and/or to change an items membership in a load category: 1. Double-click on the load item to display its property sheet. 2. Click the Categories button. The Load Category Membership dialog displays the list of the categories you have defined (Figure 2-13). (If you havent defined any categories, it will be empty.) Notice that each category to which the load item belongs will have a check mark next to its name.
Figure 2-13. Load Category Membership Dialog 3. Check or uncheck the boxes that precede the category names to change the items membership. A check mark in the box indicates the item is a member of the load category; no check mark indicates the item is not a member of the category. 4. Click the OK button to accept the changes and return to the item property sheet. 5. Click the OK button to return to the diagram. To add multiple items to a single existing category: 1. Select one or more items on the network diagram. Refer to Chapter 3, Section 3.3. 2. Right-click to display the pop-up menu.
2-12
3. Click the Add Item(s) to>Load Category option. The Add Load(s) to Category dialog displays (Figure 2-14).
Figure 2-14. Add Load(s) to Category Dialog 4. From the drop-down list, choose the load category to which you want to add the selected items. 5. Click the OK button. If you choose items that already belong to the specified load category, the items will be unaffected by this action. To delete a load category: 1. Choose Network>Load Categories from the Main Menu. The Load Categories dialog displays. 2. In the Categories list, click the load category you want to delete. Only the category will be deleted, load categories, which were part of the deleted category will remain in the network. 3. Click the Delete button to delete the load category from the list.
2-13
Figure 2-15. Economics Dialog 2. Enter the economics data for your model: Price of electrical energy (per kWh): The price your utility charges per kWh for the use of electricity. Price of electrical reactive energy (per kvar-h): The price your utility charges per kvar-h for the use of electrical reactive energy. Price of electrical demand (per kW): The price your utility charges per kW for electrical demand. Price of electrical reactive demand (per kvar): The price your utility charges per kvar for electrical reactive demand.
2-14
Discount rate (pu/yr): The annual rate used to take into account the potential earning power of money and inflation while moving dollar amounts either forward or backward through time, to a single point in time for comparison. Inflation rate (pu/yr): The expected yearly change in the value of the dollar. Evaluation period (yr): The number of years, which will be studied in the economic analysis. Installation cost for fixed capacitor banks (per kvar): The amount per kvar it costs your utility to install a fixed capacitor bank. Installation cost for switched capacitor banks (per kvar): The amount per kvar it costs your utility to install a switched capacitor bank. Maintenance rate for fixed capacitor banks (per kvar-yr): The rate per kvar-yr it costs your utility to maintain a fixed capacitor bank. Maintenance rate for switched capacitor banks (per kvar-yr): The rate per kvar-yr it costs your utility to maintain a switched capacitor bank. 3. Click the OK button to save your specifications for the model.
If you are generating a new network and you do not place any source nodes on the diagram you must specify the "root" node directly in the Network Property sheet. During the iteration, if a node has been traversed already (a loop formed), the branch that has the already encountered node at its downstream end is called a "loop branch". For example, in the network drawing in Figure 2-16, if the "root" node is "Source" and the item ordering method is set to alphabetical, the iteration order of the nodes, starting at the source, would be as shown in Table 2-1.
2-15
1 23 W 0 .99 3 58 .28
Line 2 Line1 Switch1 306.74 355.82 27.9 2 174.87 L ine3 L ine5 28.0 2 6.56
T ran1
5.74 89.67
T ran2
2-16
Table 2-2 gives iteration order of the branches. Table 2-2. Iteration Order of Branches
Position in Tree 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Branch Line4 Line5 Line3* Tran1 Line1 Line2 Tran2 Upstream Source AAAA XXXX XXXX Source BBBB Source Downstream AAAA XXXX Source YYYY BBBB 123W CCCC
The * is used to indicate a loop has been formed when the node "Source" is visited for the second time. Line3 is then considered a "loop branch". The "*" is used here for explanatory purposes only and will not be indicated on any output reports. During the iteration process, any out-of-services branches are treated as if they have been removed from the network. To define the network item ordering method: 1. Choose Network>Ordering Method from the Main Menu. The Ordering Method dialog displays (Figure 2-17).
Figure 2-17. Ordering Method Dialog 2. Click Alphabetical by name to order network items in alphabetical order. Refer to the above example for the expected results, or click Numerical by node coordinate to order network items numerically by node coordinates. The Priority, Horizontal Priority, and the Vertical Priority will become enabled.
2-17
When ordering numerically by node coordinate you must specify the following: 1. Choose the x coordinate (Horizontal) preference. This priority is used to determine left to right or right to left ordering. If there is a tie, then Vertical priority will determine if the top-most or bottom-most is selected next. 2. Choose the y coordinate (Vertical) preference. This priority is used to determine top to bottom or bottom to top ordering. If there is a tie, then Horizontal Priority will determine if the left-most or right-most is selected next.
2-18
Figure 2-19. Save As Dialog 2. Enter the directory path and filename you want for the diagram. 3. Choose the file type: PSS/U Raw Data File (*.dat), or PSS/ADEPT File (*.adp). The default is PSS/ADEPT. 4. Click the OK button to save the diagram.
2-19
Figure 2-20. Print Options Dialog Select the options you want to modify. Active View: Print the currently selected (active) view just like it appears in the window (WYSIWYG). Entire diagram (multi-page): Print the entire diagram spanning over several pages. Entire diagram (single page): Print the entire diagram on a single sheet of paper. Current Display (single page): Print the current display as is on a single printed page. Network title: Check the box to print the title of the network as part of the page header. The title is specified in the Network Properties dialog. File path: Check the box to print the full path of the currently open file in the page header. This is the path where your file is currently located. Results type (analysis): Check the box to print the analysis that was last executed. The results on the diagram correspond to an analysis such as load flow, short circuit and motor starting.
2-20
Voltage units: Check the box to print the voltage units on the diagram (per-unit, kV, etc.). Current/power units: Check the box to display current or power units on the printed page (kW, kvar, Amps). Active phase: Check the box to print the phase pertaining to the printed output results. For example, if you have chosen to display results at Phase B, the page footer will indicate phase B results. Product Version: Check the box to print the produce version number on the printed page. Date and Time: Check the box to print the date and time at the bottom of the printed page. Page numbers: Check the box to print page numbers on each page. White background: Check the box to print on a white background. High-quality printing: Check the box for optimal print resolution (could significantly increase printing time).
Figure 2-21. Print Setup Dialog Using the Print Setup dialog, you may also select another printer on the network.
2-21
Figure 2-22. Print Preview Window 2. Do one of the following: To send an image directly to the printer from the Print Preview window: Click the Print button that appears in the upper left corner of the Print Preview window. To move back and forth among the pages in your network diagram: Click the Next Page and/or Prev Page buttons. (If there are no pages available, the button will be grayed out.) To display a two-page preview of your network diagram: Click the Two-Page button. To zoom in (magnify) or zoom out (broaden the perspective) of your network diagram: Click the Zoom In and/or Zoom Out buttons. To return to the Diagram View without printing: Click the Close button.
2-22
PSS/ADEPT features What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get (WYSIWYG) printing of your network diagram, taking into account both the scrolled position and the scale of your diagram. Slight differences may occur because the relative size of the paper is not the same as the size of the Diagram View window, and because the resolution of the printing device is usually three or four times that of the screen. If the Multipage option is set in the Diagram Properties dialog, then the application will print the entire diagram, using as many pages as necessary. To eliminate "blank" pages, you may need to resize the diagram so that there is a minimal amount of white space around your network. If the Multipage option is turned off, the current view will be printed on a single page (WYSIWYG) irregardless of the diagram size. Each diagram printout will show the title of the network model, and the date and time in the upper left and lower right of the paper, respectively. Also, the units of the displayed results will be shown on the lower left of the printed page.
2-23
Progress View
2-24
Figure 2-24. Progress View "Floated" in PSS/ADEPT Application Window To reinstate the "docked" Progress View: 1. Right-click in the maximized Progress View to display the pop-up menu. 2. Click Float in Main Window to remove the check mark. The Progress View returns to its previous "docked" position.
2-25
Figure 2-25. Zooming the Diagram 2. Use the Zoom Toolbar (Figure 2-26).
Pan
Zoom Previous
Zoom 100%
Zoom Extent
Zoom Area
Figure 2-26. Zoom Toolbar 2-26 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
3. Click on any drop-down menu option or toolbar button to adjust your Diagram View: 50%, 100%, 150%, 200%: Choose any one of these preset zoom levels at which to display your network diagram (these options are only available from the drop-down menu). Zoom In: Choose this option to magnify your diagram. Zoom Out: Choose this option to get a broader view of your diagram. Zoom Area: Choose this option to zoom into a particular area of your diagram. Click the Zoom Area button. On the diagram, click and drag from upper left to lower right to draw a rectangular frame around the area you want to magnify. Release the mouse button to zoom into the area within the rectangle. Zoom Extent: Choose this option to change the view of your diagram to one which contains all of your network without white space. Zoom Previous: Choose this option to restore the zoom level to what it was previously.
Figure 2-27. Adjust Coordinates Dialog 2. Enter any scaling factor and/or x- and y-coordinate offsets you want: Scale by: Specify the number by which both x- and y-coordinates will be multiplied. Offset x-coordinates by: Specify the number (positive or negative) that will be added to all x-coordinates. Offset y-coordinates by: Specify the number (positive or negative) that will be added to all y-coordinates. 3. Click the OK button to make the specified adjustments. Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 2-27
2. When the mouse is placed over the Diagram View, it will change to a Pan button. Left click anywhere on the diagram and drag the entire display to a different position in the window.
2-28
To create a new saved view: 1. Click the New (Insert) button to create a new saved view.
2. Enter the name you want to call the saved view in the text box. 3. Click the Save button. To restore a view: 1. Select the view you want to restore from the list provided. 2. Click the Restore button. Click the Close button to return to the diagram.
2-29
To modify one or more diagram layers: 1. Select Layers from the Diagram menu. The Layers dialog displays (Figure 2-29).
Figure 2-29. Layers Dialog 2. Select the layer that you want to modify from the list on the left side of the dialog. The properties of the layer will be disabled until a layer is selected. 3. Modify the layer properties. Description: Enter a description for the diagram layer to help identify its characteristics. Visible: Select this button to make the selected layer visible. Hidden: Select this button to make the selected layer hidden. Zoom Dependent: Select this button to make the selected layer visible or hidden based on a specified zoom level. If you select a layer that is zoom dependent, specify the maximum and minimum zoom levels to use to toggle the visibility in the boxes provided. Default layer: Check this box to make the selected layer the default layer. The default layer will automatically be set to Layer 1. 4. Click the Apply button to update the diagram.
2-30
To add a new diagram layer: 1. Click the Add button. A new layer will be added to the list. You cannot modify the name of a layer. 2. Modify/select the properties for the new layer. 3. Click the Apply button to update the diagram. To remove a diagram layer: 1. Select the layer you want to remove in the list provided. 2. Click the Remove button. The layer will be removed from the list. 3. Click the Apply button to update the diagram layers.
2-31
2. Select/modify the image properties: File: The image filename cannot be modified but shows you the path to the file that you have imported. This file is saved along with a .adp file so that the image can be restored when the file is re-opened. You can specify an image file directory under Program Settings. Copy the image files that you want to use into this directory to avoid being prompted for the image file name(s) whenever you open a .adp file containing imported image(s). Layer: Select a previously defined layer that you want this image to belong to. Imported images are assigned to the Background layer by default. Scale Factor: Enter a scale factor if you want the image to be scaled. By default, the image scale factor is set to 1.0, which means the image is rendered at its actual size at 100% diagram zoom level. Images are scaled up and down when the view is zoomed in or out. To make the image larger (the image file will not be modified), choose a higher scale factor (> 1.0) and to make the image smaller, choose a lower scale factor (< 1.0). Selectable: Check this box to allow the image to be selectable as an item on the diagram. If this box is not checked, you will not be able to select and modify any of the image properties. Moveable: Check this box to allow the ability to move the image around on the diagram. If the moveable check box is not checked, the image will be stationary on the diagram. 3. Click OK to return to the diagram.
NODE2
NODE1
Figure 2-31. Knee Points 2-32 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
There are 2 knee points and 3 line segments in the branch from NODE1 to NODE2. There is 1 knee point and 2 line segments in the load. Originally, the line segments were drawn as one line segment between NODE1 and NODE2 and one line segment indicating the load. To create the figure shown, knee points were added to the original branch and load to allow the branch and load line segments to be arranged as shown. Once a knee point is added, you can select it and drag the network item to a desired location. Knee points are also created automatically when you draw a multipoint branch (see Section 2.6, Adding a Branch). To add a knee point to an existing branch or shunt item: 1. Select the knee point drawing tool from the Diagram Toolbar and click on the branch or shunt item where you want the knee point to be placed. A small maroon square will become visible (see Figure 2-32) indicating that the knee point is selected.
NODE2
NODE1
Figure 2-32. Knee Point Selected 2. Click and drag the knee point to a different location to reposition the item. Once the item has been repositioned you can click anywhere in the diagram and the knee point will disappear from the view until you reselect it.
2-33
To delete a knee point from an existing branch or shunt item: 1. Select the knee point and press the Delete key, or select Edit>Delete. Be careful to select only the knee point and not its associated link (see Figure 2-33).
NODE2
NODE1
a. Correct
NODE2
NODE1
2-34
To view/edit the properties of a label or group of labels: 1. Double-click on the label or select the label, right-click and select Properties to display the Label Property sheet (Figure 2-34).
Figure 2-34. Label Property Sheet 2. Modify the properties of the label: Owner: If the label is associated with a specific network item, the name of the item will be displayed. Items associated with a specific network item will have properties that appear disabled such as text color and background color. Font: To change the font of a label or group of labels, click the Font button and select the desired font, size, and style. Text color: Select the Browse label text. button and choose the color that you want for the
Background color: Select the Browse button and choose the color you want to use for the background of the label text. Choose whether you want the color to be opaque or transparent. Check the box if you want the color to be opaque. AutoPosition: If you want to change the position, alignment, or rotation of the label uncheck the AutoPosition box. The position properties will then be editable. X, Y: Enter the position of the label in diagram coordinates. Alignment: Choose to position the label in the center, left justified, or right justified in the label box. Rotation: Select the label rotation. For example, 90 indicates the label to be drawn in a vertical position, 0 indicates horizontal position. Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 2-35
Figure 2-35. Apply Font Dialog 4. Select the label categories that you want to be updated with the newly selected font. Item name labels: When checked applies the new font to diagram item names (e.g., node names, branch names) Item property labels: When checked applies the new font to diagram property labels (e.g., construction type and length, phasing). Result labels: When checked applies the new font to diagram results (e.g., node voltage, power, current). Annotation labels: When checked applies the new font to diagram text annotation. The Apply to Labels button updates labels only and does not assign the selected font to the entire diagram. The Apply button assigns the font to the diagram only and does not reset the fonts of existing labels. The diagram font acts only as a default for newly created labels.
2-36
2-37
-2
-1
2 3
1 4
-3
-4
2-38
2. Select an item, click the Rotate +90 or Rotate 90 90 from the current rotation value of the selected item.
3. Change the rotation value on the node or label property sheet. The Autoposition flag for the selected items should be turned "off" prior to changing the rotation. Leaving Autoposition "on" will cause the item to immediately snap back to its original rotation position. Shunt symbol orientation is dependent on the rotation of the node symbol to which it is connected.
2-39
NODE2
NODE1
Port
Link
NODE2
NODE1
Figure 2-37. Ports and Links Symbol ports are intentionally hidden by the program most of the time. A port will become visible when a link (line segment) is selected. A port can have no more than one link which means you cannot link more than one branch or shunt symbol to the exact same location on a given busbar symbol. This does not apply to the point node symbol, which contains multiple ports in the center of the symbol. The number of ports depends on the length of the busbar symbol, which can be re-sized interactively, hence, creating more ports. When creating a new branch or shunt item, the cursor will automatically snap to an available port when the mouse pointer is placed over one. When dragging a new branch from one node to another, the mouse pointer must be positioned over an available port on the second node symbol for the branch creation to take effect. To move one end of a branch or shunt item to a different port: 1. Enter Select mode by choosing the Select button on the Diagram Toolbar.
2. Single-click on the line segment you want to move. The port will now be visible (Figure 2-38).
NODE2
NODE1
2-40
3. While holding the left mouse button down, position the cursor over the port and drag the end of the link away from the port while also holding down the Ctrl key. A dashed line will appear from the branch or shunt symbol to the mouse pointer indicating that the link is being moved. 4. Position the link onto a different port on the busbar and release the mouse button and Ctrl key. To connect a branch or shunt item to a different node: Follow Steps 1 to 3 as described above and position the link onto a different node symbol. When moving symbols, a zoom level of no less than 100% is recommended.
2-41
2-42
Chapter 3
Editing a Network Model
3.1 Overview: Editing a Network Model
PSS/ADEPT provides a flexible editing environment to help you build and test network models. Basic editing of all network items on the diagram or in the Equipment List View can be done using standard Microsoft Windows selection, copy, cut, and paste functions. Detailed editing of the engineering settings associated with a network item can be done in PSS/ADEPTs item property sheets. In this chapter, you will learn to: Open an existing network diagram. Select single or multiple items on the diagram or from the Equipment List View. Perform basic (Microsoft Windows) editing functions, such as copy, move, cut and paste, undo last action, etc., for each type of network item. Perform advanced editing functions via detailed network item property sheets, including editing the property sheets for multiple like items. Use enhanced features to better manage the workspace, scale loads and machines, rephase the network, and create load snapshots.
Action on selected item(s) Copy Cut Paste Delete Undo last edit/deletion
Click button:
3-1
3-2
In this chapter you will learn to: Open the grid editor from within PSS/ADEPT. Modify network data using the grid editor. Sort rows in the grid editor. View network item properties from within the grid editor. Export the Grid View to Excel or Text file formats. Change the format and display settings of cells in the Grid View. Define printing and zooming options.
3-3
3-4
To modify data in the Grid View, click the cell that you want to modify and enter the new value. Cells can be of the following forms: text box, number, check box, or drop down lists. A drop down list will appear when you have clicked the cell as shown in Figure 3-3. To view the list, click the down arrow displayed within the cell itself and select the new value.
Figure 3-3. Drop Down List Cells that have a gray background cannot be modified and are disabled for editing. When editing branch items, if the construction type has been selected from the construction dictionary, impedance values will be disabled for editing. If the construction type is "user defined", impedance values will be available for modification. To enter a "user defined" construction type, type a character string that you want to use directly in the construction type cell.
3-5
To sort a column of data in the Grid View, double-click in the column heading area of the column you want to sort. Columns will be sorted in ascending order (Figure 3-4).
3-6
To view the property sheet of a network item, double-click the row header, the first unlabeled column of the Grid View (Figure 3-5). The Network Item Property sheet will display. Data modified on a Network Item Property sheet will be automatically updated in the Grid View when the OK button is selected.
3-7
To paste one or several cells into the grid from the clipboard: 1. Select the cell or cells that you want to copy data into. 2. Choose Edit>Paste from the Grid menu. 3. Data will be pasted into the selected area.
Figure 3-6. Find Dialog 2. In the Find what: box, type in the text that you want to locate. 3. Select the direction that you want to search. "Up" will search the contents of the grid from the selected cell up to the first row. "Down" will search the contents of the grid from the selected cell down to the last row. 4. If you want to find the text by matching upper and lower case, check the Match case box.
3-8
Figure 3-7. Cell Format Dialog This dialog will not appear if there are no cells selected in the grid. 2. Choose the settings that you want to modify from the appropriate tab. Font tab: Use this tab to change the font size, style and color of an individual column. Color tab: Use this tab to select the foreground, background colors of an individual cell or column and visual display of cells. Border tab: Use this tab to modify cell borders. Align tab: Use this tab to set the cell alignment properties.
3-9
To change display settings: 1. Choose Edit>Properties from the Edit menu. The Display Settings dialog will display (Figure 3-8).
Figure 3-8. Display Settings Dialog 2. Select and modify the display settings. The Display Settings dialog has a preview window that allows you to see the changes visually before committing them to the Grid View. 3D-Buttons: Specifies whether to display column and row headers as buttons with three-dimensional raised and lowered effects. Vertical Lines: Specifies whether the vertical grid lines are displayed in the Grid View. Horizontal Lines: Specifies whether the horizontal grid lines are displayed in the Grid View. Mark Current Row: Specifies whether the current cells row is marked visually in the row header. This option has no effect if the 3D-Buttons option is not checked. Mark Current Column: Specifies whether the current cells column is marked visually in the column header. This option has no effect if the 3D-Buttons option is not checked. Grid Lines Color: Select the color for the grid lines. Fixed Lines Color: Select the color for the line that separates frozen columns or rows and non-frozen columns or rows. Tracking Line Color: Specifies the color of the outline when a column or row is being re-sized.
3-10
Dragging Line Color: Specifies the color of the line where a dragged column or row will be dropped. You cannot drag rows or columns in PSS/ADEPT. Background Color: Specifies the color of the background. The background is the "gray area" outside of the grid itself. Current Cell User Properties: Specify the type of border to apply to the selected cell. 3. Select OK to return to the Grid view.
Figure 3-9. Page Setup Dialog 2. Select and modify the page setup options. Left margin: Enter the number of inches from the edge of the printed page that you want for the left side margin. Right margin: Enter the number of inches from the edge of the printed page that you want for the right side margin.
3-11
Top margin: Enter the number of inches from the edge of the printed page that you want for the top side margin. Bottom margin: Enter the number of inches from the edge of the printed page that you want for the bottom side margin. Row headers: Check the box to print the row headers on the printed page. Column headers: Check the box to print the column headers on the printed page. Print frame: Check the box to print a border frame around the outer edges of the grid on the printed page. Vertical lines: Check the box to print vertical lines between each row of the grid. Horizontal lines: Check the box to print horizontal lines between each row of the grid. Only black and white: Check the box to print the grid using only the colors of black and white. First rows, then Columns: Select this option to assign row, column printing order. First columns, then Rows: Select this option to assign column, row printing order. Center on Page, Vertical: Select this option to center the grid on the printed page vertically. Center on Page, Horizontal: Select this option to center the grid on the printed page horizontally. Save settings to Profile: Check the box to save your settings to the Windows system registry. Selecting this option allows the program to remember your previous settings each time you open PSS/ADEPT. 3. Select OK to return to the Grid View.
3-12
To modify Header/Footer options: 1. Select File>Header/Footer from the Grid menu. The Header/Footer dialog displays (Figure 3-10).
Figure 3-10. Header/Footer Options Dialog 2. Select and modify the header/footer options: Header and Footer: Click the Header or Footer tab to display the header/footer options. Enter the appropriate code in the left, centered, or right justified column. The following codes are available: $F = the name of the document file (i.e., example.adp). $A = the application name. $R = the name of the worksheet tab (i.e., Nodes, Transformers, Capacitors). $D = the current date. $P = the current page number. $N = the total number of pages. Font: Click the Font button to change the font style and size for the header and/or footer. Distance to Frame (Header/Footer): Enter the number of inches away from the outer edge of the grid to place the header/footer on the printed page. First Page Number: Enter the number to define the first page of the printed output. Enter "auto" to assign page numbers automatically starting at the number 1. Save settings to Profile: Check the box to save your settings to the Windows system registry. Selecting this option allows the program to remember your previous settings each time you open PSS/ADEPT. 3. Select OK to return to the Grid View. Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 3-13
To preview the printed output, select File>Print Preview to view the printed output in a Print Preview window (Figure 3-11).
Figure 3-11. Print Preview Window To print the grid to the printer, select File>Print to send the Grid View to the printer.
3-14
Figure 3-12. Open Dialog 2. Enter/select the directory and filename of the network diagram you want. 3. Click the Open button to display the diagram.
3-15
Figure 3-13. Single Item Selected If you select another item in this manner, the system deselects the currently selected item. This is the default action.
3-16
3-17
2. On the network diagram, click once over the first item you want to select. 3. Hold down the Ctrl key and click once on each nonadjacent item you want to select. Do not click on the item label; if you do, all selected items will be deselected. The items that you selected on the diagram or in the Equipment List View appear both in the diagram framed by solid block "handles", and in the Equipment List View as highlighted (Figure 3-15).
3-18
Figure 3-16. Select Groups Dialog 2. Click the box that precedes the group name to select it. A check mark appears in the box.
3-19
3. Select one of the following operators: AND: Click the AND button to select only those items common to all of the groups you selected in Step 2. OR: Click the OR button to select all items in all of the groups you selected in Step 2. 4. Click the OK button. Your group selections will display on the diagram and in the Equipment List View. To deselect items within a specified group(s), click once in the Deselect check box to place a check mark there.
3-20
Figure 3-17. Select Load Categories Dialog 2. Click the box that precedes the load category name to select it. A check mark appears in the box. 3. Select one of the following operators: AND: Click the AND button to select only those items common to all of the load categories you selected in Step 2. OR: Click the OR button to select all items in all of the load categories you selected in Step 2. 4. Click the OK button. Your load category selections will display on the diagram and in the Equipment List View. To deselect items within the selected load categories, click once in the Deselect check box to place a check mark there.
3-21
Figure 3-18. Select Nodes Dialog 2. Assign the minimum and maximum base voltage range by selecting from the available list of voltage levels, or by typing in a voltage level in the fields provided. There is an indication of line-line or line-neutral representation of base voltages directly on the right edge of the voltage range fields. This representation is the input voltage flag defined on the Network Property sheet. To deselect nodes within the specified range, click once in the Deselect check box to place a check mark there.
3-22
Figure 3-19. Select Tree Dialog 2. Select a starting branch by choosing a branch from the available list or type in the branch name directly in the field provided. The FROM Node and TO Node fields will automatically update based on the starting branch selection. The FROM Node and TO Node fields are not editable. If you have previously selected a branch on the diagram, the starting branch field on the dialog will be initialized to the selected branch. If you have previously selected both a branch and a node on the diagram, the starting branch and the ending node fields on the dialog will be initialized to the selected items. 3. Select an ending node by choosing a node from the available list or type in the node name directly in the field provided. 4. To include all lateral branches in the selection, click once in the Include Laterals check box to place a check mark there. 5. Click the OK button. 6. To deselect the network tree, click once in the Deselect check box to place a check mark there. Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 3-23
Figure 3-20. Selection Filters Dialog 2. Initially all of the items will be unchecked. Unchecked items will be included in the selection when a selection tool is used. To toggle all items from unchecked to checked or vice versa, click the Toggle All button. As an example, suppose you wanted to perform a select by Tree and you want to select only Static Load items. Specify the following: a. Toggle on all the item types by selecting Toggle All. All items will be checked. b. Uncheck the Static Loads box. c. Choose OK. Select Edit>Select>Tree. Only Static Load items will be selected.
3-24
Figure 3-21. Diagram Showing Annotations To add text on the diagram: 1. On the Diagram Toolbar, click the Annotation button.
2. Move the pointer to the desired location in the diagram and click the left mouse button. The text "Annotation" displays on the diagram. (You may repeat this step as many times as needed). 3. Click the Select button to turn off the Annotation feature.
4. Double-click the text Annotation to select it and display the Annotation Property sheet (Figure 3-22).
3-25
Figure 3-22. Text Annotation Property Sheet 5. Click in the Text box and type the text you want to add to the diagram. You may delete the word "Annotation". 6. If you want to apply a special font to your text (or change the size or style of the font), click the Font button and select a font from the list. Click the OK button to return to the Annotation box. 7. Select the text color and/or background color. 8. Specify/modify the X,Y location where the annotation is to be displayed on the diagram. 9. Specify the text alignment and rotation. 10. Click the OK button to return to the diagram.
3-26
3-27
the node name. If you make yet another copy of the same node, PSS/ADEPT appends two tildes (~~) to the node name, and so on. Figure 3-23 shows a node named BUS1 that was copied and pasted onto the diagram. The Node Property sheet shows the same information as for BUS1, with the new node name, BUS1~.
3-28
3-29
Figure 3-24. Node Property Sheet 2. Press the Tab key to move to the next field or click in the field of interest, and add or change information in the fields on the Node Property sheet as needed: If you have selected a group of nodes, the fields in the Node Property sheet will be blank if the nodes in the selected group have different values (e.g., Name, Base voltage, Description). To assign the same values to each node in the designated group, select or enter a value in the field. You cannot assign the same Name to all nodes in the group, and you cannot alter Position and Orientation information. Name: Each network item in the PSS/ADEPT network must have a unique name identifier. You may enter an alphanumeric character name of up to 12 characters. The node name may not contain embedded blanks.
3-30
Base Voltage (kV): Base voltage is the node base voltage in either line-to-line or lineto-neutral. If the node base voltage is not specified (for example, if you import a raw data file that does not contain voltage information), the base voltage of the node defaults to the system standard base voltage that was specified on the Network Property sheet (System tab). Description: You may enter up to 40 characters to describe the node. A typical entry in this field would signal where a node has a generator or a machine, and/or the type of generator or machine located at a given node. Position: Use the x and y boxes to set the x- and y-coordinates of the node in the diagram. These coordinates are arbitrary and define the location of the network nodes relative to the diagram origin (0,0), which is located at the bottom left corner of the diagram. Type: Click one of the options to set the type of the selected node on the diagram. A network node can be presented as a point or as a busbar. Rotation: If the node type is a busbar, enter the desired rotation. Horizontal busbars have a rotation equal to zero degrees. Vertical busbars have a rotation of 90. Any rotation may be entered including fractions (e.g., 75.5). Label configuration: If a point type node is specified, you can select where the node label (e.g., name) is placed. Select from the list box provided to place the node label in the desired position. 3. To display the node on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To display node results on the diagram, click in the Results check box to place a check mark. 5. To add the node to an existing group(s), click the Groups button and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 6. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the node properties.
3-31
NODE1
NODE1
Final Position
NODE2
NODE2
NODE2
Figure 3-25. Moving a Branch To move the whole branch: 1. Select the branch. Notice the "hollow" block handles on either end of the branch. 2. Position the pointer over the branch, not on a branch handle. 3. Click and drag the branch to its new position. The branch segment ends connected to the nodes will not move. To move a branch connection point to a new node: 1. Select the branch. Notice the "hollow" block handles on either end of the branch. 2. Position the pointer over the handle you want to move. Notice that the pointer changes to <--> to indicate the directions in which the handle may be dragged. 3. Click and drag the handle (the mouse pointer will change to a cross hair, +) all the way to the new node. The branch will not appear to move until the pointer passes over another node to which it is not already connected. When this happens, the branch will snap to its new connection point. To move the second branch handle to a new connection point, repeat Steps 2 and 3. You will not be able to connect both ends of the branch to the same node.
3-32
To reposition the branch connection point on the same node: 1. Select the branch. Notice the white block handles on either end of the branch. 2. Position the pointer over the handle you want to move. Notice that the pointer changes to a <--> to indicate the directions in which the handle may be dragged. 3. Click and drag the handle (the mouse pointer will appear as a cross hair, +) along the node to the desired connection point.
3-33
Figure 3-26. Line Property Sheet: Main Tab 2. Click the Main tab and select/enter the properties for a line or cable: Name: Each item in the PSS/ADEPT network must have a unique name identifier. The line name has no relation to the FROM and TO nodes identified in the upper right of the Line Property sheet. The actual FROM and TO nodes provide network connectivity information and may not be modified. Phasing: The phasing value indicates which phase conductors are present in the network model. In PSS/ADEPT, the available phasing values are specified using any combination of the three characters A, B, and C (e.g., ABC, AB, BC, CA, A, B, and C). You must select one of the phasing values from the list; you cannot enter your own values. If XYZ phasing was specified in a PSS/U raw data file, PSS/ADEPT will convert X to A, Y to B, and Z to C. When the diagram property to display phase markers is selected, phasing is indicated on the one-line diagram where phase A is red, phase B is yellow, and phase C is blue. 3-34 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
Line Length: The line length is the actual length of the branch. It is important that the line length is consistent with the impedance units. For example, if the line length is given in miles, then the impedance per unit length for the line must be specified in ohms per mile. This is important because line length is used to calculate the total line impedance. Construction Type: Construction type is a 1- to 10-character alphanumeric identifier that refers to a construction type defined in the Construction Dictionary. You may select one of the construction types available in the Construction Dictionary, or you may enter your own (user-defined) unique construction type. If you select a construction type from the list box, the impedance values defined with that type in the Construction Dictionary will be displayed in the Impedance area of the Line Property sheet; the values will not be editable. If you enter your own construction type, you must enter the impedance values associated with the line in the Impedance section of the Line Property sheet. PSS/ADEPT will save user-defined construction types and their associated impedances to the PSS/U raw data file (*.dat) and/or the native PSS/ADEPT native binary file (*.adp). User-defined line types are not saved to the construction dictionary. Impedance: Both positive- and zero-sequence resistance and reactance must be specified in ohm per unit length. The positive-sequence and zero-sequence charging admittance must be entered in micro-Siemens per unit length. Unit length is user defined, and must coincide with the unit length used to specify the line/cable length. You will not be able to edit these fields if you selected a construction type from the Construction Dictionary. If you created your own construction type, you must enter the impedance and admittance values; if you dont enter any values, PSS/ADEPT will default to the displayed values. Ratings: The line rating limits (amps) are used to determine whether a line is overloaded. You may specify up to four rating limits either obtained directly from the Construction Dictionary or when a user-defined construction type is indicated, your own rating limits. 3. To display the line on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected line is in service, click the In service check box, which is the default setting. If In service is not checked, the line/cable is out of service and is disconnected at both ends. 5. To display results for this line on the diagram, click once in the Results check box to place a check mark there. 6. To add the selected line to an existing group(s), click the Groups button and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 7. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the line properties.
3-35
To change the harmonic properties for a line (visible if you are licensed for the harmonics module): 1. Click the Harmonics tab to modify the harmonic properties of a line (Figure 3-27).
Figure 3-27. Line Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab Name: The name of the line. This property is for information only and is not editable. Click the Main tab to modify this item. FROM node: The name of the FROM node to which this line is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. TO node: The name of the TO node to which this line is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. Type: Select the type of line representation from the drop-down list. IEEE Line Represents an IEEE line. The modeling of an IEEE Line is described in Chapter 8, Section 8.9.5. IEEE Cable Represents an IEEE cable. The modeling of an IEEE Line is described in Chapter 8, Section 8.9.5. Custom Represents a user-defined line model for harmonics. Selection of this item will allow you to define the impedance exponents.
3-36
For custom types, enter the requested values for the following: Positive sequence resistance Positive sequence reactance Positive sequence susceptance Zero sequence resistance Zero sequence reactance Zero sequence susceptance
To change the reliability properties for a line (visible only if you are licensed for the DRA module): 1. Click the DRA tab to modify the reliability properties of a line (Figure 3-28). 2. Refer to Chapter 9, Section 9.4.2 for further instructions.
3-37
Figure 3-29. Switch Property Sheet: Main Tab 2. Add or change information in the prompts on the Switch Property sheet as needed: Name: Each item in the PSS/ADEPT network must have a unique name identifier. The switch name has no relation to the FROM and TO nodes identified in the upper right of the Switch Property sheet. The specified FROM and TO nodes provide network connectivity information and may not be modified. If you modify a switch name, the names of the nodes between which it is connected will not change. Phasing: The phasing value indicates which phase conductors are present in the network model. In PSS/ADEPT, the available phasing values are specified using any combination of the three characters A, B, and C (e.g., ABC, AB, BC, CA, A, B, and C). You must select one of the phasing values from the list; you cannot create your own values.
3-38
If XYZ phasing was specified in a PSS/U raw data file, PSS/ADEPT will convert X to A, Y to B, and Z to C. When the diagram property to display phase markers is selected, phasing is indicated on the one-line diagram where phase A is red, phase B is yellow, and phase C is blue. Switch ID: Switch ID provides further identification for the specified switch. This identifier may be from one to three characters in length. This field is provided for PSS/U compatibility only. Construction type: Construction type is a 1- to 10-character alphanumeric identifier that refers to a construction type defined in the Construction Dictionary. You may select one of the construction types available in the Construction Dictionary, or you may enter your own (user-defined) unique construction type. Though switches have zero impedance, rating values are retrieved from the Construction Dictionary and used to calculate whether a switch is overloaded. Ratings: The switch rating limit (amps) is used to determine overloads. You may specify up to four switch rating limits from the Construction Dictionary or your own userdefined limits in the case where a user-defined construction type was specified. Tie switch: Click the Tie switch box (a check mark displays) to specify a tie switch. For PSS/ADEPT calculations, there is no difference between a switch and a tie switch. Tie switches are provided for PSS/U compatibility only. Connection circuit: If the Tie switch box is checked, you may enter a one- to eightcharacter connection circuit identifier. The connection circuit identifier is used to specify the circuit to which the tie switch is connected and is provided for compatibility with PSS/U. Status: The switch status may be either open or closed. If the switch is open, it is assumed that the switch branch is disconnected at both ends. TOPO status: TOPO (Tie Open Point Optimization) status is only used with the optional TOPO module to specify whether the switches are allowed to operate during a TOPO analysis. In TOPO, if the switches are unlocked they are free to open and close while the TOPO algorithm is executing. If the status is set to locked, the switches will remain in their current position, either open or closed. 3. To display the switch on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. Place a check mark in the box labeled Results to display results for this switch on the diagram. 5. To add the selected switch to an existing group(s), click the Groups button, and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 6. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the switch properties.
3-39
To change the reliability properties for a switch (visible only if you are licensed for the DRA module): 1. Click the DRA tab to modify the reliability properties of a switch (Figure 3-30). 2. Refer to Chapter 9, Section 9.4.2 for further instructions.
3-40
Figure 3-31. Transformer Property Sheet: Main Tab 2. In the Main tab, enter/select the properties for your transformer: Name: Each item in the PSS/ADEPT network must have a unique name identifier. The transformer name has no relation to the FROM and TO nodes identified in the upper right of the Transformer Property sheet. The FROM and TO nodes may not be modified on the property sheet. Phasing: Phasing is specified on the FROM side of the transformer (e.g., for a wyedelta transformer, the wye side is the FROM side). When specifying phasing, the
3-41
designation A, B, and C mean the first winding, second winding, and third winding. Thus, if a wye-delta (+30) transformer with A phasing is specified, the winding on the wye side of the transformer from phase A to ground exists, and the winding on the delta side from C to A is installed. Conversely, if a wye-delta (-30) transformer with A phasing is specified, the winding on the wye side of the transformer is still phase A to ground, but the winding on the delta side from A to B is installed. Refer to Appendix A, Section A.1.2 for more information about phasing. Type: Select the transformer connection type: Wye-Wye Wye-Delta (30) Delta-Wye (30) Delta Auto Regulator Delta-Delta Wye Auto Regulator Center Tapped Delta-Delta Center Tapped Delta-Wye (30) Wye-Wye with Phase Shift Wye Auto Z Wye (30) Z Wye (150) Wye-Wye +180
In addition, three-winding transformers, three-legged core transformers, and grounding transformers may be modeled by referring to Appendix A, Sections A.2.3 through A.2.7. Tapped node: Specify which of the two connecting nodes has the load tap-changing capability. In PSS/ADEPT most transformers have the taps on the TO side, so changing the tapped node may also cause the transformer type to flip, e.g., a wye-delta transformer will become a delta-wye. Nameplate rating (kVA/phase): The transformer size is specified in kVA per phase. For single-phase transformers, the value is usually the nameplate rating; for threephase transformers, the entered value will usually be one-third of the transformers nameplate rating. See Appendix A, Section A.2.1 for rules and hints when specifying transformer size. Construction type: Construction type is a 1- to 10-character alphanumeric identifier that refers to a construction type defined in the Construction Dictionary. You may select one of the construction types available in the Construction Dictionary, or you may enter your own (user-defined) unique construction type. Phase shift (deg): Specify in degrees the angle of phase shift. This field will be enabled only when a wye-wye with phase shift transformer type is selected. Voltage: By default, the transformer voltages will be set to the FROM and TO node base voltages. In some cases, the transformer voltages will not match the node
3-42
voltages, e.g., a 13.8 kV transformer being used on a 13.2 kV system. To set the transformer voltage independently: a. Place a check mark in the box labeled User defined. The FROM and TO voltage fields will become enabled. b. Change the FROM side and/or TO side voltage of the transformer. Impedance: All transformers require a leakage impedance; some units also require a second impedance to be specified. A few of the transformers also require a second impedance; the field for entering this second impedance will be enabled when it is needed. Some transformers can have grounding impedances on the FROM, TO or on both sides. Again, the required fields will be enabled when needed. The impedance values needed for each type of transformer, is shown below.
Type Required Values
Wye-Wye, Wye-Wye with phase shift, Leakage Impedance Wye-Wye +180 FROM Side Grounding Impedance TO Side Grounding Impedance Wye-Delta (30) Delta-Wye (30) Delta-Delta, Delta Auto Regulator Wye Auto, Wye Auto Regulator Center Tapped Delta-Delta Center Tapped Delta-Wye (30) Leakage Impedance FROM Side Grounding Impedance Leakage Impedance TO Side Grounding Impedance Leakage Impedance Leakage Impedance Grounding Impedance
Leakage impedance, Full-winding leakage impedance, Half-winding leakage impedance, Zero-sequence impedance: Enter the value in per-unit (pu) based on the Nameplate rating that was specified. Grounding impedance: Enter resistance (R) and reactance (X) in Ohms. Setting R = X = 0 results in the winding solidly grounded. Ratings: The four values are pu of the specified transformer nameplate rating. They are used to check transformer overload after a loadflow. The four values can be manually entered or come from a construction dictionary. 3. To display the transformer on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box (on the Main tab) to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected transformer is in service, click the In service check box, which is the default setting. If In service is not checked, the transformer is out of service and is disconnected at both ends.
3-43
5. Place a check mark in the box labeled Results to display results for this transformer on the diagram. 6. Click the Tap Control tab (Figure 3-32) and enter/select the Tap Control properties for your transformer.
Figure 3-32. Transformer Property Sheet: Tap Control Tab Tap Adjustment: Select the load tap changing operation. Your choices include: Taps in the phases are adjusted independently of each other. For Z-Wye transformers independent tap adjustment cannot be selected Taps in all phases are ganged together and have the same setting. The first set of taps control the operation; the others follow. For example, with a phase ABC Wye-Wye transformer, the phase A taps adjust to control the phase A voltage of the regulated node. Taps locked in present position in which the transformer taps will remain "locked" in their current tap position for all subsequent loadflows.
Tap Settings: Specify the present position of the three taps, the Max and Min possible tap settings, and the tap change increment (step). Manually, you can set the taps to any value within the possible range; they do not have to be set at one of the increments. However, if the taps are adjusted during any subsequent loadflow they will moved so
3-44
they correspond to one of the increments. After setting the taps manually, if you do not want them moved during a subsequent loadflow, the "Taps locked in present position" option should be selected. For auto wye transformers, the load changing tap side can be designated as either the TO or FROM side. The taps on the other side can then be used as no load taps. Time delay: There are situations where, two or more transformers, two or more capacitor banks, or a combination of transformers and capacitor banks may be regulated by voltage at some location in a network. In such situations, the transformer tap (capacitor bank) controllers may fight one another trying to control voltage. The time delay is used to prevent these controllers from interacting by defining the order in which they attempt control. Controllers with a short time delay will operate before controllers with a long time delay. A short time delay (i.e., zero) is generally assigned to transformer tap controller closest to the source; increasingly longer time delays are assigned to downstream controllers. In this way, upstream transformers are first used to correct voltage problems. Only if unsuccessful will controllers downstream of the first be used. Time delay is a floating-point number (e.g., 1.5). No specific units are assumed. 7. Click the Regulation tab (Figure 3-33) and enter/select additional Tap Control properties for your transformer:
3-45
Regulated node: Specify the node at which the voltage is to be monitored/regulated to determine if tap changing is necessary. If the specified regulated node is not the transformer TO or FROM node, specify whether the regulated node is on the tapped or untapped side of the transformer so that the tap controller will know which way to move the taps during voltage regulation. If the specified regulated node is not the transformer FROM or TO node, then the compensating impedance, discussed further below, is ignored. When the specified regulated node is not the FROM or TO node, the voltage at the specified node is regulated directly. It is easy for a computer program to look at the voltage of a distance node and do the direct regulation. However, this can be done in the field only if there is some form of communication to send the information back to the tap controllers. Controlled Voltage: Specify the range in which the transformer will attempt to control the voltage at the regulated node. If the regulated node is on the side of the transformer that has a wye winding, the phase-to-ground voltage will be monitored to determine if tap changing is necessary. If a regulated node is on the side with a delta winding, the phase-to-phase voltage will be monitored. Normally, you set the range of the controlled voltage to a value greater than the minimum tap step. Compensating Impedance: The compensating impedance is designed to be used with the auto regulator transformers, either wye or delta; it is enable only for these two transformer types. The value of resistance and reactance entered should be the dial setting of the actual regulator; for this reason the units are volts (V). The PT ratio and CT rating entered should also be that of the actual regulator. Compensating Impedance Calculation: This is a separate activity that calculates auto regulator dial settings for you; it is enabled only for the wye auto or delta auto regulator transformers. The regulator CT and PT values should be filled in before doing the calculation. The downstream node (load center node) is selected and the position of the load center node in relation to the transformer (on the TO side or FROM side) is designated. Clicking the Calculate Impedance button results in the R and X values being filled in. Rotating impedances by 30 for the delta auto regulators is done automatically; the values returned by this activity are meant to be the actual dial settings. At the present time, the single-phase and three-phase delta auto regulators in PSS/ADEPT are connected lagging; leading regulators will be added in a later version. Thus the compensating impedance and its calculation can be used only for lagging connected regulators at the present time. If an open delta auto regulator is specified (delta auto regulator with AB, BC, or CA phasing), then in PSS/ADEPT the first phase is connected lagging and the second phase is leading. For example, with a delta auto regulator with AB phasing specified, the first (A) phase is connected lagging (from A to B) and the second (B) phase is leading (from C to B). In Figure 3-34, you can see pictures of the configuration. If you have an open delta regulator and perform the impedance calculation, you will see that the calculated compensating impedances are different for the two phases; the difference is because the 30 impedance rotation is opposite for leading and lagging regulators.
3-46
Figure 3-34. Delta Autoregulator with AB Phasing At the present time, PSS/ADEPT calculates the compensating impedance only for the wye and delta autoregulators. This compensating impedance is then used, in a loadflow, to calculate a synthetic transformer output voltage. This synthetic voltage, an estimate of the voltage at the remote load center, is used in the transformer tap changing. Although the automatic calculation is available only for the two transformers mentioned above, it can also be used for any transformer with a wye or Z winding on the load center side. If you are using a wye or Z transformer (not a regulator) and want PSS/ADEPT to perform the compensating impedance calculation for you, momentarily insert a wye autoregulator transformer on the downstream side of the transformer and have PSS/ADEPT make the calculation. Copy this value into the Transformer Property sheet, delete the autoregulator and restore the original connection. 8. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the transformer properties.
3-47
To change the harmonic properties for a transformer (visible if you are licensed for the harmonics module): 1. Click the Harmonics tab to modify the harmonic properties of a transformer (Figure 3-35).
Figure 3-35. Transformer Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab Name: The name of the line. This property is for information only and is not editable. Click the Main tab to modify this item. FROM node: The name of the FROM node to which this transformer is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. To node: The name of the TO node to which this transformer is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. Type: Select the type of line representation from the drop-down list. IEEE Model Represents an IEEE line. The modeling of an IEEE Line is described in Chapter 8, Section 8.9.6. Custom Represents a user-defined line model for harmonics. Selection of this item will allow you to define the impedance exponents.
3-48
For custom types, enter the requested values for the following: Positive sequence resistance Positive sequence reactance Grounding sequence resistance Grounding sequence reactance
To change the reliability properties for a transformer (visible only if you are licensed for the DRA module): 1. Click the DRA tab to modify the reliability properties of a transformer (Figure 3-36). 2. Refer to Chapter 9, Section 9.4.2 for further instructions.
3-49
Figure 3-37. Series Capacitor/Reactor Property Sheet: Main Tab 2. Enter/select the properties for your series capacitor/reactor: Name: Each item in the PSS/ADEPT network must have a unique name identifier. The series capacitor/reactor name has no relation to the FROM and TO nodes identified in the upper right of the Series Capacitor Property sheet. The specified FROM and TO nodes provide network connectivity information and may not be modified. If you modify
3-50
a series capacitor/reactor name, the names of the nodes between which it is connected will not change. Phasing: The phasing value indicates which phase conductors are present in the network model. In PSS/ADEPT, the available phasing values are specified using any combination of the three characters A, B, and C (e.g., ABC, AB, BC, CA, A, B, and C). You must select one of the phasing values from the list; you cannot create your own values. If XYZ phasing was specified in a PSS/U raw data file, PSS/ADEPT will convert X to A, Y to B, and Z to C. When the diagram property to display phase markers is selected, phasing is indicated on the one-line diagram where phase A is red, phase B is yellow, and phase C is blue. Nameplate rating (kVA/phase): The nameplate rating is the per-phase kVA rating of the series capacitor or reactor. It is used only (along with the FROM node base voltage) to convert the pu impedances into ohm. Construction type: Construction type is a 1- to 10-character alphanumeric identifier that refers to a construction type defined in the Construction Dictionary. You may select one of the construction types available in the Construction Dictionary, or you may enter your own (user-defined) unique construction type. Impedance: Positive-sequence and zero-sequence resistance and reactance for series capacitors and reactors is specified in pu on the kVA base of the series capacitor/ reactor. You will not be able to edit these fields if you selected a construction type from the Construction Dictionary. If you created your own construction type, you will be able to enter impedance values. Ratings: The series capacitor/reactor rating limits (pu on series capacitor/reactor kVA base) are used to determine whether the series device is overloaded. You may specify up to four series capacitor/reactor rating limits from the Construction Dictionary or your own user-defined limits in the case where a user-defined construction type has been specified. 3. To display the series capacitor/reactor on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected series capacitor/reactor is in service, click the In service check box, which is the default setting. If In service is not checked, the series capacitor/reactor is out of service and is disconnected at both ends. 5. Check the box labeled Results to display results for this series capacitor/reactor on the diagram. 6. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the series capacitor/reactor properties.
3-51
To change the harmonic properties for a series capacitor/reactor: 1. Click the Harmonics tab to modify the harmonic properties of a series capacitor/reactor (Figure 3-38).
Figure 3-38. Series Capacitor/Reactor Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab Name: The name of the series capacitor/reactor. This property is for information only and is not editable. Click the Main tab to modify this item. FROM node: The name of the FROM node to which this series capacitor/reactor is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. TO node: The name of the TO node to which this series capacitor/reactor is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. Impedance Exponents: Enter the impedance exponents for the following: Positive sequence resistance Positive sequence reactance Zero sequence resistance Zero sequence reactance
3-52
To change the reliability properties for a series capacitor/reactor (visible only if you are licensed for the DRA module): 1. Click the DRA tab to modify the reliability properties of a series capacitor/reactor (Figure 3-39). 2. Refer to Chapter 9, Section 9.4.2 for further instructions.
3-53
NODE2
NODE1
NODE1
NODE1
Figure 3-40. Moving a Shunt Device To move the head of the shunt device: 1. Right-click in the Diagram View, select Toggle>AutoPosition to set AutoPosition flag to "Off". 2. Click over the shunt device you want to move. Notice the solid block "handles" that frame the selected shunt device. 3. Drag the selected shunt device to the desired position on the diagram. The shunt device, and its results box move. To move a node handle of the shunt device: 1. Right-click in the Diagram View, select Toggle>AutoPosition to set AutoPosition flag to "Off". 2. Click over the handle you want to move. 3. Click on the line segment between the symbol and the node to display the port symbol. 4. Select the port symbol, hold the Ctrl key down and drag the selected node handle to the desired position on the same node.
3-54
To move a node handle of the shunt device to a new node: 1. Right-click in the Diagram View, select Toggle>AutoPosition to set AutoPosition flag to "Off". 2. Click on the shunt item you want to move, the port symbol will be displayed on the node. 3. Hold the Ctrl key down and drag the port to a new node.
3-55
Figure 3-41. Static Load Property Sheet: Main Tab 2. Enter/select the properties for the static load: Name: Specify a unique name for the load in the PSS/ADEPT diagram. The load name has no relation to the node to which the load is connected. The node to which the load is connected displays on the property sheet; you may not modify the node. Type: Specify one of the three available load types: constant power, constant impedance, or constant current. The actual load consumed depends upon bus voltage and
3-56
available generation and the type of load specified at a node. Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.4.3 for information on static load modeling in a load flow solution. Load balance: Specify the load as either balanced or unbalanced. Balanced loads require you to enter total values over all phases. Load connection: Specify the load connection as either grounded or ungrounded. Do not apply grounded-wye loads to a node where no neutral wire exists (i.e., ungrounded delta system). In this situation, specify a delta-connected load. Load Values: If the load is balanced, enter total kW, kvar (rectangular), or total apparent power S and a leading/lagging pf (polar). PSS/ADEPT will automatically divide the total load specified by the number of phases present. If the load is unbalanced, enter the kW, kvar (rectangular), or S and pf leading/lagging (polar) for phases A, B, and C. Grounding impedance: Enter the grounding resistance and reactance of the load (ohms). 3. To display the static load on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected static load is in service, click the In service check box, which is the default setting. 5. Check the box labeled Results to display analysis results for this static load on the diagram. 6. To add the selected load to an existing group(s), click the Groups button, and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 7. To add the selected load to an existing load category(ies), click the Categories button, and click the box that precedes the load category you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 8. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the static load properties.
3-57
To change the harmonic properties for a static load: 1. Click the Harmonics tab to modify the harmonic properties of a static load (Figure 3-42).
Figure 3-42. Static Load Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab Name: The name of the static load. This property is for information only and is not editable. Click the Main tab to modify this item. Node: The name of the node to which this load is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. Impedance Exponents: Enter the requested values for the following groups: Static Series Fraction, Resistance and Reactance. Static Parallel Fraction, Resistance and Reactance. Rotating Fraction, Capacity, Resistance, Reactance, Locked R and Locked X. Grounding Resistance and Reactance.
For additional details on the modeling of a static load in harmonics analysis, please refer to Chapter 8, Section 8.9.1.
3-58
To change the reliability properties for a static load (visible only if you are licensed for the DRA module): 1. Click the DRA tab to modify the reliability properties of a static load (Figure 3-43). 2. Refer to Chapter 9, Section 9.4.3 for further instructions.
3-59
0.005925 * E0.885 kWh/consumer/month A factor to scale down the load in each line section so that the sum of the line section loads is equal to the REA Bulletin 45-2 formula applied to the total number of consumers in the feeder and the total kWh/consumer/month for the feeder.
The B Factor is the factor used to determine the diversity of load/consumer. The default factor of 0.885 is in the REA demand equation shown in the REA Bulletin 45-2 and may be changed in Analysis Options>General. Consumer loads are entered into the program by specifying the number of consumers and megawatt-hours. The load data is the total amount for the line section or node. The megawatt-hours are the total kilowatt-hours/1000 used by the consumers for a period of one month. Consumer loads are converted to kW on a per phase basis regardless of whether the loads are assigned to a node as balanced or unbalanced. If the loads are entered as balanced loads, then the program divides the loads evenly among the available phases and converts them to kW with the REA demand equation. Resultant kW values must be set to zero in order for a re-calculation to occur. To do this, use the multiple edit functionality to set selected MWh load data at one time. Because the conversion of general consumer loads to kW is based on the total number of consumers and energy consumed as well as the loads of the individual line sections, the boundaries are defined by groups. If a group served by a substation is modeled in the network, then each should be assigned its own group name. Each substation loading that is modeled may be scaled to the actual metered value based on the total consumer loads of its own service area (group). When MWh load is present in the system, the consumer load is converted to kW via a non-linear formula. The formula is linearized, by multiplying the kW by a scale factor. This scale factor is calculated using the following formula: Scale factor = kW factor kW individual kW factor = a b The node group where the MWh load is connected will be used to define these sections.All nodes in the same group are linearized as one section with each group being linearized separately. In some cases you may want to ignore the group boundaries and linearize the system as a whole. To linearize the whole system, select Analysis>Options and choose to linearize by Tree. 3-60 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
To change the properties for a MWh load: 1. Double-click on the MWh load to select it and display the MWh Load Property sheet, or, select a MWh load, right-click, and choose Properties to display the MWh Load Property sheet (Figure 3-44).
Figure 3-44. Mwh Load Property Sheet 2. Enter/select the properties for the MWh load. Name: Specify a unique name for the load in the PSS/ADEPT diagram. The load name has no relation to the node to which the load is connected. The node where this load is connected is displayed on the property sheet; you may not modify its value. Load balance: Specify the load as either balanced or unbalanced. Balanced loads require you to specify total values over all phases. Load connection: Specify the load connection as either grounded (Wye) or ungrounded (Delta). Result display: MWh loads may be converted to have a portion of constant power and constant impedance load. In this case, you may specify whether to view the constant power or constant impedance portion when viewing results on the diagram. Seasonal: There are two types of MWh loads, seasonal (default) and non-seasonal. To specify a seasonal load, place a check mark in the box next to Seasonal.
3-61
Concentrated at the node: This option allows you to choose between dividing the loads equally between the FROM and the TO nodes of a line or placing all of the load at the TO node of the line branch. The default is concentrated at the node or lump all of the consumer load at the TO end. To specify a non-concentrated load, remove the check mark from the box next to Concentrated at the node. Percent constant impedance: You can select the percentage of the load to be treated as constant impedance load rather than constant kVA load. When MWh loads are converted, this percentage will be used to determine the amount of constant impedance load. The remaining portion will be converted and stored as constant power load. The default value is 0% constant impedance. Load values: If the load is balanced, enter the total MWH/month, the number of consumers, the average power factor for the load, and the resultant kW over all phases. If the load is unbalanced, enter each of these values for each of the three phases. If you specify a resultant kW value of zero, the program will calculate the equivalent peak load demand. 3. To display the MWh load on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected MWh load is in service, click the In service check box, which is the default setting. 5. Check the box labeled Results to display analysis results for this MWh load on the diagram. 6. To add the selected MWh load to an existing group(s), click the Groups button, and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 7. To add the selected load to an existing load category(ies), click the Categories button and click the box that precedes the category name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 8. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the static load properties.
3-62
R 1 = Z 1 cos ( 1 ) X 1 = Z 1 sin ( 1 )
2. Determine the zero-sequence impedance from the single-phase fault MVA (MVA-1):
3-63
To change the properties for a source: 1. Double-click the source to select it and display the Source Property sheet, or, to select a source or group, right-click, and choose Properties to display the Source Property sheet (Figure 3-45).
Figure 3-45. Source Property Sheet: Main Tab 2. Enter/select the properties for the source: Name: Specify a unique name for the source node on the PSS/ADEPT diagram. The source name is not the node name; the node name is referenced on the property sheet; you may not modify the node. Type: Specify the source type: swing. A swing source attempts to maintain terminal voltage magnitude and angle by adjusting the source's internal voltage. Nominal Voltage (kV): Nominal voltage of the source. Default is the voltage of the connected node. kVA rating: Enter the kVA rating of the source. The default kVA rating will be set to the rating defined in the Default Source Property sheet. Normally, this will be equal to the system base kVA specified in Network Properties. Angle (degrees): Sets the angle of the source with reference to zero degrees. If there is only a single source on the network, set this value to 0.0. If there is more than one
3-64
source, the angle will be used if part of the system had an angle shift due to wye-delta or delta-wye transformer connections. Scheduled voltage (pu of nominal): The scheduled voltage of the source node in per unit of nominal voltage. This is the scheduled voltage of the source that can be either greater than or less than the per unit nominal voltage of the source. Positive sequence resistance and reactance (pu on system kVA base): Specify the positive-sequence source Thevenin resistance and reactance in pu on the system kVA base. Zero sequence resistance and reactance (pu on system kVA base): Specify the zero-sequence source Thevenin resistance and reactance in pu on the system kVA base. Grounding resistance and reactance (ohms): Enter the resistance and reactance of the grounding impedance of the source in absolute physical units. 3. To display the source on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. Check the box labeled Results to display analysis results for this source on the diagram. 5. To add the selected source to an existing group(s), click the Groups button, and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 6. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the source properties.
3-65
To change the harmonic properties for a source: 1. Click the Harmonics tab to modify the harmonic properties of a source (Figure 3-46).
Figure 3-46. Source Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab Name: The name of the source. This property is for information only and is not editable. Click on the Main tab to modify this item. Node: The name of the node to which this source is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. Impedance Exponents: Enter the requested values for the following: Positive sequence resistance Positive sequence reactance Zero sequence resistance Zero sequence reactance Grounding sequence resistance Grounding sequence reactance
For additional information on harmonics modeling for sources, please refer to Chapter 8.
3-66
3-67
To change the properties for an induction machine: 1. Double-click the induction machine to select it and display the Induction Machine Property sheet, or, to select an induction machine, right-click, and choose Properties to display the Induction Machine Property sheet. Notice that there are four tabs for the property sheet: Main, Impedances, Start-Up and Harmonics.
Figure 3-47. Induction Machine Property Sheet: Main Tab The Main tab is used to enter induction machine characteristics and to establish the location of the induction machine within the network. 2. Under the Main tab, enter/select the properties for the induction machine: Name: Specify a unique name for the induction machine on the PSS/ADEPT diagram. This is not the name of the node to which the machine is attached. The node name appears on the property sheet to indicate the location of the machine in the network. If you modify the machine name, the name of the node to which it is attached will not be affected. Mechanical Power Units: Specify the mechanical power units of the machine. hp (NEMA) kW (IEC)
Real electrical power at machine input terminal (must be kW): Select this option if you want to specify real electrical power at the machine input terminal.
3-68
Mechanical power at machine shaft (hp or kW): Select this option if you want to specify mechanical power at the machine shaft. Terminal real power (+) consumed, (-) delivered: If you have selected the real electrical power option, enter the terminal real power. Positive values indicate power will be consumed, negative values indicate power will be delivered. Shaft power (+) motor, (-) generator: If you have selected the shaft power option, enter the shaft power. Positive values will indicate a motor; negative values will indicate a generator. Mechanical rating: Enter the electrical rating of the machine in kW or hp. This value is used to convert per-unit impedances into ohms; kW or hp is indicated by the mechanical power units you have previously specified. Rated (nominal) terminal voltage (kV): Nominal voltage of the machine is either lineto-line or line-to-neutral machine voltage in kV, depending on the input voltage flag you selected in the Network Property sheets System tab. If no voltage is specified, the voltage of the node where this machine is connected will be used as the nominal machine voltage. This value is used along with the nominal machine size to convert pu impedances into ohm. Grounding impedance: Enter the grounding resistance and reactance of the induction machine (ohms). 3. To display the induction machine on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box (under the Main tab) to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected induction machine is in service, click the In service check box (under the Main tab), which is the default setting. If In service is not checked, the induction machine is out of service. 5. Check the box labeled Results to display analysis results for this induction machine on the diagram. 6. To add the selected induction machine to an existing group(s), click the Groups button, and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 7. To add the selected induction machine to an existing load category(ies), click the Categories button (under the Main tab), and click the box that precedes the load category you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment.
3-69
8. Click the Impedances tab (Figure 3-48) and enter/select the impedances for the induction machine.
Figure 3-48. Induction Machine Property Sheet: Impedances Tab Power factor: The power factor of the machine. This read-only field displays the calculated power factor of the machine based on NEMA design, or user-entered impedances. Efficiency: The efficiency of the machine. This read-only field displays the calculated efficiency of the machine based on NEMA design, or user-entered impedances. Slip at full load: The slip of the machine at full load. This read-only field displays calculated slip based on NEMA design, or user-entered impedances. Locked rotor code: Check the locked rotor code box to specify a locked rotor code letter. This option is only available if a NEMA design has been previously selected. Armature R (pu): The armature leakage resistance of the machine in pu on the machine base. Armature X (pu): The armature leakage reactance of the machine in pu on the machine base. Inner cage R (pu): The resistance of the inner cage winding in pu on the machine base. Inner cage X (pu): The reactance of the inner cage winding in pu on the machine base.
3-70
Outer cage R (pu): The resistance of the outer cage winding in pu on the machine base. Outer cage X (pu): The reactance of the outer cage winding in pu on the machine base. Locked rotor R and X (pu): The locked rotor resistance and reactance is used to determine the starting current of the machine in the motor starting calculation. This value is automatically calculated for each standard NEMA design type A, B, C, D, or E. NEMA design type B is the default for all induction machines imported from a PSS/U raw data file. Magnetizing X (pu): The magnetizing (air gap) reactance of the machine. Reactance is given in pu on the machine base. NEMA design type: PSS/ADEPT supports five standard NEMA class design induction machines: type A, B, C, D, and E. The standard characteristics of these machines are used to calculate the induction machine equivalent circuit parameters (see Appendix E). Selection of a specific design type will cause the impedance values to be recalculated. Subtransient X (pu): The subtransient reactance of the machine in pu on the machine base. Transient X (pu): The transient reactance of the machine in pu on the machine base. The induction machine torque, current and power factor versus speed plot is displayed. You can select to display torque, current, or speed by placing a check mark next to the text provided.
3-71
9. Click the Start-Up tab (Figure 3-49) and enter/select the starting transformer information that will be used in a motor starting analysis.
Figure 3-49. Induction Machine Property Sheet: Start-Up Tab The use of a starting transformer is optional. Use autotransformer: In PSS/ADEPT, you can connect the starting motor with a series-connected autotransformer starter (starting compensator) to reduce the motor in-rush current. Click the Use autotransformer check box to place a check mark there. If you do not select the series start-up autotransformer, the motor representation starts with full voltage applied to the terminals. Starting transformer resistance and reactance (pu): The autotransformer impedance is specified on the base of the machine and defaults to a resistance 0.01 and a reactance of 0.05. Starting transformer tap (pu): Specify the tap position of the autotransformer. The tap is assumed to be on the machine side and defaults to a nominal ratio (1.0). 10. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the induction machine properties.
3-72
To change the harmonic properties for an induction machine: 1. Click the Harmonics tab to modify the harmonic properties of an induction machine (Figure 3-50).
Figure 3-50. Induction Machine Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab Name: The name of the induction machine. This property is for information only and is not editable. Click on the Main tab to modify this item. Node: The name of the node to which this machine is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. Impedance Exponents: Enter the requested values for the following: Positive sequence resistance Positive sequence reactance Grounding sequence resistance Grounding sequence reactance
For additional information on harmonics modeling for induction machines, please refer to Chapter 8, Section 8.9.2.
3-73
Figure 3-51. Synchronous Machine Property Sheet: Main Tab 3-74 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
2. Under the Main tab, enter/select the properties for the synchronous machine: Name: Specify a unique name for the synchronous machine on the PSS/ADEPT diagram. This is not the name of the node to which the machine is connected. The node name appears on the property sheet to indicate the location of the machine in the network. If you modify the machine name, the name of the node to which it is attached will not be affected. Machine type: Select the type of machine from the following: Constant power, PV Machine, or Swing Source. A constant power machine A PV Machine A swing source
Regulated node: Node where voltage of the machine is regulated. Connection: Specify whether the machine is wye or delta connected. Nominal machine size (kVA): The nominal machine size is the electrical rating of the machine. This value is only used to convert pu impedances into ohms. Nominal machine voltage (kV): Nominal voltage of the machine is either line-to-line or line-to-neutral voltage in kV, depending on the input voltage flag you selected on the Network Property sheet System tab. If no voltage is specified, the base voltage of the node where this machine is connected will be used as the nominal machine voltage. This value is used along with the nominal machine size to convert pu impedances into ohms. Scheduled real power consumed (kW): Enter the scheduled real power consumed in kW. This value is enabled only when a constant power or PV machine has been selected. Scheduled reactive power consumed (kvar): Enter the scheduled reactive power consumed in kvar. Scheduled voltage (pu of node base voltage): The scheduled voltage is the terminal voltage to be held by the machine voltage regulator. This value is entered in pu of the base voltage of the node where the machine is located. Scheduled voltage angle: Scheduled voltage angle in degrees. Max. reactive power output and Min. reactive power output (pu of machine rating): These fields specify the minimum and maximum reactive power output of the machine in pu of the nominal machine rating. 3. To display the synchronous machine on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box (under the Main tab) to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected synchronous machine is in service, click the In service check box (under the Main tab), which is the default setting. If In service is not checked, the synchronous machine is out of service. 5. Check the box labeled Results to display analysis results for this synchronous machine on the diagram.
3-75
6. To add the selected synchronous machine to an existing group(s), click the Groups button (under the Main tab), and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 7. To add the selected synchronous machine to an existing category(ies), click the Categories button (under the Main tab), and click the box that precedes the load category you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 8. Click the Impedances tab (Figure 3-52) to view the impedance properties for the synchronous machine.
Figure 3-52. Synchronous Machine Property Sheet: Impedances Tab Impedance model: Select the impedance model from the available list of the following model types: Custom: A custom machine is a user-defined custom machine type. Enter the impedances of the machine in the fields provided on the property sheet. Defaults are provided which represent a small steam turbine.
3-76
Steam turbine large: The associated impedances for a large (several hundred MW round rotor machine) steam turbine will be automatically placed in the fields on the property sheet. Steam turbine small: The associated impedances for a small (less than 100 MW round rotor machine) steam turbine will be automatically placed in the fields on the property sheet. Hydro w/ damper: The associated impedances for a hydro with damper windings (salient pole machine with damper windings) will be automatically placed in the fields on the property sheet. Hydro w/o damper: The associated impedances for a hydro machine (salient pole) without damper windings will be automatically placed in the fields on the property sheet. Combustion turbine: The associated impedances for a combustion turbine will be automatically placed in the fields on the property sheet. A combustion turbine is represented as a small round rotor machine.
Based on your selection, values will be appropriately disabled on the property sheet. Synchronous machine default values were obtained from various examples found in textbooks and other technical literature for typical machines. Rotor type: Select the rotor type from the available list: Round rotor solid steel rotor Salient pole gaps between poles Based on your selection, values will be appropriately disabled on the property sheet. Has damper windings: Indicate whether the machine has damper windings by clicking within the box. A check mark indicates the machine has damper windings. This option is only available for custom, and hydro impedance models with a salient pole rotor type. Reactances Subtransient reactance (pu): The subtransient reactance of the machine is used to determine the fault current contribution of the machine during a fault analysis. This value is specified for both the direct and quadrature axes. Synchronous reactance (pu): The direct and quadrature synchronous reactance of the machine Transient reactance (pu): The transient reactance of the machine is used to determine the fault current contribution of the machine during a fault analysis. This value is specified for both the direct and quadrature axes.
Time constants Open circuit subtransient (sec): The time constant for the direct-axis (Daxis) and quadrature-axis (Q-axis). The default is 0.35 seconds. Open circuit transient (sec): The time constant for the direct-axis and quadrature-axis. The default value is 7.0 seconds.
3-77
Impedances Armature resistance (pu): Armature resistance is the machine's resistance at synchronous speed. Negative sequence resistance (pu): The negative sequence resistance of the machine. Resistance is given in per unit on the machine kVA base. Locked rotor resistance and reactance (pu): The locked rotor resistance and reactance of the machine is used to determine the starting current of the machine in motor starting analysis. Zero sequence resistance and reactance (pu): The zero-sequence impedance of the machine specified in pu. Grounding impedance: The grounding impedance of the machine in absolute physical units (ohms).
Saturation Coefficients Saturation coefficients: The saturation coefficients of the machine at 1.0 pu and 1.2 pu no-load terminal voltage.
Mechanical Inertia constant (sec): The inertia constant of the machine in seconds.
9. Click the Start-Up tab (Figure 3-53) and enter/select the start-up properties for the synchronous machine.
3-78
Figure 3-53. Synchronous Machine Property Sheet: Start-Up Tab Use the Start-Up Property sheet to specify the autotransformer data that are used during the motor start analysis. Use autotransformer: You can connect the starting motor with a series-connected autotransformer starter (starting compensator) to reduce the motor in-rush current. Click the Use autotransformer check box to place a check mark there. If you do not select the series start-up autotransformer, the motor representation starts with full voltage applied to the terminals. Starting transformer resistance and Starting transformer reactance (pu): The autotransformer impedance is specified on the base of the machine and defaults to 0.0. Starting transformer tap (pu): Specify the tap position of the auto transformer. The tap is assumed to be on the machine side and defaults to a nominal ratio (1.0). 10. Click the OK button to accept your changes to all of the synchronous machine properties.
3-79
To change the harmonic properties for a synchronous machine: 1. Click the Harmonics tab to modify the harmonic properties of a synchronous machine (Figure 3-54).
Figure 3-54. Synchronous Machine Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab Name: The name of the induction machine. This property is for information only and is not editable. Click on the Main tab to modify this item. Node: The name of the node to which this machine is connected. This property is for information only and is not editable. Impedance Exponents: Enter the requested values for the following: Positive sequence resistance Positive sequence reactance Grounding sequence resistance Grounding sequence reactance
3-80
For additional information on harmonics modeling for synchronous machines, please refer to Chapter 8, Section 8.9.3.
3-81
2. To change the properties of the capacitor: Name: Specify a unique name for the capacitor on the PSS/ADEPT diagram. The node name appears on the property sheet to indicate the location of the capacitor in the network. If you modify the capacitor name, the name of the node to which it is attached will not be affected. Nominal voltage of capacitor bank (kV): Specify the nominal voltage of the capacitor bank. This voltage may be either line-to-line or line-to-neutral; depending upon which input voltage flag has been specified. If the nominal voltage is not specified, it defaults to the base voltage of the node where the capacitor is placed. Reactive power capacity: Capacitor kvar at node base voltage and fraction switched in are entered based on whether the capacitor is balanced or unbalanced. For a fixed capacitor, the kvar is assumed to be 100% switched in. The field for fraction switched in is enabled for switched capacitors only. If the capacitor is balanced, only the total kvar over all phases is entered. If the capacitor is unbalanced, kvar at each phase may be entered along with the fraction of kvar that is currently in use. A value of 1.0 indicates 100 percent of the kvar is currently in use. Type: Specify the capacitor as fixed or switched. Connection: Specify the capacitor connection as delta (ungrounded) or wye (grounded). Balance: Specify whether the capacitor is balanced (equal kvar between all phases) or unbalanced. Switched Capacitor Properties: If the capacitor type is switched, specify the following additional capacitor properties (if the capacitor is fixed, this section will be grayed out): Regulated Node: If this node is specified and it is not the same node on which the capacitor is located, then PSS/ADEPT will monitor the voltage at this regulated node. Minimum and Maximum Regulated Voltage (pu): Specify the minimum and maximum voltage allowed at the regulated node. Switching Increment: This value is equivalent to the portion of the capacitor kvar that will be placed at the node when the largest pu voltage change at any node is less than 0.01 during the load flow solution. The switching increment is used only when the solution option to switch capacitors (see Chapter 4, Section 4.4.1) has been selected. The switching increment is specified as a decimal value between 0.0 and 1.0, where 1.0 is equal to 100%. Switching Priority: If there is more than one switched capacitor regulating the same node, you can specify a priority to indicate the order in which the capacitor is switched on. This option is provided for raw data compatibility and is not currently used in PSS/ADEPT. Fraction Switched In: Indicates the fraction of the kvar used, where 1.0 (100%) uses all kvar and 0.0 (0%) uses no kvar. This fraction does not indicate in-service status. PSS/ADEPT can adjust this fraction in the load flow solution when the capacitor switching option is turned on (see Chapter 4, Section 4.4.1). Ungrounded: Check this box if the capacitor bank is not fully grounded. Grounding impedance: Enter the grounding resistance and reactance in ohms.
3-82
Time delay: There are situations where voltage at some location in a network may be influenced by two or more transformers (capacitor banks). In such situations, the transformer tap (capacitor bank) controllers may fight one another trying to control voltage. The time delay is used to prevent these controllers from interacting by defining the order in which they attempt control. Controllers with a short time delay will operate before controllers with a long time delay. A short time delay (i.e., zero) is generally assigned to transformer tap controller closest to the source; increasingly longer time delays are assigned to downstream controllers. In this way, upstream transformers are first used to correct voltage problems. Only if unsuccessful will controllers downstream of the first be used. Time delay is a floating-point number (e.g., 1.5). No specific units are assumed. 3. To display the capacitor on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected capacitor is in service, click the In service check box, which is the default setting. Note that a capacitor bank may be in service even though the fraction switched in is equal to zero. 5. To display analysis results on the diagram for this capacitor, place a check mark in the box labeled Results. 6. To add the selected capacitor to an existing group(s), click the Groups button, and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. 7. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the capacitor properties.
For all fault types that are not three-phase-to-ground or ungrounded three-phase, you must specify the phase at which the fault occurs. If you select the phase-to-ground through impedance fault type, the impedance values display. The fault impedance may be entered and adjusted from the Analysis Options Property sheet under the Short Circuit tab (Chapter 4, Figure 4-15).
3-83
To change the fault properties: 1. Double-click the fault to select it and display the Fault Property sheet, or, to select a fault or a group of faults, right-click, and choose Properties to display the Fault Property sheet (Figure 3-56).
Figure 3-56. Fault Property Sheet 2. Enter/select the properties for the fault: Name: Each item in the PSS/ADEPT network must have a unique name identifier. The fault name has no relation to the node to which it is attached. The node name may not be modified. Type: Specify the type of fault you want to apply at the node. Valid fault types are: three-phase-to-ground, phase-to-ground, phase-to-ground through impedance, phase-to-phase, phase-to-phase-to-ground, and ungrounded three-phase. Phasing: If the fault type is not three-phase, select the phase at which the fault occurs. If you select the three-phase fault type, the phasing will be set to ABC and you will not be able to edit the phasing field. 3. To display the fault on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To display analysis results on the diagram for this fault, place a check mark in the box labeled Results. 5. To indicate that the selected fault is in service, click the In service check box, which is the default setting. If a fault calculation is performed, an in-service fault will be considered and the results will be available on the diagram and in the shunt current report. If the fault is out of service, it will be invisible to the short circuit analysis. This option allows you to remove fault devices from the system without permanently deleting them from the network. 6. To add the selected fault to an existing group(s), click the Groups button, and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment 7. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the fault properties.
3-84
Figure 3-57. Open Workspace Dialog 2. Click to highlight the name of the workspace you want to display. 3. Click the Open button to display the workspace. Additionally, the Open Workspace dialog allows you to add new workspaces, remove existing workspaces, save current workspaces, and order existing workspaces (up or down) on the list.
3-85
To create a new workspace: 1. Open a blank PSS/ADEPT diagram or open a PSS/ADEPT diagram from which you want to create a new workspace. 2. Make changes to your toolbar display and/or location if necessary. 3. Make changes to the diagram properties if necessary. 4. To save the new workspace, choose File>Workspace>Save from the Main Menu. The Save Workspace dialog displays. 5. Click the New (Insert) the new workspace. button and, in the entry space that appears, type a name for
6. Press the Enter key. The system prompts "Save new workspace?" 7. Click the Yes button to save the workspace. To delete an existing workspace: 1. Choose File>Workspace>Open from the Main Menu. The Open Workspace dialog displays. 2. Click (and highlight) the name of the workspace you want to delete. 3. Click the Delete To save the current workspace: 1. Choose File>Workspace>Save from the Main Menu. The Save Workspace dialog displays. 2. Click the New (Insert) the workspace. button, and in the entry space that appears, type a name for button to delete the workspace. The workspace is deleted.
3. Click the OK button to save the workspace. To change the order of workspaces on the list: 1. Choose File>Workspace>Open from the Main Menu. The Open Workspace dialog displays. 2. Click (and highlight) the name of the workspace you want to reposition. 3. Click the Up Arrow the Down Arrow button to move the workspace up one position in the list or click button to move the workspace down one position in the list.
3-86
In each case, the scaling is applied to items currently selected. You may select a single load or machine, or you may select a group of items that includes loads or machines. Scaling will then be applied only to items of the appropriate type. In both cases, scaling can result in a value of zero. This means that further scaling will have no effect since all scaling is done with multiplication. If you want to change a quantity that has a value of zero you will have to assign it a nonzero value in the appropriate item property sheet.
3-87
3. Enter/select the scaling you want to be done: Scaling Mode: Select either Magnitude Scaling (Figure 3-58) or Reactive Power Scaling (Figure 3-59). Magnitude Scaling: If you select the Magnitude Scaling mode, select one of the four available options: Multiply P&Q by: Allows you to apply a fixed scale factor to both P and Q. Scale P&Q so total P is: Allows you to specify a desired total value for P from which a scale factor will be calculated and applied to both P and Q. Scale P&Q so total Q is: Allows you to specify a desired value for Q from which a scale factor will be calculated and applied to both P and Q. Scale P&Q so total S is: Allows you to specify a desired value for S from which a scale factor will be calculated and applied to both P and Q.
Figure 3-59. Scale Loads Dialog: Reactive Power Scaling Reactive/Power Factor Scaling: If you select the Reactive Power scaling mode, select one of the three available options: Multiply Q by: Applies the specified scale factor to Q only for all selected loads. Adjust Q, leave P constant so pf is: Allows you to specify a desired value for power factor. A scale factor for Q will be calculated, holding P constant, to achieve the desired pf. Adjust P&Q, leave S constant so pf is: Allows you to specify a desired value for power factor, and will scale P and Q independently to keep S constant.
3-88
The Totals section displays the totals for the loads in the current selection. It contains the total number of loads and the total power for the selected loads expressed as real and imaginary power (P and Q) as well as apparent power and power factor (S and pf).
Figure 3-60. Scale Machines Dialog The Totals section displays the totals for the machines in the current selection. The number of induction machines, the number of synchronous machines, and the total number of machines is displayed. For each of these, the number drawing power, the number supplying power, and the total number is shown. Also displayed are the total real power and the total machine rating for the selected machines.
3-89
3. Enter/select the scaling you want to be done: Scaling Options: Specify various scaling options for the current selection: Scale all machines (Induction and Synchronous); or Induction machines only; or Synchronous machines only. Scale machines supplying real power; or machines drawing real power; or both (drawing and supplying real power). Scale machine power only; or machine power and machine size.
Scale type: Specify the scale factor. You may choose to specify the scale factor directly or to have the program calculate a scale factor to achieve a desired power level. 4. Click the Apply button to scale the loads.
Figure 3-61. Scale MWh Loads Dialog 3-90 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
3. Enter/select the scaling you want to be done: Apply to: Choose whether you want the scaling function to apply to seasonal MWh loads only, non-seasonal MWh loads only, or both. Multiply MWh/month by: Allows you to apply a fixed scale factor to the MWH/month. Multiply number of consumers by: Allows you to apply a fixed scale factor to the number of consumers. Multiply resultant kW by: Allows you to apply a fixed scale factor to the resultant kW. Scale MWh/month so total is: Allows you to specify a desired value for MWh/month. Scale number of consumers so total is: Allows you to specify a desired value for the number of consumers. Scale resultant kW so total is: Allows you to specify a desired value for the resultant kW. Scale average PF so total is: Allows you the specify a desired value for the average PF.
Adjustments are made to the active and reactive power values of all phases in the load. Induction machines: Pschednew = Sizenew = Pschedorig x Sizeorig x K K
Machine base size is only modified if the option to adjust machine base and power together is selected.
3-91
Synchronous machines: Pschednew = Sizenew Qminnew Qmaxnew = = = Pschedorig x Sizeorig Qminorig Qmaxorig x x x K K K K
Machine base size and the minimum and maximum reactive Var limits are only modified if the option to adjust machine base and power together is selected. where: Psched Qsched Size Qmin Qmax K To scale loads: 1. Select a single static load, synchronous machine or induction machine, or a group of loads and machines on the Diagram or Tree View. Optionally, the branch whose power (or current) is to be targeted may also be included in the selection. Since the scaling operates on a selection, use the selection tools provided to select the loads to be scaled. If you wish to scale a particular set of loads, use the selection tool in combination with the selection filter. 2. Choose Network>Automatic Load Scaling from the Main Menu. The Automatic Load Scaling dialog will be displayed (Figure 3-62). The static loads and machines selected will be displayed along with their corresponding power totals. = = = = = = Scheduled real power. Scheduled reactive power. Machine base size. Minimum reactive var limit. Maximum reactive var limit. Scaling factor, as determined by the Automatic Load Scaling analysis.
3-92
Figure 3-62. Automatic Load Scaling Dialog 3. In the Main tab, select the automatic load scaling properties: Metered/Measured Branch: Select the Line, Switch, Transformer or Series Capacitor to be measured. If a branch had previously been selected via the Diagram or Tree View, it will automatically be displayed in the field. The actual FROM and TO nodes provide network connectivity information and cannot be modified. If any selected loads or machines are upstream of the specified measured branch then a warning message will appear in the lower portion of the window (Figure 363). Although the program will attempt to scale selected loads upstream of a measured branch, this is not typical practice and an alternate branch should be selected.
3-93
Measurement Node: Allows for the selection of either the FROM or TO end of the selected line to measured. The selection of the measured Line, Switch, Transformer or Series Capacitor, along with the specification of the FROM or TO end will cause the corresponding Average current, Maximum current and Total KVA values to be displayed in the Original and Target boxes within the window. The Original values provide information for the measured branch and cannot be modified. Measurements: Choose one of the measurement types and enter a corresponding Target Value for the measured Line, Transformer, Switch or Series Capacitor. Average Current, Amps: Allows you to specify a desired target value for the average phase current at the metered end of the selected branch. Maximum Current, Amps: Allows you to specify a desired target value for the maximum phase current at the metered end of the selected branch. Total KVA: Allows you to specify a desired target value for the total KVA at the metered end of the selected branch.
A new Target Value may be directly entered into the field provided, or the value shown can be increased or decreased in blocks of 10 by clicking on the corresponding "up" or "down" arrows to the right of the Target Value fields. Load Group/Loads: All selected static loads, induction machines and synchronous machines are recorded in the list box. Adjust machine base and power together: This option is only activated when an induction machine or synchronous machine is highlighted ("clicked on") within the list box. When activated, a check mark in this box will cause the machine base and power of the corresponding machine to be scaled together. Otherwise, only the machines power is scaled. The Totals section provides information on the selected loads and machines and may not be modified. The following information is provided: The total number of static loads selected, total power expressed as real and imaginary power (P and Q), apparent power (S), and power factor (pf). The total number of induction and synchronous machines selected, total real power and total size.
3-94
4. On the Options tab, various solution parameters may be defined and selected (Figure 3-64).
Figure 3-64. Options Dialog Solution Tolerance: Sets the accuracy required for the automatic load scaling algorithm to be considered solved. This value is completely independent of the solution tolerance value used for the standard load flow solution. Max Iterations: Sets the maximum number of allowable iterations to be performed during the automatic load scaling optimization. This value is completely independent of the iteration limit value set for the standard load flow solution. Max Negative Scale Factor attempts: Sets the maximum number of times the scale factor can attempt to fall below zero before the automatic load scaling algorithm will terminate. Min Scale Factor Value: Sets the minimum acceptable value of the scale factor. If the scale factor is calculated to be below this value, then automatic load scaling will terminate with an error message.
3-95
Max Scale Factor Value: Sets the maximum acceptable value of the scale factor. If the scale factor is calculated to be below this value, then automatic load scaling will terminate with an error message. Adjust Switched Capacitors: If you select this option, all switched capacitor banks will be allowed to adjust during the scaling operation. The value is adjusted based on the switching increment, the regulated voltage range, and the regulated node specified on the Capacitor Property sheet. If this option is not selected, the status of switched capacitor banks will not be changed during the load scaling analysis. Adjust Transformer Taps: If you select this option, all transformers will be adjustable during the scaling operation. If this option is not selected, all transformer tap adjustment is blocked, regardless of the status of individual transformers. In this situation, the transformer taps will be locked to the current settings specified in the Transformer Property sheet. 5. Click the OK button to perform the automatic load scaling. If the load scaling is successful, the results are displayed in a new Load Scaling Results dialog (Figure 3-65).
Figure 3-65. Load Scaling Results Dialog The following information is presented in the Load Scaling Results window: Loads: The list of static loads, induction machines and synchronous machines selected for inclusion in the automatic load scaling. Scale Factor: The resulting scale factor value applied to each of the selected static loads, induction machines and synchronous machines. This is the value by which the selected loads must be scaled so that the measured power (or current) of the selected branch meets the target value specified. Original P (KW): The actual real power in KW, listed by phase (A,B,C) for each static load, synchronous machine and induction machine.
3-96
Scheduled P (KW): The scheduled real power in KW with the new scale factor applied. Values are listed by phase (A,B,C) for static loads and as a single total power value for synchronous and induction machines. Original Q (Kvar): The actual reactive power in kVar, listed by phase (A,B,C) for each static load, synchronous machine and induction machine. Scheduled Q (Kvar): The scheduled reactive power in kVar with the new scale factor applied. Values are listed by phase (A,B,C) for static loads and as a single total reactive power value for synchronous machines. An "N/A" (Not Applicable) is indicated for induction machines. 6. Click the OK button to accept the results, or the Cancel button to reject the results and return to the main Automatic Load Scaling window. When OK is selected, the following dialog will appear (Figure 3-66).
Figure 3-66. Continue Dialog 7. Click the Yes button to update the network with the new values. The following network properties will be updated: Static Loads: The real and reactive power, by phase. Induction Machine: The total real power consumed or delivered, and the nominal machine size. Synchronous Machine: The total real power consumed or delivered, nominal machine size, maximum reactive power output (pu of machine rating), and minimum reactive power output (pu of machine rating). 8. Perform a Load Flow Calculation to update the values of the network items on the diagram.
3-97
B A Line1
Single-Phase Section
B A
a.
Even though the network itself can contain loops, rephasing is not allowed on any branch that is part of a network loop. Rephasing, however, starts at the branch you designate and moves down the tree, making the appropriate phase change to each device encountered.
3-98
A B C A B C
B C A C A B
C A B B C A
Nothing Rotate forward Rotate back Flip B & C Flip A & B Flip A & C
The changes for shunt devices apply only to those that are unbalanced, no changes are needed for three-phase balanced shunts. Since capacitors are presently available as balanced only, no change needs to be made to them. Figure 3-68 shows an example of how to handle an unbalanced load for the "rotate forward" situation, which means that A goes to B, B goes to C, and C goes to A.
After kvar
100.00 50.00 150.00
kW
150.00 300.00 200.00
kvar
150.00 100.00 50.00
3-99
Table 3-2 shows what happens to a delta-wye transformer branch during rephasing. Table 3-3 shows the rephasing operations for a wye-delta transformer connection. Table 3-2. Changes to Delta-Wye Transformers
Wire 1 A B C A B C 2 B C A C A B 3 C A B B C A Nothing Rotate forward Rotate back Flip B & C Flip A & B Flip A & C Change Changes to Delta-Wye Transformer Connections Delta-wye +30 Nothing Rotate forward Rotate back Flip A&C, change to delta-wye -30 Flip B&C, change to delta-wye -30 Flip A&B, change to delta-wye -30 Delta-wye -30 Nothing Rotate forward Rotate back Flip A&C, change to delta-wye +30 Flip B&C, change to delta-wye +30 Flip A&B, change to delta-wye +30
3-100
To rephase a portion of the network: 1. Select a branch which feeds the portion to be rephased. 2. Choose Network>Rephase from the Main Menu. The Rephasing dialog (Figure 3-69) displays.
Figure 3-69. Rephasing Dialog You may modify connections on the upstream (left in the dialog) side of the phase diagram but not those on the downstream (right in the dialog) side. The cursor appears as a pair of linemans pliers over the rephasing control. 3. To modify a connection, "grab on" to a line and drag it to the terminal to which you want to connect. 4. Once you have completed your modifications, click the OK button. PSS/ADEPT will traverse the network downstream of the selected branch and apply the modification to the phasing of each item it encounters according to its type. PSS/ADEPT uses the root node to determine which direction is upstream and which is downstream from the selected branch. If you try to perform rephasing without selecting a root node you will be notified with an error message. To set the root node refer to Chapter 2, Section 2.3. While the linemans pliers control will allow you to attach two or more lines to the same upstream connection point, if you click the OK button while in this condition you will get an error message. The PSS/ADEPT analysis software does not presently support this type of rephasing.
3-101
3-102
2. Do one of the following: To create a load snapshot: Click the New (Insert) the pop-up box for the snapshot. button, and enter a name in
To edit a load snapshot: Click on the snapshot you want to edit, and make your changes. The controls to the right of the Snapshot list box are updated based on the currently selected (not active) snapshot. When no snapshot is selected, these controls are disabled. If the currently selected snapshot is "Base", only the relative duration and description fields are available. 3. Enter/select the information for the load snapshot: Relative Duration (pu): Enter the relative duration of the snapshot. The default duration value is 1.0, which is used by TOPO and CAPO. Scaling: For each snapshot, you can choose to scale static loads, machines (both induction and synchronous), or both. If you choose to scale machines, you can scale real power only, or real power and machine size. Load Category: Select the load category to scale. If no load categories exist, load snapshots will be meaningless. Scale Factor: Specify the scale factor for the selected snapshot and category. Each snapshot has a unique scale factor for each load category that has been defined. The default scale factor is 1.0. For example, suppose you have two load categories, labeled "Industrial" and "Residential" and you are in the process of creating a snapshot called "Night." You may want to scale loads belonging to "Industrial" by 0.2 and loads belonging to "Residential" by 0.6. To do this, select the "Night" snapshot, then select "Industrial" from the Load Category list and enter "0.2" in the scale factor field. Then select "Residential" and enter "0.6" in the scale factor field. Description: Enter a text description for the currently selected snapshot. This field is left blank by default. Active Snapshot: At the bottom left of the property sheet, designate any snapshot from the drop-down list to make it the active snapshot. Only one snapshot can be active at a time. This is the snapshot that will be used for load flow, etc. 4. Click the Close button to finish defining your snapshot. If there is an active snapshot other than the "Base" in which the static loads option is set (a check mark appears in the Static Loads option), the Static Load Property sheet will display scaled load values; you will not be able to edit these values. If there is an active snapshot in which the Machines option is set, the Induction Machine and Synchronous Machine Property sheet will display scaled values for real power and (optionally) machine size; you will not be able to edit these values. This is to ensure that the original load values are preserved.
3-103
3-104
Chapter 4
Analyzing Network Models
4.1 Overview: Analyzing Network Models
PSS/ADEPT performs load flow, short circuit, and motor starting analyses on a distribution network that consists of any number of nodes and devices. PSS/ADEPT has no node or equipment limitation; the only limitation is on the hardware of the host PC. PSS/ADEPT uses an iterative Y-Bus relaxation method to achieve solutions. The PSS/ADEPT algorithm is more robust than the solution technique used by the PSS/U application; it can handle systems from highly meshed networks to weak radial systems with large electrical generation far from the loads. Systems that were difficult to solve using PSS/U should be easier to solve in PSS/ADEPT. The load flow solution in PSS/ADEPT may require more iterations to reach a stable solution, but the total solution time will be about the same as the time required to solve a load flow network in PSS/U Revision 8.3. Additionally, the Tie Open Point Optimization (TOPO) will find the minimum loss configuration for a three-phase radial system, and the Optimal Capacitor Placement (CAPO) places fixed and switched three-phase capacitor banks of specified size to minimize system losses. In this chapter, you will learn about: Automatic system validation of input data. User-initiated validation of the network model. Available display options for your analysis results on the diagram. Performing load flow analysis. Performing short circuit analysis. Performing motor starting analysis. Performing CAPO analysis. Performing TOPO analysis.
4-1
4-2
Figure 4-1. Raw Data File Validation The resulting PSS/ADEPT validated network model may be different from the original network. We recommend that you save the validated network models in PSS/ADEPT native binary file format (*.adp).
4-3
If a device is reported in the Progress View, you can double-click on the name of the device to locate and select it on the Diagram and Equipment List Views. The item property sheet can then be accessed by double-clicking on the selected item.
4-4
4-5
2. Click the General tab and select/enter the analysis options you want: Create PSS/Engines hub file: PSS/ADEPT can create a file, ...\example\network.dmp, that tracks user actions and problems. Siemens PTI support personnel may request that you generate and provide this file for problem analysis purposes. This option is also used to export data to PSS/Engines. Branch rating index: Specify the rating index (1-4) to use for determining branch overloads. At present, up to four ratings may be entered in the Construction Dictionary or specified on individual item property sheets. % loading: Specify the percent of loading used to calculate branch overloads. The default is to report overloads for branches that are above 100% of their rating value. Voltage thresholds: Select the low- and high-voltage thresholds for flagging nodes, which are over/undervoltage, pu of node base voltage. Power factor limit: Select the upper limit for flagging branches, which have a power factor (pf) below this specified limit. Voltage unbalance: Select the method to calculate voltage unbalance. Enter the voltage unbalance upper limit used to color code the diagram and to select the contents of the voltage unbalance report. Current unbalance: Select the method to calculate current unbalance. Enter the current unbalance upper limit used to color code the diagram and to select the contents of the current unbalance report. MWh load linearization: Select the method to use when linearizing MWh loads. Enter the MWh load B-factor. The default method is by group. The default B-factor is 0.885. 3. Click the OK button to save the settings. These settings are saved with the diagram when you request to save a native binary file (*.adp). You may also set the display of specific analysis results on the diagram Load Flow, Short Circuit, Motor Starting, CAPO, and TOPO. Refer to Section 4.3.3 in this chapter for more information.
4-6
Figure 4-4. Diagram Property Sheet: Color Tab 2. Click the Color tab and select one of the color settings for your analysis results diagrams: To color code nodes based on their calculated voltage: Select Items by result voltage level. You may specify the color used to show High, Mid, and Low voltage nodes. The defaults are blue, black, and red, respectively. To color code nodes based on their nominal voltage level: Select Items by Nominal Voltage Level. To color code overloaded branches: Select Overloaded branches and select a color. The default color is red. To color code a network group: Select Items by Group. This option does not apply to analysis results.
4-7
To color code items by category: Select Loads and Machines by Category. This option does not apply to analysis results. To color code unbalanced nodes and branches: Select Unbalanced nodes, branches and select a color. The default color is blue. To color code branches under a power factor limit: Select Branches under power factor limit. The default color is green.
4-8
Figure 4-5. Diagram Result Display Options The following options are available for node, branch and shunt results. Select any or none of the options according to your desired preferences. Node Results: Voltage magnitude: Check the box next to voltage magnitude to display voltage at each node on the diagram. If you do not select voltage magnitude, the voltage type, nominal base voltage, and voltage angle will be disabled. Voltage representation: Select the voltage unit representation in line-line or line-neutral, and voltage in volts (V), per unit (pu), kilovolts (kV), or voltage on a specified nominal delivery voltage base (ndV). If you select the ndV option, enter the nominal delivery voltage base in the field provided. Voltage angle: Check the box to display voltage angle at each node on the diagram.
4-9
Branch Results: Current magnitude: Check the box next to current magnitude to display the current at each branch on the diagram. Current magnitude may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to current. Current angle: Check the box next to current angle to display the current angle at each branch on the diagram. Current angle may be selected only if the branch and shunt display options is set to current. Results on: Select how you want branch results displayed on the diagram. Your choices are: both ends, upstream side, downstream side. Real power: Check the box to the left of real power to display the real power at each branch on the diagram. Real power may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to power. Reactive power: Check the box to the left of reactive power to display the reactive power at each branch on the diagram. Reactive power may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to power. Apparent power: Check the box to the left of Apparent power, S(kVA) to display the apparent power at each branch on the diagram. Apparent power may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to S, pf. Power factor: Check the box to the left of Power factor, pf to display power factor at each branch on the diagram. Power factor may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to S, pf.
Shunt Results: Current magnitude: Check the box next to current magnitude to display the current at each shunt on the diagram. Current magnitude may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to current. Current angle: Check the box next to current angle to display the current angle at each shunt on the diagram. Current angle may be selected only if the branch and shunt display options is set to current. Real power: Check the box to the left of real power to display the real power at each shunt on the diagram. Real power may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to power. Reactive power: Check the box to the left of reactive power to display the reactive power at each shunt on the diagram. Reactive power may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to power. Apparent power: Check the box to the left of Apparent power, S(kVA) to display the apparent power at each branch on the diagram. Apparent power may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to S, pf. Power factor: Check the box to the left of Power factor, pf to display power factor at each branch on the diagram. Power factor may be selected only if the branch and shunt display option is set to S, pf.
4-10
Branches and Shunts Result Options: Display: Select current, power, apparent power and power factor (S, pf) display from the available list. Unit prefix: Select none to display current in amps, real power in watts and reactive power in var. Select k (kilo) to display current in kiloamp (kA) real power in kilowatts (kW), and reactive power in kilovar (kvar). For power, an additional unit prefix M is provided for megawatt (MW) and megavar (Mvar).
The following branch and shunt display options are available when you select to display power: Total: Select this to show the total power over all phases. By phase: Select this to show the power on a phase by phase basis. Branch losses: Check the box to the left of branch losses to show total branch losses instead of power.
All (options for all node, branch, and shunt items): Precision: Select the number of decimal places to display from the available list. Angles: Select to display angles from 180 to +180, or 0 to 360. Show results for: Select to show results for Phase A only, Phase B only, Phase C only, the maximum value over phases A, B and C, or the minimum value over phases A, B, or C. This option may also be selected on the Zoom Toolbar. Show units: Check the box to the left of show units to show the result units on the diagram. The result units are automatically displayed in the status bar and will be printed on the hard copy output of the one-line diagram even if this option is not selected.
Fault All Result Options After a fault all analysis, you may choose the following: Nodes Results: Maximum fault current: Select to display the maximum fault current over all phases, then select the type of fault current to display from the available list. Fault types are specified from Analysis Options Property sheet, Short Circuit tab (see Figure 4-15). If maximum fault current is not checked, no fault current results will display on the diagram. Phase at which it occurred: If you wish to display the phase with the maximum fault current, check the box to the left of this text.
Motor Starting Result Options All load flow and short circuit options described above are also available after a motor starting analysis. Additionally, you may display the prestart voltage, starting voltage, or voltage difference at each node in the network. Voltage difference is the magnitude difference between the prestart and starting node voltages.
4-11
Report Options The report update feature allows the user to specify that certain report database files be updated whenever an analysis function (loadflow, fault all, etc.) is run. This is useful when loading custom reports created with Crystal Reports Designer or modified from one of the standard reports. This step is transparent to the user when loading the standard reports. To enable report updating open the Analysis Options dialog and click the Reports tab. Five different classes of reports may be enabled by checking the appropriate check boxes: branch device reports, shunt device reports, node reports, harmonics reports and the fault all report. Below each checkbox for the first four classes is a group of radio buttons corresponding to the various standard reports associated with that class of report. For each enabled report class PSS/ADEPT will update the database files associated with the standard report that is selected for that class.
4-12
TOPO Result Options The purpose of a tie open point analysis is to determine the optimum system switch configuration that produces the minimal system loss. This is a special analysis activity that updates the diagram to indicate those switches that have changed from their original status. Result options may be adjusted after a TOPO analysis, but results are not displayed on the network diagram. To display the results for the new configuration (Figure 4-7), simply select to run a load flow analysis.
4-13
CAPO Result Options The purpose of a CAPO analysis is to determine the optimal placement of capacitor banks in the network. This is a special analysis activity that updates the diagram to indicate the placement of new capacitor banks in the network. These newly added capacitor banks are drawn on the diagram after the CAPO analysis is complete. Fixed banks are indicated by "FX" and switched banks are indicated by "SW". Result options may be adjusted after a CAPO analysis, but the results are not displayed on the network diagram. Simply select to run a load flow to view results for the optimized network (Figure 4-8).
4-14
4-15
3. Enter/select the load flow options you want for your calculation: Show detailed convergence information: Click the box to display detailed progress messages in the Progress View during the analysis operation (Figure 4-10). For example, you may show a detailed convergence monitor, which flags equipment adjustments.
Figure 4-10. Detailed Convergence Monitor Progress Messages The output indicates the largest node voltage change in pu (from the previous iteration), for iteration "N" occurring at node "name" and for the "(Phase A, B, or C)" voltage. When the largest change is less than the tolerance (default = 0.00001 pu), the solution is complete. This convergence monitor is useful in diagnosing problems. Examples include: Persistent appearance of a given node may indicate an excessive load, excessive incoming line impedance, or other similar problem with that node. It can also indicate an error in the input data not detected by the validation algorithms. Persistent appearance of the largest voltage change in a particular phase may indicate a high level of imbalance between the three phases of the network. Large changes or erratic changes of transformer taps may indicate voltage regulation problems in the network.
Stop Calculation After N Iterations: Enter the number of iterations (N) to perform before pausing the solution. When the solution is in a "paused" state, the Solution Paused dialog displays (Figure 411).
4-16
Do one of the following: To continue the solution: Click the Continue solution button to continue the solution iterating N more times before reaching another "paused" state. For example, if N = 5, after iteration 5 the "Solution paused..." dialog will display. If you click the Continue solution button, iterations 6 through 10 will occur before another "paused" solution state. If the solution converges before the iteration limit is reached, the Progress View will display the "Load flow solution converged after X iterations" message. Where X is the actual number of iterations that were performed. To continue the solution algorithm one iteration at a time: Click the Single iteration button. To adjust your load flow analysis options: Click the Analysis options... button. The Analysis Options Property sheet displays, giving you the opportunity to change the analysis options and reenter the solution at the paused point. You will be permitted to change the maximum iteration limit, the voltage precision, the power precision, and to toggle the display of detailed convergence information. To abort the solution: Click the Abort solution button to exit from the solution algorithm and return to normal PSS/ADEPT operation. The solution may not be in a solved state. Convergence Precision: Specify the degree of accuracy required for the load flow to be considered solved. The default value of solution precision is 0.00001 pu of node voltage change. Adjustment of the voltage precision from its normal value of 0.00001 pu will not affect the convergence of iterative solutions. In some feeders, it is possible to have a combination of high impedance branches and branches with very small but nonzero impedance that are so sensitive to small voltage changes that the numerical precision limitation of the computer prevents convergence to the specified convergence precision. These cases are readily identifiable by a voltage change history that is swaying randomly around an essentially constant value. When the precision limit is encountered, there is no benefit in persisting with a tight solution tolerance; it is more reasonable to raise the tolerance to a value that is just above the voltage change dithering band. Power Precision: Specify the power flow mismatch tolerance. This is the largest discrepancy allowed between power flowing into and out of the nodes. Validate network before solving: Specify if you want to carry out network data validation (as described in Chapter 4, Section 4.2.2) before the solution analysis is performed. The results of the network validation will be displayed in the Progress View. Transformer Taps Locked: If you select this option, all transformer tap adjustment is blocked, regardless of the status of individual transformers. In this situation the transformer taps will be locked to the current settings specified in the Transformer Property sheet. Capacitors Locked: If you select this option, the status of switched capacitor banks will not be changed during the load flow solution (see Chapter 3, Section 3.7.9). If capacitors are unlocked (no check mark), the load flow solution will adjust the fraction switched in value for switched capacitor banks in the network. The value is adjusted
4-17
based on the switching increment, the regulated voltage range, and the regulated node specified on the Capacitor Property sheet. During the load flow, if the voltage at the regulated node is not within the specified voltage range, the switched capacitor fraction switched in, will be incremented by the switching increment until the voltage at the regulated node falls within the voltage range. Graphical convergence monitor: Click the box that precedes the Graphical Convergence Monitor option to view a graphical convergence monitor that shows you graphically how the solution converges during a load flow analysis. An example of a graphical convergence monitor is shown in Figure 4-12.
Figure 4-12. Graphical Convergence Monitor When you select the graphical convergence monitor, you may then choose to modify any of the following: Monitored node: Select the node where you want the voltage to be monitored. Quantity: Currently, only the node voltage is available. By selecting a monitored node you have automatically selected to monitor its voltage. Phase: Select the phase A, B, or C of the node you wish to monitor. Polar Plot Radius: Select the initial per unit (pu) scale of the graphical convergence monitor. As shown in Figure 4-12, the radius is equal to 5. 4. Click the OK button to accept your options and return to the diagram.
4-18
The results of the load flow analysis will be displayed on the diagram according to the results display options you specified (see Section 4.3.3).
4-19
Electric power systems are usually three-phase systems, and in PSS/ADEPT each three-phase network component contains information for all three phases and can be manipulated as a single entity. A node, for example, provides three connection points, one each for phases A, B, and C. Similarly, a branch provides up to three phases (for A, B, and/or C) between two nodes. The actual number of conductors or phases present is an attribute of a branch. The three-phase branch is therefore flexible enough to represent one, two, or three phases. Shunt devices, except for shunt capacitors, are defined similarly to branches, having 3, 2, or 1 phase. Sources A network to be solved in PSS/ADEPT must have at least one three-phase balanced source. In PSS/ADEPT, it is possible to have any number of sources in service at one time. A source is specified by its terminal voltage and positive- and zero-sequence impedance. When only the short circuit fault MVA of the source is known, it must be converted to positive- and zero-sequence impedances. Instructions to convert fault MVA to sequence impedances are located in Chapter 3, Section 3.7.6. Lines and Cables A line section connects between two nodes and contains at least one phase wire. A line can have single-, two-, or three-phase wires. Transposed lines are specified by their positive- and zero-sequence impedances, and by their positive- and zero-sequence charging susceptance. Single- and two-phase lines are also specified by positive- and zero-sequence impedances/admittance. A single-phase line has only one series impedance and charging admittance. When entering a single-phase line, set positive- and zerosequence impedances/admittances equal to each other. The conductors in a two-phase line have a self-impedance Zs and a mutual-impedance Zm. When entering data for the two-phase line put in the positive- and zero-sequence impedances in just as you would for a three-phase line (i.e., Z1 = Zs Zm and Z0 = Zs + 2 Zm). The two-phase line also has two charging admittances, Bs for each conductor to ground and Bm between the two conductors. Again, do the derivation as for a three-phase line, B1 = Bs + 2 Bm, B0 = Bs. A simple way to enter the impedances/admittances is to just use the values for the line with all three phases present; there will be very little error in how many phases are specified. Presently, cable data is entered the same as for overhead lines, by specifying positive- and zerosequence parameters. For a cable with a grounded shield, the positive- and zero-sequence charging admittances are usually equal to each other.
4-20
Transformers PSS/ADEPT models a wide variety of transformer connections, including wye-wye, wye-delta, delta-delta, voltage regulators, etc. For a listing of PSS/ADEPT transformers; refer to Appendix A, Section A.1. Each transformer has positive- and zero-sequence impedance, the values of which may be listed explicitly or in the Construction Dictionary. The zero-sequence impedance is used to represent grounding impedances in wye-connected windings. If the transformer has no grounding impedances, the zero-sequence impedance is normally set equal to the positive sequence value. For a delta-delta transformer, or a wye-delta transformer with the wye winding solidly grounded, set the zero-sequence impedance equal to the positive sequence value; PSS/ADEPT will take care of blocking zero-sequence current, shunting zero-sequence current to ground, etc. Transformer connections that cannot be directly represented by one of the types shown in Appendix A, Table A-1 can often be modeled by using combinations of the implicit models. For example, a three-winding transformer can be modeled using three two-winding units. See Appendix A for transformer models that are not directly represented by one of the PSS/ADEPT transformer types. Because PSS/ADEPT handles transformer types and connections differently from PSS/U, there can be some changes when transformers are transferred back and forth between the programs using raw data file (*.dat). For a complete description of transformer adjustments applied when reading and writing PSS/U raw data files, see Appendix A, Sections A.1.3 and A.1.4. We advise saving your data in the *.adp format for transformers and other new PSS/ADEPT data (snapshots, etc.). Machine Modeling Three-phase synchronous and asynchronous (induction) machines are modeled in PSS/ADEPT. Both types can be designated either as a generator or motor by choosing the appropriate sign for the total real power drawn, a negative value indicates a generator. Additional information on machines in PSS/ADEPT is contained in Appendix A, Section A.3. Synchronous Machines In the power flow, the PSS/ADEPT synchronous machine model will attempt to hold its terminal voltage constant at a user-specified value. The reactive power output or absorption will be adjusted to control the terminal voltage. If the reactive requirements of the model exceed the defined reactive capability limit, control of the terminal voltage will be lost, and the synchronous machine will essentially turn into a constant power load. The voltage setpoint and reactive limits of the machine are specified in the Machine Property sheet (refer to Chapter 3, Sections 3.7.7 and 3.7.8). If a synchronous machine is operated above its rated current or above its rated terminal voltage, the rated temperature rise of the copper or iron would be exceeded respectively. These limits can be graphically represented as illustrated in Figure 4-14 in terms of reactive power versus real power. The circular arc from B to C, with its radius equal to the rated kVA of the machine and center at the origin, represents the rated armature current limit at rated voltage. Point B represents the rated power factor of the machine. The arc from A to B represents rated field current limit of the machine. When a synchronous machine is operated in the underexcited region, there is a high magnitude of flux in the core ends of the machine. The arc from C to D represents the limit for heating due to this flux. Reactive capability curves as shown in Figure 4-14 can be used to determine the reactive limits of a machine. The typical maximum and minimum reactive limits would correspond to points B and C, respectively. Note, however, the reactive limits can change for different levels of real power.
4-21
When a synchronous machine is started, it is represented by its locked rotor impedance. If the synchronous machine is running, and another machine is being started, the running synchronous machine will be represented by a source behind transient reactance. The value of the source voltage/angle is determined by running a load flow of the network at the conditions existing just before the motor starting breaker is closed. In a short circuit simulation, a synchronous machine is a source behind either the transient or subtransient impedance, according to which you select. The value of the source is determined the same way as was done for motor starting (i.e., running a prefault load flow).
4-22
Induction Machines During a load flow simulation, induction machines normally draw the specified real power. The reactive power consumption and slip are determined from the machine model. There are five induction machines available in PSS/ADEPT, corresponding to NEMA A, B, C, D, and E designs. However, if the induction goes beyond its maximum torque capability, it will stall. When that happens the induction machine will be represented by, its locked rotor impedance. When an induction machine is started it will be represented by, its locked rotor impedance. If the induction machine is running, and another machine is being started, the running induction machine will be represented by a source behind transient reactance, the same as for the synchronous. In a short circuit simulation, induction machines are a source behind either the transient or subtransient impedance, just as with the synchronous machine. For further information, see Appendix A, Section A.3. Static Load Modeling In PSS/ADEPT, static loads are modeled as constant power, constant current, or constant impedance. In addition, PSS/ADEPT allows you to specify the load as grounded or ungrounded. For grounded load types, the load is represented as connected between phase and neutral, whereas, ungrounded load entered in phase A is actually connected between phases A-B, ungrounded load entered in phase B is connected between phases B-C, and ungrounded load entered in phase C is connected between phases C-A. Constant Power Load Common practice in load flow work assumes that distribution tap changing transformers, voltage regulators, and capacitors hold system voltages to nominal values. This is also valid for industrial loads that are predominately characterized by electrical motors consuming constant power. Hence, it is appropriate for loads to be modeled as constant real and reactive power demand: S n = P n + jQ n = cons tan t With this type of load representation, the power demand does not vary with voltage. The load current, however, varies inversely proportional to the voltage level (V), as:
Sn * - I L = ----- V
where the asterisk indicates the complex conjugate. To allow convergence at very low system voltages (i.e., 0.5 pu), as node voltage decreases constant power loads are gradually converted to constant impedance. In some cases, treating loads as constant power may not be acceptable. In these studies the voltage dependence of load can be modeled by, constant current and/or constant impedance loads.
4-23
Constant Current Load Load may be specified as having a constant current characteristic that is established from the nominal load value (Sn) entered in PSS/ADEPT:
S n * - I L = ----- V n
where Vn is the node base voltage. With the constant current load representation, the actual power demand varies with node voltage (V), as:
VS n * S Actual = VI L = ---------Vn
Constant current loads are also gradually converted to constant impedance as the node voltage decreases. Constant Impedance Load When representing load using the constant impedance model, the value of constant impedance is determined from the nominal value of power demand that was entered into PSS/ADEPT as follows: 2 Vn Z L = ---------- = cons tan t S n where Vn is nominal one-per-unit voltage. The actual power demand varies with the squared of the corresponding node voltage (V) as: 2 V Sn V - = -------------S Actual = -----ZL 2 Vn 2
4-24
4-25
Figure 4-15. Analysis Options Property Sheet: Short Circuit Tab 2. Click the Short Circuit tab. 3. Enter/select the short circuit options you want for your calculation: Machine Impedance: PSS/ADEPT allows you to use the machine transient or subtransient impedance in the short circuit analysis. The decision to select a machines transient or subtransient parameter is based on the fault duration period. The subtransient impedance will be smaller than transient impedance, and determines the current immediately following a fault (approximately two cycles). The transient impedance determines fault current after the subtransient period. The length of time the transient impedance holds depends on machine time constants, and, for a synchronous machine, the type of exciter.
4-26
Impedance for phase-to-ground faults: You can enter a fault grounding impedance. The default grounding impedance is zero representing a solidly grounded (bolted) fault. This grounding impedance is only applicable to the "Phase-to-ground through impedance" fault type. Fault All Types: Specify the type(s) of Fault All calculation(s) you want to perform on the network. A Fault All will perform calculations for all fault types applied sequentially and individually at each node in the power system network. This option is not used for standard fault calculations. 4. Click the OK button to accept the short circuit analysis options.
4-27
The results of the short circuit analysis will be displayed on the diagram (Figure 4-16) according to the result display options you selected.
Figure 4-16. Sample Short Circuit Analysis Diagram A Fault All calculation can only be performed if, there are no standard faults specified in the network or the standard faults are out of service. Use the Toggle Fault status or Clear Faults button on the Analysis Toolbar to adjust faults, which are present in the network.
4-28
4-29
Machine Modeling In the short circuit calculations, synchronous machines are treated as constant voltage behind an impedance. You may specify transient or subtransient machine impedance for the fault calculation: choose Analysis>Options from the Main Menu, click the Short Circuit tab, and click the option you want. Running induction machines are represented the same as synchronous machines in the short circuit solutions; that is, they are treated as constant voltage behind an impedance. The impedance used is either subtransient or transient, as specified by the user. The internal voltages for both synchronous and induction machines are determined form the prefault load flow, just as for sources. Static Load Modeling In PSS/ADEPT, static loads are modeled as constant power, constant current, or constant impedance. In addition, PSS/ADEPT allows you to specify the load as grounded or ungrounded. For grounded load types, the load is represented as connected between phase and neutral, whereas, ungrounded load entered in phase A is actually connected between phases A-B, ungrounded load entered in phase B is connected between phases B-C, and ungrounded load entered in phase C is connected between phases C-A. PSS/ADEPT considers the load connection in the short circuit calculation. For example, if a transformer is delta-grounded wye through a resistance, Rg, and the load is grounded wye connected, then for a single line-to-ground fault, the transformer neutral resistance, Rg, will be in parallel with the load impedance in the zero sequence. This will produce more accurate results then the methodology used in PSS/U.
Figure 4-17. Thevenin Equivalent The Thevenin equivalent is used in place of the full network for short circuit calculations. The functions described on the next few pages permit an application to acquire Thevenin impedance or the equivalent voltage behind Thevenin impedance.
4-30
In a three-phase unbalanced network, Thevenin impedance is a complex matrix rather than a single complex number. Similarly, the equivalent voltage is a complex vector rather than a single complex number. These are shown below in phase (ABC) space.
Z aa Z ab Z ac Z abc = Z ba Z bb Z bc Z ca Z cb Z cc
Va V abc = V b Vc
In symmetrical component (012) space, the Thevenin impedance is also a complex matrix and the equivalent voltage is a complex vector.
Z 00 Z 01 Z 02 Z 012 = Z 10 Z 11 Z 12 Z 20 Z 21 Z 22
V0 V 012 = V 1 V2
The cross terms (Z01, Z02, Z10, Z12, Z20, and Z21) are often insignificant and are usually ignored. The ratio of reactance to resistance, called the X over R ratio, is an important quantity and the following can be obtained directly from the functions that calculate Thevenin equivalent impedance: Zero sequence X over R ratio: Positive sequence X over R ratio: Negative sequence X over R ratio: Im ( Z 00 ) Re ( Z 00 ) Im ( Z 11 ) Re ( Z 11 ) Im ( Z 22 ) Re ( Z 22 )
Short Circuit Current Once the Thevenin equivalent impedance is determined, it is possible to estimate the short circuit current. The fault is represented by its impedance and the rest of the network is represented by a voltage behind the Thevenin equivalent, as shown below (Figure 4-18).
4-31
Determining short circuit current in this manner has the advantage of being fast. It is particularly fast to calculate fault current for several different types of fault at one location. There is a small amount of overhead in moving the fault to another location; the process is still relatively fast however. Note that it is not possible to calculate current in the lines, transformers, switches, and other branches of the network. It is only possible to get fault terminal current. The only current available from these functions is the fault terminal current (Ia, Ib, Ic). For faults of type line-to-ground and faults of type line-to-line-to-ground, there is no ambiguity between current in the fault and the fault terminal current. For faults of type line-to-line there may be ambiguity between terminal current (Ia, Ib, Ic) and current in the fault (Iab, Ibc, Ica) as shown below (Figure 419). Terminal current (Ia, Ib, Ic) is available. Current in the fault (Iab, Ibc, Ica) is not available.
4-32
Figure 4-20. Analysis Options Property Sheet: Motor Starting Tab 2. Click the Motor Starting tab. The Machines to Start column shows all the machines in the network that can be selected for a motor start analysis, in alphanumeric order by machine name and with the name of the node where the machine is located. To select a machine to start from the diagram, click on the machine to select it, right-click and select Add Item(s) to, then select Motor Starting. Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 4-33
3. Select the machine(s) you want to start: Machines to Start: Click the box that precedes the machine name. A check mark displays in the box. Repeat this step for each machine you want in the analysis. To remove a machine from the list, click the box that precedes the machine name (the check mark disappears). 4. Click the OK button to accept the motor starting options.
Motor starting will appear disabled until a machine has been selected for starting. The results of the motor start analysis will be displayed on the diagram (Figure 4-21) according to the result display options you selected.
4-34
The motor starting analysis performs a simultaneous motor start of all designated motors. PSS/ADEPT automatically performs a prestart solution with the starting motors off-line (a load flow), then runs a starting solution. A comparison between the prestart and starting conditions can be obtained either on the diagram or by selecting a Voltage Drop report. The event sequence for motor a starting study is as follows: 1. Specify the motors to start in the Motor Starting tab of the Analysis Options Property sheet. 2. Select Analysis>Motor Starting from the Main Menu. 3. The designated motors to be started are disconnected from the network. A load flow is performed to establish prestart conditions. 4. Simultaneous motor starting is carried out by switching all starting motors online. A load flow is again performed to established starting conditions. All transformer taps are locked during the starting calculation. 5. Compare the prestart and starting Report>Node Voltage>Drop from the Main Menu. conditions by choosing
6. Examine the network prestart and starting current and voltages on the Diagram View. Voltage difference between prestart and starting conditions for nodes in the network can be obtained by clicking the Results Tab in the Equipment List View and choosing Voltage change from the Condition drop-down menu. You can see this only after a motor start analysis, and you may have to scroll down the Results tab, which is located on the Equipment List View.
4-35
The starting transformer impedance may be entered directly into the fields provided. The transformer impedance you specify is for a transformer tap of 0.65 pu. The actual tap setting to be used for the motor starting is specified on the field provided (Figure 4-22).
Figure 4-22. Machine Property Sheet Showing Series Starting Autotransformer Option
4-36
4-37
The installation cost of switched capacitors, cQ, is like that for fixed capacitors, except that switched capacitors will probably cost more, so they have a separate field. The maintenance rate for fixed capacitors, mF, is the yearly cost of keeping them in service. The rate is expressed per kvar-yr. Maintenance costs increase at the inflation rate. The maintenance rate for switched capacitors, mS, is similar to that for fixed banks. A separate field is provided for the switched units because maintenance costs are expected to be higher for them.
Ne =
n=1
1+i n ---------1+r
The present value of the energy savings is then: Savings F = 8760 Ne ( xP c P + xQ cQ ) The present value of the cost of the capacitor is: Cost F = sF ( cF + Ne m F ) If the savings is greater than the cost, CAPO considers placing the (n+1)th capacitor; if the savings are less than the cost, CAPO discards the nth capacitor and stops.
4-38
Figure 4-23. Analysis Options Property Sheet: CAPO Tab 3. Enter/select the CAPO options you want for your analysis: Connection type: Choose the capacitor type you want to place: Wye or Delta. The connection type applies to both fixed and switched capacitors for all nodes in the system. Load snapshots to consider: Any number of load snapshots may be considered in the optimization process: check the box(es) that precede the snapshot name. These load profiles exist for a given time fraction and are used during the optimization to determine the feasibility of placing a capacitor bank on the system. Since the CAPO analysis
4-39
is being done on a yearly basis, the duration is the fraction of the year during which the snapshot applies. Normally, you probably have the sum of the duration of all the snapshots you are using in CAPO sum to 1.0; however, there is no requirement that this be so. For example, if your utility is only open 10 months of the year, CAPO can still be used. For more information on defining load snapshots, refer to Chapter 3, Section 3.11. Number of banks available: Specify the number of fixed and switched capacitor banks you have available for placement (e.g., the number in the warehouse). Initially, the number of fixed and switched capacitors available for placement will be equal to zero. If there are no banks available and you run the CAPO analysis, the Progress View will display the "No Capacitors are available for placement" message. Three-phase bank size: Specify the total three-phase capacitor bank size in kvar for both fixed and switched banks to place on the network. For example, if one 100-kvar fixed capacitor bank is indicated for placement, the analysis will place as many 100kvar fixed banks as it finds necessary to reach the optimal condition. The same is true for switched capacitor banks. Eligible nodes: Indicate which nodes are eligible for both fixed and switched capacitors by checking the box that precedes the node name. Initially, all nodes in the system will be available for placement of both fixed and switched capacitor banks. (A check mark appears in all boxes.) To mark or unmark multiple consecutive nodes: Click the first item in a range, press and hold down the Shift key, click the last node in the range. To mark or unmark multiple nonconsecutive nodes: Press and hold down the Ctrl key, and click the box that precedes each node.
Fixed capacitors continue to be placed until one of the above three conditions are encountered; at that point the fixed capacitor placement ends and the switched placement begins. This procedure
4-40
is a bit more complicated, and before we begin this is probably a good point to make a comment. If only one load snapshot is used, you might expect that after the fixed capacitors are placed there will be no placement of switched capacitors. There are at least four conditions where this is not true: You had only a few fixed capacitors available, and there was still considerable opportunity for savings when these fixed units were depleted. The eligible nodes for switched capacitors are different than those eligible for fixed capacitor placement. You make the cost of switched capacitors less than that of fixed capacitors, and after the fixed capacitors are placed it will still be cost effective to place switched capacitors. You make the size of the switched capacitor bank smaller than that of the fixed bank.
The eligible nodes (for switched capacitors) in the network are reviewed to find the node, which produces the greatest savings summed over all the snapshots. There are a couple of subtleties in this evaluation. First, if placing the switched capacitor causes a voltage violation in any snapshot, the capacitor is turned off during that period. Second, if the capacitor causes a cost penalty for a snapshot, it is also turned off for that snapshot. The calculation of the present worth of the savings is then calculated considering only the snapshots during which the capacitor is turned on. This process continues until a point is reached where: The savings do not offset the cost of the switched capacitor. CAPO runs out of switched capacitors to place.
For reference, the complete set of CAPO equations are listed below. The cost of a capacitor, which consists of installation cost and maintenance cost, is shown first for a fixed capacitor. The form is the same for a switched capacitor. Cost F = sF ( cF + Ne m F ) With multiple snapshots, three more variables must be defined. Let there be K total snapshots used by CAPO, each of which has a duration dk. For any switched capacitor, let switchk be the switch state, where switchk = 1 if the capacitor is on during the snapshot and = 0 if it is off. The savings for a fixed capacitor (which is always switched on) is the sum of the savings over all snapshots. K K Savings F = 8760 Ne cP xP k + cQ xQ k k=1 k=1 The savings for a switched capacitor also involves the switching schedule. K K Savings S = 8760 N e cP switch k xP k + cQ switch k xQ k k=1 k=1
4-41
Ne =
n=1
1+i n ---------1+r
In summary, CAPO places fixed capacitors on the network until one of the stop conditions are encountered. Then switched capacitors are placed until one of the switched capacitor stop conditions occurs. The total cost of the optimization is then the installation and maintenance cost of all the capacitors placed; the total savings is the sum of the savings from each capacitor. CAPO may place multiple fixed and/or multiple switched capacitors at a node. PSS/ADEPT will combine these capacitors into a single fixed capacitor and/or a single switched capacitor. The single switched capacitor will have a switching increment assigned to it, and the switching schedule will show the steps in service for the single capacitor.
4-42
If you are not licensed to run the CAPO option, this button will not be available. During the optimization, messages are written to the Progress View indicating the size and type of the placed capacitor bank(s) and its node location along with the system losses. When the optimization is complete, the final system configuration including the newly added capacitors is redrawn with the bank size and either the "FX" or "SW" indicating that a fixed or switched capacitor bank has been added. A sample diagram and Progress View after placement is shown in Figure 4-24.
Figure 4-24. Diagram and Progress Views After Optimal Capacitor Placement
4-43
Figure 4-25. Analysis Options Property Sheet: TOPO Tab 2. Click the TOPO tab. If you are not licensed to run the TOPO option, this button will not be available.
4-45
3. Enter/select the TOPO option you want for your analysis: Consider branch overload limits: Click the check box to consider overloaded branches in the optimization process. A rating index displays the rating limit to use for all branches. This rating index (1-4) is specified under the General tab of the Analysis Options Property sheet, and is the branch rating defined in the Item Property sheet. If overloading occurs during the analysis, the algorithm will back up to a condition where there is no overloading. If overloaded branches are present in the initial system, the final optimized network may also contain overloads. Load snapshots to consider: Any number of load snapshots in addition to the current (base) load data specification may be considered in the optimization process: check the box(es) that precedes the snapshot name. These load snapshots exist for a given time fraction and are used to find the single radial configuration with minimum losses for the set of load snapshots and weighting factors specified here. For more information on defining load snapshots, refer to Chapter 3, Section 3.11.
If you are not licensed to run the TOPO option, this button will not be available. During the optimization, messages are written to the Progress View indicating which switches have changed status and the system losses before and after the optimization. When the optimization is complete, the final radial system configuration is displayed on the diagram (Figure 4-26) with switches that have changed status during the analysis indicated with the text "Open" or "Closed".
4-46
4-47
Analyzing Network Models How PSS/ADEPT Calculates Voltage and Current Unbalances
= max Va ( ln ) , Vb ( ln ) , Vc ( ln ) = min Va ( ln ) , Vb ( ln ) , Vc ( ln )
( ln )
Va + Vb + Vc = -----------------------------------------3 avg
V min ) ln V *100.0 ( % difference ) ln = ( V max ( ln ) ( ln ) avg V max V min ll V = max Vab ( ll ) , Vbc ( ll ) , Vca ( ll ) = min Vab ( ll ) , Vbc ( ll ) , Vca ( ll )
( ll )
( ll )
Va Vb + Vb Vc + Vc Va = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------3 avg
4-48
Analyzing Network Models How PSS/ADEPT Calculates Voltage and Current Unbalances
Two Energized Phases (e.g., A & B, also valid for B&C, C&A by substitution) V max V min ln V
( ln )
= max Va ( ln ) , Vb ( ln ) = min Va ( ln ) , Vb ( ln )
( ln )
Va + Vb = ------------------------2 avg
V min ) ln V ( % difference ) ln = ( V max *100.0 ( ln ) ( ln ) avg ( % difference ) ll = 0 One Energized Phase ( % difference ) ln = 0 ( % difference ) ll = 0 Percent Difference Between the Maximum and Average Phase Voltage (NEMA No. MG 1, ANSI/IEEE C84.1) [default] The equation used to calculate the percent difference between the maximum and average phase voltage is given below: Three Energized Phases ln V Va + Vb + Vc = -----------------------------------------3 avg
( ln )
V max
= max Va ( ln ) , Vb ( ln ) , Vc ( ln )
V max
4-49
Analyzing Network Models How PSS/ADEPT Calculates Voltage and Current Unbalances
Two Energized Phases (e.g., A & B, also valid for B&C, C&A by substitution) ln V Va + Vb = ------------------------2 avg
( ln )
V max
= max Va ( ln ) , Vb ( ln ) , Vc ( ln )
ln V ) ln V ( % difference ) ln = ( V max *100.0 ( ln ) avg avg ( % difference ) ll = 0 One Energized Phase ( % difference ) ln = 0 ( % difference ) ll = 0 Ratio of Negative-Sequence to Positive-Sequence Voltage The equation used to calculate the ratio of negative-sequence to positive-sequence voltage is given below: Three Energized Phases a = cos ( 120 ) + j sin ( 120 )
2
V a + aV b + a Vc V 1 = ------------------------------------------3 V a + a Vb + aV c V 2 = ------------------------------------------3 V 2 - Ratio ( % ) = 100 ----- V 1 Two Energized Phases Ratio ( % ) = 0 One Energized Phase Ratio ( % ) = 0
2
4-50
Analyzing Network Models How PSS/ADEPT Calculates Voltage and Current Unbalances
Percent Difference Between Phase and Average Voltage The equation used to determine the percent difference between phase and average voltage is given below: Three Energized Phases Va + Vb + Vc V avg = -----------------------------------------3 *100.00 a = ( V a V avg ) V avg *100.00 b = ( V b V avg ) V avg c = ( V c V avg ) V avg *100.00 ( %difference ) = max ( a, b, c ) Two Energized Phases V avg = max V a , V b Va + Vb V avg = ------------------------2 ( % difference ) = ( V max V avg ) V avg *100.0 One Energized Phase ( % difference ) = 0
Analyzing Network Models How PSS/ADEPT Calculates Voltage and Current Unbalances
Two Energized Phases (e.g., A & B, also valid for B&C, C&A by substitution) I max = max Ia , Ib Ia + Ib I avg = --------------------2 ( % difference ) = ( I max I avg ) I avg *100.0 One Energized Phase ( % difference ) = 0 Percent Difference Between Phase and Average Phase Current The equation used to determine the percent difference between phase and average phase current is given below: Three Energized Phases Ia + Ib + Ic I avg = ----------------------------------3 a = (I I a avg ) I avg *100.0 b = (I I b avg ) I avg *100.0 c = (I I c avg ) I avg *100.0 ( %difference ) = max ( a, b, c ) Two Energized Phases (e.g., A & B, also valid for B & C, C & A by substitution) Ia + Ib I avg = --------------------2 ( % difference ) = max ( I I , a avg ) I avg *100.0 ( I b I avg ) I avg *100.0 One Energized Phase ( % difference ) = 0
4-52
Analyzing Network Models How PSS/ADEPT Calculates Voltage and Current Unbalances
Ratio of Zero-Sequence to Positive-Sequence Current The equation used to determine ratio of zero-sequence to positive-sequence current is given below: Three Energized Phases a = cos ( 120 ) + j sin ( 120 )
2
I a + aI b + a I c I 1 = -----------------------------------3 Ia + Ib + Ic I 0 = -------------------------3 I 0 Ratio ( % ) = 100 ---- I 1 Two Energized Phases Ratio ( % ) = 0 One Energized Phase Ratio ( % ) = 0 Ratio of Negative-Sequence to Positive-Sequence Current The equation used to determine ratio of negative-sequence to positive-sequence current is given below: Three Energized Phases a = cos ( 120 ) + j sin ( 120 )
2
I a + aI b + a I c I 1 = -----------------------------------3 I a + a I b + aI c I 2 = -----------------------------------3 I 2 Ratio ( % ) = 100 ---- I 1 Two Energized Phases Ratio ( % ) = 0 One Energized Phase Ratio ( % ) = 0
2
4-53
4-54
Chapter 5
Results Reporting
5.1 Overview: Reporting Results
Solution results from any analysis may be displayed on the Diagram View, or in a tabular report. Results on the diagram are fully customizable by setting diagram properties in combination with clicking the Results tab located on the Equipment List View (see Chapter 1, Figure 1-5, and Chapter 4, Section 4.3.3). In addition to viewing results on the diagram, results may also be printed in tabular form by requesting a report. Several predefined tabular reports are available including voltage, power, and current reports as well as device status reports, input data reports, and network summaries. Customized reports can be designed if you purchase a copy of Crystal Reports 7.0 or later. Using Crystal Reports with the reports database allows you to have limitless customizability in report design. The report database tables supplied with PSS/ADEPT are outlined in Appendix G. In this chapter you will learn about: Tabular reports distributed with PSS/ADEPT. Specifying the report units to be displayed on the tabular report. Specifying report options for tabular reports. Selecting items to include in a report. Selecting a tabular report to view. Exporting tabular reports to other applications.
5-1
The branch current by phase report contains the branch current at each phase of the branch. The branch current by sequence report contains the branch current in the positive, negative, and zero sequence. The branch overload report contains a list of branches that exceed a specified rating limit. The rating limit is defined under the General tab of the Analysis Options Property sheet. The branch unbalance report contains a list of branches that exceed a specified limit. The unbalance limit is defined under the General tab of the Analysis Options Property sheet.
The node voltage by phase report contains node voltages at each phase. The node voltage by sequence report contains node voltages in the positive, negative, and zero sequence. The node voltage over threshold report displays nodes that are over the upper voltage threshold. The node voltage under threshold report displays nodes that are under the lower voltage threshold. You can specify the voltage thresholds under the General tab of the Analysis Options Property sheet. The
5-2
voltage drop report contains the prestart voltage, the starting voltage, and the voltage difference between nodes in each phase. The voltage drop report is only available following a motor starting analysis. The unbalance report contains a list of nodes that exceed a specified limit. The unbalance limit is defined under the General tab of the Analysis Options Property sheet. The voltage profile is a plot of voltage versus distance. You select a node in the network and a direct trace back to the root node is performed. The root node is specified in Network Properties. Each node voltage is plotted as a point on the graph. For reference, the upper and lower voltage thresholds are also plotted (Figure 5-1).
The shunt current by phase report contains shunt currents at each phase of the shunt item. The shunt current by sequence report contains shunt currents in the positive, negative, and zero sequence.
5-3
The transformer status report contains transformer status and results including tap settings. The synchronous machine status report contains synchronous machine status and results including actual power drawn or supplied by the machine. The induction machine status report contains induction machine status and results including total power and slip. The switched capacitor status report contains switched capacitor status including the fraction switched in and the voltage at the regulated node. Out-of-service shunt and branch device reports contain those devices, which are currently out of service. The converted MWh load report will display the real (kW) and reactive (kvar) values obtained from the original MWh load data. If the original MWh load data is not concentrated, the calculated loads are split between the FROM and TO nodes internally, and are not included in this report.
5-4
5-5
Figure 5-2. Report Units Dialog 2. Select/specify the report units: Identifier Tag: Enter a text identifier to appear at the top of the first page of the report. This identifier tag will be automatically set to the company name you specified during the PSS/ADEPT installation.
Voltage Units: Voltage: Select how you want the voltage to be displayed on the output reports; kV, pu, or voltage on a nominal delivery voltage base. Decimal precision: Specify the number of significant digits to display following the decimal for voltage. The reports are set up for a maximum of nine decimal places. Representation: Select the voltage output display as either line-to-line (LL) or lineto-neutral (LN). Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
5-6
Power and Losses Units: Power and Losses Units: Select how you want the power and losses to be displayed on the output reports. Decimal Precision: Specify the number of significant digits to display following the decimal for power and losses. The reports are set up for a maximum of nine decimal places. Representation: Select either rectangular (P, Q) or polar (S, kVA, pf, lead/lag) representation of power.
Angle: Angle Units: Select how to display angles in the output reports; 0 to 360, 180 to 180, 0 to 2 , to raid. Decimal Precision: Specify the number of significant digits to display following the decimal for angle. The reports are set up for a maximum of nine decimal places.
Current: Current Units: Select how you want to display current in the output reports (amps, kA). Decimal Precision: Specify the number of significant digits to display following the decimal for current. The reports are set up for a maximum of nine decimal places.
Thevenin Impedance: Units: Select how you want to display Thevenin impedance values following a Fault All Analysis (Ohms or pu).
5-7
Figure 5-3. Report Options Dialog 2. Select/specify the report options: Description: Specify the report description you want to appear on the top of the first page of every report. The description will be automatically set to the first title line you specified in Network>Properties. Sort by: You may select how the devices in the report are to be sorted. Some of the sort by options will be disabled indicating that this particular item is not available on the requested report. The following options can be selected: Device Name: Sort the devices in alphabetical order by device name. Node base voltage: Sort the nodes in ascending order of base voltage. Phasing: Sort the devices in alphabetical order by phasing. Device type: Sort the devices in alphabetical order by device type. Node Name: Sort the report in alphabetical order by node name. Tree: Sort the report based on the specified item ordering method.
5-8
Figure 5-4. Report Preview Window From this preview window you can select to do the following operations: View the previous, next, first, or last pages of the report. Zoom to a certain level. Select another report. Export the file to another supported file format. Print the report. 5-9
Figure 5-5. Export Dialog 2. Select the format and destination for the report: Format: Select from the available list the file format you wish to export the report to. In this example, Separated Values (.CSV) has been chosen. Destination: Select the destination of the report. Your choices are: Disk file: creates a file in the format you specified in Step 1 on the hard disk. Application: exports the report and automatically loads it into the application specified in Step 1. Lotus Notes database: If you have Lotus Notes, you may export the report to a Lotus Notes database file.
In some cases, exporting a report will not display certain fields correctly. For example, exporting to Excel 8.0 (xls) may not display date information correctly. This is due strictly to limitations of Crystal Reports. Try selecting another format, such as Excel 8.0 (xls) (Extended) to see if the problem can be rectified.
5-10
Figure 5-6. Open File Dialog 2. Select the report file to open. 3. Click OK. The report displays in a print preview window.
5-11
5-12
Chapter 6
Line Properties Calculator
6.1 Overview: Line Properties Calculator
The Line Properties Calculator (LineProp) calculates line constants used in many power system analysis problems. The constants include: Zero- and positive-sequence impedances for each circuit in the corridor. Zero- and positive-sequence admittances for each circuit in the corridor. Self and mutual impedances for each circuit in the corridor. Self and mutual admittances for each circuit in the corridor. Average mutual impedances and admittances for each pair of circuits in the corridor. Impedance matrix for the corridor. Admittance matrix for the corridor.
The calculations performed by LineProp rely on tables of conductor characteristics. These tables are described in Appendix H. LineProp supports the following unit configurations: 60 Hz, English 60 Hz, SI (metric) 50 Hz, English 50 Hz, SI (metric)
English units use input in feet and output in feet. SI units use input in meters and output in meters. In this manual you will learn how to: Start the LineProp Calculator. Set-up data for a corridor. Perform an analysis. View results from an analysis. Save the results.
6-1
6.1.1 Nomenclature
Throughout this manual the following nomenclature is used: Corridor A set of parallel electrical Circuits, each with the (nearly) same geographic beginning and end point. A Corridor generally has a width, which may be from 30 to 500 ft, and a length, which may be up to hundreds of miles. Position A set of 1 to N parallel Conductors of the same type arranged in a regular pattern around a center point, and electrically tied together at intervals much less than a wavelength, so each Conductor in the Position has the same voltage. Every position has either a single-phase assignment or is grounded. A Position with only one Conductor is often called a Conductor instead of a Position. A set of Positions, make up a Circuit. (Also referred to as a Bundle.) Circuit A set of parallel Positions used to transmit electrical power. A Circuit is said to have a certain number of phases; the vast majority of Circuits in actual use have three phases, which are given the tag names of ABC, RYB, etc. The phase of a Position is a tag designated by the electrical utility, and can be changed at any time. A Position can only have one phase but multiple Positions in a circuit can have the same phase. A set of Circuits, make up a Corridor. (Also referred to as a Line.) Ungrounded Position A Position not electrically connected to earth within the Corridor. Grounded Position A Position electrically connected to earth at regular intervals along the Corridor. Shield wire Another name for Grounded Position. A Position grounded often enough so it can be assumed to be continuously grounded and have zero voltage on it. Also called a ground wire or neutral wire. Shield wire Positions usually have only one Conductor, hence the name, shield wire. (Also referred to as neutral wire.) Conductor A physical wire used to carry current. A set of Conductors make up a Position. Conductor Type A designation, that usually indicates the physical construction of a conductor. Common types for transmission and distribution lines are: ACSR, AAC, AAAC, ACAR, ALUMOWELD, CU, EHS, HS. Conductor Name A tag applied to a particular conductor. Some conductors used by United States utilities have bird names (e.g., Drake, Robin, etc.). Wire Another name for Conductor especially used when referring to Grounded Positions. Phase A tag applied to each bundle of a line used for the transmission of ac electrical power. A line in a three-phase power system in the United States (and some other countries) usually has the bundles labeled A, B, and C. Conductor resistance The ac resistance per unit length of the Conductor at a designated temperature. Conductor reactance The ac reactance per unit length of the Conductor at a designated frequency and spacing (usually a 1 foot spacing, but 1 meter is also possible). Conductor diameter The physical diameter of the Conductor.
6-2
Circuit impedance A measure of the gradient of voltage versus current along the Circuit. Usually expressed in ohms () or /unit length. Impedance consists of a real part called resistance (R) and an imaginary part call reactance (X). Circuit admittance A measure of the gradient of current versus voltage along a Circuit. Usually expressed in Siemens (S) or S per unit length. An older name for Siemens was mho. Admittance consists of a real part called conductance (G) and an imaginary part called susceptance (B). Sag For a Position or Conductor, the difference between the height at the structure and the height at the lowest point, which would be at mid-span for a Conductor over level ground. Earth resistivity A specification of the bulk resistance properties of the earth, designated by the symbol , and always in units of m. Occasionally the inverse of resistivity, called conductivity and designated by , may be encountered.
The nomenclature used to describe a Corridor hierarchy is: Corridor Circuit Position Conductor
0 ft
75 ft
Figure 6-1. Example Corridor for Illustration of Line Property Calculations Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 6-3
To initiate the Line Properties Calculator choose Tools>Line Constants from the PSS/ADEPT Main Menu. The Corridor View is displayed. Referring to Figure 6-2 notice: the Title Bar, at the top of the view, is now PSS/ADEPT - [LineProp1], the menu at the top of the view is now changed, the Corridor View is now where the Diagram View was, and the LineProp Calculator has its own toolbar shown at the top of the Corridor View.
6-4
Figure 6-3. Add New Circuit Dialog 2. Enter the Circuit Name; the default name is Circuit_x, where x is the default horizontal position. 3. Enter the Horizontal Position of the new circuit. The first circuit assumes a horizontal reference point of (0) which is the base of the circuit tower. For subsequent circuits, you can specify the horizontal position (reference point of the base of the circuit tower). The horizontal position for circuits added after the first will default to 20 ft (m) from the center line of the last positioned circuit.
6-5
4. Click OK to accept the input. The Corridor View is now changed as illustrated in Figure 6-4. Notice that there are two circles at position 0, one on top of the other. The top circle represents a Position.
Figure 6-4. Initial Circuit View 5. Click on or near the top circle, in this case at position (0,0), and a dashed box will appear around the circuit. This selects the circuit.
6-6
6. Double-click anywhere inside the dashed box and the Current Circuit Properties sheet is displayed. Figures 6-5 and 6-6 illustrate completed Current Circuit Properties sheets.
6-7
Figure 6-6. Circuit_2 Properties Sheet 7. In the Current Circuit Properties sheet: You can change the Circuit Name and Circuit Location. When you change the Number of Positions, the appropriate number of Position Details lines appear. The maximum number of positions is 10; the default number is 1. Choose the name of each position from the list of acceptable names; ground wires are noted by a name with the first two characters of "Gr". The same position name may be assigned to one or more positions within a circuit. All conductors in all positions with the same phase in a circuit are equivalenced to a single entry in the Z impedance matrix and the Y admittance matrix for the circuit. Specify the horizontal (X) and vertical (Y) location and midspan sag for each of the positions. X location is specified relative to the circuit origin. Y location is specified as the height at the structure connection relative to the earth. When you specify that the number of conductors per position (bundle) is greater than one (max=8), the separation between adjacent position conductors (measured center to center) and the position of the first conductor relative to a zero horizontal position must be specified. Another term used to describe this separation is "bundle spacing".
6-8
Specify the position angle. The XY position of a bundle is its center point. A configuration occasionally seen on U.S. 345 kV lines is a vertical bundle of two conductors with 18 inch separation. This is specified as two conductors (in the bundle), separation of 18 inches (also bundle diameter in this case) and 90 to the first conductor. A drawing of the bundle is shown in Figure 6-7.
Conductor
Figure 6-7. Conductor Bundle Diagram To choose a conductor type, click the Browse button located to the right of the Conductor Type field. The Select Conductor Type dialog appears (Figure 6-8a).
6-9
Figure 6-8. Select Conductor Type Dialog 8. The Select Conductor Type dialog allows you to view the properties of various conductors and to select the conductor for the previously selected position. This dialog has the following features: You can sort the conductor data based on a combination of several sort criteria. When the Clear Sort Fields button is clicked, the sort criteria are cleared. To select a sort criteria highlight and click on the criterion, it is moved to the Sort Fields criteria. The criteria are cumulative. In the example shown above, conductors are to be sorted by type and then by name.
6-10
To perform the sort, click the Do Sort button. For the example shown above the conductors in the database are sorted by type and then by name. Conductor properties will be shown in English or International System (SI) units depending on the option chosen. Scroll through the conductor database. To select a conductor, click on the conductor name (the selected conductor is shown in the box in the lower right side of the dialog) and select OK, or double-click on the conductor name to select it and return to the Current Circuit Properties sheet. The Fit All Columns button above the conductor table allows the user to view all data for the conductors in one dialog, see Figure 6-8b.
9. When you click the OK button in the Current Circuit Properties sheet: Checks are made on the circuit properties and appropriate messages displayed to indicate improper locations (e.g., conductor separations that are not feasible, phase positions that are not feasible, etc.). Corrections must be made to the data before the program can proceed. Once all infeasible data are corrected, program control is returned to the LineProp Corridor View and the circuit is displayed as illustrated in Figure 6-9. Each position in the circuit is shown and labeled.
6-11
6-12
6.2.4 Toolbar
The LineProp Toolbar (Figure 6-11) provides quick access to LineProp functions. The toolbar allows you to quickly create, open, or save a corridor file; print the corridor file; add, copy, or delete circuits; change the viewing area; change defaults; validate the circuit dimensions; and calculate impedances. The About LineProp button provides information on the LineProp version that is being used.
Create New Corridor File Save Corridor File Add New Circuit Delete Circuit Zoom In Refresh Window
About LineProp
Zoom Window
Validate Circuits
Delete All Circuits Zoom Extent Calculate Impedances Paste Circuit Copy Circuit Zoom Out Change Defaults
The Refresh Window and Zoom Extent options cause the Corridor View to return to a view of the full corridor.
6-13
Figure 6-12. LineProp Options Dialog: User Tab Corridor Display: Here the you can choose to have or not to have Position Names displayed in the Corridor View, to have the earth shown in the diagram, to have the scale indicator shown, and to have the grid shown. If you want to have the grid shown, the grid spacing must be specified. Colors: This allows you to specify the colors for the background, the circuit centerline, and the conductor and ground wires. Clicking on the button to the right of the display box allows you to pick a color from the color palette. 6-14 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
Units: This allows you to specify that all measurement units used in LineProp are to be English or International System (SI). English units specify resistance and reactance in ohms/mile, diameter in inches, conductor locations in feet, spacing in inches and output in ohms/mile and s/mile. SI units specify resistance and reactance in ohms/km, delimiter in mm, conductor locations in m, spacing in cm and output in ohms/km and s/km. Changing units while a circuit corridor is opened will not automatically convert specified conductor positions. This must be done manually if you are not using a "Default" conductor and ground wire. Default Ground Conductor: This allows you to select the default ground conductor from the conductor file and to modify the conductor reactance, resistance, and diameter. The operation to select a new default ground conductor is the same as that used to select a specific conductor for a position (see Section 6.2.1, Step 8). Default Conductor: This allows you to select the default phase conductor and to modify the conductor reactance, resistance, and diameter. The operation to select a new default conductor is the same as that used to select a specific conductor for a position (see Section 6.2.1, Step 8). General: This allows you to select the system frequency, the number of decimal places for display, and the default conductor and corridor file names.
6-15
6-16
6-17
For short transmission lines (less than about 50 miles), exact and approximate equivalent-circuit parameters are very nearly equal and could be modeled satisfactorily by the equivalent circuit shown in Figure 6-15. A long transmission line (greater than 50 miles) cannot be represented by an equivalent circuit (shown in Figure 6-16) because of the behavior of Zex and Yex of a long line do not correspond to constant values of Rs, Ls, and Cs.
LR LL
LC s ---------2
LC s ---------2
L mi
Figure 6-15. Equivalent Circuit for Short Transmission Line The exact parameters, Zex and Yex , of the equivalent circuit shown below may be written as:
Z
ex
Y ex ---------2
Y ex ---------2
Z ex = R ex + j L ex Y ex = j C ex
6-18
The parameters Rex, Lex, and Cex are not constants; they vary significantly as frequency is varied with the variation becoming stronger as line length is increased. Figure 6-17 considers a 400 mile length; it shows the exact pi-equivalent parameters for frequencies of 60 and 65 Hz.
C = 8.542 F
Pi-Equivalent at 60 Hz
C = 8.634 F
Pi-Equivalent at 65 Hz
Figure 6-17. "Exact" Pi-Equivalent Circuits for 400-Mile Length of Example Transmission Line at 60 and 65 Hz (Skin Effect Neglected)
6-19
Figure 6-18 shows the percentage difference between the 60 and 65 Hz values of Rex, Lex, and Cex of the line as its length is increased through the practical range. Apparently, the use of constant effective resistance, inductance, and capacitance values in the pi-equivalent circuit is reasonable for line sections up to about 100 miles long, but longer lines are not properly represented by an equivalent with constant resistance, inductance and capacitance.
Difference,% R 0 0.07 0.25 1.02 2.42 4.67 8.23 L 0 0 0.14 0.52 1.14 2.09 2.55 C 0 0.02 0.06 0.25 0.58 1.07 1.75
Figure 6-18. Difference Between 60 and 65 Hz Values of Rex, Lex, and Cex as a Function of Line Length For long transmission lines, it is recommended that you use the line length option by checking the Use Length box. Enter the line length in the box provided and select whether or not you want a hyperbolic correction to be applied. If the hyperbolic box is checked a correction factor will be applied to the impedance as described in Figure 6-18.
6-20
2. Enter/select the directory and filename of the desired corridor file. 3. Click the Open button to display the diagram.
6-21
6-22
6-23
3. When you click the Print button, the Print dialog is displayed (Figure 6-22). 4. In the Print dialog you can specify where the printed output is to go, the number of pages to print, and the number of copies to print. 5. Click OK to print the corridor diagram.
6-24
6-25
3. Paste the circuit at a new location as instructed in the next section of this manual.
6-26
2. The dialog illustrated in Figure 6-25 will appear. 3. Enter the name and horizontal position of the new circuit. Default values are given which may be accepted or rejected by you. 4. Click OK to paste the new circuit into the corridor. Note that the circuit just pasted into the Corridor View is now selected.
2. You are asked to verify that the circuit is to be deleted, as illustrated in Figure 6-26. "New Circuit" is the name of the designated circuit to delete.
6-27
6-28
Conductor separation is greater than or equal to 0. Conductor separation is allowed to be zero when only one conductor per bundle is specified.
6-29
The results shown in this section are for a two circuit corridor. The circuit data are shown in Figures 6-29a and 6-29b.
6-30
6-31
6-32
Zero- and Positive-Sequence Admittances for Each Circuit (Y0-Y1 (Per Circuit) Tab). The positive- and zero-sequence admittances are in micro-Siemens per unit length. For the case illustrated in Figure 6-31, the admittances are in micro-Siemens per mile.
6-33
Self and Mutual Impedances for Each Circuit (Self-Mutual Z (Per Circuit) Tab). The self and mutual impedances are ohm per unit length. In the case shown in Figure 6-32, the impedances are ohm per mile.
6-34
Self and Mutual Admittances for Each Circuit (Self-Mutual Y (Per Circuit) Tab). The self and mutual admittances are in micro-Siemens per unit length. In Figure 6-33, these are micro-Siemens per mile.
6-35
Average Mutual Impedance and Admittance for Each Circuit (Zm-Ym Avg (Per Circuit) Tab). The report shown in Figure 6-34, requires two or more circuits on the corridor. This report shows the calculated average mutual impedance and admittance between two circuits. The average mutual impedance (ZmAvg-R and ZmAvg-X) is reported in ohm per circuit length (miles for the sample case); the average mutual admittance (YmAvg-G and YmAvg-B) is reported in micro-Siemens per circuit length (miles for the sample case).
6-36
Impedance for the Corridor (Z (Corridor) Tab). This report shows the impedance matrix for the corridor. The numbers listed across the top of the report correspond to the circuit phases. Thus, 1 corresponds to Circuit_0.A, 2 corresponds to Circuit_0.B, etc. The off-diagonal terms are for the coupling of the phases. All values are expressed in ohm per circuit length. In the sample case (Figure 6-35), this is ohm per mile.
6-37
Admittance for the Corridor (Y (Corridor) Tab). This report shows the admittance matrix. The numbers listed across the top of the report correspond to the circuit phase. Thus, 1 corresponds to Circuit_0, Phase A, 2 corresponds to Circuit_0, Phase B, etc. All values are given in micro-Siemens per corridor length. In the sample case (Figure 636), all values are given in micro-Siemens per mile.
6-38
6-39
6-40
Chapter 7
Protection and Coordination
7.1 Overview: Protection and Coordination
The protection and coordination module uses protective devices in conjunction with analysis activities to perform a coordination study on a given network. The protective devices guard the network from threat of damage caused by overcurrents and transient overvoltages that can result in equipment loss and system failure. These protective devices are specified by adding protection equipment packs to the network. The protection and coordination module displays the characteristic curves of selected overcurrent relays and fuses along with operating times of these protective devices for use in a coordination study. A library of protective devices is provided in an Microsoft Access database and can be modified at any time by using the tools provided by Microsoft Access. It is recommended that you close all applications using Protection and Coordination. This ensures that your changes to the database are seen in the application. You may view the operating times of the selected devices based on a user-entered current, or you may use the current obtained from any analysis. The protection and coordination module is an option in PSS/ADEPT. You will be unable to access the protection and coordination module if you have not purchased the license. If you wish to purchase a license for the protection and coordination module, please contact Siemens PTI for further assistance. In this chapter, you will learn about: Adding protection equipment to the network. Editing protection equipment properties. Performing a coordination study. Adding devices to the protective device database.
7-1
A protection equipment pack is connected to the upstream or downstream end, of an existing branch in the network. The application will not let you place more than two protection equipment packs at a single branch. To place a protection equipment pack on a branch: 1. On the Diagram Toolbar, click the Protection Equipment button.
2. Position the mouse pointer over the branch where the protection equipment pack will be connected. Click on the branch and the protection equipment pack will appear on top of the selected branch (Figure 7-1). You must click no more than 25% of the line length away from the node where the protection equipment pack will be placed. You cannot place more than two protection equipment packs on a branch
7-2
To move a protection equipment pack: 1. Click on the protection equipment pack to select it. 2. While holding the left mouse button down, drag the protection equipment pack along the branch to position it to the new location. 3. Release the mouse button. The protection equipment pack will snap to the new location on the branch. You will not be able to drag the protection equipment pack more than 25% away from the node connection point.
7-3
To change the properties of a protection equipment pack: 1. Double-click on the protection equipment pack to display its property sheet or right-click and choose Properties. Notice that there are two tabs for this property sheet: Select and Plot Options (Figure 7-2).
Figure 7-2. Protection Equipment Pack Property Sheet 2. Under the Select tab, enter/select the properties for your protection equipment pack. Press the Tab key to move to the next field or click in the field of interest, then add or change information in the fields on the property sheet as needed. Name: Each network item in the network must have a unique name identifier. You may enter an alphanumeric character name up to 12 characters. The name may not contain embedded blanks. Branch: Specifies the branch where this protection equipment pack is connected. This item is provided for information only and is not editable. Location: The node location of the branch where this protection equipment pack is connected. This item is provided for information only and is not editable. Description: You may enter a description to describe the protection equipment pack.
7-4
Plot color: You may change the plot color of the selected device by clicking the Browse button. When a row is selected, the plot color for the device in that row is shown. Groups...: To add the selected protection equipment pack to an existing group(s), click Groups... button and click the box that proceeds the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. The group button is visible only if there are groups defined in the network model. Add Default: You can choose to make the default protection equipment pack the existing one by selecting the Add Default button. This will update your protection equipment pack to contain those devices you have previously defined in the default Protection Equipment Pack Property sheet. For more information on default items see Chapter 1, Section 1.7. This button is visible only if a default protection equipment pack is defined. Plot...: You may view the characteristic curves of all the selected devices in the protection equipment pack by selecting the Plot button. This plot will not produce any operating times. To display operating times you must run a coordination study (see Section 7.4). To adjust the display, you can alter the plot options by clicking on the Options tab (see Step 6). For information on the operations you can perform while in this view, refer to Section 7.4.2. When viewing the device curves in a protection equipment pack does not contain operating times (Figure 7-3).
Figure 7-3. Curve Plot View Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 7-5
Selected Devices: The contents of the protection equipment pack will be displayed in the selected device list. Devices are added to this list by selecting a protective device from the list of available devices. You may select to populate this list with the default protection equipment pack by clicking the Add Default button. To add a device to the selected list: Select the device from the available list in the available devices section. Click on the first column and, while holding down the left mouse button, drag the selection over the selected device list and release the mouse button, or, select the first column and click the Add button. If you doubleclick on column one of any row in the available list, you will get more information for the device. Use this if you want to narrow down your choices. To edit a device in the selected list: Double-click on the manufacturer field of the device you want to modify, or, select the device in the list by clicking on the manufacturer field then clicking the Edit button. The property sheet for the selected device will display. To delete a device from the selected list: Select the device to delete by clicking on the manufacturer field of the device you want to delete then click the Delete button, or, select the device to delete, and, while holding down the left mouse button, drag the device outside of the selected device list area.
Available Devices: The available device list contains the contents of the coordination database. The list of available devices is populated when you select to edit a protection equipment pack. For fuses, relays, and reclosers: You can sort the database fields based on a combination of several sort criteria. When the Clear button is clicked, the Sort Fields criteria will be cleared. Use the Select Sort Fields list to select the sorting criteria. When the Do Sort button is clicked, the fields in the database will be sorted by your selected criteria and displayed in the available device list. The default, sort criteria, is to sort the database by manufacturer, followed by model, followed by rating. If you change the sort fields and click OK on the Select Protection Equipment dialog, your sort order is saved. The contents of the device database can be modified by using Microsoft Access. You cannot add or remove devices from the database by using the protection equipment pack property sheet. For more information, refer to Section 7.5.
For transformers, conductors, and machines, select the oppropriate tab and enter the required parameters. 3. To display the protection equipment pack on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To add a protection equipment pack to an existing group(s), click the Groups button and click the box that precedes the group name you want. Click the OK button to accept the assignment. If no groups have been specified, the Groups button will not be visible. 5. Click the OK button to accept your changes to the protection equipment pack.
7-6
6. Click the Plot Options tab and enter/select the plotting options for viewing the device curves (Figure 7-4).
Figure 7-4. Protection Equipment Pack Plot Options Tab X-Axis (Current): Select the options for the x-axis, the display of current on a log-log plot. Your choices are: Show major grid lines: When checked, shows the major axis grid lines in log-log format. Show minor grid lines: When checked, shows the minor axis grid lines in log-log format. Maximum current (A): Specifies the maximum value of the x-axis (current). You may select a value from the supplied list containing values in the range 0.01 to 10000000. The default value is 100000. Minimum Current (A): Specifies the minimum value of the x-axis (current). You may select a value from the supplied list containing values in the range 0.01 to 10000000. The default value is 1.0.
7-7
Y-Axis (Time): Show major grid lines: When checked, shows the major axis grid lines in log-log format. Show minor grid lines: When checked, shows the minor axis grid lines in log-log format. Maximum time (sec): Specifies the maximum value of the y-axis (time). You may select a value from the supplied list containing values in the range 0.01 to 10000000. The default value is 1000. Minimum time (sec): Specifies the minimum value of the y-axis (time). You may select a value from the supplied list containing values in the range 0.01 to 10000000. The default value is 1.0.
Display: Show curve hatching: When checked, curves will be shaded (hatched) between the minimum and the maximum. For example, for a fuse the application will hatch between the minimum melt and total clearing curves. Show text annotation for plots: When checked, text annotation for each device curve will be displayed directly on the plot. Text annotation uses text color: When checked, the text annotation color will be set to the color specified as the "Text color" in the Colors option. Use only solid lines for plots: When checked, no patterned lines will be drawn (i.e., dot-dash, dashed, etc.). All curves will be represented as solid lines. Plot annotation text size: Specifies the font size for text annotation on the coordination plot. Axis text size: Specifies the font size of the axis labels on the coordination plot.
Misc.: Auto-scale axes: When checked, parameters specified for maximum current and time, and minimum current and time are ignored and the axes will be automatically scaled. Axis label format: Select how you want the axes labeled, Decimal or Scientific. Light table mode: When checked, you may enter a specific fault current to use to determine the operating time of the protective devices. When this option is selected, the program will not use any previously calculated current values. Reference voltage (kV): Reference voltage is used to convert protective devices to a common voltage base. Conversion to a reference voltage will apply when protective devices are present in the system at different voltage levels (i.e., there may be a fuse at the high side of a transformer connection and a relay at the low side).
Line Widths: Axis: Specifies line thickness for the X and Y axis. Curve: Specifies line thickness for the device curves. Grid: Specifies line thickness for the grid. Current: Specifies line thickness for the current intersection point on each device curve.
7-8
Colors: Background: Specify the background color for the plot window (default = white). Text: Specify the color of the text values in the plot window (default = black). Axis: Specify the color of the x- and y-axis in the plot window (default = blue).
Figure 7-5. Plot Options Tab Plot Color: Select the plot color for this device by clicking the Browse button.
Current Multiple: The current multiple will offset the values of current by a specified factor. The default is 1.0. Time Multiple: The time multiple will offset the values of time by a specified factor. The default is 1.0. Time Adder: The time adder will add the specified value to the time specified in the manufacturer curve. The default is 0.0.
7-9
2. To view more information for a device, click the More Info tab (Figure 7-6).
Figure 7-6. More Info Tab Database List: This list view contains all of the values that are specified in the database for the selected device including manufacturer, rating, model, speed characteristic, etc. Values that are blank have not been entered into the device database. This view is provided for reference purposes only and is not editable.
7-10
Figure 7-7. Fuse Property Sheet 2. In the General tab, enter/select the properties you wish to modify for the selected fuse: Name: Each item in the network must have a unique name identifier. Enter the name of this device in the space provided. Branch: Name of the branch where this fuse is located. Damage Multiplier: Enter the damage multiplier for the selected fuse. This multiplier will be used to adjust the time values of the minimum melt curve. For example, entering a value of 0.75 indicates that the fuse may be damaged on the minimum melt curve 75% of the time. The plot will take this value into consideration. Description: Enter a description for this fuse device. Visible: Indicate whether the curve should be visible on the coordination plot. Disabled: Check the box to disable the calculation of operating time for the fuse. Show I2T Curve: Check the box to show the I-squared-T curve for the fuse. The Isquared-T curve is determined by squaring the current of the minimum melt curve. Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 7-11
3. Click the Plot Options tab and enter/select the plot options for this fuse. 4. Click the More Info tab to view additional data values associated with the selected fuse.
Figure 7-8. Overcurrent Relay Property Sheet 2. In the General tab, enter/select the properties you wish to modify for the selected fuse:
7-12
Name: Each item in the network must have a unique name identifier. Enter the name of this device in the space provided. Branch: Name of the branch where this relay is located. Phasing: The phasing value indicates what phase is used to calculate device operating times. The available choices are: A, B, C, Positive Sequence (Pos-Seq), Negative Sequence (Neg-Seq), Zero Sequence (Zero-Seq), Maximum over all Phases (MaxPhase), Maximum over all Sequences (Max-Seq), Neutral-to-Ground (Neutral). Description: Enter a description for this relay device. Visible: Indicate whether the curve should be visible on the coordination plot. Disabled: Check the box to disable the calculation of operating time for the relay. Primary CT Setting: Specify the current transformer (CT) primary (line side) current in amps. Secondary CT Setting: Specify the current transformer (CT) secondary (relay side) current in amps. Time Dial setting: The time dial setting of this relay. You may enter the time dial setting by directly specifying the value in the box provided, or by sliding the dial from left to right until the proper time dial setting is displayed. You will not be allowed to specify a time dial setting outside the range indicated by the manufacturer. The Interpolate check box, when checked, indicates that the curve displayed on the coordination plot is derived by interpolation between two time dial settings in the database. This option allows for time dial settings to be specified that are between time-dials located in the database. For example, if time dial settings in the database are 1 and 2, the interpolate option will allow a time dial of 1.5. PSS/ADEPT will interpolate between the curves for a time dial setting of 1 and a time dial setting of 2. Pick Up (Tap) setting: The pick up (tap) setting of this relay. You may enter the pick up setting by directly specifying the value in the box provided, or by sliding the dial from left to right until the proper pick up setting is displayed. You will not be allowed to specify a pick up setting outside the range specified by the manufacturer. Pick up setting is equivalent to tap setting. Instantaneous setting: The instantaneous setting of the relay. You may enter the instantaneous setting by directly specifying the value in the box provided, or by sliding the dial from left to right until the proper instantaneous setting is displayed. You will not be allowed to specify an instantaneous setting outside the range specified by the manufacturer. Instantaneous operation time: Used to specify the time delay for the instantaneous operating time of the relay. If the database contains several different instantaneous ranges, select the desired range from the list box provided. Multiple of PU: When checked, instantaneous setting is specified as a multiple of pickup (Tap). Disable: When checked, disables the instantaneous functions of the relay. 3. Click the Plot Options tab and enter/select the plot options for this fuse.
4. Click the More Info tab to view additional data values associated with the selected fuse.
7-13
For Category I transformers, the transformer damage curve is represented by a two-point curve represented by calculation points 1 and 4. For Category II, III, and IV transformers, the transformer damage curve is represented by a four-point curve represented by calculation points 1, 2, 3, and 4. For Category III and IV transformers, the source impedance is also used in calculating damage curve points. The curve points are determined from the information contained in Table 7-2.
7-14
where: Zt = Transformer impedance in per-unit on transformer kVA base. Zs = Source (system) impedance in per-unit on transformer kVA base. AF = ANSI Factor (default = 1.0). See Table 7-3. Table 7-3. ANSI Factors
Transformer Connection Delta-Delta Delta-Wye-Grounded Delta-Wye Wye-Wye Wye-Delta Fault Type Three-Phase 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Phase-Phase 0.87 1.15 1.15 1.0 1.0 Line-to-Ground N/A 0.58 N/A N/A N/A ANSI Factor 0.87 0.58 1.0 1.0 1.0
To add a transformer damage curve to a protection pack: 1. Select the Transformers tab from the Available Devices list (Figure 7-9). Note that the transformer damage curve does not have a database connection. The transformer damage curve properties will automatically default to the transformer properties specified in the transformer property sheet if the protection pack has been placed at a transformer branch.
7-15
Figure 7-9. Transformer Damage Curve Tab 2. Enter/select the properties you wish to modify: Name: Enter the name of the transformer damage curve. The name is used as text annotation for the damage curve. 3 Phase Rating (kVA): The nameplate rating of the transformer in kVA. For transformer damage curves located at a transformer branch, this is the nameplate kVA specified on the transformer property sheet. For damage curves located elsewhere the nameplate kVA will default to a value of 1000. Inrush Multiplier: When checked, the transformer inrush point will be displayed on the coordination plot and the multiplier may be entered in the text box provided. The transformer inrush current is approximately 8 to 12 times the transformer full-load current for a maximum period of 0.1 seconds. If the point is plotted on the time-current curve, it should fall below the transformer primary protection device curve. ANSI Factor: When checked, the specified ANSI factor will be used to apply a shift to the transformer damage curve. *In order to meet the ANSI withstand requirements, it is sometimes necessary to shift the ANSI curve. Tables 7-3 shows the ratio of per-unit
* Conrad R. St. Pierre and Tracey E. Wolny, "Standardization of Benchmarks for Protection Device Time-Current Curves," IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications, Vol. IA-22, No. 4, pp. 623-632, July/August 1986.
7-16
primary-side current to per-unit transformer-winding current for delta-delta. delta-wye, and wye-wye connected transformers. For example, a line-to-ground fault on a grounded system supplied by a delta-wye transformer produces a maximum primary current seen by a protective device to be 58% of the maximum line current in the faulted secondary winding. One per-unit current flows in a secondary winding for both the line-to-ground and three-phase faults. Therefore, the ANSI curve must be shifted by 58% of the three-phase current level in order to ensure that the transformer primary device is capable of detecting lower primarywinding currents. See Tables 7-2 and 7-3 for more information. Phasing: The phasing of the transformer connection. If the damage curve is located at a transformer branch, this value will be the phasing specified on the transformer branch. For damage curves located elsewhere the phasing will default to "ABC". Transformer R1 (pu on transformer kVA base): The positive-sequence resistance of the transformer. If the damage curve is specified at a transformer branch, this value will default to the transformer R1 specified on the transformer property sheet, otherwise, the value of R1 will be set to 0.01. Transformer X1 (pu on transformer kVA base): The positive-sequence reactance of the transformer. If the damage curve is specified at a transformer branch, this value will default to the transformer X1 specified on the transformer property sheet, otherwise, the value of X1 will be set to 0.057. Transformer R0 (pu on transformer kVA base): The zero-sequence resistance of the transformer. If the damage curve is specified at a transformer branch, this value will default to the transformer R0 specified on the transformer property sheet, otherwise, the value of R0 will be set to 0.01. Transformer X0 (pu on transformer kVA base): The zero-sequence reactance of the transformer. If the damage curve is specified at a transformer branch, this value will default to the transformer X0 specified on the transformer property sheet, otherwise, the value of X0 will be set to 0.057. System R1 (pu on system kVA base): The positive-sequence resistance of the source used for transformers falling into Category III and IV only. If a source is specified in the network, this value will default to the source R1 specified on the source property sheet, otherwise, the value of R1 will be set to 0.0. System X1 (pu on system kVA base): The positive-sequence reactance of the source used for transformers falling into Category III and IV only. If a source is specified in the network, this value will default to the source X1 specified on the source property sheet, otherwise, the value of X1 will be set to 0.0. System R0 (pu on system kVA base): The zero-sequence resistance of the source used for transformers falling into Category III and IV only. If a source is specified in the network, this value will default to the source R0 specified on the source property sheet, otherwise, the value of R0 will be set to 0.0. System X0 (pu on system kVA base): The zero-sequence reactance of the source used for transformers falling into Category III and IV only. If a source is specified in the network, this value will default to the source X0 specified on the source property sheet, otherwise, the value of X0 will be set to 0.0. Visible: Indicate whether the curve should be visible on the coordination plot.
7-17
Disabled: Check the box to disable the calculation of operating time for the transformer. 3. To add the transformer damage curve to the protection equipment pack, click the Add button. The transformer damage curve will be displayed in the selected device list. To edit an existing transformer damage curve, double-click on the device ID associated with the transformer in the selected devices list, or select the device ID and click the Edit button. Modify the properties you desire and click the OK button when finished.
7-18
Equations for calculating the conductor damage curve points in PSS/ADEPT are: For Copper: I = A ( [ ( 0.0125 LOG 10 ( ( T 2 + 234 ) ( T 1 + 234 ) ) ) t ] ) For Aluminum: I = A ( [ ( 0.0125 LOG 10 ( ( T 2 + 228 ) ( T 1 + 228 ) ) ) t ] ) For ACAR: I = 0.093 A ( [ ( 0.0125 LOG 10 ( ( T 2 + 228 ) ( T 1 + 228 ) ) ) t ] ) For ACSR (single and multiple): I = A ( [ ( 0.0125 LOG 10 ( ( T 2 + 228 ) ( T 1 + 228 ) ) ) t ] ) where: I A = = t = Current in Amperes Conductor area in circular mils Circular mils = kcmil * 1000.0 Circular mils = mm2 * 1973.5 Time (fixed at the following intervals {t = 1000, 100, 10, 1, 0.5, 0.1, 0.05, 0.01}) Initial conductor temperature (C) Recommended Maximum Temperature (C)
T1 = T2 =
The actual values used for initial conductor temperature and maximum conductor temperature may be re-specified by entering the value directly on the conductor damage curve property sheet.
7-19
To add a conductor damage curve to a protection pack: 1. Select the Conductors tab from the Available Devices list (Figure 7-10). Note that the conductor damage curve does not have a database connection.
Figure 7-10. Conductor Damage Curve Tab 2. Enter/select the properties you wish to modify: Name: Enter the name of the conductor damage curve. The name is used as text annotation for the damage curve. Type: Select the conductor type. Conductor type may be either overhead conductor or underground cable. Units: The units to use for specification of conductor area. English units for conductor area are kcmil. Metric units for conductor area are mm2. Conductor Area: Select the conductor area from the list box provided. If the conductor area is not provided in the list, you can specify a user-defined conductor area by checking the user-defined box and entering the conductor area in the box provided. Conductor Material: Select the conductor material from, either, Aluminum, Copper, ACAR, ACSR (single-strand), or ACSR (multiple-strand). The difference between
7-20
ACSR (single-strand) and ACSR (multiple-strand) is the recommended maximum temperature used to calculate the damage curve. ACSR single stranded conductors are those conductors that have only an aluminum stranding (i.e., 1 AWG (Robin), 1/0 AWG (Raven), 2/0 AWG (Quail)). The recommended maximum temperature for single strand ACSR conductors is 340 C. ACSR multiple stranded conductors are those conductors that have both aluminum and steel stranding (i.e., Drake (26/7)). The recommended maximum temperature for multiple stranded ACSR conductors is 640 C. Insulation Type: Select the insulation type from the available list. If the conductor has no insulation, select (Bare). Max temperature (deg. C): Enter the desired maximum temperature of the conductor to consider. This value will default to the recommended maximum temperature determined from your selection of conductor material and insulation type. Initial temperature (deg. C): Enter the desired initial temperature of the conductor to consider. This value will default to the recommended initial temperature. Visible: Indicate whether the curve should be visible on the coordination plot. Disabled: Check the box to disable the calculation of operating time for the fuse. 3. Click the Add button to add the conductor damage curve to the protection equipment pack. To edit an existing conductor damage curve, double-click on the device ID associated with the conductor in the selected devices list, or, select the device ID and click the Edit button. Modify the properties you desire and click the OK button when finished.
7-21
Figure 7-11. Protection Equipment Pack Showing Two Recloser Curves Recloser curves plotted on the coordination plot are adjusted based on the trip-coil rating for hydraulic control or the minimum trip rating for electronic control specified in the recloser property sheet. In all cases the minimum trip rating is used to determine the starting current point of the recloser time-current curve. For hydraulic controls, the minimum trip rating is equal to two times the trip-coil rating. Reclosers are selected from the recloser database tables in the same way as fuses and over-current relays and then modified to ensure the correct representation of the time-current curves. The recloser trip-coil rating, minimum trip rating, and curve will default to acceptable values.
7-22
To change the properties of a recloser curve: 1. Double-click on the device ID field to select it and view the Recloser Properties sheet, or, select the device ID field and click the Edit button to display the property sheet. There are three tabs: General, Plot Options, and More Info (Figure 7-12).
Figure 7-12. Recloser Properties Sheet Name: Enter the name of the recloser. The name is used as text annotation for the damage curve. Branch: Name of the branch where this recloser is located. Description: If desired, enter a description for this recloser curve. Nom Voltage (kV): Nominal voltage of the recloser from the manufacturers catalog. This field is used for display only. Interrupting Rating (Amps): The interrupting ratings for this recloser. Interrupting ratings are obtained from the manufacturer catalog. This field is used for display only and will display up to three interrupting ratings for each recloser. Curve Annotation: Specify how you want the recloser curve to be annotated on the coordination plot. Based on your selection, the coordination plot will use a text string to indicate your selection in the text annotation box for the time-current curve. The curve annotation is: Total Clearing = "Tot Clr" Minimum Response = "Min Resp" Phase Trip = "Phs Trip" Ground Trip = "Grd Trip" 7-23
Trip Coil (cont. Amps): Select the trip-coil rating in continuous Amps of the recloser with hydraulic control. This field will be not be available if the recloser has electronic control. Min trip (A): Select the minimum trip rating in Amps of the recloser with electronic control. This field will not be available if the recloser has hydraulic control, however, it will be automatically set to two times the trip-coil rating. Time-current curve: Select the time-current curve to plot from the available list of recloser curves. Visible: Indicate whether the curve should be visible on the coordination plot. Disabled: Check the box to disable the calculation of operating time for the recloser.
7-24
Figure 7-13. Machine Starting Curve Property Sheet 2. Enter/select the properties you wish to modify: Name: Enter the name of the machine-starting curve. The name is used as text annotation for the starting curve. Mechanical power units: Select whether the machine power is specified as hp or kW. This will designate the machine as NEMA or IEC. Mechanical rating: Enter the rating of the machine in the appropriate units. Rated (nominal) terminal voltage (kV): Enter the rated voltage of the machine. The voltage will default to the node base voltage of the node where the machine is located. Power factor: Enter the power factor for the machine. Efficiency: Enter the machine efficiency in per unit where 1.0 indicates 100%. Full load (amps): The value of full load amps will be calculated using the rating, nominal terminal voltage, power factor and efficiency. To specify the full load amps, check the box labeled user-defined. The field will be enabled allowing the entry of a value for full load amps.
7-25
Locked rotor (amps): The value of locked rotor amps will be calculated as six times the full load (amps). To specify the value of locked rotor amps, check the box labeled user-defined. The field will be enabled allowing the entry of a value of full load amps. Acceleration time (sec): Enter the value to use for the motor acceleration time. The motor acceleration time is the amount of time required for a motor to achieve rated revolutions per minute after the rated voltage has been applied to the motor terminals. Machine starting characteristics: Select the machine-starting characteristic desired: full voltage or autotransformer. The machine-starting curve will be adjusted based on the option specified. If the machine is to be started through an autotransformer to reduce inrush, specify the tap setting of the autotransformer. The motor-starting curve will then be determined by adjusting the curve based on the tap setting of the transformer where 1.0 is 100%. Visible: Indicate whether the curve should be visible on the coordination plot. Disabled: Check the box to disable the calculation of operating time for the recloser.
7-26
After you have selected an area to study, choose Analysis>Coordination. The Protection and Coordination View will display.
7-27
Located on the lower left side of the plot area are the X and Y coordinates of your mouse pointer. You may use this mouse pointer to locate a current/time point in the plot by moving your mouse over the curve area. Modification of the axis title, can be accomplished by double-clicking on the text and altering the desired property values.
List View
Text Annotation
7-28
Figure 7-15. Coordination View Menu File Menu The File Menu provides options for saving the coordination view to a Metafile, closing the coordination view, and printing the coordination view to a printer. View Menu The View Menu provides options that allow you to display or hide the toolbar and status bar. It also provides an option to refresh the coordination view. Options Menu The Options Menu allows you to change the plotting options. Refer to Editing Protection Equipment Packs Step 6 for more information on changing the plot options. The Coordination View may be broken into two distinct sections: the coordination curve plot and the list view. Each of these sections is addressed below. The Help menu allows you to access on-line help.
7-29
To select a different device from the database: 1. Double-click on the device you want to change. 2. Choose Replace. 3. The property sheet for the protection equipment pack will display. From this sheet you may specify another protective device. 4. Click the OK button. The new device will be drawn in the Coordination View.
7-30
Figure 7-16. Print Parameters Dialog 2. Select the printing style you want. Print graphs to max size: Prints the graph maximized to the size of the paper. Proportionate: Prints the graph proportionately to the size of the paper. Exact size: Prints the graph as they are displayed in the application. 3. Select OK. Once the coordination view is sent to the printer, you will be asked if you wish to print the list view also (Figure 7-17).
Figure 7-17. Prompt to Print the List View Select Yes to print the contents of the list view. Select No to return to the coordination view.
7-31
7-32
7-33
Time Current
X X
Number Number
7-34
Number
TIMEDIAL_FORMAT
Number
RATED_CURRENT PICKUP_FACTOR
Number Number
7-35
DevIndex
TAP_RANGE_ID
Text
AVAILABLE_TAP_SETTINGS
Text
INST_RANGE
Text
7-36
SUPERVISING_ELEMENT_CODE
Text
SUPERVISING_ELEMENT_DESIGNATION
Text
STYLE
Text
Text Device identifier. Must match the (Primary Key) DevId specified in the Relay table. Number Number Number The time-dial setting of the relay corresponding to the curve point. Time point (Y, ordinate). Current point (X, abscissa).
7-37
7-38
7.5.3.2 RecloserRatings
The RecloserRatings table contains coil sizes and minimum trip ratings along with interrupting ratings for each recloser type that is specified in the RecloserMfrSpecs table. The RecloserRatings table also defines a pointer to the recloser time-current curve along with a current offset if necessary. The current offset (X_OFFSET) is used to shift the recloser curve to the correct minimum trip value. This allows you to specify one "base" curve in the database that indicates the manufacturers minimum trip coil/minimum trip rating and adjust for other trip coil/minimum trip ratings by specifying an offset multiplier (X_OFFSET) to the "base" curve. The "base" curve would be represented by the field CURVE_PTR which indicates which recloser curve to extract from the database. If no shift is required, specify an X_OFFSET of 1.0. For reclosers that cannot be represented by a "base" curve specify a unique curve pointer (CURVE_PTR) and an X_OFFSET of 1.0. The format of the RecloserRatings table is given below (Table 7-12): Table 7-12. RecloserRatings Table
Field Name DEVID TRIP_COIL_RATING X X Required Text Text Type Description Device identifier. Must match a DEVID specified in RecloserMfrSpecs table. The trip-coil rating of the recloser. Used for hydraulic reclosers, enter N/A for electronic reclosers. The minimum trip rating, normally 2 times the trip coil rating for hydraulic reclosers. Operating voltages of the recloser. Specify one operating voltage for each interrupting rating. A recloser with operating voltages of 4.8, 8.32, and 14.4 would have three distinct records in this table. Interrupting rating for specified operating voltage index. Text identifier of the recloser curve specified in the RecloserTCCCurve table. Multiplier used to shift recloser curve to the correct minimum trip rating. For no curve shift, enter a value of 1.0.
MIN_TRIP_RATING
Text
OPER_VOLTAGE_INDEX
Text
INTERRUPT_RATING CURVE_PTR X
Text Text
X_OFFSET
Number
7-39
7.5.3.3 RecloserTCCCurve
The RecloserTCCCurve table contains the recloser time-current curves. Time-current curves are entered into the database with current specified in Amps and time specified in seconds. Each curve is defined by a curve pointer (specified in the RecloserRatings table) and a curve type (A, E, 101, 102, etc.). The curve type is indicated on the time-current curve by the manufacturer of the recloser. The format of the RecloserTCCCurve table is given below (Table 7-13). Table 7-13. RecloserTCCCurve Table
Field Name CURVE_PTR X Required Text Type Description Curve identifier. Must match the curve pointer specified in RecloserRatings table. The curve identifier that the manufacturer provides on time-current plot. Examples of a curve identifier are A, B, D, 102, 101. Current point (Amps). Time point (seconds).
CURVE_SET_TYPE
Text
X Y
X X
Number Number
7-40
Figure 7-18. Main Switchboard If you want to open the database without the automatic interface, hold the Shift key down while opening the protective device database and Microsoft Access will bypass the interface and open normally.
7-41
Figure 7-19. Add Fuse Form 2. Enter the properties of the fuse (required fields are indicated by a *). 3. Enter the properties of the fuse catalog and select Add Record to add the catalog information to the fuse catalog table. 4. Enter the minimum melt and maximum clearing curves for the fuse. The minimum melt curve values are specified as (time,current) point values with a curve type of "MM". The maximum clearing curve values are specified as (time,current) point values with a curve type of "MC". 5. Select Close to exit the form and add the fuse record into the database. 6. If a new fuse manufacturer is added, update the fuse manufacturer table as described in Section 7.5.4.5.
7-42
Figure 7-20. Add Relay Form 2. Enter the properties of the relay (required relays are indicated by a *). 3. Enter the properties of the relay catalog and select Add Record to add the catalog information to the relay catalog table. 4. Enter time dial, time, and current values that define the curve for the relay. 5. Select Close to exit the form and add the relay record into the database. 6. If a new relay manufacturer is added, update the relay manufacturer table as described Section 7.5.4.5.
7-43
Figure 7-21. Add Recloser Manufacturer Form 2. Click the Add Recloser button to display the Add Recloser form (Figure 7-22).
Figure 7-22. Add Recloser Form 3. Enter the properties of the relay. 4. Enter the properties of the relay ratings including ratings. If the recloser is hydraulic, enter the trip coil rating and the minimum trip rating (normally 2 times the trip coil rating). If the recloser is electronic, enter N/A in the Trip Coil Rating field. Select the Add Record button to add the rating information to the relay ratings table. Assign a curve pointer and X offset (multiplier) used to look up the correct time-current curve.
7-44
5. Under the RecloserCurve area, type the curve pointer defined in Step 3 and the associated current and time points that identify the time-current curve for this recloser. The curve identifier (Curve ID) is normally the number or letter of the TCC curve supplied by the manufacturer. 6. Select Close to exit the form and add the recloser record into the database.
Figure 7-23. View/Modify Fuse Form 2. Select the manufacturer and fuse type from the drop down list provided and the fields in the form will be filled in automatically. 3. If you want to change any fuse properties or curve points, select the field(s) you want to change and enter the new value. 4. Select Close to save your changes and exit the form.
7-45
Figure 7-24. View/Modify Relay Form 2. Select the manufacturer and relay type from the drop down list provided and the fields in the form will be filled in automatically. 3. If you want to change any relay properties or curve points, select the field(s) you want to change and enter the new value. 4. Select Close to save your changes and exit the form.
7-46
Figure 7-25. View/Modify Recloser Form 2. Select the manufacturer and recloser type from the drop down list provided and the fields in the form will be automatically filled in. To add a manufacturer to the database, refer to Step 1 of the section titled Adding Reclosers. 3. If you want to change any properties or curve points, select the field(s) you want to modify and enter the new value. 4. Select Close to save your changes and exit.
7-47
7-48
Figure 7-26. Delete Fuse Records Form 3. Select the manufacturer and fuse type that you want to remove from the database. Properties of the fuse will be updated automatically. 4. Click the Delete Record button to remove the record from the database. 5. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until all the desired fuses are removed. 6. Select Close to exit the form.
7-49
To delete a fuse: 1. Click the Database Maintenance button. 2. Click the Delete Relay Records button. The Delete Relay Records form is displayed (Figure 7-27).
Figure 7-27. Delete Relay Records Form 3. Select the manufacturer and relay type that you want to remove from the database. Properties of the relay will be updated automatically. 4. Click the Delete Record button to remove the record from the database. 5. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until all the desired relays are removed. 6. Select Close to exit the form.
7-50
To delete a recloser: 1. Click the Database Maintenance button on the Main Switchboard. 2. Click the Delete Recloser Records button. The Delete Recloser Records form is displayed (Figure 7-28)
Figure 7-28. Delete Recloser Records Form 3. Select the manufacturer and recloser type that you want to remove from the database. The properties for this recloser will automatically appear in the fields on the form. 4. Click the Delete Record button to remove the recloser record from the database. You will be asked at this time whether to remove the associated recloser ratings records from the database (Figure 7-29). Select Yes to remove the recloser ratings records or No to remove only the recloser manufacturer information.
Figure 7-29. Verify Removal of Recloser Ratings Records 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until all the desired recloser records are removed. 6. Select Close to exit the form.
7-51
To delete a recloser curve: 1. Click the Database Maintenance button on the Main Switchboard. 2. Click the Delete Recloser Curve button. The Delete Recloser Curve form is displayed (Figure 7-30)
Figure 7-30. Delete Recloser Curve Form 3. Select the curve pointer and curve ID that you want to remove from the database. 4. Click the Delete Curve button to remove the recloser curve from the database. 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until all desired curves have been removed. 6. Select Close to exit the form.
7-52
7-53
7-54
Chapter 8
Harmonic Analysis
8.1 Overview: Harmonic Analysis
A harmonic analysis can be used model power system distortion. The deviation between the perfect sinusoid is expressed in terms of harmonic components. PSS/ADEPT can perform harmonic analysis on your network and display graphical results. After the network is solved at the fundamental frequency (e.g., 50 Hz, 60 Hz), all of the network components are converted into impedances. These impedances are varied according to the harmonic number and the network is solved for each specific harmonic (e.g., 1st, 3rd, 5th). For each device type within the network there are various ways of modeling the effect of the harmonic number on the device impedance. A current injection technique is used to inject current of a certain magnitude and angle into the network. Harmonic filters may also be defined directly in the network by specifying a shunt device of this type at any node in the network. Harmonic analysis can be used to calculate the total harmonic distortion, telephone influence factor, and Thevenin impedance. In addition, a harmonic scan is also possible over a range of harmonic numbers. The harmonics module is an option in PSS/ADEPT. You will be unable to access the harmonics module if you have not purchased the license. If you wish to purchase a license for this module, please contact Siemens PTI for further assistance. In this chapter, you will learn about: Adding harmonic injections to the network. Adding harmonic filters to the network. Editing harmonic injections and filters. Specifying harmonic analysis options. Performing a harmonic analysis. Viewing results of a harmonic analysis.
8-1
8-2
2. Position the mouse pointer over the connection line of the shunt item, click just over half the distance toward the shunt item symbol. The harmonic injection symbol (Figure 8-1) will appear on top of the connection line between the node and the shunt item symbol.
8-3
2. Position the mouse pointer over the sending end of the branch and click within a quarter of the total length of the transformer from the node. A harmonic injection symbol will appear on the selected transformer branch (Figure 8-2).
8-4
2. Position the pointer over the node to which the harmonic injection will be connected. 3. Click and hold down the mouse button while dragging the harmonic injection symbol (Figure 8-3) to the desired position.
8-5
8-6
2. Enter/select the properties for the harmonic injection. Press the Tab key to move to the next field or click in the field of interest, then add or change information as needed. Name: Each item in the network must have a unique name identifier. You may enter an alphanumeric character name up to 12 characters. The name cannot contain embedded blanks. Harmonic Injection List: Adding an item to the list specifies a new harmonic injection. To add an item to the list, click the New button and specify the requested data. To remove an item from the list, click the Delete button. To edit an existing item in the list, double-click on the desired item in the list. For each harmonic injection enter the following parameters: Harmonic number: Specify the harmonic number where this current injection will be used (e.g., 1, 5, 7, 9, etc.). Normally the harmonic number is specified as an integer value, however, real numbers are allowed. Current magnitude: Specify the current magnitude in per-unit of base current. Current angle: Specify the current angle in fundamental degrees. If you specify a harmonic injection at a node, the base current for the injection must be specified in amps. If you specify a harmonic injection at a transformer or shunt item, the branch or shunt current is used as the base value and the base current field will not appear on the property sheet. 3. To display the harmonic injection on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected harmonic injection is in service, click the In service check box. This is the default setting. If In service is not checked, the harmonic injection is out of service. 5. Click the OK button to accept your changes.
2. Position the pointer over the node to which the harmonic filter will be connected. 3. Click and hold down the mouse button while dragging the harmonic filter symbol to the desired position.
8-7
8-8
2. On the Main tab, enter/select the properties for the harmonic filter. Press the Tab key to move to the next field or click in the field of interest, then add or change information as needed. Name: Each item in the network must have a unique name identifier. You may enter an alphanumeric character name up to 12 characters. The name cannot contain embedded blanks. Type: You may choose several filter types from the available list containing high pass, high pass 1st order, high pass 2nd order, high pass C type, and single tuned. Once you have selected a filter, an illustration of the filters configuration displayed. Rating: Specify the filter rating in kVA. Resistance (pu on filter base): Specify the filter resistance in per unit on the filter base rating. Reactance (pu on filter base): Specify the filter reactance in per unit on the filter base rating. Inductance (pu on filter base): Specify the filter inductance in per unit on the filter base rating. For resistance, reactance, and inductance you can refer to the diagram for the filter type to identify which values correspond to the filter component. Connection: Specify whether this filter is wye (grounded) or delta (ungrounded) connected. If the filter is delta connected, it is automatically ungrounded and the impedance controls are disabled. You may specify a grounded or ungrounded wye-connected harmonic filter. Ungrounded filters will not affect harmonics of the 3rd, 6th, 9th, 12th, etc. order. 3. To display the harmonic filter on the diagram, click once in the Visible check box to place a check mark there. 4. To indicate that the selected harmonic filter is in service, click the In service check box. This is the default setting. If In service is not checked, the harmonic filter is out of service. 5. Click the OK button to accept your changes.
8-9
Figure 8-6. Analysis Options Property Sheet: Harmonics Tab 3. Enter/select the harmonics options you want for your calculation: Harmonic: Specify the harmonic number to display results on the diagram. The diagram can only display results for one harmonic at a time. Range (TIF, THD): Specify the minimum and maximum harmonic numbers to use to calculate telephone influence factor (TIF) and total harmonic distortion (THD).
8-10
The results for the harmonic number you specified in analysis options are displayed on the diagram.
8-11
Figure 8-8. Harmonic Plot Dialog Additionally, the Harmonics Toolbar (Figure 8-9) can be used to select waveform plots, or to select to view either total harmonic distortion or telephone interference factor on the diagram. The list box is used to select the harmonic number you wish to view.
THD
Waveform
Spectrum
Nodal Impedance
Harmonic Number
Figure 8-9. Harmonics Toolbar Scales and Ranges: Specify the region to be plotted. Click Reset Scale to reset scales and ranges to their default values. Options: Options will vary depending on the type of plot you have selected. Usually, options will control the number of waveforms displayed in the plot area.
8-12
Node name: Select the name of the node you are interested in. As soon as this name is selected from the list, a plot will be generated. Some waveforms take longer to draw than others. A Progress View is provided so that you may monitor the progress of the plot. When a plot is being generated, the Pause and Abort buttons will become available to allow you to interrupt or cancel the generation of the waveform. Once the waveform is generated and the plot is complete, or immediately after the Pause or Abort buttons are selected, you can select another node or modify the scales and ranges. To display a waveform plot, select the desired plot from the toolbar. The following plots are available: Harmonic Voltage Harmonic Spectrum Impedance versus Frequency Nodal Impedance
8-13
8-14
8-15
8-16
8-17
2 V X = imag ----------- * F S s
R + jH
Cs 2
V X = ----------Fp Q
8-18
The variation of impedance with harmonic number is given by: jR ( H ) X ( H ) Z ( H ) = --------------------------------------( R ( H ) + jX ( H ) ) where: R(H) = H X( H) = H where: Cp1 = load skin effect exponent (parallel portion of load) Cp2 = load reactance exponent (parallel portion of load)
Cp 1
R X
Cp 2
8-19
When the induction machine is grounded the grounding impedance is calculated as: Zg ( H ) = H where: Zg(H) = grounding impedance at harmonic number H Rg = grounding resistance Xg = grounding reactance C1 = grounding skin effect exponent C2 = grounding reactance exponent Grounding resistance and reactance are in series.
C1
Rg + j H
C2
X g
Ra
R2 ( H ) = H
C3
R2
X d
X0 ( H ) = H
C4
X0
8-20
Synchronous machine impedances in zero, positive, and negative sequence are: Z 0 ( H ) = R a ( H ) + jX 0 ( H ) + 3 ( R g ( H ) + jX g ( H ) ) Z 1 ( H ) = R a ( H ) + jX d ( H ) Z 2 ( H ) = R 2 ( H ) + jX d ( H ) where: Z0 = zero-sequence impedance Z1 = positive-sequence impedance Z2 = negative-sequence impedance When the synchronous machine is grounded the grounding impedance is calculated as: Zg ( H ) = H where: Zg(H) = the grounding impedance at the harmonic number C1 = grounding skin effect exponent C2 = grounding reactance exponent Grounding resistance and reactance are in series.
C1
Rg + j H
C2
X g
( 1000 kV KVAr a )
Rg + j H
C2
X g
8-21
Note that impedance type shunts are modeled in harmonic analysis as loads, while zig-zag type shunts are modeled as transformers.
Long line corrections are applied to all three models. IEEE Line (Model 1)
2 0.646 H - r 1 ( H ) = L r 1 1 + ------------------------------------------2 192.0 + 0.518 H
r0 ( H ) = r1 ( H ) + ( L H ( r0 r1 ) ) x0 ( H ) = L H x0 b0 ( H ) = L H b0
r0 ( H ) = r1 ( H ) + L H ( r0 r1 ) x0 ( H ) = L H x0 b0 ( H ) = L H b0
r1 x1 b1
r0 ( H ) = H
C2 C4 C6
r0 x0 b0
x1 ( H ) = H
x0 ( H ) = H
b1 ( H ) = H where:
b0 ( H ) = H
r1 = positive-sequence resistance x1 = positive-sequence reactance b1 = positive-sequence branch admittance r0 = zero-sequence resistance x0 = zero-sequence reactance b0 = zero-sequence branch admittance C1 = positive-sequence skin effect exponent
8-22
C2 = zero-sequence skin effect exponent C3 = positive-sequence reactance exponent C4 = zero-sequence reactance exponent C5 = positive-sequence charging exponent C6 = zero-sequence charging exponent Long Line Corrections The long line corrections must then be applied to [r1(H), x1(H), b1(H)] and [r0(H), x0(H), b0(H)] to obtain the lines lumped-parameters [R1(H), X1(H), G1(H), B1(H)] and [R0(H), X0(H), G0(H), B0(H)] as follows: 1 ( H ) = Zc1 ( H ) = ( r 1 ( H ) + jx 1 ( H ) ) ( 0.0 + j 10 r 1 ( H ) + jx 1 ( H ) -------------------------------------------6 0.0 + j 10 b 1 ( H ) ( r 0 ( H ) + jx 0 ( H ) ) ( 0.0 + j 10 r 0 ( H ) + jx 0 ( H ) -------------------------------------------6 0.0 + j 10 b 0 ( H )
6 6
b1 ( H ) )
0 ( H ) = Zc0 ( H ) =
b0 ( H ) )
The lumped-parameter equivalents are calculated as: R 1 ( H ) = real ( Z c 1 ( H ) sin h ( 1 ( H ) L ) ) X 1 ( H ) = imag ( Z c 1 ( H ) sin h ( 1 ( H ) L ) )
6 1 ( H ) L 10 G 1 ( H ) = real ------------------ tan h ----------------------- Zc1 ( H ) 2 6 1 ( H ) L 10 B 1 ( H ) = imag ------------------ tan h ----------------------- 2 Zc1( H )
8-23
where: R1 = positive-sequence resistance X1 = positive-sequence reactance B1 = positive-sequence branch admittance R0 = zero-sequence resistance X0 = zero-sequence reactance B0 = zero-sequence branch admittance G0 = lumped parameter zero-sequence shunt conductance G1 = lumped parameter positive-sequence shunt conductance
8.9.6 Transformers
There are two harmonic models of a transformer: IEEE model Custom model
R1 + j ( H X1 )
R1 + j H
C4
X 1
Grounding impedance, if it exists, is treated the same for all models of the transformer: Zg ( H ) = H
C1
Rg + j H
C2
X g
Grounding resistance and reactance are in series. where: R1 = resistance X1 = reactance H = harmonic number C3 = transformer skin effect exponent C4 = transformer reactance exponent C1 = grounding skin effect exponent C2 = grounding reactance exponent
8-24
Chapter 9
Distribution Reliability Analysis
9.1 Overview: Distribution Reliability Analysis (DRA)
The ability to determine service reliability is a growing concern, especially given that many customer service interruptions are caused by problems with the distribution portion of the overall system. Reliability techniques can be used to measure past performance and predict future reliability performance for a distribution system. Distribution reliability indices are used to quantify the performance of the system, and evaluate the effectiveness of enhancements and upgrades in order to improve the reliability of distribution circuits. The reliability of distribution systems is evaluated by using industry standard reliability indices. PSS/ADEPTs Distribution Reliability Analysis (DRA) option determines standard reliability indices and interruption profiles of the distribution system based on system topology, location of protection equipment and reliability data for each network branch item. The DRA analysis tool enables various design options to be explored so that a system with the best or most appropriate level of reliability can be chosen for the least possible cost before the system is built.
9.1.1 Nomenclature
Outage An outage signifies a network item that is not available to perform its intended function due to some event. Depending on the network configuration, an outage may or may not cause service to a customer to be interrupted. Failure A failure indicates the state of a network item when it is not available to perform its function due to an event or circumstance. A failure normally results in an outage of the network item, however an outage does not necessarily indicate a failure. Failure Rate The number of failures per unit length per time of a network item. The failure rate is normally expressed in terms of the number of failures per mile per year. PSS/ADEPT does not restrict unit classification as long as the failure rate is consistent across each network item. The unit of failures per km per year is perfectly acceptable. Failure Duration The time period from the initiation of a failure until the network item is repaired or replaced so that it is able to perform its intended function. The failure duration is normally expressed in hours or a fraction thereof (e.g., 1.5 = 1 hour, 30 minutes). Switch Time The time period from the time a switching operation is required due to a forced system outage until the actual switching operation occurs. The switch time is normally expressed in hours or a fraction thereof (e.g., 0.5 = 30 minutes).
9-1
Interruption The loss of service to one or more customers caused by one or more outages to the distribution system. Interruption Duration The time period from the initial customer interruption until service to the customer has been restored. The time period is normally expressed in hours. Momentary Interruption A service interruption that is limited to the time period required to restore customer service by automatic or controlled switching operations or by manual switching at locations where a system operator is immediately available. These switching operations must be completed in a specified time (e.g., 5 minutes). The switch time indicating an automatic switching operation is specified as 0.1 hours or 6 minutes to the DRA analysis module. Sustained Interruption A service interruption that lasts for more than 0.1 hours.
9-2
The Distribution Reliability Analysis Module (DRA) module is an option in PSS/ADEPT. You will not be able to access this module if you have not purchased a DRA license. If you wish to purchase a license, please contact Siemens PTI for further assistance. Calculations of reliability indices depend on reliability information such as failure rates and repair times specified at each branch in the network. These reliability parameters are specified as properties of a branch device and can be entered either through the construction dictionary or a network item property sheet. These specified reliability parameters are used to determine the reliability indices for the entire system and each protection zone. A protection zone is an area of the network that contains a piece of protection equipment (e.g., fuse). Network items downstream from one protection device and upstream of another protective device compose a protection zone. The network below (Figure 9-1) illustrates a system with 3 protection zones.
9-3
When a DRA analysis is performed, you will be able to obtain the following reliability indices for the entire network and for each individual protection zone: System Average Interruption Frequency Index (SAIFI) The average frequency (number) of sustained interruptions per customer over a predefined area. The definition is: SAIFI = Total number of customer interruptions Total number of customers served
System Average Interruption Duration Index (SAIDI) The average time the customers are interrupted. Also referred to as the customer minutes of interruptions or customer hours. The definition is: SAIDI = Customer interruptions duration Total number of customers served
Customer Average Interruption Frequency Index (CAIFI) The average frequency (number) of sustained interruptions for those customers experiencing sustained interruptions. The customer is counted once regardless of the number of times they are interrupted. The definition is: CAIFI = Total number of customer interruptions Total number of customers interrupted
Customer Average Interruption Duration Index (CAIDI) The average time required to restore service to the average customer per sustained interruption. The definition is: CAIDI = Customer interruptions duration Total number of customers interrupted
Additionally, customer information such as the number of customers served (Cs) and the total number of customers interrupted (Ci) are also determined and can be displayed on the diagram or in a text report. In this chapter you will learn how to: Specify reliability parameters at network items. Perform DRA analysis on the network. View results on the diagram. Obtain a text report containing results from a DRA analysis. Color code the diagram based on user-specified target reliability indices.
9-4
9-5
9-6
For each network branch item, DRA will consider the effects of installing protection equipment, such as breakers, reclosers, sectionalizers, fuses and switches. Table 9-2 provides some sample reliability data not to be used as actual data but to show relative numbers. Table 9-2. Sample Reliability Data
Component Line Switch Tie Switch Fuse Transformer Breaker Recloser 0.5 .03 .03 .01 .001 .03 .03 3 10 10 1 3 12 12 MTTR 0 2 2 0 0 1 1 MTTS 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 PSS 0.05 0 0 0 0 0 0 M
9-7
9-8
9-9
2. Double-click on the item that you wish to modify (Line in this example). A default properties sheet will appear for the type of network item selected. Figure 9-4 displays the Default Line Properties sheet for the selected Line item.
9-10
3. On the Main tab, either select a construction type from the construction dictionary by selecting an item from the drop down list, or by manually entering a name in the field provided. If the specified construction type name corresponds to an entry in the construction dictionary then the Impedance and Ratings fields are grayed out and not editable. Otherwise, if a name is manually entered that does not correspond to an entry in the construction dictionary and then the fields will be made editable as shown in Figure 9-5.
Figure 9-5. Default Line Properties Sheet - Modifying the Construction Type
9-11
4. Select the DRA tab. If the selected construction type corresponded to an entry in the construction dictionary, then the fields will be grayed out as shown in Figure 9-6. These values must be modified within the construction dictionary.
Figure 9-6. Default Line Properties Sheet DRA Tab, from the Construction Dictionary
9-12
Similarly, if the specified construction type does not correspond to an entry in the construction dictionary, then the fields will be editable as shown in Figure 9-7. These values can be modified directly.
Figure 9-7. Default Line Properties Sheet DRA Tab, New Values for the Reliability Parameters 5. Select OK to return to the Tree View. When a new line is added, the default reliability parameters, specified in the previous step will be associated with the newly added line. Default reliability parameters may be specified for any branch type including switches, transformers, and series capacitors/reactors.
9-13
Figure 9-8. Line Property Sheet: Main Tab 2. Select and modify the construction type.
9-14
3. Select the DRA tab. If the previously specified construction type does not correspond to an entry in the construction dictionary then the reliability parameter fields will be set to 999. New reliability parameter values can be entered directly into the fields, as shown in Figure 9-9.
Figure 9-9. Line Property Sheet: DRA Tab, New Values for Reliability Parameters The values entered are only for the device that was selected and can only be stored in the native ADEPT file (*.adp) or in the network dump (Hub) file (*.dmp). If you wish to use the specified construction type and corresponding reliability parameters again, it is recommended that you create a specific entry in the construction dictionary. If the previously specified construction type corresponds to an entry in the construction dictionary, then the reliability parameters will be obtained directly from the construction dictionary and the fields will be grayed out and not editable. Refer to Section 9.4.3 for further information on modifying these values.
9-15
The following fields may or may not be present depending on the device property sheet selected. Switch type: This is only used and shown on the Switch Property sheet. Select from the available list one of the following available devices: Tie: Tie switches are modeled as open switches having normal switch behavior. Tie switches in the network are specified by checking the box labeled Tie Switch on the General tab. To model a tie switch in DRA, select Open status and check the Tie Switch box. On the DRA tab, select Tie. Automatic tie switches can be modeled by setting the switch time to a value less than or equal to 0.1. Manual: Specify this type for disconnects, bypass switches, airbrakes, load break switches or any other switches that must be operated by a line crew. Auto: Specify this type for motorized or automatic switches that do not require a line crew to operate. Additionally, specify a switch time less than or equal to 0.l to classify automatic operation. Fuse: Specify this type for expulsion cutouts (fuses) and current limiting fuses used to provide one shot system protection. Recloser: Specify this type for devices that automatically reclose during or after a fault condition. Reclosers will repeatedly interrupt fault current until the fault is cleared or the device locks out. Sectionalizer: Specify this type for devices that do not have the ability to interrupt fault current such as sectionalizers. Breaker: A breaker is an automatic relosing device that is normally used in DRA to protect the substation. In DRA, the substation breaker plays an important role in calculating reliability indices. Because of this, a switch of type breaker must be defined as the first branch downstream of the source. When a switch type of breaker, fuse, recloser, or sectionalizer is specified in a file, a protection symbol will be placed on the branch indicating the location of a piece of protection equipment. If you have a license to the optional protection and coordination module, you can view the Protection Equipment Property sheet by double clicking on the protection equipment symbol. If you do not have a license to the protection and coordination module, the symbol is used to indicate a piece of protection equipment to the DRA analysis and is not editable. Sustained failure rate: Enter the sustained failure rate of the item per unit length per unit time. Momentary failure rate: Enter the momentary failure rate of the item per unit length per unit time. Mean time to repair: Enter the mean time to repair the failed network item (hours). Mean time to switch: Enter the mean time to switch (hours). This is the time it takes for the switch to operate. If this time is less than or equal to 0.1 DRA will consider this an automatic or motorized switch. This field is applicable to the Switch Property sheet only. Probability of successful switch: Enter the probability that the switch will be operated successfully. This value is specified between 0 and 1 with 1 indicating 100% probability and 0 indicating 0% probability. This field is applicable to the Switch Property sheet only. 4. Select OK to return to the diagram.
9-16
A reliability record in the construction dictionary that is specified with a switch time less than or equal to 0.1 will be automatically set to a switch type of Auto.
9-17
To specify reliability parameters from the construction dictionary: 1. Select the construction type from drop down list shown on the Main tab (Figure 9-10).
9-18
2. Click the DRA tab to view the associated reliability parameters. In this case the values will appear disabled (grayed-out) indicating that the parameters were obtained directly from the construction dictionary (Figure 9-11).
Figure 9-11. DRA Tab Indicating Parameters Obtained from Dictionary 3. Select OK to return to the diagram.
9-19
It is not likely that all loads will have the same customer density on the distribution circuit. For a selected static load, an over-ride of the global kW per customer value is provided to offer flexibility in establishing the number of customers served at a static load. For the unbalanced loads, the total number of customer served at the load is equal to the sum of the phases. To change the kW per customer value used to determine the number of customers served: 1. Select a load or group of loads in either the Diagram or Network View. 2. Double-click on the static load in the Diagram View or Network View to view its property sheet. 3. Select either Balanced or Unbalanced on the Main tab and enter the appropriate kW and kvar values. 4. Click the DRA tab and select kW per customer. 5. Enter the kW per customer value for each phase (unbalanced) or the total three phase value (balanced). 6. Select OK. If the number of customers served by a load is already known, this can be represented by choosing to directly enter the number of customers served for a selected static load. To directly enter the number of customers served for an individual or selected group of loads: 1. Select a load or group of loads in either the Diagram or Network View. 2. Double-click on the static load in the Diagram View or Network View to view its property sheet. 3. Select either Balanced or Unbalanced on the Main tab and enter the appropriate kW and kvar values. 4. Click the DRA tab and select Number of Customers Served. 5. Enter the number of customers served for each phase (unbalanced) or the total three phase value (balanced). 6. Select OK. For unbalanced loads, the total number of customer served at the load is equal to the sum of the values specified at each phase.
9-20
Figure 9-12. Static Load Property Sheet: DRA Tab The current DRA module does not recognize or use MWH loads to calculate reliability indices.
9-21
Figure 9-13. DRA Analysis Options Property Sheet 2. Enter the DRA options you want for the analysis: kW per customer: Enter the number of kW per customer to use at each load point. DRA will calculate the number of customers by dividing this value into the kW load specified at a static load in the network. The default kW per customer value is 3. Solution target value (SAIDI): Enter the target value that you want to compare against the calculated index for SAIDI. The diagram can be color-coded based on the target value you specify.
9-22
Solution target value (SAIFI): Enter the target value that you want to compare against the calculated index for SAIFI. The diagram can be color-coded based on the target value you specify. Solution target value (CAIDI): Enter the target value that you want to compare against the calculated index for CAIDI. The diagram can be color-coded based on the target value you specify. Solution target value (CAIFI): Enter the target value that you want to compare against the calculated index for CAIFI. The diagram can be color-coded based on the target value you specify. Display messages in progress window: Check the box to display error and general messages to the progress window. 3. Select OK to return to the diagram.
9-23
9-24
2. Select/modify the values according to your desired preferences: Loads: Customers served (Cs): Check this box to display the number of customers served at each static load. Customers interrupted (Ci): Check this box to display the number of customers interrupted at each static load.
Color Coding: Use DRA colors: Check this box to specify DRA color-coding following an analysis. Choosing this option will automatically set your diagram color-coding mode to "Branches by DRA target comparison". SAIFI: When selected, the diagram will be color-coded based on the calculated SAIFI index and the target value specified for SAIFI in the DRA analysis options. SAIDI: When selected, the diagram will be color-coded based on the calculated SAIDI index and the target value specified for SAIDI in the DRA analysis options. CAIFI: When selected, the diagram will be color-coded based on the calculated CAIFI index and the target value specified for CAIFI in the DRA analysis options. CAIDI: When selected, the diagram will be color-coded based on the calculated CAIDI index and the target value specified for CAIDI in the DRA analysis options. <50%: Choose the color to indicate the selected indices that fall below 50% of the target value specified in the analysis options. <75%: Choose the color to indicate the selected indices that fall below 75% of the target value specified in the analysis options. <100%: Choose the color to indicate the selected indices that fall below 100% of the target value specified in the analysis options. <125%: Choose the color to indicate the selected indices that fall below 125% of the target value specified in the analysis options. >125%: Choose the color to indicate the selected indices that are equal to or above 125% of the target value specified in the analysis options.
Enable Display: SAIFI: Check this box to show the calculated value for SAIFI for each protection zone on the diagram. SAIDI: Check this box to show the calculated value for SAIDI for each protection zone on the diagram. CAIDI: Check this box to show the calculated value for CAIDI for each protection zone on the diagram. CAIFI: Check this box to show the calculated value for CAIFI for each protection zone on the diagram.
9-25
The results of the DRA analysis will be displayed on the diagram according to the results display options you specified. A text report is available that contains reliability indices, number of customers served and number of customers interrupted. To obtain a DRA report, select Report>Distribution Reliability Analysis from the Main Menu.
9-26
Figure 9-15. Example of a Simple Distribution System Assume that a fault occurs somewhere on the line section Line9 (length = 2 units) which is supplying the load C2 (Figure 9-16).
9-27
The following events will occur: 1. Since B1 has instantaneous settings, it will instantaneously trip to allow the fault to clear itself. Customer groups C1, C2, C3, and C4 will experience a momentary interruption. 2. The fault does not clear and F2 operates, causing a sustained interruption to customers in group C2. The customers call the utility. 3. A crew is dispatched, locates the problem, makes the necessary repairs, and restores power to C2. The total elapsed time is 1 hour and 45 minutes. If this is the only fault to occur in this line section, the outage rate is 0.5, and the duration is 1.75 hours. This would imply that the system shown would have the following indices: SAIFI SAIDI CAIFI CAIDI = = = = 0.17 0.29 1.00 1.75
Assume that a month later, a fault occurs on the same circuit somewhere on line section Line3 (length = 4.0 units), indicated in Figure 9-17.
Figure 9-17. Fault at Line3 The following events will occur: 1. Since B1 has instantaneous settings, it will instantaneously trip to allow the fault to clear itself. Customer groups C1, C2, C3, and C4 will experience a momentary interruption. 2. The fault does not clear after two more operations and B1 opens, causing a sustained interruption to customer groups C1, C2, C3, and C4. The customers call the Utility. 3. A crew is dispatched, locates the problem, makes the necessary repairs, and restores power to the circuit. Total elapsed time is 3 hours and 30 minutes.
9-28
If this is the only fault to occur in this line section, the outage rate is 0.25, and the duration is 3.5 hours. This event does not impact the outage rate or duration for the previous case. It does however impact the reliability indices, which will now include both events. SAIFI SAIDI CAIFI CAIDI = = = = 1.17 3.79 1.17 3.25
The analysis becomes more complicated the larger the circuit and the more protection devices (zones) it contains. DRA is designed to perform the calculations on the larger, more complicated systems. This example illustrates the basic concepts used by DRA when analyzing the reliability of a distribution system in non-storm conditions. In summary, the basic analysis performed by DRA has the following properties: Assumes that all faults are mutually exclusive events. Determines the effect of downstream fault isolation. Includes the effect of upstream protection device operation.
Figure 9-18. Expansion of the Circuit Mainline Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International 9-29
A permanent fault in this new section will result in the loss of power to all customers served. Based upon the assumed reliability parameters, this addition will have the following results: SAIFI SAIDI CAIFI CAIDI = = = = 1.68 4.83 1.68 2.87
Figure 9-19. DRA Results Shown with Text Labels and Color-Coding
9-30
Add a protection device downstream of node 5, between node 5 and node 9, and determine the impact on the indices.
9-31
A permanent fault in this new section will result in the loss of power to only the new customers served. Based upon the assumed reliability parameters, this addition will have the following results: SAIFI SAIDI CAIFI CAIDI = = = = 1.22 3.90 1.22 3.50
9-32
In Figure 9-21, the global kw per customer command was used. For the circuit shown in Figure 920, we have changed the analysis parameters to reflect the following customer served values of; C1 = 100; C2 = 150; C3 = 120; C4 = 50; and C5 = 40. This will change the calculated values of the reliability indices. The results are shown in the figure below.
9-33
9-34
Appendix A
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT
A.1 Transformer Modeling
A.1.1 Transformer Changes From PSS/U to PSS/ADEPT
Transformer modeling in PSS/ADEPT is on a more physical basis than that in PSS/U. In PSS/ADEPT, the actual transformer windings are modeled making it easier to change the transformer by simply specifying the windings present. In addition, PSS/ADEPT has no restrictions on loops or parallel branches; therefore, in a three-phase branch it is possible to have one phase be a regulating transformer, one phase a switch, and the other phase a line (although the user may not want to connect the network this way). The increased power and flexibility in PSS/ADEPT causes some restrictions when sending data back and forth between PSS/ADEPT and PSS/U. Here, Siemens PTI has attempted to provide guidelines on modeling transformers in PSS/ADEPT and trading the transformers back and forth between the two versions of the program.
A-1
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling
AB
Y +30
ABC
AB
A-2
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling
AB
ABC
AB
A-3
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling
AB
A-4
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling
AB (CA open)
A-5
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling
A.1.3 Reading Transformers From PSS/U Raw Data File into PSS/ADEPT
A.1.3.1 Conversion of Transformer Types
Due to modeling restrictions that exist in PSS/U, there are some special transformer types; the open delta auto regulator (Type 4, 5, or 6), the line-to-line auto regulator (Type 7, 8, or 9) and the line-toneutral auto regulator (Type 13, 14, or 15). The modeling restrictions have been removed in PSS/ADEPT; the above nine transformers can be modeled in PSS/ADEPT using the wye-wye, wyedelta, delta-wye, delta-delta, delta-connected regulator, or wye-connected regulator (with sometimes a switch in parallel). Therefore, when a Type 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 13, 14, or 15 transformer is encountered in a raw data file, it is converted to one of the PSS/ADEPT types. The conversions for all transformers read into PSS/ADEPT from a raw data file are shown in Table A-2. Table A-2. Conversion of Transformers from PSS/U Raw Data File into PSS/ADEPT
PSS/U Type 1 PSS/U Name Wye-wye Phase Any PSS/ADEPT Name Wye-wye Phase Comments
Same This transformer matches up directly between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT for any phasing. ABC AB Exact match. Approximate match; PSS/ADEPT removes the phase C (C to A) winding on both sides of the transformer, while PSS/U does not remove any of the transformer windings. See comment for AB phasing above. See comment for AB phasing above. Approximate match; PSS/ADEPT removes the phase B (B to C) and C (C to A) windings on both sides of the transformer, while PSS/U does not remove any of the transformer windings. See comment for A phasing above. See comment for A phasing above. Exact match. Approximate match; PSS/ADEPT removes the phase C (C to A) winding on both sides of the transformer, while PSS/U does not remove any of the transformer windings. See comment for AB phasing above. See comment for AB phasing above Approximate match; PSS/ADEPT removes the phase B (B to C) and C (C to A) windings on both sides of the transformer, while PSS/U does not remove any of the transformer windings. See comment for A phasing above. See comment for A phasing above.
2 2
ABC AB
2 2 2
BC CA A
BC CA A
2 2 3 3
B C ABC AB
B C ABC AB
3 3 3
BC CA A
BC CA A
3 3
B C
B C
A-6
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling
Table A-2. Conversion of Transformers from PSS/U Raw Data File into PSS/ADEPT (Cont.)
PSS/U Type 4 PSS/U Name Open delta regulator AB open Phase Any PSS/ADEPT Name Delta-connected auto regulator Phase Comments
BC or In PSS/U, the open delta auto regulator is AB inherently a three-phase device. Its approxiopen mate corresponding model in PSS/ADEPT is the delta-connected auto regulator with phases BC specified (A to B open). When reading a Type 4 transformer, phasing specified in the PSS/U raw data file is ignored and phasing is selected to make the same phase go straight through in both PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT. CA See comment for AB phasing above or BC open. See comment for AB phasing above or CA open. Phase ABV or AB not supported in PSS/ADEPT. These phasings are modeled with parallel switches. See comment for A phasing above.
Open delta regulator BC open Open delta regulator CA open Phase AB line-to-line auto regulator Phase BC line-to-line auto regulator Phase CA line-to-line auto regulator Delta-connected auto regulator
Any
Delta-connected auto regulator Delta-connected auto regulator Delta-connected auto regulator Delta-connected auto regulator Delta-connected auto regulator Delta-connected auto regulator
Any
AB
Any
Any
Any
10
Any
ABC
In PSS/U, Type 10 transformers are intended to be three-phase devices. Answers obtained when a device is not specified as three-phase are not what the user would expect. With this conversion, Siemens PTI will enforce the three-phase requirement.
11
Delta-delta
Any
Delta-delta
Same In PSS/U, Type 11 transformers are intended to be three-phase devices. Answers obtained when a device is not specified as three-phase will be different than the results obtained from PSS/ADEPT. A This is a direct-conversion transformer. Select the same phasing in PSS/ADEPT as in the raw data file. Similar comments as for Types 7, 8, and 9. Similar comments as for Types 7, 8, and 9. Similar comments as for Types 7, 8, and 9.
12
Any
Wye-connected auto regulator Wye-connected auto regulator Wye-connected auto regulator Wye-connected auto regulator
13 14 15
A B C
A-7
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling
V is phase-to-ground voltage in kV. Rating is per phase in kVA. Z0 Z1 Z g = ------------------- Z base 3 Wye connected transformers: Zg is split between the FROM and TO sides of the transformer. Wye-delta connected transformers: Zg is determined for the FROM side of the transformer. Delta-wye connected transformers and wye auto regulators: Zg is determined for the TO side of the transformer. Delta-delta connected transformers and delta auto regulators: No grounding impedances are allowed and any difference in Z0 and Z1 is ignored.
A-8
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling
Table A-3. PSS/U Transformer/Phasing That Will Be Changed After PSS/ADEPT Read Operation on Raw Data File
Original PSS/U Number 4, 5, 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 PSS/U Type Open delta auto regulator Phase AB line-to-line auto regulator Phase BC line-to-line auto regulator Phase CA line-to-line auto regulator Delta-connected auto regulator Delta-delta AN auto regulator BN auto regulator CN auto regulator Phasing Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any PSS/U Number 4, 5, 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 12 12 After Read Operation PSS/U Type Open delta auto regulator Phase AB line-to-line auto regulator Phase BC line-to-line auto regulator Phase CA line-to-line auto regulator Delta-connected auto regulator Delta-delta AN auto regulator Wye-connected auto regulator Wye-connected auto regulator Phasing ABC AB BC CA ABC ABC A B C
PSS/ADEPT PSS/ADEPT
Type 13
a a
Type 12
a
B b c
bN
98061
A-9
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling Rules and Hints
4 - = 8 Z base = ----2
The grounding resistor is then 4/8 = 0.5 pu. Specify the transformer as: wye-delta (+30); 666.7 kVA; Z1 = 0.005 + j.045 pu; Z0 = 1.505 + j.045 pu. For wye-delta or delta-wye transformers, there is no need for any impedance adjustment because of the winding configuration. Assuming no grounding impedances in the wye windings, set the positive- and zero-sequence impedances equal. The transformer model itself will provide the correct behavior, blocking zero-sequence flow on the delta side of the transformer and shunting zerosequence currents to ground on the wye side.
A-10
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling Rules and Hints
pair of windings, commonly called Z12, Z13 and Z23. The impedance for each of the three transformers is then found as:
Node 1 Node 1
Node 2
Node 2
3 Node 3
Dummy Node
Node 3
98062
Figure A-2. Modeling of Three-Winding Transformer Assuming there are no grounding impedances, the positive- and zero-sequence impedance of each transformer is set equal to Z1, Z2, Z3, respectively. Often one of the three reactances will come out negative, which is no problem. Simply specify that transformer with the positive- and zero-sequence reactance equal to this negative value. Place the dummy node in the center and connect each of the three transformers to it. It does not matter what base voltage is selected for the dummy node; it is suggested that the base voltage of one of the three actual transformer nodes be used.
A-11
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling Rules and Hints
To complete the three-winding model, Z12, Z13, and Z23 are needed. Z12 is just the leakage impedance of the transformer. Sometimes a manufacturer will also supply Z13 and Z23. Another possibility is that the manufacturer will supply the zero-sequence excitation current for the two windings, and the impedances over to the delta winding can be calculated from this current. If no information is available on the impedances, and the grounding effect must be modeled, set Z13 and Z23 in the 0.50 to 0.75 pu range. For each of the three transformers, set the zero-sequence impedance equal to the positive-sequence value (unless an adjustment of the zero-sequence impedance is needed because of grounding impedances).
Manufacturer-Supplied Value
PSS/ADEPT Value
Zleak
A-12
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Transformer Modeling Rules and Hints
The model in PSS/ADEPT causes the impedance to vary with tap position as it does in the real transformer. Set the zero-sequence impedance equal to the positive-sequence impedance unless there is a grounding impedance inserted (in a delta-configured regulator, the zero-sequence would always be equal to the positive-sequence value. In PSS/ADEPT and PSS/U, the rating for a regulating transformer is the total apparent power through the transformer. In a transformer specification sheet, the rating of the transformer is sometimes given as that of the series winding alone.
A.2.7 Autotransformers
Presently, there are no autotransformer models in PSS/ADEPT. Autotransformers are invariably wye connected, and they can be modeled using the wye-wye transformer. External to the transformer, all voltages and currents will be the same as if an actual autotransformer model had been used. The autotransformer neutral current will not be modeled, but neutral currents are not available to the user of any of the transformer models. For the case when the autotransformer has a grounding impedance in it, it can be placed in either winding of the wye-wye transformer. Consider T to be the ratio of the high-side nominal voltage to the low-side nominal voltage, and Zg the grounding impedance (ohm) inserted at the neutral of the autotransformer. In the wye-wye transformer, the user can either insert (T-1)2 Zg in the neutral of the high-side winding, or (T-1)2 Zg/T2 in the neutral of the low-voltage winding. Example: A 69-kV to 34.5-kV autotransformer is to be modeled. There is a 4-ohm grounding resistance in the neutral of the autotransformer. How should it be modeled as a wye-wye transformer? For this autotransformer, T = 69/34.5 = 2.0. Use a wye-wye transformer with a primary winding voltage of 69 kV and a secondary winding voltage of 34.5 kV. The grounding impedance can be placed in either winding. On the high side, make the grounding resistance equal to 4 ohm; or, if the user wishes to place the grounding resistor in the low-side winding, make it 1 ohm. After inserting the grounding resistance in the desired winding, proceed to calculate the positive- and zero-sequence impedances as would normally be done for the transformer (i.e., set the positive-sequence impedance equal to the transformer leakage impedance specified by the manufacturer and add three times the grounding resistance, after converting to pu, to get the zero-sequence impedance).
A-13
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
Z Matrix
Terminals
Internal Source
98060
Although there is some interplay between the two at larger angles, the user can generally think of the internal source angle controlling the real power and the magnitude controlling the reactive power. In the real machine, these two values correspond to the internal machine angle and the field excitation. The impedance matrix uses the machine armature resistance, machine subtransient reactance, and machine zero-sequence impedance. Because the subtransient reactance is used, for heavy real power flow, the machine will not slip poles as soon as an actual machine will, which is essentially a source behind synchronous reactance. However, if the specified real power is large enough, the machine will slip poles even with the subtransient reactance in the matrix. In that case, the load flow will fail to converge. In other words, if the machine is grossly overloaded or if voltage at the machines terminals is seriously depressed, the load flow will not converge. Either case is abnormal and the machines should be taken out of service.
A-14
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
Even though the internal voltage of the machine is balanced positive sequence, the terminal voltage will not necessarily be so, if the rest of the network is unbalanced. The unbalanced terminal voltage calculated by PSS/ADEPT should match well with the actual voltage in the field, if the rest of the network is modeled accurately. The present synchronous machine model automatically adjusts the field excitation (internal source magnitude) during the load flow. There is no model for a synchronous motor with the field under manual control. As with a real machine, the PSS/ADEPT synchronous machine will run if only two phases are connected, or, if the machine zero-sequence impedance is small enough, will run even if only one phase is connected. The machine is modeled wye connected; if the user wishes to model a deltaconnected machine, the zero-sequence impedance must be very high (20 to 50 pu is suggested). Large synchronous machines with wye-connected armature windings are often grounded through a transformer, with the output of the transformer connected to a relay. The effect of the relay burden is a large grounding impedance, which the user models by specifying a high zero-sequence impedance of the machine. Therefore, it may be rare to find a synchronous machine with a small zerosequence impedance. In future versions of PSS/ADEPT, the machine grounding impedance will be specified separately; currently, the user must bundle it into the machine zero-sequence impedance. In the future, the user will also have a choice between wye- and delta-connected armature windings.
A.3.1.4 Comparison of Synchronous Machine Short Circuit Calculation Between PSS/ADEPT and PSS/U
Because the short circuit calculation technique in PSS/ADEPT is slightly different than that in PSS/U, there can be differences in results between the two programs when faults occur near synchronous machines. An example here will illustrate the difference. These calculations were done on the network in the raw data file "compare.dat," and the Machine Dictionary "compare.mot," which are included with the program and are in the example directory. In this network there is a synchronous machine at node "A1" and calculations will be made for a three-phase fault at this node. The subtransient machine reactance is .2 pu and that value must be manually set in PSS/ADEPT since there is now no link with the machine dictionary. The results are shown in Table A-4.
A-15
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
There are two short circuit routines in PSS/U: MTSC and LPSC. Both give the same results and operate on a flat network with all internal voltages (sources and machines) set to unity. LPSC has an option to partially consider nonflat conditions, but cannot be used on compare.dat because the network is not balanced. The machine fault current calculated by PSS/ADEPT is considerably higher (370 A). It is higher because PSS/ADEPT calculates the fault current for the actual system condition. In this network, the synchronous machine at node A1 is supplying considerable reactive power to try to hold its terminal voltage to schedule (1.0 pu). The result is a rather high internal voltage for the machine and a resulting large fault current. If the var limits for the machine are changed to a narrow range (as shown in the last line of Table A-4), then the machine will not supply as much reactive power, the internal voltage will be closer to unity, and the fault current results will be closer to those calculated by MTSC and LPSC. This illustrates the differences that may occur in synchronous machine fault currents between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT. The most important thing for the user to remember is that PSS/ADEPT calculates fault currents for the network conditions that exist after a load flow simulation is done.
A-16
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
A common way to start large machines is with an autotransformer; on the property sheet of each synchronous machine, the autotransformer starting method is offered. The user puts in the value of the starting tap and the transformer leakage impedance. The size of the starting transformer is assumed to be the same as the machine size. Since transformer sizes in PSS/ADEPT are specified per phase, and machines sizes are specified three phase. If desired, the user can think of the transformer size per phase as being 1/3 of the machine size. Some discussion of the starting transformer impedance is in order. The value specified is assumed by PSS/ADEPT to be the impedance at a tap setting of 0.65. The impedance of the transformer is a function of tap position, and actually goes to zero at a tap of unity, since the connection to the machine is straight through. If we call T the tap position and Z0.65 the transformer leakage impedance when T = 0.65, then the impedance ZT at any tap position is given by:
Value to Enter 18.4 Z0.90 3.82 Z0.80 2.25 Z0.75 Z0.65 0.45 Z0.5
A-17
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
Condition No starting transformer Starting transformer, tap = 1.0 Starting transformer, tap = 0.65 Type 91, tap = 1 Type 91, tap = 0.65 Type 92, tap = 1 Starting transformer, tap = 0.80 Type 91, tap = 0.80
Node A1 Voltage (pu) 0.86 0.86 0.93 0.88 0.93 0.86 0.90 0.91
The synchronous machine at node A1 is a type 91, and in the motor dictionary for this machine the impedance of the starting transformer is listed as 0.0 + j0.05. The results for PSS/ADEPT and PSS/U agree when the starting transformer tap is set at 0.65, but they do not agree when the tap is set at 1.0 (PSS/ADEPT calculates 0.86 pu and PSS/U 0.88 pu). As mentioned above, the difference is that PSS/U does not model the change of transformer impedance with tap change. If the machine type is changed to 92 in PSS/U, then the results agree for a tap of 1.0. The reason is that the Machine Dictionary listing for the type 92 machine has the starting transformer impedance set at 0.0 + j0.0. A starting simulation is also shown with the transformer taps set at 0.8; the results between the two programs differ slightly, again because the simpler model in PSS/U is not modeling the change of transformer impedance.
A-18
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
doing short circuit simulations or are doing motor starting simulations, then the explicit machine model should be used. However, if you are doing only loadflow calculations, and a machine (or group of machines) merely represent a real and reactive load, and you are not interested in the variance of the motor load with system voltage, then you should probably use one of the simpler loads, like a constant power load. The PSS/ADEPT induction machine steady state positive-sequence model is shown in Figure A-3. This circuit, found in engineering textbooks, models a double cage machine, ra + jXa is the armature impedance, Xm is the magnetizing reactance, and rn/s and jXn are the rotor cage values, where n = 1 is the first cage and n = 2 refers to the second. On the Induction Machine Property sheet, the inner cage is the first cage and the outer cage is the second. The machine slip is s, where s = 0 at synchronous speed and s = 1 at standstill. The electrical input to the machine is: * S = Vt Ia And the shaft mechanical output power (neglecting friction and windage losses) is:
2 r1 2 r 2 - + I 2 ( s ) ---- (1 s) P m ( s ) = I 1 ( s ) --- s s
The same model, with s = 2, is used to model the machine negative sequence behavior. At present, all PSS/ADEPT induction machines are delta connected so zero-sequence parameters are not needed. Since Y connected induction machines are almost always ungrounded, the present PSS/ADEPT model can represent both Y and delta connections.
A-19
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
machine with the kW units selected. The design letters will be discussed in the next section. 2. Specify the machine loading, either the electrical real power input (units of kW) or the shaft power output in hp or kW, again according to the setting of the flag on the property sheet. Note again that a shaft power of output of 200 hp with the flag set to hp is the same as a shaft power output of 149 kW with the flag set to kW units.
B 0.03 0.09 2.8 0.025 0.11 0.15 0.04 0.0753 0.149 0.119 0.196 0.05 0.08 3.0 0.04 0.18 0.10 0.01 0.117 0.120 0.0894 0.250
C 0.05 0.05 2.8 0.115 0.05 9999* 9999* 0.161 0.104 0.0991 0.0991
D 0.03 0.10 2.8 0.01 0.15 0.06 0.15 0.0461 0.175 0.173 0.242
X X
As mentioned, some induction machines will have the design letter on the nameplate, but in most cases the user who is modeling the machine probably does not have this information. Some additional information about each design is given in Table A.11 to assist the user in determining the design to use. In the table, the efficiency and power factor are for a fully loaded machine, with rated
A-20
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
terminal voltage. Pullout (breakdown) and starting torque are expressed as a multiple of the full load torque, and starting current is expressed as a multiple of full load current. The locked rotor code, shown on the bottom line of the table, is the code for each design if you accept the defaults. This code can be changed, as discussed further below. Table A-6.
Parameter Slip at full load Efficiency at full load Power factor at full load Starting current Starting torque Pullout torque Slip at pullout Power in (kVA)/power out (hp) Power in (kVA)/power out (kw) Locked rotor code NEMA Design A 1.21% 0.954 0.889 7.25 1.62 2.98 8.35 0.88 1.18 H B 2.11% 0.946 0.883 5.99 1.91 2.76 13.1 0.88 1.19 F C 2.89% 0.917 0.897 5.98 2.81 2.55 21.6 0.91 1.22 F D 11.4% 0.837 0.914 5.22 3.50 3.50 100 0.97 1.31 F E 0.845% 0.957 0.866 5.53 0.59 2.33 4.25 0.90 1.21 E
No friction or windage losses are included in the above values, and the magnetizing impedance consists of only Xm, there is no resistive part. However, these omissions should result in only small error. As additional information, some of the normal uses of each NEMA design are: NEMA A Older general purpose machine with a high starting current. Has been largely replaced by the B design. NEMA B General purpose motor. NEMA C Used for constant power loads requiring higher starting torque, such as pumps, compressors and conveyers. NEMA D High starting torque motor used with punches, shears, elevators and hoists. NEMA E Low starting torque and high efficiency at full load. Used for fans and similar loads.
A-21
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
In PSS/ADEPT, if the electrical real power at the machine terminals is specified, the machine will draw this real power and the power factor will vary as determined by the equivalent circuit. If the mechanical output power is specified, the real electrical input power will vary with voltage because the machine efficiency changes with voltage. The power factor will again be determined from the equivalent circuit. In an unbalanced network, the total power drawn by the machine will be as specified, but it will not be distributed equally among the three phases. The machine negative-sequence impedance comes into play in the unbalanced case. There is one case where the induction machine will not draw the specified power, and that is when it stalls. When the machine stalls, the equivalent circuit is replaced by the locked rotor impedance in the loadflow simulation. A machine can stall if it is overloaded and/or the terminal voltage is low.
A-22
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
The NEMA codes dictate the absolute value of the starting machine impedance, while PSS/ADEPT allows both a resistance and reactance to be used. The NEMA codes are implemented in PSS/ADEPT using an Xlr/Rlr ratio of 1.5. In PSS/ADEPT, the machine locked rotor impedance, whether derived from the code, from the equivalent circuit, or directly specified by the user, represents the machine for starting simulations. A loadflow is done to establish prestart conditions. An autotransformer is available for reduced voltage starting. The use of the autotransformer starting is the same as for starting a synchronous machine; please refer to Section A.3.1.5, Synchronous Machine Starting in PSS/ADEPT. Running machines do not assist in the motor start; it is assumed that the transient fluxes in running machines have decayed before the induction machine being started has reached normal speed. The omission of the running machines results in the maximum voltage dip, which is what most users are interested in finding. An ungrounded machine will still contribute to a phase-to-ground fault if the system (specifically the part of the system where the fault and machine are) is itself grounded. In PSS/U, the locked rotor impedance also represented the machine when it was being started. A prestart loadflow was done to set system conditions. A starting transformer was available, but the transformer was simpler and less capable than the new one in PSS/ADEPT (in PSS/U the starting transformer impedance did not change with tap setting). A starting simulation could be done with running motors assisting the start, or not assisting the start. The simulation without assistance from the surrounding motors was most important, since it calculated the greatest voltage dip. For this reason, the simulation with assistance from running motors was dropped in PSS/ADEPT.
A.3.2.6 PSS/ADEPT and PSS/U Induction Machine Modeling or Short Circuit Calculations
In PSS/ADEPT, for short circuit calculations, the induction machine is modeled as a source behind the subtransient or transient impedance, according to the selection on the Analysis>Options>Short Circuit tab. The magnitude and angle of the source behind the impedance is set from a loadflow done just before the short circuit calculation. In PSS/U, for short circuit calculations the induction machine was also represented as a source behind the transient or subtransient impedance. At this point, although it is perhaps not directly related to the induction machine modeling in PSS/ADEPT, some comments will be offered about short circuit currents from induction machines. The use of X d and X d was first used for calculating short circuit currents and rotor swings in synchronous machines. The "d" subscript refers to the direct axis; for a salient pole (hydro-power) synchronous generator the quadrature "q" axis values might also be used. A squirrel cage induction machine has a symmetrical rotor and the d and q axis values are the same, so only the direct axis need be considered. For a three-phase short circuit at the terminals of a synchronous machine, the change in stator current is equal to the prefault terminal voltage behind an impedance which changes with time. This time changing impedance is sometimes called the "operational" impedance (or at least it is in its frequency domain form). Rather than try to model the time dependence in detail, often this impedance is represented at two points, the subtransient period immediately after the fault occurred and the transient period a few cycles later. During the subtransient period the machine is represented as a source ( e ) behind a subtransient impedance, of which the reactive part X d is the most important. The prefault current must be accounted for, since as mentioned above, it is actually the change in machine current that is found. The prefault conditions are included by setting the source behind Xd equal to the terminal voltage minus the machine prefault current times the subtransient impedance. A similar procedure is followed for the transient impedance.
A-23
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
The source voltage behind the transient impedance will probably be different than the voltage behind the subtransient impedance. In the synchronous machine, the transient and subtransient reactances are calculated from the stator, field and damper winding leakage reactances and the magnetizing reactances. In the induction machine, the first cage can be considered the field winding and the second cage the damper winding. The expressions for X d and X d , using the notation of our induction machine equivalent circuit are Xm X1 X d = X a + --------------------X +X
m
1 X d = X a + ----------------------------------1 1 1 ------- + ------ + -----Xm X1 X2 This procedure, by its very nature, assumes that the subtransient and transient periods can be separated. For synchronous machines there are time constants that indicate how long each period lasts. For example, when calculating the fault current immediately after the fault, the current begins at e X d and decays exponentially with a time constant d . Therefore, the subtransient period ends at approximately d , and is followed by the transient period, which decays with time constant d . The values for the two time constants can be obtained several ways; there are standard formulas, derived formulas, values from short circuit tests and values from frequency response tests. Paul Krause* gives a good description of the various methods. This procedure depends on d being considerably larger than d . Given below are some values for large synchronous machines, also taken from Krause. The reactances are in pu and the time constants are number of 60 Hz cycles. Table A-8.
Type 325 MVA hydro 835 MVA steam .288 .317
Xd
.202 .240
Xd
111.7 54.3
d
2.28 2.86
As can be seen from Table A-8, there is a considerable difference in the magnitude of the transient and subtransient time constants, so the idea of using the subtransient reactance for the first few cycles followed by the transient reactance makes sense.
A-24
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
Next, in Table A-9, are the reactances and time constants for the NEMA A, B, C, D and E induction machines in PSS/ADEPT. Table A-9.
Type NEMA A NEMA B NEMA C NEMA D NEMA D .186 .196 .250 .099 .242
Xd
.118 .119 .089 .099 .173
Xd
1.97 1.25 0.99 0.14 3.86
d
0.27 0.13 0.14 --0.46
The transient time constants are several times larger than the subtransient values, which indicates that the idea of separate transient and subtransient periods is valid. However, look at the absolute value of the constants. The subtransient period is over in less than a cycle and the transient period is complete in just a couple of cycles, except for the NEMA D machine when it lasts about four cycles. The conclusion is that, for most induction machines, the fault current is gone in a very few cycles. Generally the smaller the machine the faster the current decays. However, even a 2500 hp induction motor fault current will probably be gone in four to five cycles. The user should be aware of these short time constants when induction machine fault currents are used. A suggested procedure for short circuit current for induction machines is to use the subtransient impedance for all simulation. Assume the short circuit current exist only for a cycle or two for a medium sized machine (few hundred hp) and perhaps up to four cycles for a larger machine.
A-25
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
property sheet are updated. If desired, extensive changes can be made to the equivalent circuit impedances; if this is done the user should be careful to design a realizable machine. If you do change the impedances, PSS/ADEPT will check the values. Zero values of Xm, are not allowed, and zero values of a reactance or resistance in either the inner or outer cage are not allowed. The reason for this limitation is that such machines are not physically possible. If you wish to model a single cage machine, then for R2 and X2 (the outer winding) put in values of 9999. These large impedances will remove the cage from the machine. In the discussion on induction machines it has been mentioned several times that the user simply specifies the machine mechanical size while the equivalent circuit impedances are on the electrical apparent power input base of the machine. PSS/ADEPT handles the conversions between the two automatically, but some users would probably like to know the conversion details. For a NEMA specified machine the equation is: .746 Size hp S B = -----------------------------------Eff PF where SB is the electrical input apparent power base in kVA and Sizehp is the mechanical size in hp. For and IEC machine, one less conversion is needed and the equation is: Size kW S B = --------------------Eff PF where now the machine mechanical size is in kW.
A.3.2.8 Relationship between the New PSS/ADEPT Model and the PSS/U Raw Data File
With the new PSS/ADEPT induction machine, the connection with the PSS/U Motor Dictionary (*.mot) has been broken, and the dictionary is not consulted when an induction machine is placed in the network. In addition, if a network is saved in the old PSS/U raw data format (*.dat), nothing is written to the PSS/U Motor Dictionary. With the dictionary connection broken, there are a variety of things to explain about reading of an older PSS/U raw data file into PSS/ADEPT. First, when the raw data file is read, all induction machines are assigned a NEMA B design which, as you recall, is the general purpose machine. The machine therefore gets the efficiency, power factor, locked rotor impedance, subtransient impedance and transient impedance of the B design. Subsequently, the user can modify the machine as desired, either changing the design letter or adjusting the locked rotor, subtransient and transient impedances to those in the Motor Dictionary that accompanied the old raw data file. For each network this would be a one time adjustment, as it is assumed the network would subsequently be saved in the native PSS/ADEPT format. Second, hp units are used for mechanical size for all units read from the raw data file. The units can later be changed to kW, if desired. In PSS/ADEPT, there is no longer any reference to the machine numbering system that was used in PSS/U. However, the numbers must still be considered when the old raw data file is read. If a machine in the raw data file has a machine type 51, 52, 69, 70 or 151, 152, 169, 170, then the values in the raw data file specify the real electrical power in kW drawn by the machine and the electrical apparent power base in kVA of the machine. These two values were named "LOAD" and "RATING" in PSS/U. To obtain an equivalent machine in PSS/ADEPT, the electrical input option is selected and the power drawn by the machine is set to the "LOAD" value in the data file. The mechanical size of the PSS/ADEPT machine is set to RATING/.3457.
A-26
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
If a machine in the raw data file has a machine type 71, 72, 89, 90 or 171, 172, 189, 190 the situation is somewhat more straightforward since the values in the raw data file specify the mechanical power delivered by the machine and the mechanical size of the machine. So, the mechanical power option is selected, the PSS/ADEPT machine power output is set to "LOAD" and the PSS/ADEPT machine size is set to "RATING". It is expected that users will infrequently write an PSS/ADEPT case back to the old raw data format, because doing so causes the loss of so much information, both for machines and other network elements. In case it is done, the induction machines will be written to the raw data file using the inverse of the logic described in the above two paragraphs and with the following logic used for assigning the old machine number. A machine with NEMA design B is given a 51 or 71 number, , and the design E is assigned 55 or 75. A user custom designed machine is given a 56 or 76 number. Whether the fifty or seventy series is used depends of course on how the machine loading is specified in PSS/ADEPT. Also supplied with PSS/ADEPT is a motor dictionary named nema1998.mot; it is a motor dictionary that shows the new PSS/ADEPT machines as they would have been modeled in PSS/U. The motor dictionary is displayed at the end of this section.
A-27
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
easiest way is probably to increase the machine size. Setting the machine size to around 850 hp will increase the reactive draw to 360 kvar. Another method to increase reactive power consumption would be to lower the Xm value for the machine. Example: 3 You are modeling a 575 kV 200 hp machine as a NEMA B model. The starting current for the machine is about 1200 A. What locked rotor code should be selected for this machine? Suggested procedure Calculate the kVA/hp number, which is: 3 1200 .575 ------------------------------------------- 6.0 200 Select the G locked rotor code for this machine. Example: 4 You have an IEC model machine, the size is 100 kW, rated voltage is 500 V. The starting current is about 750 A. What locked rotor code should by select? Suggested procedure This is a 134 hp machine, so the NEMA kVA/hp value is: 3 750 .500 --------------------------------------- 4.8 134 Select the E locked rotor code, which in PSS/ADEPT uses a value of 4.75 for the E code, so the starting current will be a little less than 750 A for a 1.0 pu terminal voltage. You can specify the machine size either way, 100 kW with the kW (IEC) option or 134 hp with the hp (NEMA) option. Example: 5 Consider a 500 hp NEMA B induction motor on a 2.3 kV bus. If it were initially unloaded and the prefault terminal voltage were 1.0 pu, what fault current would be expected for a three phase fault at the machine terminals if the default subtransient impedance were used. Suggested procedure it is easy to explain how PSS/ADEPT calculates the fault current for a machine, but it requires a considerable amount of complex arithmetic to get a numeric answer. For the NEMA B design, the efficiency is .946 and the power factor .883 so the electrical base is 446.65 kVA. Assuming the machine is Y connected, the base impedance is then 2.30 x 2.30/.44665 = 11.84 . The armature resistance is .03 pu and the default subtransient reactance is .1190 pu, so the subtransient impedance in ohms is 1.45375.8. The unloaded machine still draws current for the magnetizing reactance, a quick loadflow shows the current to be 38.78-89.4. For the fault calculation, the voltage e must be set up behind the subtransient impedance. With the prefault voltage equal to 1.0 pu or 1328 V, the value for e is: e = 1328 1.453 75.8 38.78 89.4 = 1273 .60V Finally, the fault current for the three-phase fault at the terminals is: 1273 .60 = 876 75.2 A I f = -----------------------------1.453 75.8 A quick simulation shows that this is close to the value PSS/ADEPT obtains. The PSS/ADEPT display shows the current reference into the device, while the above answer has a reference of current out of the machine, so the PSS/ADEPT displayed angle will differ from our answer by 180.
A-28
Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International A-29
Type 51 52 53 54 55 71 72 73 74 75
Size 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2681 2681 2681 2681 2681
r
0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.03
X
0.1183 0.119 0.0894 0.0991 0.173 0.1183 0.119 0.0894 0.0991 0.173
r
0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.03
rlr 0.1858 0.0565 0.196 0.250 0.0991 0.242 0.196 0.250 0.0991 0.242 0.0753 0.117 0.161 0.0461 0.0753 0.117 0.161 0.0461
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
0.1858 0.0565
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Machine Modeling
The listed power factor versus voltage curve only holds when the machine is fully loaded; even if an induction machine is drawing no real power it will absorb a significant amount of reactive power because of the magnetizing impedance Xm, which might vary from 2 to 4 pu. Unfortunately, the PSS/U induction machine model is not this sophisticated, and the power factor in the dictionary is applied regardless of the specified real power. Therefore, if the specified power is equal to the machine size, you can expect the PSS/ADEPT and PSS/U results to match very closely for these NEMA machines. However, if the specified power is less (or more) than the size, there will be some discrepancy in the loadflow results. The PSS/U model also has no ability to stall the machine, so for heavy loading or low terminal voltages the results may not match for the induction machine.
A-30
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Data and Parameter File Differences
File Types *.rel *.eco *.brk *.dev *.lvb *.idv *.drw *.sgf *.wrk
A-31
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Diagram Differences
A-32
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Acceleration Factors
Power Flow
Power Flow
A.9.2 Loads
PSS/U limits the number of loads at a node to four (each load category) and the number of in-service sources in a network to one. In PSS/ADEPT, there is no limit on the number of loads at a node or the number of in-service sources in a network.
A-33
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT MWh Loads
A.11 Sources
A.11.1 Source Angle
You have the ability to enter the value of the source angle on the Source Device Property sheet. This value is not used by PSS/U and hence will not be written out to a PSS/U raw data file.
A-34
Modeling and File Differences Between PSS/U and PSS/ADEPT Static Loads
A-35
A-36
Appendix B
PSS/U Input File Formats
B.1 PSS/U Raw Data File Format
PSS/ADEPT can import and export a PSS/U raw data file, the primary source of input to the PSS/U application. The raw data file is a text file with the suffix .DAT and is read into PSS/ADEPT in free format with data items separated by a comma or one or more spaces. Each network item is grouped together and terminated by END/ section-name where section-name indicates the group section (e.g., NODES, BRANCH, LOADS, etc.). Explanation of data items, data restrictions, and general comments or rules about some categories are included below.
0.10000 0.10000 0.10000 0.000 0.000 0.000 50.00 100.00 50.00 50.00 30.00 -0.500 0.00 10.00
B-1
B-2
-2
-1
2 3
1 4
-3
-4
B-3
L, STAT, PHAS, CONST, DIST, R1, X1, R0, X0, BC1, BC0
B-4
B-5
B.1.6.5.1 Rules:
Transformer impedances must be specified in per unit on transformer kVA base, not on system kVA base. For a three-phase transformer, the impedance entered in this record will normally be the nameplate value, which is normally given in per unit (or percent) with respect to the three-phase rating, and the value of KVAT will normally be one third of the nameplate kVA rating. For a single phase transformer, KVAT, R1, X1, R0, X0 will normally be the nameplate values. A nonregulating transformer has a tstp0 (use the default) and a branch status (Section B.1.6) of 3 (taps locked). Compensating impedance takes precedence over remote node regulation.
B-6
Per unit tap ratio is defined as: Secondary actual open circuit voltage --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Primary actual supply voltage The width of the voltage control band should be wider, in per unit, than the per unit tap step. For example, the band for a transformer with 5/8 percent (0.00625 pu) steps should be 0.01 pu or wider. For wye-delta or delta-wye transformers, the 30 phase shift is determined by the sign of the type number.
END/ BRANCH
PHAS
CONST
KVAT R1 X1 R0 X0
B-7
B-8
From
Type 1 Wye-Wye
Type 4 Open Delta Auto Regulator AB (XY) Open Type 5 Open Delta Auto Regulator BC (YZ) Open Type 6 Open Delta Auto Regulator CA (ZX) Open
Type 7 AB (XY) L-L Auto Regulator Type 8 BC (YZ) L-L Auto Regulator Type 9 CA (ZX) L-L Auto Regulator
Type 11 Delta-Delta
Type 13 AN (XN) Auto Regulator Type 14 BN (YN) Auto Regulator Type 15 CN (ZN) Auto Regulator
B-9
Option (a) is used when DEFSC = 0. This case would be used when the actual P and Q loads are known and entered in the load data records. Option (b) is intended to be used in distribution feeder work where it is more convenient to specify load in terms of connected load transformer capacity than in terms of actual load P and Q. The loads applied to the feeder are determined by the above equations, the values of Pa, Pb, Pc are connected load transformer capacity (kVA), and the values of Qa, Qb, Qc are not used. The load adjustment given above is applied to all loads by category where DEFSC 0, but not to machines. The values specified for constant power, constant impedance, and constant current load are the real and reactive powers consumed by the load, when the applied voltage is 1.0 per unit. Load data records may be entered in any order, with multiple records being entered for nodes at which more than one type of load is connected. Balanced loads are divided equally among the phases entering the node. Grounded loads are connected a-n, b-n, c-n. Ungrounded loads are connected a-b, b-c, c-a and placed in PA, PB, PC respectively.
B-10
Asynchronous Machines Types 51 - 70, 151-170, load in kW, rating in kVA Types 71 - 90, 171-190, load in hp, rating in hp Synchronous Machines Types 91 - 99, 191-199, load in kW, rating in kVA
B.1.9.3 kW, kvar Load B.1.9.3.1 kW, kvar Load - Unbalanced (types 1, 2, 3, 11, 12, 13)
END/ LOADS
NAME, KCAT, KTYP, PA, QA, PB, QB, PC, QC Table B-12. kW, kvar Load - Unbalanced (types 1, 2, 3, 11, 12, 13)
Data Item NAME KCAT KTYP PA QA PB QB PC QC Node name Load category code (1, 2, 3, or 4); see Section B.1.9.1, Load Categories Load type code; see Section B.1.9.2, Load Type Definitions Phase A nominal real power load, kW Phase A nominal reactive power load, kvar Same as above for Phase B Same as above for Phase C Description
B.1.9.3.2 kW, kvar Load - Balanced (types 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 33)
END/ LOADS
B-11
Table B-13. kW, kvar Load - Balanced (types 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 33)
Data Item NAME KCAT KTYP PA QA Node name Load category code (1, 2, 3, or 4); see Section B.1.9.1, Load Categories Load type code; see Section B.1.9.2, Load Type Definitions Total nominal real power load Total nominal reactive power load Description
B.1.9.4.1 Rules
A negative load value designates the machine is a generator. A machine may be placed out-of-service by setting its machine type to the negative of its type number. Machine data records may be entered in any order, with multiple records being entered for nodes at which more than one type of machine is connected.
B-12
NAME,KTYP,LZ,LC,EA,CA,PFA,KWA,EB,CB,PFB,KWB,EC,CC,PFC,KWC Table B-16. MWh Load Data - Unbalanced (types 5, 6, 15, 16)
Data Item NAME KTYP LZ LC EA CA PFA kWA EB CB PFB kWB EC CC PFC KWC Same as above for Phase C Node name Load type code; see Section B.1.9.2, Load Type Definitions Percent of load to be constant impedance (0. < LZ < 100.) 0 for nonconcentrated load at the node 1 for concentrated load at the node Phase A nominal MWh/month load Phase A number of consumers Phase A power factor of load Phase A resultant kW after load converted (setting this value to zero will enable the program to calculate the equivalent peak load demand) Same as above for Phase B Description
B-13
B.1.10.2 MWh Load Data - Balanced (types 25, 26, 35, 36)
END/ CONSUMER
NAME,KTYP, LZ, LC, EA, CA, PFA, KWA Table B-17. MWh Load Data - Balanced (types 25, 26, 35, 36)
Data Item NAME KTYP LZ LC EA CA PFA kWA CB PFB kWB CC PFC KWC Same as above for Phase C Node name Load type code; see Section B.1.9.2, Load Type Definitions Percent of load to be constant impedance (0. < LZ < 100.) 0 for nonconcentrated load at the node 1 for concentrated load at the node Total MWh/month load Total number of consumers Average power factor for load Phase A resultant kW after load converted (setting this value to zero will enable the program to calculate the equivalent peak load demand) Same as above for Phase B Description
B-14
B-15
If BC1 either or BC0 is absent, their default value is zero. For lines or cables, impedances are in ohm/unit length and charging is in micromhos/unit length. For transformers, series capacitors, or series reactors, impedances are in pu on kVA base and charging must equal zero. A1, A2, A3, and A4 are specified in amps per phase if the branch is a line, cable, or switch. For a transformer, series capacitor, or series reactor A1, A2, A3, and A4 are given by: Desired Rating where Base kVA Desired Rating is an actual thermal kVA rating such as winter, summer, or fans-running rating, and 'Base kVA' is the nameplate kVA rating of the device. Note that for an open-delta transformer, the kVA rating is 57.7% of what it would be if all three windings were present.
TAB characters are not allowed - use spaces only. The last line in the file must be: END/.
! ! ! ! !
Basic Data Record Two-phase Data Record One-phase Data Record Rating Data Record Reliability Data Record
The first line must always contain valid entries. For example, if a wire named 'LINE1' is a single phase construction only, the construction file entry will read: LINE10, R1, X1, R0, X0, BC1, BC0 Only the first line of a construction dictionary data record is required; all other lines (*2, *1, *, *R) are optional.
B-16
B.2.6 One-Phase Data Records (if different from three- or two-phase values)
*1, R1, X1, R0, X0, BC1, BC0
B-17
Two-phase (*2) and one-phase (*1) data records must precede rating (*) and reliability (*R) data records.
B-18
Appendix C
Validation Criteria
C.1 Data Validation Criteria
Validation Criteria System System base 0 Default system voltage 0 Nodes Nominal voltage 0 or blank Name not unique Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name Set to system default Reject case Reject case, will generate invalid format since commas, spaces, / are delimeters. Set to abs value of Set to H Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Reject case Reject case Reject case Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Reject case Reject case Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Set to 100 Set to 7.2 Require user fix Require user fix Action When Reading Data File Action in Property Sheet
Node length < 0 Node orientation not equal to V or H Lines Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name Given construction type not referenced in dictionary and impedances not given FROM and/or TO nodes do not exist Branch not of type L,S,T,SX,TS Switches Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name FROM and/or TO nodes do not exist Branch not of type L, S, T, SX, TS
Require user fix N/A N/A N/A Require user fix N/A N/A Require user fix N/A
C-1
Validation Criteria Loads Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name Connected node does not exist Sources Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name Connected node does not exist Series Capacitors/Reactors Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name FROM and/or TO nodes do not exist Given construction type not referenced in dictionary and impedances not given Rating (kVA/phase) 0 Branch not of type L, S, T, SX, TS Shunt Capacitors Nominal voltage (kV) 0. Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name Connected node does not exist Regulated node not specified Vmax 0 Vmin 0 Vmax < Vmin Transformers Single-phase size 0 Regulated voltage limit Vmax 0 Regulated voltage limit Vmin 0 Voltage limits Vmax < Vmin Tap limit Tmax 0 Tap limit Tmin 0 Tap limits Tmax < Tmin Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name Adjustment data record for transformer branch missing Missing ranch data record for transformer adjustment data FROM and/or TO nodes do not exist
Action When Reading Data File Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Reject case Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Reject case Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Reject case Reject case Set to system base Reject case Set to system default Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Reject case Set to connected node Set to 1.05 Set to 0.95 Interchange Set to 1/3 system base Set to 1.05 Set to 0.95 Interchange Set to 1.10 Set to 0.90 Interchange Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Create adj record with defaults, no message Reject case Reject case
Action in Property Sheet N/A Require user fix N/A Require user fix N/A Require user fix Will not happen Require user fix N/A Require user fix N/A Require user fix Set to connected node Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix N/A N/A N/A Require user fix
C-2
Validation Criteria Given construction type not referenced in dictionary and impedances not given Tap step 0 Tap setting > Tmax Tap setting < Tmin Tap step > (Tmax-Tmin) Branch not of type L,S,T,SX,TS Synchronous Machines Rating (kVA) 0 Nominal voltage (kV) 0. Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name Connected node does not exist Given machine type not referenced in dictionary Qmax < Qmin ra < 0 Xd' < 0 Xd" < 0 Locked rotor resistance < 0 Locked rotor reactance < 0 Xd' < Xd" Induction Machines Rating (kVA) 0 Embedded spaces, commas, /, in name Connected node does not exist Given machine type not referenced in dictionary Nominal voltage (kv) 0. ra < 0 Xd' < 0 Xd" < 0 Locked rotor resistance < 0 Locked rotor reactance < 0 Xd' < Xd"
Action When Reading Data File Reject case Set to 0.00625 Set to Tmax Set to Tmin Set to Tmax-Tmin Reject case Set to system base Set to system default Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Reject case Reject case Interchange Set to 0 Set to 0 Set to 0 Set to 0 Set to 0 Interchange Set to system base Considered delimeters, will cause invalid format of data file Reject case Reject case Set to system default Set to 0 Set to 0 Set to 0 Set to 0 Set to 0 Interchange
Action in Property Sheet Will not happen Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix N/A Require user fix Require user fix N/A Require user fix N/A Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix N/A Require user fix N/A Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix Require user fix
C-3
C-4
Appendix D
Modeling
D.1 Nodes
Nodes are the connection points of a network (see Figure D-1). The connectivity of branch devices (lines, cables, transformers, switches, etc.) are defined by a starting point (the FROM node) and an ending point (the TO node). Similarly, shunt devices (loads, sources, machines, etc.) are situated at nodes. There are two types of nodes within the Base Engine: single-phase nodes and three-phase nodes. Internally, each three-phase node expands into three single-phase nodes, one each for phases A, B, and C.
A B C
98003
D-1
Modeling Sources
D.2 Sources
A source is generally used to supply (or remove) power to a network or to provide a reference voltage. In some cases it serves as an idealized equivalent for a connecting network. There are both three-phase and single-phase sources in the Base Engine. A particularly important type is the threephase swing source, which sets a voltage magnitude and angle reference for the system, and also supplies/absorbs whatever power is needed to make power consumption and generation match in the network. A swing source is so important that every network in the Base Engine must have a swing source or a synchronous generator operating in the swing mode. In a distribution system, a source is often used to represent the transmission system; doing this removes the need to model the transmission itself. As an example, a source might be connected to a distribution substation, with all the distribution feeders connected to the substation modeled in detail. The source would represent the outside world, i.e., all the connections to the transmission system.
D-2
Modeling Sources
E R1 X1 Positive Sequence
R1
X1
Negative Sequence
Ro + 3 R g
Xo + 3 X g
Zero Sequence
98004
Figure D-2. Sequence Representation of a Three-Phase Source A drawing of the three-phase source is shown in Figure D-3. The source can have a grounding impedance Zg = Rg + jXg. The impedances shown in this drawing are the self impedance Zs and the mutual impedance Zm. We have two ways of looking at the source, the zero/positive/negativesequence model and the ABC phase model. The two models are equivalent and the impedances are related. The positive-sequence impedance Z1 = Zs Zm and the zero-sequence impedance Z0 = Zs + 2Zm. The negative-sequence impedance is equal to the positive-sequence, Z2 = Z1. With the addition of a grounding impedance, the total zero-sequence impedance of the source is Z0 = Zs + 2Zm + 3Zg. Usually engineers use the terms positive and zero-sequence impedance rather than self (Zs) and mutual Zm) impedance. Going along with that preference it is the positive and zerosequence impedances which the user specifies for the source. Internally, the Base Engine does the conversion calculations and builds the three-phase source with self and mutual values.
D-3
Modeling Sources
D-4
Modeling Loads
D.3 Loads
Loads are the consumers of power in an electric network. The Base Engine contains both single-phase loads and three-phase loads. Either falls into one of three categories: Constant-Power Load Power consumed by a constant-power load remains constant over the normal range of operating voltage. If terminal voltage dips too far however, the power consumed by the load is decreased. Constant-Current Load The power consumed by a constant-current load varies linearly with terminal voltage over the normal range of operating voltage. When voltage increases, power consumed by the load increases; when voltage decreases, power consumed by the load decreases. Constant-Impedance Load The constant-impedance load is simply an impedance and the power it absorbs varies as the square of the magnitude of the voltage at the load terminals. It can also be used in some unexpected ways. By specifying the reactive power appropriately it can be a shunt reactor or shunt capacitor. Using a grounding impedance with a constant impedance load acting as a shunt reactor allows modeling of the special four-legged reactors used on high voltage systems. If a single-phase delta connected constant impedance is specified with an outrageously large value of power it becomes a shorting bar for connecting different phases together. The inventive user can probably think of other non-conventional uses.
Both the single-phase load and the three-phase load are shown in Figure D-4. Either may be connected line-to-line or line-to-ground. There is no restriction on the number of loads that can be placed on a node. Key to Symbols on Figure D-4: P + jQ Pa + jQa Pb + jQb Pc + jQc Rg + jXg The complex power (kW, kvar) of a single-phase load at nominal voltage. The complex powers (kW, kvar) of a three-phase load at nominal voltage for phases A, B, and C, respectively. The complex grounding impedance of the load: the impedance, if any, that is placed between the load neutral and ground (for wye-connected three-phase loads).
D-5
Modeling Loads
P + jQ
P + jQ
C Pc + jQc
Pa + jQa
D-6
kvarc
kvarc
kvara
kvarb
kvara kvarb
Rg + jXg
D-7
D-8
D-9
PV
PQ
If a network were modeled that had a large number of generators in it, normally only one would be set as the swing machine; the others would then run as type PV. Motors usually do not have the capability to control their terminal voltage, and would be set as type PQ. Key to Symbols: E R1 + jX1 R2 + jX2 R0 + jX0 Rg + jXg Complex voltage behind positive-sequence impedance. Complex positive-sequence impedance of the machine. Complex negative-sequence impedance of the machine. Complex zero-sequence impedance of the machine. Complex grounding impedance of the machine: the impedance, if any, that is placed between the machine neutral and ground.
D-10
D-11
E R1 X1 Positive Sequence
R2
X2
Negative Sequence
Ro + 3 R g
Xo + 3 X g
Zero Sequence
98008
D-12
Machine Number 1 2 3 4 5
Description of Machine Large round rotor, 500 to 1000 MVA, fossil or nuclear. Small round rotor, 200 - 300 MVA, fossil. Hydro with damper windings (also used for motors). Hydro without damper windings. Combustion turbine, 50 MVA.
D-13
The machine parameters for each of the machines are shown in the table below.
Parameter Xd Xd Xd Xq Xq Xq ra r2 X0 tdo Machine 1 .20 pu .30 pu 2.0 pu .21 pu .30 pu 1.7 pu .002 pu .02 pu .05 pu .035 s 7.0 s .035 s 1.5 s .1 pu .4 pu 4.0 s .002 pu .20 pu Round Yes Machine 2 .20 .30 1.5 .20 .50 1.4 .003 .02 .09 .03 6.0 .08 .6 .1 .4 4.0 .003 .2 Round Yes Machine 3 .20 .30 1.0 .30 .60 .60 .003 .03 .15 .035 6.0 .046 .2 .6 3.0 .003 .2 Salient Yes Machine 4 .30 .40 1.0 .60 .60 .60 .003 .03 .15 .046 6.0 .1 .6 3.0 .003 .3 Salient No Machine 5 .10 .16 1.65 .10 .30 1.6 .03 .35 .05 .05 7.0 .11 1.5 .1 .3 6.0 .03 .1 Round Yes Description d-axis subtransient reactance (pu) d-axis transient reactance (pu) d-axis synchronous reactance (pu) q-axis subtransient reactance (pu) q-axis transient reactance (pu) q-axis synchronous reactance (pu) Armature resistance (pu) Negative-sequence resistance (pu) Zero-sequence reactance (pu) d-axis open circuit subtransient time constant (s) d-axis open circuit transient time constant (s) d-axis open circuit subtransient time constant (s) d-axis open circuit transient time constant (s) Saturation at 1.0 pu voltage (pu) Saturation at 1.2 pu voltage (pu) Machine plus turbine inertia constant (s) Locked rotor resistance (pu) Locked rotor reactance (pu) Indicator of round or salient pole rotor Indicator for damper windings present
D-14 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
tdo tqo
tqo
D-15
98010
D-16
D-17
Modeling Lines
D.8 Lines
Lines (and cables) carry power over long distances (see Figure D-9). Both single-phase lines and three-phase lines may be added to the network. A single-phase line is placed between two singlephase nodes, one each at the FROM and TO ends of the line. Similarly, a three-phase line is placed between two three-phase nodes, one each at the FROM and TO ends of the line. The phases (A, B, and/or C) actually present in a three-phase line are specified when the line is added to the network. Therefore, it is possible to construct three-phase lines that have conductors on one, two, or all three phases.
Single-Phase Line
TO Single-Phase Node
TO Three-Phase Node
FROM Three-Phase Node Three-Phase Line with Two Phases (Phase BC Shown) FROM Three-Phase Node Three-Phase Line with One Phase (Phase C Shown)
TO Three-Phase Node
TO Three-Phase Node
98011
D-18
Modeling Switches
D.9 Switches
When closed, switches are a short circuit between two nodes of a network; when open, a switch has no impact on currents and voltages (see Figure D-10). Three-phase switches may be defined in the network. A three-phase switch joins two three-phase nodes.
TO Three-Phase Node
TO Three-Phase Node
Phase ABC
Phase AB
TO Three-Phase Node
TO Three-Phase Node
Phase BC
Phase CA
TO Three-Phase Node
TO Three-Phase Node
Phase A
Phase B 98012
TO Three-Phase Node
Phase C
D-19
Modeling Transformers
D.10 Transformers
Transformers consist of two or more magnetically coupled windings; the ratio of the number of turns in the windings is the turns ratio(s) of the transformer. Transformers are used to raise or lower voltage levels in a network, provide zero-sequence grounding, isolate sections of a network, and regulate voltages. In PSS/Engines, two-winding transformers have two terminals, named FROM and TO. Transformers have taps that change the winding ratio. Network voltages can be controlled within a range by adjusting the transformer taps. Most transformers can be grounded through an impedance on the FROM, TO, or both sides.
D-20
Modeling Transformers
coupled. If both sides of the transformer are wye, or both sides are delta, as would be expected the same winding exists on both sides. When one side of the transformer is delta connected and the other wye connected the connection depends on whether the TO side voltage leads or lags the FROM side voltage. As an example, consider the delta-wye transformer and the delta-wye -30 transformer. Both are transformers connected delta on the FROM side and wye on the TO side. Suppose a delta-wye transformer is created and "A" phasing is specified. This means that on the FROM side the winding is connected from A to B. On the TO side the winding is connected from A to ground. If a delta-wye -30 transformer with "A" phasing is created, again the winding on the FROM side is connected from A to B. However, to provide the required phase shift the TO side winding is connected B to ground. The magnetic coupling polarity is also flipped, but this is done automatically and need not concern the user.
D-21
Modeling Transformers
D-22 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
Description The TO side is the series winding and normally the high voltage connection. The FROM side connects to the common winding and normally is the low voltage side. Grounding impedance for the autotransformer is specified on the FROM side. There is no grounding impedance on the TO side. Connected lagging (A - B, B - C, C - A. The TO side is the series winding, the FROM side connects to the common winding. Usually connected with series winding on the source side and voltage on the FROM side regulated. Taps are on the TO side (the series winding). The two-phase regulator is configured with a common neutral. There is no grounding impedance is for this transformer. The TO side is the series winding, the FROM side connects to the common winding. Usually connected with series winding on the source side and voltage on the FROM side regulated. Taps are on the TO side (the series winding). The FROM side grounding impedance is used for the regulator ground. The FROM side of the transformer is connected line-to-line with the winding center point grounded through any grounding impedance specified on the FROM side. The TO side is connected line-to-line (delta). Tap changer is on the TO side. Only comes as a single-phase unit; three-phase unit can be constructed by placing two single-phase or one two-phase delta/delta units in parallel, resulting in a three-phase delta bank with one-winding center tapped on the FROM side. There is no grounding impedance on the TO side. Two impedance values are used to specify the transformer, the full winding leakage impedance and the half-winding leakage impedance.
Delta-Connected Autoregulator
Yes
Yes
Yes
Wye-Connected Autoregulator
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International D-23
Description The FROM side of the transformer is connected line-to-line with the winding center point grounded through any grounding impedance specified on the FROM side. The TO side is connected line-to-ground (wye) through any grounding impedance specified on the TO side. There is a +30 phase change across the FROM side to the TO side. Tap changer is on the TO side. Only available as a single-phase unit; three-phase unit can be constructed by placing two single-phase or one two-phase delta-wye units in parallel resulting in a three-phase delta bank with one-winding center tapped on the FROM side. Two impedance values are used to specify the transformer, the full winding leakage impedance and the half-winding leakage impedance. The FROM side of the transformer is connected line-to-line with the winding center point grounded through any grounding impedance specified on the FROM side. The TO side is connected line-to-ground (inverted wye) through any grounding impedance specified on the TO side. There is a -30 phase change across the FROM side to the TO side. Tap changer is on the TO side. Only available as a single-phase unit; three-phase unit can be constructed by placing two single-phase or one two-phase delta-wye units in parallel, resulting in a three-phase delta bank with one-winding center tapped on the FROM side. Two impedance values are used to specify the transformer, the full winding leakage impedance and the half-winding leakage impedance. FROM side is an inverted-delta; TO side is a wye. Also represents a transformer with FROM side delta and TO side inverted-wye. There is a -30 phase shift from the FROM side to the TO side of the transformer. FROM side of the transformer is a delta; the TO side is an inverted-delta. There is a 180 phase shift from the FROM side to the TO side of the transformer. There are no grounding impedances. FROM side is a delta; TO side is a delta. No phase shift across the transformer. There are no grounding impedances. FROM side is a delta; TO side is a wye. There is a +30 phase shift from the FROM side to the TO side of the transformer. There is grounding impedance on the FROM side.
Two Phase No
Three Phase No
Yes
No
No
Delta-Wye -30
Yes
Yes
Yes
Delta-Delta +180
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Yes Yes
Modeling Transformers
Modeling Transformers
D-24 Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International
Wye-Wye
Description FROM side of the transformer is a wye; the TO side is an inverted-wye. There is a 180 phase shift from the FROM side to the TO side of the transformer. FROM side is a wye; TO side is an inverted-delta. Also represents FROM side inverted-wye and TO side delta. There is a +30 phase shift from the FROM side to the TO side of the transformer. There is no grounding impedance on the TO side. FROM side is a wye; TO side is a delta. There is a phase shift of -30 across FROM to TO side of the transformer. There is grounding impedance on the TO side. FROM side is a wye; TO side is a wye. FROM side is a zig-zag; TO side is a wye. Only comes as a three-phase unit. A grounding impedance can be specified for the FROM side; there is no grounding impedance on the TO side. Taps are on the TO side. The auxiliary resistance and reactance are used to specify the transformer zero-sequence impedance looking into the FROM side. The phase-to-ground voltage on the TO side lags that on the FROM side by 30. FROM side is a zig-zag; TO side is a wye. Only comes as a three-phase unit. A grounding impedance can be specified for the FROM side; there is no grounding impedance on the TO side. Taps are on the TO side. The auxiliary resistance and reactance are used to specify the transformer zero-sequence impedance looking into the FROM side. The phase-to-ground voltage on the TO side lags that on the FROM side by 330 (leads by 30). FROM side is a zig-zag; TO side is a wye. Only comes as a three-phase unit. A grounding impedance can be specified for the FROM side; there is no grounding impedance on the TO side. Taps are on the TO side. The auxiliary resistance and reactance are used to specify the transformer zero-sequence impedance looking into the FROM side. The phase-to-ground voltage on the TO side lags that on the FROM side by 150.
Wye-Delta -30
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes No
Yes No
Yes Yes
Z-Wye -30
Z-Wye +30
No
No
Yes
Z-Wye -150
No
No
Yes
Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc., Power Technologies International D-25
Description FROM side is a zig-zag; TO side is a wye. Only comes as a three-phase unit. A grounding impedance can be specified for the FROM side; there is no grounding impedance on the TO side. Taps are on the TO side. The auxiliary resistance and reactance are used to specify the transformer zero-sequence
Single Phase No
Two Phase No
impedance looking into the FROM side. The phase-to-ground voltage on the TO side lags that on the FROM side by 210 (leads by 150).
Modeling Transformers
D-26
Figure D-12. Delta-Delta Transformer with ABC Phasing For illustration, Figure D-13 shows a delta-delta with "A" phasing specified. The FROM side winding goes from A to B on the FROM node, and the TO side winding does the same.
D-27
It can be tricky to trace through the winding configuration to see the phase shift across the transformer. Sometimes drawing a phasor diagram helps. Or, in words, consider the voltage across winding "A" on the FROM side. Since the winding is wye-connected the winding voltage is the phase-to-ground voltage. Neglecting the turns ratio, the voltage across the "A" winding on the TO side is the same as the winding voltage on the FROM side. However, the TO side winding is connected phase-to-phase, which leads the phase-to-ground voltage by 30. Therefore the phase-toground voltage on the TO side is 30 behind that on the FROM side. The preceding explanation illustrates why a picture is worth a thousand words!
Figure D-14. Wye-Delta Transformer with ABC Phasing Figure D-15 shows a wye-delta with phasing specified as "A" instead of "ABC". The winding on the FROM side is now wye-connected, and the "A" winding is the one from the A phase terminal-toground at the FROM node. It is coupled winding on the TO side goes between phases A and B on the TO node.
D-28
Physically, the wye-delta +30 is the same as the wye-delta; the difference is just some changes in the labeling of the terminals. Shown below (Figure D-16) is a wye-delta +30 with phasing ABC; the transformer is the same as the TRAN_YD above, except the labels of the B and C phases have been flipped on the FROM and TO sides. Notice that if the wye-delta +30 was specified with B phasing instead of ABC, the winding on the FROM side would go from phase B to ground, the same as with the wye-delta. However, the TO side winding would connect between phase A and B instead of B and C as for the wye-delta.
Figure D-17. Delta-Wye Transformer with ABC Phasing The delta-wye -30 is exactly the same as the wye-delta +30 with the labeling flipped. Choose between the wye-delta +30 and delta-wye -30 according to which winding has the tap on the physical transformer you are modeling.
D-29
D-30
D.11.6 Autoregulators
The autoregulators, wye autoregulator and delta autoregulator are simply autotransformers with the turns in the series winding a fraction of those in the common winding, for example 10%. The transformers are configured the same as the wye autotransformer, the FROM side connects to the common winding and the TO side to the series winding. The taps are in the series winding, and the tap mechanism can also flip the series winding back and forth between additive and subtractive polarity (compared to the common winding). Usually the nodes on the FROM and TO side of the regulator have the same nominal voltage. When the taps are set at 1.0 the transformer is a short circuit (zero turns in the series winding). These transformers usually have a current transformer (CT) and potential transformer (PT) in the case with the transformer and tap changer, and operate with the voltage on the FROM side being controlled. However, in PSS/Engines they can operate to control the voltage on either side. The leakage impedance of the autoregulator is a function of the tap position; as already mentioned with a tap setting of 1.0 the transformer is a short circuit. The maximum transformer impedance occurs when all the turns of the series winding are in service, and actually is slightly different when the series winding is in additive polarity compared to subtractive polarity. This leads to the situation of what impedance should be specified when the transformer is added to the network, i.e., maximum, average, or what? This subject is discussed further later. The wye autoregulator is essentially the same as the wye autotransformer and the user can refer to Figure D-18 for the wye autotransformer. Any number of phases can be specified, there is no phase shift across the transformer and any grounding impedance is specified on the FROM side. The delta autoregulator is a little more complicated than the wye autoregulator. A diagram of an delta autoregulator with ABC phasing is shown in Figure D-19.
D-31
Notice the tap mechanism in the series winding and also that the series winding can be flipped. The transformer impedance varies with the tap; the user enters a characteristic impedance Zc; as already mentioned there will be more discussion of this later. Either side can be the regulated side, although commonly it is the FROM side. The regulator is connected lagging, the first phase of the regulator (the only one that would be there if the regulator was specified with phase A) has the common winding connected between the A and B terminals of the FROM side, and the other two windings are connected with the same logic. At the present time, PSS/Engines does not have a regulator with a leading connection. The delta autoregulator is obviously line-to-line connected, and PSS/Engines will automatically look at the line-to-line voltage of the node at which the voltage is being regulated. Delta-connected autoregulators are often connected with only two phases, called an open delta configuration. However, the connection is not what would be obtained from the above drawn delta autoregulator with phasing ABC if one of the phases were simply dropped. Instead the two phases are connected with the common windings at the same neutral point. If the user specifies AB, BC or CA phasing for the delta autoregulator, the transformer will be configured with the common neutral. This is shown in Figure D-20. The drawing has been simplified; Zc is not shown. Notice that the second winding has been flipped from what it was in the ABC phased regulator; this allows the B phase to go directly through. The first regulator, operating between A and B is still lagging, but the second regulator is operating leading. Similar transformers will be obtained if BC (C phase goes straight through) or CA (A phase goes straight through) phasing is specified.
D-32
The procedure below is used to calculate the "characteristic" impedance ( R and X ) for an autoregulator.
(1 + ) = ------------------2
The characteristic resistance, R, and reactance, X, needed for arguments 13 and 14 are:
R = R np X = X np
If nameplate leakage impedance (Rnp and Xnp) is given at maximum buck (minimum tap position) Calculate the scale factor, . 2
(1 ) = ------------------2
The characteristic resistance, R, and reactance, X, needed for arguments 13 and 14 are:
R = R np X = X np
D-33
If nameplate leakage impedance (Rnp and Xnp) is the average for maximum boost and maximum buck.
1 = ----2
The characteristic resistance, R, and reactance, X, needed for arguments 13 and 14 are:
R = R np X = X np
If nameplate leakage impedance (Rnp and Xnp) is the average for all tap positions or If the condition under which the nameplate leakage impedance (Rnp and Xnp) was obtained is unknown. Calculate the scale factor, .
R = R np X = X np
If nameplate leakage impedance (Rnp and Xnp) is unknown Calculate the scale factor, . 2
(1 ) = ------------------2
The characteristic resistance, R, and reactance, X, needed for arguments 13 and 14 are:
R = 0.005 X = 0.040
D-34
Consider first the center-tapped delta, with the TO side connected delta (line-to-line) as shown in Figure D-21.
Figure D-21. Center-Tapped Delta with A Phasing A grounding impedance can be used on the FROM side of the center-tapped delta; none is possible on the TO side. Usually, you would not put two center-tapped delta transformers with different phase specification (e.g., one A and one B) in parallel because the center taps would create a network short and some high fault currents. You can construct a three-phase bank by paralleling a centertapped delta with two single-phase delta-delta units or one two-phase unit. The combination models a delta-delta with ABC phasing, except one of the banks on the FROM side is center-tapped. A drawing of this transformer is shown in Figure D-22.
Figure D-22. "A Phase" Center-Tapped Delta and "BC Phase" Delta-Delta in Parallel to make a Three-Phase Bank The FROM side of the center-tapped delta is connected to a three-phase node. As mentioned before, in a three-phase system the ratio of line-to-line voltage to line-to-ground is 3. This transformer does not conform to that rule, and the nominal voltage on the FROM side must be specified as the line-to-line voltage divided by 3. Therefore, in the 240/120 V example we have been discussing, the FROM side nominal voltage should be 138.6 V. The center-tapped wye and center-tapped delta -30 transformers are similar to the center-tapped delta. The difference is that on the TO side the winding is connected line-to-ground instead of lineto-line. A drawing of the center-tapped wye with A phasing is shown in Figure D-23. A grounding impedance on the TO side can be specified for the center-tapped wye. Grounding impedances can be used on both the FROM and TO sides.
D-35
Figure D-23. Center-Tapped Wye with A Phasing The center-tapped delta -30 with A phasing is shown in Figure D-24; notice the only change is the inversion of the TO winding.
Figure D-24. Center-Tapped Delta -30 with A Phasing A three-phase bank with one winding center tapped can be constructed using either the centertapped wye or center-tapped delta -30 transformer as long as ZgTO = 0. For the center-tapped wye, parallel it with two single-phase delta-wye units (or one two-phase unit). For the center-tapped delta -30, use delta-wye -30 units in parallel.
D-36
The interesting feature of the ZY transformers is that the zero-sequence impedance looking into the TO (wye) side of the transformer is infinite. This is completely different than the usual behavior of a Y connected set of windings. In fact, the zig-zag winding on the FROM side makes the wye winding behave as if it were a delta winding. A grounding impedance can be entered on the FROM side of the transformer. Since the zerosequence impedance looking into the TO side is already infinite, addition of a grounding impedance would have no effect, and so is not allowed. Figure D-25 shows a diagram of the Z-wye -30 transformer; the phase-to-ground voltage on the TO (wye) side lags that on the FROM (zig-zag) side by 30. Perhaps the easiest way to see this is to examine the A phase voltage on the FROM side. Ignoring turns ratios for the moment, notice it is the sum of the A phase voltage on the TO side plus the negative of the B phase voltage on the TO side. Drawing the phasor diagram shows that the A phase voltage on the FROM side leads the A phase voltage on the TO side by 30.
Figure D-25. Z-Wye -30 Transformer with Voltage on the TO Side 30 Behind FROM Side
D-37
AB
Wye-Wye
D-38
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Wye-Wye +180
D-39
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Delta-Delta
D-40
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Delta-Delta +180
D-41
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Wye-Delta
D-42
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Wye-Delta +30
D-43
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Delta-Wye
D-44
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Delta-Wye -30
D-45
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Wye Autotransformer
D-46
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Wye Autoregulator
D-47
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
AB
Delta Autoregulator
Center-Tapped Delta
D-48
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
Center-Tapped Wye
ABC
Z-Wye -30
D-49
Transformer
Phase ABC
Drawing
Z-Wye +30
ABC
Z-Wye -150
ABC
Z-Wye +150
D-50
D-51
TO Three-Phase Node
TO Three-Phase Node
Phase ABC
Phase AB
TO Three-Phase Node
TO Three-Phase Node
Phase BC
Phase CA
TO Three-Phase Node
TO Three-Phase Node
Phase A
Phase B 98023
TO Three-Phase Node
Phase C
D-52
Modeling Faults
D.14 Faults
Three-phase faults are applied at three-phase nodes of a network. There are three types of three-phase faults: (1) line-to-line faults, (2) line-to-ground faults, and (3) line-to-line-to-ground faults.
Zf Zf Zf
Zf Zf
Zf Zf
Zf
Zf
B Phase ABC C A C
B Phase AB A C
B Phase BC A
B Phase CA
Zf
Zf
Zf
Zf = Fault Impedance
B Phase A
B Phase B
B Phase C
98024
D-53
Modeling Faults
Zf
Zf
Zf
Zf
Zf
Zf
Zf
Zf
Zf
B Phase ABC C A C
B Phase AB A C
B Phase BC A
B Phase CA
Zf
Zf
Zf
Zf = Fault Impedance
B Phase A
B Phase B
B Phase C
98025
D-54
Modeling Faults
Zf Zg Zf
Zf Zg Zf
Zf
Zf Zg Zf
Zf Zg
Zf
B Phase ABC
B Phase AB
B Phase BC
B Phase CA
Zf Zg Zg Zf
B Phase A
B Phase B
98026
D-55
D-56
Appendix E
NEMA Machine Classes
Three-phase induction machines are modeled using a full two-circuit representation of the machines rotor (see Figure E-1). This model describes the steady-state equivalent characteristics of an induction machine. Electrical power consumed by an induction motor is represented by a positive r1,s and r2/s resistive number. Electrical power consumed by an induction generator is represented by a negative r2/s number.
ra
Xa
r1/s Xm X1
r2/s
X2
98061-1
Figure E-1. Induction Machine Equivalent Circuit The key standard that specifies dimensions, ratings, and characteristics of motors manufactured in the United States is covered by the National electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standard MG 1-1993, Motors and Generators. Standard NEMA-frame squirrel-cage induction motors are given a NEMA class design letter. The equivalent parameters that are needed to characterize an induction motor for various NEMA class designs (A, B, C, D, and E) are shown in Table E-1. If the equivalent parameters are not available, they must be inferred from torque slip, current slip, and/or power factor slip curves, which are available from the manufacturers. The standard NEMA class design induction machine parameters are available to the user in PSS/ADEPT. The program default machine type is NEMA class Type B.
E-1
*NEMA Type D machine has a single cage. The value 0.0 disables the second cage.
E-2
Appendix F
Device Properties Summary
F.1 Network
Table F-1. Network Properties: System
Device Property Circuit ID Definition Circuit ID Type Character Restrictions 8-character maximum, no embedded blanks, not currently used Not currently used Line-to-line Line-to-neutral Must be an existing node in the network Default Blank
0.0 Line-to-neutral First active (inservice) source found in the network 1000 7.2 (LN) 60 Blank
System three-phase base kVA System standard base voltage (kV) System frequency (Hz) Comments
System base kVA used to Real calculate source impedance number Default node voltage if none Real specified in node properties number Frequency of the network Title lines and comments Real number Character
F-1
Overhead failure rate (failures/unit length/yr) Overhead repair time (hr) Underground failure rate (failures/unit length/yr) Underground repair time (hr) Switch time (hr)
How often the overhead line Real fails per year number Amount of time it takes to repair the failed overhead line How often the underground cable fails per year Real number Real number
0.0
None
0.0
0.0
Amount of time it takes to repair the failed underground cable Amount of time it takes to open a switch
Applies to construction types starting with UG Applies to construction types which indicate a switch (zero impedance line section)
0.0
0.0
F-2
F.2 Nodes
Table F-3. Node Properties
Device Property Name Base voltage Definition Unique name identifier Type Character Restrictions Default
Nominal base voltage (kV) Real of the node. Line-line or number line-neutral based on the input voltages defined in network properties. Description x-coordinate of node on the diagram y-coordinate of node on the diagram Bus bar type on the diagram Busbar rotation in degrees Real number Identifies where node label is placed relative to the node point Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram List box Real number Real number
None None None Busbar, point Does not apply to point type nodes Does not apply to busbar type nodes None
Blank x-coordinate of drawn node y-coordinate of drawn node User selected from Item Toolbar 0 1 (first quadrant, horizontal text) Visible
Check box
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-3
F.3 Lines/Cables
Table F-4. Lines/Cables Properties
Device Property Name Phasing Line length Construction type Definition Unique name identifier Phasing of line section Type Character Character Restrictions Default
12-character maximum, Automatically no embedded blanks assigned ABC, AB, BC, CA, A, B, ABC C None 1.0
Length of line section in user- Real defined units number Reference to construction type in the construction dictionary file Character
Positivesequence resistance Positivesequence reactance Zero-sequence resistance Zero-sequence reactance Positivesequence charging admittance Zero-sequence charging admittance Ratings (A)
Positive-sequence resistance Real specified in ohm/unit length number Positive-sequence reactance specified in ohm/unit length Zero-sequence resistance specified in ohm/unit length Zero-sequence reactance specified in ohm/unit length Positive-sequence charging admittance specified in S/unit length Zero-sequence charging admittance specified in S/unit length Ampere ratings used to calculate overloaded lines Real number Real number Real number Real number
None
0.65
None
4.0
Up to a maximum of 4 Assigned from ratings can be specified construction dictionary or default properties None None In Service Visible
Flag indicating whether line section is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-4
F.4 Transformers
Table F-5. Transformer Properties: General
Device Property Name Phasing Type Definition Unique name identifier Phasing of transformer Transformer type Type Character Character Character Restrictions 12-character maximum, no embedded blanks ABC, AB, BC, CA, A, B, C Default Automatically assigned ABC
Wye-wye Wye-wye Wye-delta -30 Wye-delta +30 Delta-wye -30 Delta-wye +30 Delta-connected auto regulator Delta-delta Wye-connected auto regulator Center-tapped delta Center-tapped wye Wye-wye with phase shift Wye-auto None None 1000.0 0.0
Nameplate Rating
Phase shift (deg) Phase shift (wye-wye with phase shift transformers only)
Construction type Reference to construction Character type in the construction dictionary file Tapped node Leakage resistance (fullwinding resistance) Leakage reactance (fullwinding reactance) Half-winding resistance Half-winding reactance Node where the tapped side Character of the transformer is located Leakage resistance (fullwinding resistance) specified in per unit Leakage reactance (fullwinding reactance) specified in per unit Half-winding resistance specified in pu Half-winding reactance specified pu Real number
10-character maximum, no embedded blanks 12-character maximum, no embedded blanks Must be >= 0.0
Blank
Real number
0.08
Must be >=0.0. Must be >= 0.0. For center-tapped delta and center-tapped wyetransformers, halfwinding reactance must be > full-winding reactance
0.008 0.08
F-5
FROM grounding Grounding resistance at the Real resistance FROM side of the number (grounding resis- transformer. tance for deltaconnected auto regulators) FROM grounding Grounding reactance at the reactance FROM side of the (grounding reac- transformer. tance for deltaconnected auto regulators) TO grounding resistance TO grounding reactance Ratings (A) Real number
None
0.0
Grounding resistance at the Real TO side of the transformer. number Grounding reactance at the TO side of the transformer. Real number
0.0 0.0 Assigned from construction dictionary or default properties In Service Visible
Per-unit ratings used to cal- Real culate overloaded number transformers Flag indicating whether line Check section is in or out of service box Flag indicating whether item Check box is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram Check box
None None
None
Visible (checked)
F-6
Taps adjusted indepen- Taps locked in dently in each phase. present position Taps in all phases in equal position. Taps locked in present position. Transformer disconnected at both primary and secondary (out of service). Must be between minimum and maximum tap settings Must be between minimum and maximum tap settings Must be between minimum and maximum tap settings None 1.0
Tap setting in Phase A Tap setting in Phase B Tap setting in Phase C Maximum tap setting Minimum tap setting Tap step
Real number Real number Real number Real number Real number Real number
1.0
1.0
Maximum allowed tap adjustment setting in pu Minimum allowed tap adjustment setting in pu Tap step increment specified in pu
1.1
Must be less than max- 0.9 imum pu tap setting Cannot exceed maximum minus minimum tap setting Valued for wye-auto transformers only Must be > 0 0.00625
Side where load tap is located Radio button Identifies the order in which the transformer controllers operate Real number
TO side 0
F-7
Maximum controlled voltage in Real pu number Minimum controlled voltage in Real pu number Node at which the voltage reg- Character ulation is to occur Side of the transformer where Radio the regulated node is located button
Must be less than max- 0.9 imum voltage in pu 12 character maximum, no embedded blanks Specified TO node
Tapped/Untapped side
Specified only when Tapped side regulated node is other than the transformer terminal nodes (FROM or TO) None None None None Must be an existing node None 0.0 0.0 1 1 None TO side
Compensating resistance Compensating reactance PT Ratio CT Radio Load center node Transformer side
Compensating resistance specified in ohm Compensating reactance specified in ohm Transformer PT Ratio Transformer CT Radio Node where load center is located
F-8
12-character maximum, Automatically no embedded blanks assigned Constant power. Constant current. Constant impedance. Balanced Unbalanced Grounded-wye Delta None Constant power
Radio button
Phase A kW, kvar Actual load at phase A speci- Real fied in real and reactive number power or total load for balTotal anced cases Phase B kW, kvar Actual load at phase B speci- Real fied in real and reactive number power Phase C kW, kvar Actual load at phase C speci- Real fied in real and reactive number power Grounding resistance Grounding reactance In-service flag Visibility flag Grounding resistance (ohms) Real number Grounding reactance (ohms) Real number Flag indicating whether load is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram Check box Check box
None
kW = 200 kvar = 100 kW = 200 kvar = 100 0.0 0.0 In service Visible
None
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
If a load is specified as balanced, only the total kW and kvar is specified. The application will divide the load equally amongst the phases present. If a scale and power factor has been specified in the Network Properties: Load Factors tab, the application will calculate the kvar based on the kW entered and the specified scale and power factors.
F-9
12-character maximum, Automatically no embedded blanks assigned Constant power Constant current Constant impedance Balanced Unbalanced Grounded-wye Delta None None None Constant power
Balanced/ Unbalanced Groundedwye/delta Phase A S (kVA) Total Phase A pf Total Phase A pf lead/lag Phase B S (kVA) Phase B pf Phase B pf lead/lag Phase C S (kVA) Phase C pf Phase C pf lead/lag In-service flag Visibility flag
Radio button
Load connected as grounded Radio (wye) or ungrounded (delta) button Actual load at phase A speci- Real fied in kVA or total load number Power factor for Phase A or total pf Flag indicating whether power factor is leading or lagging Real number Check box
Actual load at phase B speci- Real fied in kVA number Power factor or Phase B Flag indicating whether power factor is leading or lagging Real number Check box
Actual load at phase C speci- Real fied in kVA number Power factor or Phase C Flag indicating whether power factor is leading or lagging Flag indicating whether load is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram Real number Check box
None None
In service Visible
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-10
Constant power Constant impedance None None None None None None None None None None None None None None None
Constant power
Seasonal Concentrated at the node Percent constant impedance Phase A MWh/month Phase B MWh/month Phase C MWh/month Phase A number of consumers Phase B number of consumers Phase C number of consumers Phase A pf Phase B pf Phase C pf Resultant kW Phase A Resultant kW Phase B Resultant kW Phase C
Non-seasonal Concentrated at the node 0% 100 100 100 10 10 10 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
F-11
Flag indicating whether load Check box is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item Check box is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-12
F.7 Source
Table F-11. Source Properties
Device Property Name Scheduled voltage (pu of nominal) Definition Unique name identifier Type Character Restrictions 12-character maximum, no embedded blanks None Default Automatically assigned Node voltage specified at the source node location in pu System base kVA as specified in Network Properties 0.0
Open circuit voltage of the Real source node in pu of nom- number inal voltage Real number Real number
Base rating (kVA) The kVA rating of the source Source angle The source angle in degrees
None
Greater than or equal to 180 and less than or equal to 360 None
Positivesequence resistance Positivesequence reactance Zero-sequence resistance Zero-sequence reactance Grounding resistance Grounding reactance In-service flag
Positive-sequence source Real thevenin resistance in pu number on the system kVA base Positive-sequence source Real thevenin reactance in pu number on the system kVA base Zero-sequence source thevenin resistance in pu on the system kVA base Zero-sequence source thevenin reactance in pu on the system kVA base Grounding resistance in ohms of the source Grounding reactance in ohms of the source Flag indicating whether source is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram Real number Real number Real number Real number Check box
0.0
None
0.001
None
0.0
None
0.001
Visibility flag
Check box
None
Visible
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-13
12-character maximum, no Automatically embedded blanks assigned A negative load value indicates a generator 100
Real electrical Total real electrical power power at machine at machine terminal input terminal (kW) Mechanical power Mechanical power at at machine shaft machine shaft (kW or hp) (hp or kW) Mechanical rating Mechanical rating of the (shaft output) machine Rated (nominal) terminal voltage (kV) Nominal voltage of the machine specified in kV line-line or line-neutral depending on network property for input voltage flag Grounding resistance (ohms) Grounding reactance (ohms) Flag indicating whether induction machine is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram
100
200 Nominal voltage of the node where the machine is located 0.0 0.0 In service
Visibility flag
Check box
None
Visible
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-14
Locked rotor code NEMA locked rotor code letter Locked rotor resistance Locked rotor reactance Armature resistance Armature reactance Magnetizing reactance Inner cage resistance Inner cage reactance Outer cage resistance Outer cage reactance Sub transient reactance Transient reactance
Locked rotor resistance in pu Real number Locked rotor reactance in pu Machines resistance at synchronous speed in pu Machines reactance at synchronous speed in pu Machines magnetizing reactance in pu Inner cage resistance in pu Inner cage reactance in pu Outer cage resistance in pu Outer cage reactance in pu Real number Real number Real number Real number Real number Real number Real number Real number
Flag indicating whether to Check box connect the starting machine with a series auto transformer starter The resistance of the transformer at the maximum tap setting in pu The reactance of the transformer at the maximum tap setting in pu The starting transformer tap position to be used in the motor starting calculation specified in pu Real number Real number Real number
None
0.01
None
0.05
Used only if the flag to use an auto transformer has been selected
1.0
F-15
Machine type
Machine type
List box
Constant power PV PV machine machine, swing source N/A N/A A negative load value indicates a generator. None Wye Node when machine is located 500
Connection Regulated node Total real power consumed/ delivered Nominal machine size
Total real electrical power Real consumed by the machine number Size of the machine in kVA Real number
500 or value in the Machine Dictionary corresponding to given machine type Nominal voltage of the node where the machine is located
Nominal voltage of the machine specified in kV line-line or line-neutral depending on network property for input voltage flag Real power consumed/delivered in kW
Real number
None
Scheduled real power consumed Scheduled reactive power consumed Scheduled voltage
Real number
Valid for PV and constant power Valid for constant power machine types None
500.0 -0.5
Reactive power consumed Real in kvar number Scheduled terminal Real voltage to be held by the number machine voltage regulator in pu of the node base voltage Scheduled voltage angle in degrees Real number
1.0 or value in the Machine Dictionary corresponding to given machine type 0.0
Maximum power output of Real the machine in pu of the number nominal rating of the machine Minimum power output of the machine in pu of the nominal rating of the machine Grounding resistance of the synchronous machine Real number
0.5 or value in the Machine Dictionary corresponding to given machine type -0.5 or value in the Machine Dictionary corresponding to given machine type 0.0
None
Grounding resistance
Real number
None
F-16
Check box Flag indicating whether synchronous machine is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram Check box
Visibility flag
None
Visible
check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-17
Impedance Model Steam Turbine - large Steam Turbine - small Hydro with damper Hydro without damper Combustion Turbine Custom Rotor type Machine has damper winding Subtransient reactance Transient reactance Synchronous reactance Open circuit subtransient Open circuit transient Armature resistance Negativesequence resistance Locked rotor resistance Locked rotor reactance Zero-sequence reactance Grounding resistance Grounding reactance Saturation coefficient Inertia constant Round rotor Salient Pole N\A
Valid for custom types Valid for custom types and salient pole rotor types Valid for custom types Valid for custom types Valid for custom types Valid for custom types Valid for custom types Valid for custom types Valid for custom types Noneditable Noneditable Noneditable Valid for custom types Valid for custom types Valid for custom types Valid for custom types
0.2 D-axis 0.2 Q-axis 0.3 D-axis 0.5 Q-axis 1.5 D-axis 1.4 Q-axis 0.03 D-axis 0.08 Q-axis 6 D-axis 0.6 Q-axis .003 0.02
Synchronous reactance in Real pu number Open circuit subtransient time constant (sec) Real number
Open circuit transient time Real constant (sec) number Machine resistance at synchronous speed in pu Negative-sequence resistance in pu Real number Real number
Locked rotor resistance of Real the machine in pu number Locked rotor reactance of the machine in pu Zero-sequence reactance of the machine in pu Grounding resistance in ohms Grounding reactance in ohms Saturation coefficient at 1.0 pu and 1.2 pu Mechanical inertia constant (sec) Real number Real number Real number Real number Real number Real number
F-18
Flag indicating whether to Check box connect the starting machine with a series auto transformer starter The resistance of the transformer at the maximum tap setting in pu The reactance of the transformer at the maximum tap setting in pu The starting transformer tap position to be used in the motor starting calculation specified in pu Real number
Non-editable
0.01 or value in the Machine Dictionary corresponding to given machine type 0.05 or value in the Machine Dictionary corresponding to given machine type 1.0 or value in the Machine Dictionary corresponding to given machine type
Real number
Non-editable
Real number
Used only if the flag to use an auto transformer has been selected.
F-19
Nominal voltage of Nominal voltage of the capacitor bank machine specified in kV line-line or line-neutral depending on network property for input voltage flag Reactive power capacity Type Connection Balance Minimum regulated voltage
Capacitor reactive power Real capacity generated at nom- number inal voltage (kvar) Type of the capacitor bank Capacitor connection type Balanced or unbalanced capacitor bank Lower boundary of regulated voltage range in pu Radio button Radio button Radio button Real number
None
Specified for switched 0.95 capacitor banks only, must be less than maximum regulated voltage Specified for switched 1.05 capacitor banks only, must be greater than minimum regulated voltage May be any node in the system Used only when load flow analysis option to switch capacitors is selected Not currently used May be adjusted by load flow solution if the switch capacitors option is selected None The node where the capacitor is located 1.0
Real number
Regulated node
The node where the voltage List box regulation occurs selection How much kvar should be placed at the node Order in which the capacitor is to be switched on Real number Integer number
0 1.0
Ungrounded
Check box
Grounding resistance of the Real capacitor number Grounding reactance of the Real capacitor number
None None
F-20
Identifies the order in which Real the capacitor number controllers operate Flag indicating whether capacitor bank is in or out of service Check box
In-service flag
Capacitor bank may be in service even though the fraction switched in may be specified as zero. None
In service
Visibility flag
Flag indicating whether Check box item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram Check box
Visible
None
Visible (checked)
F-21
F.11 Switches
Table F-19. Switch Properties
Device Property Name Phasing Switch ID Definition Unique name identifier Phasing of switch Identifier for the switch Type Character Character Character Restrictions 12-character maximum, no embedded blanks ABC, AB, BC, CA, A, B, C 3-character maximum, no embedded blanks. Not currently used, provided for raw data file compatibility 10-character maximum, no embedded blanks. Not currently used, provided for raw data file compatibility. Up to a maximum of 4 ratings can be specified Default Automatically assigned ABC Blank
Construction type
Character
Blank
Ratings (A)
Ampere ratings used to calculate overloaded switches Flag indicating whether this switch is a tie switch
Real number
Assigned from construction dictionary or default properties A normal switch (unchecked). 0.95
Check box
Not currently used, provided for raw data file compatibility. 8-character maximum, no embedded blanks. Not currently used, provided for raw data file compatibility. Used only when a tie switch is specified. Open Closed Not currently used, provided for raw data compatibility for the tie open point optimization module None
Character
Radio button
Closed Locked
Specifies whether Radio switches are allowed to button freely open or close during TOPO analysis Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram Check box
Visibility flag
Visible
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-22
Nameplate Rating kVA rating per phase Construction type Reference to construction type in the construction dictionary file Positive-sequence resistance specified in pu Positive-sequence reactance specified in pu
0.0
Negative value indicates series capacitor. Positive value indicates series reactor. None Negative value indicates series capacitor. Positive value indicates series reactor. Up to a maximum of 4 ratings can be specified
-0.005
0.0 -0.005
Ratings (A)
Per-unit ratings used to calculate overloaded series devices Flag indicating whether series capacitor/reactor is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram
Real number
In-service flag
Check box
Capacitor bank may be in In Service service even though the fraction switched in may be specified as zero. None Visible
Visibility flag
Check box
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-23
Phase at which fault occurs Flag indicating whether fault is in or out of service Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram Flag indicating whether results for this item are visible on the diagram
Check box
None
Visible (checked)
F-24
Text describing protection Character equipment Branch location of protection equipment Node location of protection equipment List containing the protection equipment List box List containing available devices that are currently in the equipment database Fields used to sort the available device list Select list used to select sort field Flag indicating whether item is visible or invisible on the diagram List box List box Check box Character Character
None
Visible
F-25
F.15 Fuses
Table F-23. Fuses: General
Device Property Name Branch Definition Name of the fuse Branch location of fuse Type Character Character Real Number Check box None Noneditable None 1.0 Restrictions Default
Damage multiplier Used as a multiplier on current to simulate a fuse damage curve Show I2T curve Flag indicating whether to show I2T (I-squared-T) curve for the fuse Identifier for fuse Indicator specifying whether to show device curve on plot Flag indicating whether to calculate and report operating time of the device
None
Un-checked (do not show I2T curve) Manufacturer, model rating Visible (checked)
Description Visible
None None
Disabled
Check box
None
Multiplier to use for current Real number Multiplier to use for time Adder to use for time Real number Real number
F-26
Description
Character
None
Time dial
List or slider control List or slider control List or slider control Real number Real number Real number Check box None None Must be > 0 100 5.0 0.02 Not checked Instantaneous setting specified in Amps Not checked (enabled) None Visible (checked)
Pickup
Instantaneous
Instantaneous setting
Multiple of pu flag Used to select/enter instantaneous setting in multiple of pickup (Tap) Disable flag Visible Used to disable instantaneous portion of relay Indicator specifying whether to show device curve on plot Flag indicating whether to calculate and report operating time of the device
Disabled
Check box
None
F-27
Multiplier to use for current Real number Multiplier to use for time Adder to use for time Real number Real number
F-28
If checked, inrush current is displayed as point on TCC curve ANSI factor flag. If checked factor is used to determine damage curve Transformer phasing
None
None
Phasing
None
Phasing of the transformer branch or <ABC> Impedance of the transformer branch or R1 = 0.01, X1 = 0.057, R0 = 0.01, X0 = .057 Source impedance. If no source, values default to 0. Visible (checked)
None
System impedSystem (source) positive ance (R1, X1, R0, and zero sequence X0) impedance Visible Indicator specifying whether to show device curve on plot Flag indicating whether to calculate and report operating time of the device
None
None
Disabled
Check box
None
F-29
Multiplier to use for current Real number Multiplier to use for time Adder to use for time Real number Real number
F-30
Checked if you want to Check box enter a conductor area not in the list Real number List box List box Real number
User defined area User specified conductor area Material Insulation type Conductor material Insulation type
Real number
None
Visible
Indicator specifying whether to show device curve on plot Flag indicating whether to calculate and report operating time of the device
Check box
None
Disabled
Check box
None
F-31
Multiplier to use for current Real number Multiplier to use for time Adder to use for time Real number Real number
F-32
F.19 Reclosers
Table F-31. Reclosers: General
Device Property Name Description Nom voltage Curve annotation Trip coil rating Minimum trip rating Visible Definition Recloser name Type Character None None Not editable Not editable N/A N/A N/A N/A None Visible (checked) Total clearing Restrictions Blank Manufacturer, type, nominal voltage Default
Identifier for recloser curve Character Nominal voltage Curve annotation specification Trip coil rating Minimum trip rating Character Number Radio box List box List box List box Check box
Line-current curve TCC curve identifier Indicator specifying whether to show device curve on plot Flag indicating whether to calculate and report operating time of the device
Disabled
Check box
None
Multiplier to use for current Real number Multiplier to use for time Adder to use for time Real number Real number
F-33
F.20 Machines
Table F-33. Machines: General
Device Property Name Description Mechanical Power Units Mechanical Rating Rated (nominal) terminal voltage (kV) Definition Machine name Identifier for motor protection curve Type Character Character None None None None Restrictions Blank Blank hp Machine rating if present at PEPack location <or> 200 Machine kV if present at PEPack location <or> Node kV where machine is located Machine power factor if present at PEPack location <or> 1.000 Machine efficiency if present at PEPack location <or> 1.000 Calculated based on efficiency, rating, kV and power factor if not user defined. If user-defined is checked, enter the value of the full load amps Calculated as 6 times full load. If user-defined is checked, enter the value of locked rotor current. 10.0 Full voltage Default
Units of mechanical power Radio in hp (NEMA) or kW (IEC) button Rating of machine in either hp or kW Machine nominal rated voltage Number
Number
None
Power factor
Number
None
Efficiency
Machine efficiency
Number
None
Full Load
Number
None
Locked rotor
Number
None
Machine acceleration time Number (seconds) Full voltage or Auto trans- Radio former reduced starting button method Autotransformer tap position in pu Number
None None
1.0
F-34
Disabled
Check box
None
F-35
F-36
Appendix G
Database Field Formats
G.1 Branch Results
G.1.1 Filename: branch.dbf
Table G-1. Branch Results
Maximum Width 3 12 12 12 12 12 3 18 3 18 18 18 18 12 12 12 18 18 18 Maximum Number of Decimals 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 9 9 9 9 6 6 6 9 9 9
Name ISLAND NAME TYPE LIBRARY NODE1 NODE2 PHASE VBASE RATING IA IB IC IMAX TA TB TC I0 I1 I2
Type Number Character Character Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description Island number Device name Device type Library reference First connected node Second connected node Valid phases Base voltage Branch rating index Phase A current Phase B current Phase C current Maximum current Phase A angle Phase B angle Phase C angle Zero-sequence current Positive-sequence current Negative-sequence current
G-1
Name T0 T1 T2 PA PB PC PLOSS SA SB SC QA QB QC QLOSS PFA PFB PFC LLA LLB LLC TNODE RNODE XTYPE TAPA TAPB TAPC VREGA VREGB VREGC LENGTH PCOST
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Character Character Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description Zero-sequence angle Positive-sequence angle Negative-sequence angle Phase A real power Phase B real power Phase C real power Total power loss Phase A polar power Phase B polar power Phase C polar power Phase A reactive power Phase B reactive power Phase C reactive power Reactive power loss Phase A power factor Phase B power factor Phase C power factor Phase A lead lag flag Phase B lead lag flag Phase C lead lag flag Tapped node name Regulated node name Transformer type Phase A tap position Phase B tap position Phase C tap position Phase A regulated voltage Phase B regulated voltage Phase C regulated voltage Line length Real power cost
G-2
Name QCOST IUNBALPERC IAVG VA VB VC Vmin Dist Total P Total Q Total S Total PF Total L Nodeph
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Character
Description Reactive power cost Percent unbalance Average current Voltage at Phase A, 2nd node Voltage at Phase B, 2nd node Voltage at Phase C, 2nd node Minimum voltage Distance from 2nd node back to source Total real power Total reactive power Total apparent power Total power factor Total lead/lag flag Downstream node phasing
G-3
Name ISLAND NAME NODE CON TYPE PLOSS0 QLOSS0 PLOSS1 QLOSS1 PVCOSTFX PVCOSTSW PV0 PV1
Type Number Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
Description
G-4
Description Load snapshot name Node name Total kvar size placed at node Switched capacitor increment Fraction of switched capacitor that is in service
Name NAME NODE PHASE TYPE CVAR CVARA CVARB CVARC STATUS KVNOM LOW HIGH STEP PRIOR
Type Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Character Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-5
Description
Description Number of nodes over limit Number of nodes under limit Number of out-of-service devices Number of branches over rating index
G-6
Name ISLAND NODE PHS VBASE 3PH_G PH_G PH_GZ PH_PH PH_PH_G 3PH RP XP R0 X0
Type Number Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-7
Name NAME NODE PHASE STATUS LOAD RATING KCAT KTYP KVNOM NEMA START AUTOX RLR XLR RT XT TAP EFF RA XA MAGX INR INX OUTR OUTX SUBX TRX
Type Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-8
Description Real power units (kW, hp) Shaft output units (KW, hp)
Type Character Character Character Number Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-9
Name SRCKW SRCKVAR SYNKWP SYNKWN SYNKVARP SYNKVARN INDKWP INDKWN INDKVARP INDKVARN CAPKVAR NCAPS NSRCS NLINES NSYNP NINDP NSYNN NINDN LOSSKW LOSSKVAR
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description Source real power Source reactive power Synchronous machine real power (+) Synchronous machine real power (-) Synchronous machine reactive power (+) Synchronous machine reactive power (-) Induction machine real power (+) Induction machine real power (-) Induction machine reactive power (+) Induction machine reactive power (-) Capacitor reactive power Number of capacitors Number of sources Number of lines Number of synchronous machines (+) Number of induction machines (+) Number of synchronous machines (-) Number of induction machines (-) Total real system losses Total reactive system losses
G-10
Name NAME NODE PHASE STATUS KCAT KTYP GRND BAL CON PA QA PB QB PC QC SA PFA LEADA SB PFB LEADB SC PFC LEADC
Type Character Character Character Character Number Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Character Number Number Character Number Number Character
Description
G-11
Description Snapshot name Load category Scale factor Duration (pu) Active (Y/N) Type (machine/load) Scale (pwr/size)
Name PPRICE QPRICE PDPRICE QDPRICE DISCOUNT INFLATION PERIOD FINSTCOST SINSTCOST FMAINTCOST SMAINTCOST
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description Real power price (kWh) Reactive power price (kvar/hr) Real power demand price (per kW) Reactive power demand price (per kvar) Discount rate (pu/yr) Inflation rate (pu/yr) Evaluation period (yr) Fixed cap installation cost (per kvar) Switched cap installation cost (per kvar) Fixed cap maintenance cost (per kvar) Switched cap maintenance cost (per kvar)
G-12
Description
Section B.1.4
DESC FIXED SWITCHED X Y ORIENT Character Character Character Number Number Character 250 3 3 18 18 8 0 0 0 9 9 0 Description CAPO fixed (Y/N) CAPO switched (Y/N) Graphical x-coordinate Graphical y-coordinate Device orientation (H,V,P) - horizontal, vertical, point
Description
G-13
Name VC TA TB TC V0 V1 V2 T0 T1 T2 VPREA VPREB VPREC VPOSTA VPOSTB VPOSTC VDIFFA VDIFFB VDIFFC Vmin Vmax Vavg VUNBALPERC DISTANCE
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description Voltage phase C Angle phase A Angle phase B Angle phase C Zero-sequence voltage Positive-sequence voltage Negative-sequence voltage Zero-sequence angle Positive-sequence angle Negative-sequence angle Voltage phase A pre-start Voltage phase B pre-start Voltage phase C pre-start Voltage phase A starting Voltage phase B starting Voltage phase C starting Voltage phase A difference Voltage phase B difference Voltage phase C difference Minimum voltage Maximum voltage Average voltage Percent unbalance Distance form node back to source
G-14
Type Character Character Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-15
Name ISLAND NAME NODE AREA CON TYPE CAT PHASE VBASE STATUS CAP RNODE USED STEP SIZE QMAX QMIN MACH VSCHED PSCHED VTERM VOP SLIP FAULT RFAULT XFAULT IA IB
Type Number Character Character Number Character Character Number Character Number Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-16
Name IC TA TB TC I0 I1 I2 T0 T1 T2 PA PB PC SA SB SC PFA PFB PFC PF LLA LLB LLC QA QB QC VREGA VREGB VREGC TIMEDELAY RUNITS
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Character
Description Phase C current Phase A angle Phase B angle Phase C angle Zero-sequence current Positive-sequence current Negative-sequence current Zero-sequence angle Positive-sequence angle Negative-sequence angle Phase A power (kW) Phase B power (kW) Phase C power (kW) Phase A power (kVA) Phase B power (kVA) Phase C power (kVA) Phase A power factor Phase B power factor Phase C power factor Power factor Phase A lead/lag Phase B lead/lag Phase C lead/lag Phase A reactive power Phase B reactive power Phase C reactive power Phase A regulated voltage Phase B regulated voltage Phase C regulated voltage Shunt capacitor time delay Induction machine units (kW, hp)
G-17
Name NAME NODE PHASE STATUS TYPE kVA SRP QMAX QMIN R1 X1 R0 X0 RG XG ANGLE KVS
Type Character Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-18
Description
Name CAT NKW NKVAR NKVA NPF NLEAD AKW AKVAR AKVA APF ALEAD
Type Character Number Number Number Number Character Number Number Number Number Character
Description
G-19
Name NAME NODE STATUS KWACONSTP KWBCONSTP KWCCONSTP KVARACONP KVARBCONP KVARCCONP KWACONSTZ KWBCONSTZ KWCCONSTZ KVARACONZ KVARBCONZ KVARCCONZ
Type Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description MWh load name Connected node Status (in/out) kW - Phase A of type constant power kW - Phase B of type constant power kW - Phase C of type constant power kvar - Phase A of type constant power kvar - Phase B of type constant power kvar - Phase C of type constant power kW - Phase A of type constant impedance kW - Phase B of type constant impedance kW - Phase C of type constant impedance kvar - Phase A of type constant impedance kvar - Phase B of type constant impedance kvar - Phase C of type constant impedance
G-20
Name NAME FROM TO PHASE STATUS LIB R1 X1 R0 X0 BC1 BC0 A1 A2 A3 A4 TYPE ID CKTID TOPO
Type Character Character Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Character Character Character Character
Description
G-21
Name NAME NODE REGNODE PHASE STATUS CONNECT LOAD RATING KCAT KTYP AUTOX KVNOM VSCHEDA VSCHEDB VSCHEDC SCHEDQ QMAX QMIN TAP
Type Character Character Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-22
Name ISLANDS NODES BRANCHES SHUNTS FAULTS LOOPS SOURCES TRANS LINES SWITCHES SERCAPS SMACHS IMACHS LOADS CAPS DIST
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description Number of islands Number of nodes Number of branches Number of shunts Number of faults Number of loops Number of sources Number of transformers Number of lines Number of switches Number of series capacitors/reactors Number of synchronous machines Number of induction machines Number of loads Number of capacitors Total line length
G-23
Name ISLAND NAME UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM STATUS CHANGED ID PLOSS0 QLOSS0 PLOSS1 QLOSS1 EPCOST0 EQCOST0 DPCOST0 DQCOST0 EPCOST1 EQCOST1 DPCOST1 DQCOST1
Type Number Character Character Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Description
G-24
Description
Type Character Character Character Character Character Character Character Number Number Number Number
Description
G-25
Name BC1 BC0 A1 A2 A3 A4 TYPE REMLOC KVAT TAP1 TAP2 TAP3 TAPSIDE TMAX TMIN STEP VMAX VMIN RCA XCA RCB XCB RCC XCC PTA CTA PTB CTB PTC CTC TNODE RNODE
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Character Character Number Number Number Number Character Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Character Character
Description BC1 0.0 for transformers BC0 0.0 for transformers Rating 1 (pu) Rating 2 (pu) Rating 3 (pu) Rating 4 (pu) Transformer type Regulated node on tapped/untapped side Transformer kVA per phase Phase A tap position Phase B tap position Phase C tap position FROM or TO Maximum tap position Minimum tap position Tap step Maximum voltage Minimum voltage Compensating resistance (ohm) phase A Compensating reactance (ohm) phase A Compensating resistance (ohm) phase B Compensating reactance (ohm) phase B Compensating resistance (ohm) phase C Compensating reactance (ohm) phase C pt ratio phase A ct rating phase A pt ratio phase B ct rating phase B pt ratio phase C ct rating phase C Tapped node Regulated node
G-26
Name TIMEDELAY PHASESHIFT FRVOLT TOVOLT FRGR FRGX TOGR TOGX USERDEF
Type Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Character
Description
G-27
Name KV
Type Character
Description
Description Protective device name Associated branch Customer count Customer interruptions System Average Interruption Frequency Index System Average Interruption Duration Index Customer Average Interruption Frequency Index Customer Average Interruption Duration Index
G-28
Appendix H
Conductor Database
Column Heading NAME !-!-TYPE --R_DC -(ohm/mi) R_DC -(ohm/km) R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/km)
Conductor Type.
H-1
Conductor Database
Column Heading XC_60 60 Hz (mohm-mi) XC_60 60 Hz (mohm-km) XC_50 50 Hz (mohm-mi) XC_50 50 Hz (mohm-km) AREA Aluminum (kcmil) AREA Total (sq-in.) AREA Total (sq-mm) OD -(in.) OD -(mm) STRAND outer/core -#STD-OL outer -STR-DIA outer (in.) STR-DIA outer (mm) STR-DIA core (in.) STR-DIA core (mm) UTS -(lb)
Stranding coefficient defined as the number of aluminum strands per number of core strands. Number of aluminum strands in outer layer.
H-2
Conductor Database
Column Heading UTS -(kg) WGT -(lb/1000 ft) WGT -(kg/km) Amps -(A)
Ampacity based on 40oC conductor temperature rise over a 40oC ambient temperature with a 2ft/sec crosswind, 0.5 emissivity and no sun.
H-3
H-4
!Conductor Data File for PSS/U !dcl, 5/16/99 DO NOT USE , separator for formatting any cells !NAME TYPE R_DC R_DC !'----!'--(ohm/mi) (ohm/km) AAAC5005#6 AAAC5005 4.129 2.5657 KAZOO AAAC5005 3.47 2.1562 AAAC5005#4 AAAC5005 2.595 1.6125 KAKI AAAC5005 2.18 1.3546 AAAC5005#2 AAAC5005 1.63 1.0129 KENCH AAAC5005 1.37 0.8513 AAAC5005_1/0 AAAC5005 1.026 0.6375 KIBE AAAC5005 0.862 0.5356 AAAC5005_2/0 AAAC5005 0.8133 0.5054 KAYAK AAAC5005 0.684 0.425 AAAC5005_3/0 AAAC5005 0.6454 0.401 KOPECK AAAC5005 0.5438 0.3379 AAAC5005_4/0 AAAC5005 0.5114 0.3178 KITTLE AAAC5005 0.431 0.2678 RATCH AAAC5005 0.3775 0.2346 RAMIE AAAC5005 0.3397 0.2111 RADAR AAAC5005 0.2993 0.186 RADIAN AAAC5005 0.2694 0.1674 REDE AAAC5005 0.2536 0.1576 RAGOUT AAAC5005 0.2284 0.1419 REX AAAC5005 0.2113 0.1313 REMEX AAAC5005 0.1902 0.1182 RUBLE AAAC5005 0.1812 0.1126 RUNE AAAC5005 0.1629 0.1012 SPAR AAAC5005 0.1434 0.0891 SOLAR AAAC5005 0.1148 0.0713 AN587 AAAC5005 0.0909 0.0565 IN604 AAAC5005 0.0885 0.055 IN649 AAAC5005 0.0824 0.0512 AN659 AAAC5005 0.081 0.0503 AN759 AAAC5005 0.0703 0.0437 AAAC6201#6 AAAC6201 4.1232 2.5621 AKRON AAAC6201 3.54 2.1997 AAAC6201#4 AAAC6201 2.5931 1.6113 ALTON AAAC6201 2.22 1.3795 AAAC6201#2 AAAC6201 1.6309 1.0134 AMES AAAC6201 1.4 0.8699 AAAC6201_1/0 AAAC6201 1.0262 0.6377 AZUSA AAAC6201 0.878 0.5456 AAAC6201_2/0 AAAC6201 0.8135 0.5055 ANAHEIM AAAC6201 0.6965 0.4328 AAAC6201_3/0 AAAC6201 0.6455 0.4011 AMHERST AAAC6201 0.5531 0.3437 AAAC6201_4/0 AAAC6201 0.5121 0.3182 T117AG AAAC6201 0.4688 0.2913 T117NG AAAC6201 0.4688 0.2913 ALLIANCE AAAC6201 0.4384 0.2724 AAAC6201_250 AAAC6201 0.4336 0.2694 T148AG AAAC6201 0.3668 0.2279 T148NG AAAC6201 0.3668 0.2279 AAAC6201_300 AAAC6201 0.3646 0.2266 BUTTE AAAC6201 0.3461 0.2151 AAAC6201_350 AAAC6201 0.3102 0.1928 T182AG AAAC6201 0.2997 0.1862 T182NG AAAC6201 0.2997 0.1862 CANTON AAAC6201 0.2743 0.1704 AAAC6201_400 AAAC6201 0.2717 0.1688 T228AG AAAC6201 0.2388 0.1484 T228NG AAAC6201 0.2388 0.1484 AAAC6201_450 AAAC6201 0.2418 0.1503 CAIRO AAAC6201 0.2326 0.1445 AAAC6201_500 AAAC6201 0.2179 0.1354 AAAC6201_550 AAAC6201 0.1983 0.1232 DARIEN AAAC6201 0.1935 0.1202 T288AG AAAC6201 0.1888 0.1173 T288NG AAAC6201 0.1888 0.1173 T298AG AAAC6201 0.1802 0.112 T298NG AAAC6201 0.1802 0.112 AAAC6201_600 AAAC6201 0.1821 0.1132 AAAC6201_650 AAAC6201 0.1683 0.1046 ELGIN AAAC6201 0.1659 0.1031 AAAC6201_700 AAAC6201 0.1566 0.0973 T366AG AAAC6201 0.1485 0.0923 T366NG AAAC6201 0.1485 0.0923 FLINT AAAC6201 0.1461 0.0908 AAAC6201_750 AAAC6201 0.1464 0.091 AAAC6201_800 AAAC6201 0.1375 0.0854 T445AG AAAC6201 0.121 0.0752 T445NG AAAC6201 0.121 0.0752 AAAC6201_900 AAAC6201 0.1228 0.0763 GREELEY AAAC6201 0.1167 0.0725 AAAC6201_1000 AAAC6201 0.111 0.069 FPL3 AAAC6201 0.0972 0.0604 T570AG AAAC6201 0.0956 0.0594 T570NG AAAC6201 0.0956 0.0594 T621AG AAAC6201 0.0869 0.054 T621NG AAAC6201 0.0869 0.054 REYN2 AAAC6201 0.0886 0.0551 ALCAN1 AAAC6201 0.088 0.0547
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 4.129 3.47 2.595 2.18 1.631 1.37 1.026 0.862 0.8137 0.684 0.6459 0.544 0.512 0.431 0.378 0.341 0.3 0.27 0.254 0.23 0.212 0.192 0.183 0.165 0.146 0.117 0.0927 0.0901 0.0837 0.0822 0.0713 4.1232 3.54 2.5931 2.22 1.6309 1.4 1.0262 0.878 0.8135 0.697 0.6455 0.554 0.5121 0.4694 0.4694 0.439 0.4336 1.6092 1.6092 0.3646 0.347 0.3102 1.6092 1.6092 0.276 0.2717 1.6092 1.6092 0.2418 0.234 0.2179 0.1983 0.195 1.6092 1.6092 0.1825 0.1825 0.1821 0.1683 0.168 0.1566 1.6092 1.6092 0.148 0.1464 0.1375 0.124 0.124 0.1228 0.119 0.111 0.0991 1.6092 1.6092 0.0916 0.0916 0.0886 0.088
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 2.5657 2.1562 1.6125 1.3546 1.0135 0.8513 0.6375 0.5356 0.5056 0.425 0.4014 0.338 0.3182 0.2678 0.2349 0.2119 0.1864 0.1678 0.1578 0.1429 0.1317 0.1193 0.1137 0.1025 0.0907 0.0727 0.0576 0.056 0.052 0.0511 0.0443 2.5621 2.1997 1.6113 1.3795 1.0134 0.8699 0.6377 0.5456 0.5055 0.4331 0.4011 0.3442 0.3182 0.2917 0.2917 0.2728 0.2694 0.9999 0.9999 0.2266 0.2156 0.1928 0.9999 0.9999 0.1715 0.1688 0.9999 0.9999 0.1503 0.1454 0.1354 0.1232 0.1212 0.9999 0.9999 0.1134 0.1134 0.1132 0.1046 0.1044 0.0973 0.9999 0.9999 0.092 0.091 0.0854 0.0771 0.0771 0.0763 0.0739 0.069 0.0616 0.9999 0.9999 0.0569 0.0569 0.0551 0.0547
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 4.129 3.47 2.595 2.18 1.6307 1.37 1.026 0.862 0.8136 0.684 0.6458 0.5439 0.5118 0.431 0.3779 0.3406 0.2998 0.2698 0.2539 0.2295 0.2118 0.1915 0.1825 0.1644 0.1452 0.1163 0.0922 0.0896 0.0833 0.0818 0.071 4.1232 3.54 2.5931 2.22 1.6309 1.4 1.0262 0.878 0.8135 0.6969 0.6455 0.5537 0.5121 0.4692 0.4692 0.4388 0.4336 1.2365 1.2365 0.3646 0.3467 0.3102 1.2163 1.2163 0.2755 0.2717 1.1981 1.1981 0.2418 0.2336 0.2179 0.1983 0.1946 1.1831 1.1831 0.1818 0.1818 0.1821 0.1683 0.1674 0.1566 1.171 1.171 0.1474 0.1464 0.1375 0.1231 0.1231 0.1228 0.1183 0.111 0.0985 1.1551 1.1551 0.0902 0.0902 0.0886 0.088
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) 2.5657 2.1562 1.6125 1.3546 1.0133 0.8513 0.6375 0.5356 0.5055 0.425 0.4013 0.338 0.318 0.2678 0.2348 0.2117 0.1863 0.1677 0.1578 0.1426 0.1316 0.119 0.1134 0.1021 0.0902 0.0723 0.0573 0.0557 0.0518 0.0508 0.0441 2.5621 2.1997 1.6113 1.3795 1.0134 0.8699 0.6377 0.5456 0.5055 0.433 0.4011 0.3441 0.3182 0.2916 0.2916 0.2727 0.2694 0.7683 0.7683 0.2266 0.2155 0.1928 0.7558 0.7558 0.1712 0.1688 0.7445 0.7445 0.1503 0.1451 0.1354 0.1232 0.1209 0.7351 0.7351 0.113 0.113 0.1132 0.1046 0.104 0.0973 0.7276 0.7276 0.0916 0.091 0.0854 0.0765 0.0765 0.0763 0.0735 0.069 0.0612 0.7178 0.7178 0.056 0.056 0.0551 0.0547
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.63 0.621 0.602 0.593 0.574 0.564 0.546 0.536 0.532 0.522 0.518 0.508 0.504 0.494 0.48 0.473 0.465 0.459 0.455 0.449 0.444 0.438 0.435 0.429 0.419 0.405 0.3781 0.3781 0.3781 0.3781 0.3781 0.63 0.621 0.602 0.593 0.574 0.564 0.546 0.536 0.532 0.522 0.518 0.508 0.504 0.494 0.494 0.494 0.4868 0 0 0.4575 0.473 0.4664 0 0 0.459 0.4583 0 0 0.4512 0.449 0.4448 0.437 0.438 0 0 0.3625 0.3625 0.4317 0.4269 0.429 0.4224 0 0 0.419 0.4181 0.4143 0.3417 0.3417 0.407 0.405 0.4007 0.393 0 0 0.325 0.325 0.38 0.378
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.3915 0.3859 0.3741 0.3685 0.3567 0.3505 0.3393 0.3331 0.3306 0.3244 0.3219 0.3157 0.3132 0.307 0.2983 0.2939 0.2889 0.2852 0.2827 0.279 0.2759 0.2722 0.2703 0.2666 0.2604 0.2517 0.2349 0.2349 0.2349 0.2349 0.2349 0.3915 0.3859 0.3741 0.3685 0.3567 0.3505 0.3393 0.3331 0.3306 0.3244 0.3219 0.3157 0.3132 0.307 0.307 0.307 0.3025 0 0 0.2843 0.2939 0.2898 0 0 0.2852 0.2848 0 0 0.2804 0.279 0.2764 0.2715 0.2722 0 0 0.2253 0.2253 0.2683 0.2653 0.2666 0.2625 0 0 0.2604 0.2598 0.2574 0.2123 0.2123 0.2529 0.2517 0.249 0.2442 0 0 0.202 0.202 0.2361 0.2349
XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.525 0.5175 0.5017 0.4942 0.4783 0.47 0.455 0.4467 0.4433 0.435 0.4317 0.4233 0.42 0.4117 0.4 0.3942 0.3875 0.3825 0.3792 0.3742 0.37 0.365 0.3625 0.3575 0.3492 0.3375 0.3151 0.3151 0.3151 0.3151 0.3151 0.525 0.5175 0.5017 0.4942 0.4783 0.47 0.455 0.4467 0.4433 0.435 0.4317 0.4233 0.42 0.4117 0.4117 0.4117 0.4057 0 0 0.3813 0.3942 0.3887 0 0 0.3825 0.3819 0 0 0.376 0.3742 0.3707 0.3642 0.365 0 0 0.3021 0.3021 0.3598 0.3558 0.3575 0.352 0 0 0.3492 0.3484 0.3453 0.2848 0.2848 0.3392 0.3375 0.3339 0.3275 0 0 0.2708 0.2708 0.3167 0.315
XL_50 XC_60 XC_60 XC_50 XC_50 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz (ohm/km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) 0.3262 0.1444 0.2324 0.1733 0.2789 0.3216 0.1421 0.2287 0.1705 0.2744 0.3117 0.1375 0.2213 0.165 0.2655 0.3071 0.1352 0.2176 0.1622 0.2611 0.2972 0.1306 0.2102 0.1567 0.2522 0.2921 0.1283 0.2065 0.154 0.2478 0.2827 0.1237 0.1991 0.1484 0.2389 0.2776 0.1214 0.1954 0.1457 0.2344 0.2755 0.1203 0.1936 0.1444 0.2323 0.2703 0.118 0.1899 0.1416 0.2279 0.2682 0.1169 0.1881 0.1403 0.2258 0.2631 0.1146 0.1844 0.1375 0.2213 0.261 0.1134 0.1825 0.1361 0.219 0.2558 0.1112 0.179 0.1334 0.2147 0.2486 0.1089 0.1753 0.1307 0.2103 0.2449 0.1073 0.1727 0.1288 0.2072 0.2408 0.1054 0.1696 0.1265 0.2035 0.2377 0.1039 0.1672 0.1247 0.2006 0.2356 0.108 0.1738 0.1296 0.2086 0.2325 0.1014 0.1632 0.1217 0.1958 0.2299 0.1003 0.1614 0.1204 0.1937 0.2268 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0.2253 0.098 0.1577 0.1176 0.1893 0.2221 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.217 0.0944 0.1519 0.1133 0.1823 0.2097 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.1958 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1958 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1958 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1958 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1958 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.3262 0.1444 0.2324 0.1733 0.2789 0.3216 0.1421 0.2287 0.1705 0.2744 0.3117 0.1375 0.2213 0.165 0.2655 0.3071 0.1352 0.2176 0.1622 0.2611 0.2972 0.1306 0.2102 0.1567 0.2522 0.2921 0.1283 0.2065 0.154 0.2478 0.2827 0.1237 0.1991 0.1484 0.2389 0.2776 0.1214 0.1954 0.1457 0.2344 0.2755 0.1203 0.1936 0.1444 0.2323 0.2703 0.118 0.1899 0.1416 0.2279 0.2682 0.1169 0.1881 0.1403 0.2258 0.2631 0.1146 0.1844 0.1375 0.2213 0.261 0.1134 0.1825 0.1361 0.219 0.2558 0.1112 0.179 0.1334 0.2147 0.2558 0.1112 0.179 0.1334 0.2147 0.2558 0.1112 0.179 0.1334 0.2147 0.2521 0.1108 0.1783 0.133 0.214 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.2369 0.108 0.1738 0.1296 0.2086 0.2449 0.1073 0.1727 0.1288 0.2072 0.2415 0.1058 0.1703 0.127 0.2043 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.2377 0.1039 0.1672 0.1247 0.2006 0.2373 0.1038 0.167 0.1246 0.2005 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.2336 0.102 0.1641 0.1224 0.197 0.2325 0.1014 0.1632 0.1217 0.1958 0.2303 0.1005 0.1617 0.1206 0.1941 0.2263 0.099 0.1593 0.1188 0.1912 0.2268 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1877 0.1164 0.1873 0.1397 0.2248 0.1877 0.1164 0.1873 0.1397 0.2248 0.2235 0.0977 0.1572 0.1172 0.1887 0.2211 0.0965 0.1553 0.1158 0.1864 0.2221 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.2187 0.0954 0.1535 0.1145 0.1842 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.217 0.0944 0.1519 0.1133 0.1823 0.2165 0.0944 0.1519 0.1133 0.1823 0.2145 0.0934 0.1503 0.1121 0.1804 0.1769 0.1104 0.1777 0.1325 0.2132 0.1769 0.1104 0.1777 0.1325 0.2132 0.2108 0.0917 0.1476 0.11 0.1771 0.2097 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.2075 0.0901 0.145 0.1081 0.174 0.2035 0.088 0.1416 0.1056 0.1699 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1683 0.1044 0.168 0.1253 0.2016 0.1683 0.1044 0.168 0.1253 0.2016 0.1968 0.09 0.1448 0.108 0.1738 0.1957 0.0846 0.1361 0.1015 0.1634
AREA aluminum (kcmil) 26 31 42 49 66 77 106 123 133 155 168 196 212 247 281 313 355 395 420 465 504 559 587 652 741 927 1158.5 1192 1259.1 1300.6 1497.9 26 31 42 49 66 77 106 123 133 155 168 196 212 230.9 230.9 247 250 292.3 292.3 300 313 350 358.4 358.4 395 400 449.6 449.6 450 465 500 550 559 569 569 584 584 600 650 652 700 722.7 722.7 741 750 800 875 875 900 927 1000 1113 1125.3 1125.3 1219 1219 1272 1450
AREA total (sq-in.) 0.0206 0.024 0.0327 0.0382 0.0521 0.0608 0.0829 0.0968 0.1046 0.1221 0.1318 0.1537 0.1663 0.1939 0.221 0.2456 0.2789 0.3099 0.3295 0.3655 0.3955 0.4394 0.4612 0.5124 0.5818 0.7282 0.9099 0.9362 0.9889 1.0215 1.1765 0.0206 0.024 0.0327 0.0382 0.0521 0.0608 0.0829 0.0968 0.1046 0.1221 0.1318 0.1537 0.1663 0.1814 0.1814 0.1939 0.1963 0.2296 0.2296 0.2358 0.2456 0.2748 0.2815 0.2815 0.3099 0.3142 0.3531 0.3531 0.3534 0.3655 0.3962 0.4318 0.4394 0.4469 0.4469 0.4613 0.4613 0.4709 0.5102 0.5124 0.5494 0.5676 0.5676 0.5818 0.5893 0.628 0.691 0.691 0.7072 0.7282 0.7854 0.8742 0.8838 0.8838 0.9626 0.9626 0.999 1.1388
AREA total (sq-mm) 13.2903 15.4838 21.0967 24.6451 33.6128 39.2257 53.4838 62.4515 67.4837 78.774 85.0321 99.1611 107.2901 125.0965 142.5804 158.4513 179.9351 199.9351 212.5802 235.806 255.1608 283.4833 297.5478 330.58 375.3541 469.8055 587.0311 603.9988 637.9987 659.0309 759.0307 13.2903 15.4838 21.0967 24.6451 33.6128 39.2257 53.4838 62.4515 67.4837 78.774 85.0321 99.1611 107.2901 117.032 117.032 125.0965 126.6449 148.1287 148.1287 152.1287 158.4513 177.29 181.6125 181.6125 199.9351 202.7093 227.806 227.806 227.9995 235.806 255.6124 278.5801 283.4833 288.322 288.322 297.6123 297.6123 303.8058 329.1606 330.58 354.4509 366.1928 366.1928 375.3541 380.1928 405.1605 445.8056 445.8056 456.2572 469.8055 506.7087 563.9989 570.1924 570.1924 621.031 621.031 644.5148 734.7082
OD -(in.) 0.184 0.198 0.232 0.25 0.292 0.316 0.368 0.398 0.414 0.447 0.464 0.502 0.522 0.563 0.608 0.642 0.683 0.721 0.743 0.782 0.814 0.858 0.879 0.926 0.99 1.108 1.2402 1.2579 1.3031 1.315 1.4094 0.184 0.198 0.232 0.25 0.292 0.316 0.368 0.398 0.414 0.447 0.464 0.502 0.522 0.5512 0.5512 0.563 0.574 0.6201 0.6201 0.629 0.642 0.679 0.689 0.689 0.721 0.726 0.7717 0.7717 0.77 0.782 0.811 0.853 0.858 0.8681 0.8681 0.8819 0.8819 0.891 0.928 0.926 0.963 0.9783 0.9783 0.99 0.997 1.029 1.0807 1.0807 1.092 1.108 1.151 1.2215 1.2224 1.2224 1.2756 1.2756 1.3 1.388
OD STRAND -- outer/core (mm) -4.6736 7 5.0292 7 5.8928 7 6.35 7 7.4168 7 8.0264 7 9.3472 7 10.1092 7 10.5156 7 11.3538 7 11.7856 7 12.7508 7 13.2588 7 14.3002 7 15.4432 19 16.3068 19 17.3482 19 18.3134 19 18.8722 19 19.8628 19 20.6756 19 21.7932 19 22.3266 19 23.5204 19 25.146 37 28.1432 37 31.5011 61 31.9507 61 33.0987 61 33.401 61 35.7988 61 4.6736 7 5.0292 7 5.8928 7 6.35 7 7.4168 7 8.0264 7 9.3472 7 10.1092 7 10.5156 7 11.3538 7 11.7856 7 12.7508 7 13.2588 7 14.0005 19 14.0005 19 14.3002 7 14.5796 19 15.7505 19 15.7505 19 15.9766 19 16.3068 19 17.2466 19 17.5006 37 17.5006 37 18.3134 19 18.4404 19 19.6012 37 19.6012 37 19.558 19 19.8628 19 20.5994 19 21.6662 37 21.7932 19 22.0497 37 22.0497 37 22.4003 37 22.4003 37 22.6314 37 23.5712 37 23.5204 19 24.4602 37 24.8488 37 24.8488 37 25.146 37 25.3238 37 26.1366 37 27.4498 61 27.4498 61 27.7368 37 28.1432 37 29.2354 37 31.0261 37 31.049 61 31.049 61 32.4002 61 32.4002 61 33.02 61 35.2552 61
#STD-OL outer -6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 12 6 12 12 12 12 12 12 18 18 12 12 18 18 12 12 12 18 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 12 18 18 18 18 18 18 24 24 18 18 18 18 24 24 24 24 24 24
STR-DIA outer (in.) 0.0612 0.0661 0.0772 0.0834 0.0974 0.1052 0.1228 0.1327 0.1379 0.149 0.1548 0.1672 0.1739 0.1878 0.1218 0.1284 0.1368 0.1442 0.1486 0.1566 0.1628 0.1716 0.1758 0.1854 0.1416 0.1583 0.1378 0.1398 0.1437 0.1457 0.1575 0.0612 0.0661 0.0772 0.0834 0.0974 0.1052 0.1228 0.1327 0.1379 0.149 0.1548 0.1672 0.1739 0.11 0.11 0.1878 0.1147 0.124 0.124 0.1257 0.1283 0.1357 0.0984 0.0984 0.1441 0.1451 0.1102 0.1102 0.1539 0.1565 0.1622 0.1219 0.1716 0.124 0.124 0.126 0.126 0.1273 0.1325 0.1853 0.1375 0.1398 0.1398 0.1415 0.1424 0.147 0.1201 0.1201 0.156 0.1583 0.1644 0.1734 0.1358 0.1358 0.1417 0.1417 0.1444 0.1542
STR-DIA outer (mm) 1.5545 1.6789 1.9609 2.1184 2.474 2.6721 3.1191 3.3706 3.5027 3.7846 3.9319 4.2469 4.4171 4.7701 3.0937 3.2614 3.4747 3.6627 3.7744 3.9776 4.1351 4.3586 4.4653 4.7092 3.5966 4.0208 3.5001 3.5509 3.65 3.7008 4.0005 1.5545 1.6789 1.9609 2.1184 2.474 2.6721 3.1191 3.3706 3.5027 3.7846 3.9319 4.2469 4.4171 2.794 2.794 4.7701 2.9134 3.1496 3.1496 3.1928 3.2588 3.4468 2.4994 2.4994 3.6601 3.6855 2.7991 2.7991 3.9091 3.9751 4.1199 3.0963 4.3586 3.1496 3.1496 3.2004 3.2004 3.2334 3.3655 4.7066 3.4925 3.5509 3.5509 3.5941 3.617 3.7338 3.0505 3.0505 3.9624 4.0208 4.1758 4.4044 3.4493 3.4493 3.5992 3.5992 3.6678 3.9167
STR-DIA core (in.) 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999
STR-DIA core (mm) 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999
UTS -(lb) 800 922 1200 1430 1900 2220 2900 3440 3700 4280 4600 5020 5400 6330 7610 8450 9600 10500 11200 12200 12500 13900 14600 16200 19300 23900 30349 35969 38667 33497 37993 900 1110 1500 1760 2400 2800 3800 4460 4600 5390 5800 6790 7340 8471 8471 8560 8760 10723 10723 10500 11000 11800 13147 13147 13300 13400 16492 16492 15100 15600 16800 18900 18800 20874 20874 21550 21550 20600 22300 21900 23000 26505 26505 24400 24700 26300 32280 32280 29600 30500 32900 37000 41275 41275 44960 44960 40900 46600
UTS WGT --(kg) (lb/1000 ft) 362.9 25 418.2 28.7 544.3 39 648.6 45.7 861.8 62 1007 72.7 1315.4 99 1560.4 115.7 1678.3 125 1941.4 145.9 2086.5 158 2277.1 183.7 2449.4 199 2871.3 231.8 3451.9 264.2 3832.9 293.6 4354.5 333.3 4762.8 370.3 5080.3 393.9 5533.9 436.9 5670 472.7 6305 525.2 6622.5 551.2 7348.3 612.4 8754.4 695.4 10841 870.4 13766.2 1088.6 16315.4 1119.5 17539.2 1183.3 15194.1 1220.3 17233.5 1407.1 408.2 24.5 503.5 28.7 680.4 38.9 798.3 45.7 1088.6 61.9 1270.1 72.7 1723.7 98.4 2023 115.7 2086.5 124.1 2444.9 145.9 2630.9 156.4 3079.9 183.7 3329.4 197.4 3842.4 221.7 3842.4 216.4 3882.8 231.8 3973.5 233.1 4863.9 280.2 4863.9 273.5 4762.8 280 4989.6 293.6 5352.4 326 5963.4 348.8 5963.4 336 6032.8 370.3 6078.2 373 7480.7 437.5 7480.7 421.3 6849.3 419.6 7076.1 436.9 7620.4 466.1 8573 512.7 8527.6 525.2 9468.4 553.7 9468.4 533.5 9775 565.3 9775 550.6 9344.1 559.1 10115.2 605.7 9933.8 612.4 10432.7 652.3 12022.6 703.6 12022.6 678 11067.8 695.4 11203.8 699.6 11929.6 745.6 14642.1 851.7 14642.1 826.8 13426.5 839.7 13834.7 870.4 14923.3 932.5 16783.1 1123.6 18722.2 1106.1 18722.2 1057.7 20393.7 1187 20393.7 1152 18552.1 1194 21137.6 1352
WGT -(kg/km) 37.2 42.7 58 68 92.3 108.2 147.3 172.2 186 217.1 235.1 273.4 296.2 345 393.2 436.9 496 551.1 586.2 650.2 703.5 781.6 820.3 911.4 1034.9 1295.3 1620.1 1666.1 1761 1816.1 2094.1 36.4 42.7 57.9 68 92.2 108.2 146.5 172.2 184.7 217.1 232.8 273.4 293.8 329.9 322.1 345 346.9 417 407 416.7 436.9 485.2 519.1 500 551.1 555.1 651.1 627 624.5 650.2 693.7 763 781.6 824 794 841.3 819.4 832.1 901.4 911.4 970.8 1047.1 1009 1034.9 1041.2 1109.6 1267.5 1230.5 1249.7 1295.3 1387.8 1672.2 1646.1 1574.1 1766.5 1714.4 1776.9 2012.1
Amps -(A) 9999 100 9999 140 9999 185 9999 250 9999 295 9999 340 9999 395 430 460 495 530 550 590 620 660 680 730 790 910 1130 1130 1130 1130 1130 97 100 130 135 173 180 232 240 268 280 310 325 359 350 350 380 400 9999 9999 448 445 494 9999 9999 515 537 9999 9999 578 570 618 656 645 9999 9999 600 600 693 728 710 763 9999 9999 775 796 828 810 810 891 890 951 1000 9999 9999 1000 1000 1050 1130
PSS/ADEPT - Appendix H
Conductor Database (1 of 8)
!NAME !'-!'-T851AG T851NG T1144AG T1144NG T1600AG T1600NG PEACHBELL(#6) ROSE(#4) IRIS(#2) PANSY(#1) POPPY(1/0) ASTER(2/0) PHLOX(3/0) OXLIP(4/0) SNEEZEWORT VALERIAN DAISY LAUREL PEONY TULIP DAFFODIL CANNA GOLDENTUFT COSMOS SYRINGA HYACINTH ZINNIA T2DAISY DAHLIA MISTLETOE MEADOWSWEET ORCHID T2TULIP FLAG VERBENA NASTURTIUM VIOLET CATTAIL PETUNIA ARBUTUS LILAC T2CANNA ANEMONE CROCUS COCKSCOMB SNAPDRAGON GOLDENROD MAGNOLIA T2COSMOS CAMELLIA HAWKWEED BLUEBELL LARKSPUR MARIGOLD T2DAHLIA HAWTHORN T2DAYLILLY NARCISSUS T2ORCHID T2GLOXINIA COLUMBINE CARNATION T2VIOLET GLADIOLUS COREOPSIS T2ARBUTUS JESSAMINE T2COCKSCOMB COWSLIP T2BLUEBELL T2MARIGOLD LUPINE TRILLIUM BLUEBONNET MERLIN1 MERLIN2 PELICAN1 PELICAN2 DOVE1 DOVE2 GROSBEAK1 GROSBEAK2 GROSBEAK3 GROSBEAK4 DRAKE6 DRAKE5 TERN1 TERN2 TERN3 DRAKE4 ACAR900.1
TYPE --AAAC6201 AAAC6201 AAAC6201 AAAC6201 AAAC6201 AAAC6201 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 AAC/ASTMB231 ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR
R_DC -(ohm/mi) 0.063 0.063 0.0469 0.0469 0.0333 0.0333 3.551 2.232 1.402 1.1113 0.882 0.6994 0.5551 0.4398 0.3724 0.3724 0.349 0.349 0.3101 0.2766 0.2662 0.234 0.2069 0.1954 0.1954 0.1864 0.1864 0.1745 0.1674 0.1674 0.1553 0.1464 0.1384 0.133 0.133 0.1301 0.1301 0.1242 0.1242 0.117 0.117 0.1171 0.1064 0.1064 0.1034 0.1034 0.0975 0.0975 0.0976 0.0932 0.0931 0.09 0.09 0.0836 0.0836 0.0781 0.0781 0.0732 0.0732 0.0699 0.0688 0.065 0.065 0.0616 0.0585 0.0586 0.0532 0.0517 0.0466 0.045 0.0418 0.0376 0.0313 0.0271 0.2702 0.2765 0.1905 0.1949 0.1469 0.1503 0.1278 0.1293 0.1324 0.1356 0.1167 0.1165 0.1098 0.1147 0.1175 0.1163 0.1062
R_DC -(ohm/km) 0.0391 0.0391 0.0291 0.0291 0.0207 0.0207 2.2065 1.3869 0.8712 0.6905 0.5481 0.4346 0.3449 0.2733 0.2314 0.2314 0.2169 0.2169 0.1927 0.1719 0.1654 0.1454 0.1286 0.1214 0.1214 0.1158 0.1158 0.1084 0.104 0.104 0.0965 0.091 0.086 0.0826 0.0826 0.0808 0.0808 0.0772 0.0772 0.0727 0.0727 0.0728 0.0661 0.0661 0.0643 0.0643 0.0606 0.0606 0.0606 0.0579 0.0579 0.0559 0.0559 0.0519 0.0519 0.0485 0.0485 0.0455 0.0455 0.0434 0.0428 0.0404 0.0404 0.0383 0.0364 0.0364 0.0331 0.0321 0.0289 0.028 0.026 0.0234 0.0195 0.0168 0.1679 0.1718 0.1184 0.1211 0.0913 0.0934 0.0794 0.0803 0.0823 0.0843 0.0725 0.0724 0.0682 0.0713 0.073 0.0723 0.066
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.0693 0.0693 0.0556 0.0556 0.0439 0.0439 3.551 2.232 1.402 1.114 0.882 0.7 0.556 0.441 0.373 0.373 0.35 0.35 0.311 0.278 0.267 0.235 0.208 0.197 0.197 0.188 0.188 0.1763 0.169 0.169 0.157 0.149 0.1406 0.135 0.135 0.133 0.133 0.127 0.127 0.12 0.12 0.1197 0.109 0.109 0.106 0.106 0.101 0.101 0.1007 0.0964 0.0963 0.0933 0.0933 0.0872 0.0872 0.0819 0.0819 0.0772 0.0772 0.074 0.0731 0.0695 0.0695 0.0663 0.0634 0.0635 0.0585 0.0572 0.0525 0.0512 0.0484 0.0446 0.0392 0.0357 0.2711 0.278 0.1925 0.1964 0.1488 0.1525 0.1297 0.1318 0.1348 0.1378 0.1192 0.1192 0.1144 0.1175 0.1204 0.1188 0.109
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0431 0.0431 0.0345 0.0345 0.0273 0.0273 2.2065 1.3869 0.8712 0.6922 0.5481 0.435 0.3455 0.274 0.2318 0.2318 0.2175 0.2175 0.1933 0.1727 0.1659 0.146 0.1292 0.1224 0.1224 0.1168 0.1168 0.1096 0.105 0.105 0.0976 0.0926 0.0874 0.0839 0.0839 0.0826 0.0826 0.0789 0.0789 0.0746 0.0746 0.0744 0.0677 0.0677 0.0659 0.0659 0.0628 0.0628 0.0626 0.0599 0.0598 0.058 0.058 0.0542 0.0542 0.0509 0.0509 0.048 0.048 0.046 0.0454 0.0432 0.0432 0.0412 0.0394 0.0395 0.0364 0.0355 0.0326 0.0318 0.0301 0.0277 0.0244 0.0222 0.1685 0.1727 0.1196 0.122 0.0925 0.0948 0.0806 0.0819 0.0838 0.0856 0.0741 0.0741 0.0711 0.073 0.0748 0.0738 0.0677
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.0674 0.0674 0.053 0.053 0.0407 0.0407 3.551 2.232 1.402 1.1132 0.882 0.6998 0.5557 0.4406 0.3728 0.3728 0.3497 0.3497 0.3107 0.2776 0.2668 0.2347 0.2077 0.1965 0.1965 0.1875 0.1875 0.1758 0.1685 0.1685 0.1565 0.1482 0.1399 0.1344 0.1344 0.1321 0.1321 0.1262 0.1262 0.1191 0.1191 0.1189 0.1082 0.1082 0.1052 0.1052 0.1 0.1 0.0998 0.0954 0.0953 0.0923 0.0923 0.0861 0.0861 0.0808 0.0808 0.076 0.076 0.0728 0.0718 0.0682 0.0682 0.0649 0.0619 0.062 0.0569 0.0556 0.0507 0.0493 0.0464 0.0425 0.0368 0.0331 0.2708 0.2776 0.1919 0.196 0.1482 0.1518 0.1291 0.1311 0.1341 0.1371 0.1185 0.1184 0.113 0.1167 0.1195 0.1181 0.1082
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0419 0.0419 0.0329 0.0329 0.0253 0.0253 2.2065 1.3869 0.8712 0.6917 0.5481 0.4349 0.3453 0.2738 0.2317 0.2317 0.2173 0.2173 0.1931 0.1725 0.1658 0.1458 0.129 0.1221 0.1221 0.1165 0.1165 0.1092 0.1047 0.1047 0.0972 0.0921 0.087 0.0835 0.0835 0.0821 0.0821 0.0784 0.0784 0.074 0.074 0.0739 0.0672 0.0672 0.0654 0.0654 0.0621 0.0621 0.062 0.0593 0.0592 0.0574 0.0574 0.0535 0.0535 0.0502 0.0502 0.0472 0.0472 0.0452 0.0446 0.0423 0.0423 0.0403 0.0385 0.0385 0.0354 0.0345 0.0315 0.0307 0.0288 0.0264 0.0229 0.0206 0.1683 0.1725 0.1192 0.1218 0.0921 0.0944 0.0802 0.0814 0.0833 0.0852 0.0736 0.0736 0.0702 0.0725 0.0743 0.0734 0.0672
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.3083 0.3083 0.2833 0.2833 0.275 0.275 0.63 0.602 0.574 0.56 0.546 0.532 0.518 0.504 0.493 0.487 0.489 0.483 0.476 0.469 0.466 0.459 0.451 0.448 0.446 0.443 0.445 0.4253 0.438 0.436 0.432 0.428 0.4098 0.421 0.422 0.42 0.421 0.417 0.418 0.415 0.414 0.3996 0.409 0.408 0.407 0.406 0.403 0.403 0.3889 0.4 0.401 0.399 0.398 0.393 0.3793 0.389 0.3751 0.385 0.37 0.3672 0.381 0.378 0.3628 0.375 0.372 0.3565 0.366 0.3489 0.357 0.3406 0.3355 0.344 0.332 0.323 0.465 0.465 0.444 0.444 0.429 0.429 0.419 0.419 0.419 0.419 0.413 0.411 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.408
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.1916 0.1916 0.176 0.176 0.1709 0.1709 0.3915 0.3741 0.3567 0.348 0.3393 0.3306 0.3219 0.3132 0.3063 0.3026 0.3039 0.3001 0.2958 0.2914 0.2896 0.2852 0.2802 0.2784 0.2771 0.2753 0.2765 0.2643 0.2722 0.2709 0.2684 0.266 0.2546 0.2616 0.2622 0.261 0.2616 0.2591 0.2597 0.2579 0.2573 0.2483 0.2541 0.2535 0.2529 0.2523 0.2504 0.2504 0.2417 0.2486 0.2492 0.2479 0.2473 0.2442 0.2357 0.2417 0.2331 0.2392 0.2299 0.2282 0.2367 0.2349 0.2254 0.233 0.2312 0.2215 0.2274 0.2168 0.2218 0.2116 0.2085 0.2138 0.2063 0.2007 0.2889 0.2889 0.2759 0.2759 0.2666 0.2666 0.2604 0.2604 0.2604 0.2604 0.2566 0.2554 0.2548 0.2548 0.2548 0.2548 0.2535
XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.2569 0.2569 0.2361 0.2361 0.2292 0.2292 0.525 0.5017 0.4783 0.4667 0.455 0.4433 0.4317 0.42 0.4108 0.4058 0.4075 0.4025 0.3967 0.3908 0.3883 0.3825 0.3758 0.3733 0.3717 0.3692 0.3708 0.3544 0.365 0.3633 0.36 0.3567 0.3415 0.3508 0.3517 0.35 0.3508 0.3475 0.3483 0.3458 0.345 0.333 0.3408 0.34 0.3392 0.3383 0.3358 0.3358 0.3241 0.3333 0.3342 0.3325 0.3317 0.3275 0.3161 0.3242 0.3126 0.3208 0.3083 0.306 0.3175 0.315 0.3023 0.3125 0.31 0.2971 0.305 0.2908 0.2975 0.2838 0.2796 0.2867 0.2767 0.2692 0.3875 0.3875 0.37 0.37 0.3575 0.3575 0.3492 0.3492 0.3492 0.3492 0.3442 0.3425 0.3417 0.3417 0.3417 0.3417 0.34
XL_50 XC_60 XC_60 XC_50 XC_50 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz (ohm/km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) 0.1596 0.0984 0.1584 0.1181 0.19 0.1596 0.0984 0.1584 0.1181 0.19 0.1467 0.0912 0.1468 0.1094 0.1761 0.1467 0.0912 0.1468 0.1094 0.1761 0.1424 0.0864 0.139 0.1037 0.1669 0.1424 0.0864 0.139 0.1037 0.1669 0.3262 0.1444 0.2324 0.1733 0.2789 0.3117 0.1375 0.2213 0.165 0.2655 0.2972 0.1306 0.2102 0.1567 0.2522 0.29 0.1272 0.2047 0.1526 0.2456 0.2827 0.1237 0.1991 0.1484 0.2389 0.2755 0.1203 0.1936 0.1444 0.2323 0.2682 0.1169 0.1881 0.1403 0.2258 0.261 0.1134 0.1825 0.1361 0.219 0.2553 0.111 0.1786 0.1332 0.2144 0.2522 0.1106 0.178 0.1327 0.2136 0.2532 0.11 0.177 0.132 0.2124 0.2501 0.1097 0.1765 0.1316 0.2118 0.2465 0.1079 0.1736 0.1295 0.2084 0.2429 0.1062 0.1709 0.1274 0.2051 0.2413 0.1056 0.1699 0.1267 0.2039 0.2377 0.1037 0.1669 0.1244 0.2003 0.2335 0.1019 0.164 0.1223 0.1968 0.232 0.101 0.1625 0.1212 0.195 0.2309 0.101 0.1625 0.1212 0.195 0.2294 0.1003 0.1614 0.1204 0.1937 0.2304 0.1004 0.1616 0.1205 0.1939 0.2202 0.0998 0.1606 0.1198 0.1927 0.2268 0.0988 0.159 0.1186 0.1908 0.2258 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0.2237 0.0976 0.1571 0.1171 0.1885 0.2216 0.0967 0.1556 0.116 0.1867 0.2122 0.096 0.1545 0.1152 0.1854 0.218 0.0952 0.1532 0.1142 0.1838 0.2185 0.0953 0.1534 0.1144 0.184 0.2175 0.0949 0.1527 0.1139 0.1833 0.218 0.0949 0.1527 0.1139 0.1833 0.2159 0.0942 0.1516 0.113 0.1819 0.2165 0.0943 0.1518 0.1132 0.1821 0.2149 0.0934 0.1503 0.1121 0.1804 0.2144 0.0933 0.1501 0.112 0.1802 0.2069 0.0936 0.1506 0.1123 0.1808 0.2118 0.092 0.1481 0.1104 0.1777 0.2113 0.0919 0.1479 0.1103 0.1775 0.2108 0.0915 0.1473 0.1098 0.1767 0.2102 0.0915 0.1473 0.1098 0.1767 0.2087 0.0906 0.1458 0.1087 0.175 0.2087 0.0907 0.146 0.1088 0.1752 0.2014 0.0909 0.1463 0.1091 0.1755 0.2071 0.09 0.1448 0.108 0.1738 0.2076 0.09 0.1448 0.108 0.1738 0.2066 0.0895 0.144 0.1074 0.1728 0.2061 0.0895 0.144 0.1074 0.1728 0.2035 0.0884 0.1423 0.1061 0.1707 0.1964 0.0886 0.1426 0.1063 0.1711 0.2014 0.0874 0.1407 0.1049 0.1688 0.1942 0.0876 0.141 0.1051 0.1692 0.1994 0.0864 0.139 0.1037 0.1669 0.1916 0.0865 0.1392 0.1038 0.167 0.1901 0.0859 0.1382 0.1031 0.1659 0.1973 0.0855 0.1376 0.1026 0.1651 0.1957 0.0846 0.1361 0.1015 0.1634 0.1879 0.0848 0.1365 0.1018 0.1638 0.1942 0.0838 0.1349 0.1006 0.1618 0.1926 0.0831 0.1337 0.0997 0.1605 0.1846 0.0832 0.1339 0.0998 0.1607 0.1895 0.0817 0.1315 0.098 0.1578 0.1807 0.0814 0.131 0.0977 0.1572 0.1849 0.0797 0.1283 0.0956 0.1539 0.1764 0.0793 0.1276 0.0952 0.1531 0.1737 0.0782 0.1258 0.0938 0.151 0.1781 0.0764 0.123 0.0917 0.1475 0.1719 0.0736 0.1184 0.0883 0.1421 0.1673 0.0714 0.1149 0.0857 0.1379 0.2408 0.1054 0.1696 0.1265 0.2035 0.2408 0.1054 0.1696 0.1265 0.2035 0.2299 0.1003 0.1614 0.1204 0.1937 0.2299 0.1003 0.1614 0.1204 0.1937 0.2221 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.2221 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.217 0.0945 0.1521 0.1134 0.1825 0.217 0.0945 0.1521 0.1134 0.1825 0.217 0.0945 0.1521 0.1134 0.1825 0.217 0.0945 0.1521 0.1134 0.1825 0.2139 0.0929 0.1495 0.1115 0.1794 0.2128 0.0926 0.149 0.1111 0.1788 0.2123 0.0923 0.1485 0.1108 0.1782 0.2123 0.0923 0.1485 0.1108 0.1782 0.2123 0.0923 0.1485 0.1108 0.1782 0.2123 0.0922 0.1484 0.1106 0.1781 0.2113 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759
AREA aluminum (kcmil) 1670 1670 2244 2244 3132 3132 26.2 41.7 66.4 83.7 105.6 133.1 167.8 211.6 250 250 266.8 266.8 300 336.4 350 397.5 450 477 477 500 500 533.6 556.5 556.5 600 636 672.8 700 700 715.5 715.5 750 750 795 795 795 874.5 874.5 900 900 954 954 954 1000 1000 1033.5 1033.5 1113 1113 1192.5 1192.5 1272 1272 1333 1351.5 1431 1431 1511 1590 1590 1750 1800 2000 2067 2226 2500 3000 3500 355 355 504 504 653 653 740 740 740 740 819 840 854 854 854 863 900
AREA total (sq-in.) 1.3189 1.3189 1.773 1.773 2.474 2.474 0.0206 0.0328 0.0522 0.0657 0.0829 0.1045 0.1317 0.1663 0.1964 0.1963 0.2097 0.2095 0.2358 0.2644 0.2748 0.3124 0.3534 0.3744 0.3743 0.3924 0.3926 0.419 0.4369 0.4368 0.4709 0.4995 0.5284 0.5495 0.5494 0.5619 0.5622 0.5892 0.5892 0.6245 0.6248 0.6244 0.6874 0.6876 0.7072 0.7072 0.7498 0.7495 0.749 0.7849 0.7854 0.8124 0.8122 0.8744 0.874 0.9363 0.936 0.999 0.999 1.047 1.062 1.124 1.124 1.187 1.25 1.249 1.375 1.414 1.57 1.623 1.748 1.962 2.356 2.749 0.2789 0.2789 0.395 0.395 0.5129 0.5129 0.5812 0.5812 0.5812 0.5812 0.7282 0.7282 0.6705 0.6705 0.6705 0.7282 0.7072
AREA total (sq-mm) 850.9015 850.9015 1143.8687 1143.8687 1596.1258 1596.1258 13.2903 21.1612 33.6774 42.387 53.4838 67.4192 84.9676 107.2901 126.7094 126.6449 135.2901 135.161 152.1287 170.5803 177.29 201.548 227.9995 241.5479 241.4834 253.1608 253.2898 270.322 281.8704 281.8059 303.8058 322.2574 340.9025 354.5154 354.4509 362.5154 362.709 380.1283 380.1283 402.9024 403.096 402.8379 443.483 443.612 456.2572 456.2572 483.741 483.5474 483.2248 506.3861 506.7087 524.128 523.999 564.1279 563.8698 604.0633 603.8698 644.5148 644.5148 675.4825 685.1599 725.1598 725.1598 765.8049 806.45 805.8048 887.095 912.2562 1012.9012 1047.0947 1127.7397 1265.8039 1519.997 1773.5448 179.9351 179.9351 254.8382 254.8382 330.9026 330.9026 374.967 374.967 374.967 374.967 469.8055 469.8055 432.5798 432.5798 432.5798 469.8055 456.2572
OD -(in.) 1.494 1.494 1.7323 1.7323 2.0472 2.0472 0.184 0.232 0.292 0.328 0.368 0.414 0.464 0.522 0.567 0.573 0.586 0.593 0.629 0.666 0.679 0.723 0.769 0.793 0.795 0.813 0.811 0.959 0.855 0.858 0.891 0.918 1.09 0.964 0.962 0.975 0.974 0.998 0.997 1.026 1.028 1.185 1.077 1.078 1.092 1.094 1.126 1.124 1.298 1.152 1.151 1.17 1.172 1.216 1.401 1.258 1.45 1.3 1.503 1.538 1.34 1.379 1.594 1.417 1.454 1.68 1.525 1.788 1.63 1.915 1.991 1.823 1.998 2.158 0.683 0.683 0.814 0.814 0.927 0.927 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.99 1.042 1.055 1.063 1.063 1.063 1.069 1.092
OD STRAND -- outer/core (mm) -37.9476 91 37.9476 91 44.0004 91 44.0004 91 51.9989 127 51.9989 127 4.6736 7 5.8928 7 7.4168 7 8.3312 7 9.3472 7 10.5156 7 11.7856 7 13.2588 7 14.4018 7 14.5542 19 14.8844 7 15.0622 19 15.9766 19 16.9164 19 17.2466 19 18.3642 19 19.5326 19 20.1422 19 20.193 37 20.6502 37 20.5994 19 24.3586 7 21.717 19 21.7932 37 22.6314 37 23.3172 37 27.686 19 24.4856 61 24.4348 37 24.765 61 24.7396 37 25.3492 61 25.3238 37 26.0604 37 26.1112 61 30.099 19 27.3558 37 27.3812 61 27.7368 37 27.7876 61 28.6004 61 28.5496 37 32.9692 19 29.2608 61 29.2354 37 29.718 37 29.7688 61 30.8864 61 35.5854 19 31.9532 61 36.83 19 33.02 61 38.1762 37 39.0652 37 34.036 61 35.0266 61 40.4876 37 35.9918 61 36.9316 61 42.672 37 38.735 61 45.4152 37 41.402 91 48.641 37 50.5714 61 46.3042 91 50.7492 127 54.8132 127 17.3482 15/4 17.3482 7-Dec 20.6756 15/4 20.6756 7-Dec 23.5458 15/4 23.5458 7-Dec 25.146 33/4 25.146 30/7 25.146 24/13 25.146 18/19 26.4668 30/7 26.797 24/13 27.0002 30/7 27.0002 24/13 27.0002 18/19 27.1526 18/19 27.7368 30/7
STR-DIA outer (in.) 0.1358 0.1358 0.1575 0.1575 0.1575 0.1575 0.0612 0.0772 0.0974 0.1093 0.1228 0.1379 0.1548 0.1739 0.189 0.1147 0.1953 0.1185 0.1257 0.1331 0.1357 0.1447 0.1539 0.1584 0.1135 0.1162 0.1622 0.1953 0.1711 0.1226 0.1273 0.1311 0.1331 0.1071 0.1375 0.1083 0.1391 0.1109 0.1424 0.1466 0.1142 0.1447 0.1538 0.1198 0.156 0.1215 0.1251 0.1606 0.1584 0.128 0.1644 0.1672 0.1302 0.1351 0.1711 0.1398 0.1771 0.1444 0.1311 0.1342 0.1489 0.1532 0.1391 0.1574 0.1615 0.1466 0.1694 0.156 0.1482 0.1671 0.1351 0.1657 0.1537 0.166 0.1367 0.1367 0.1628 0.1628 0.1854 0.1854 0.1414 0.1414 0.1414 0.1414 0.1488 0.1507 0.1519 0.1519 0.1519 0.1527 0.156
STR-DIA outer (mm) 3.4493 3.4493 4.0005 4.0005 4.0005 4.0005 1.5545 1.9609 2.474 2.7762 3.1191 3.5027 3.9319 4.4171 4.8006 2.9134 4.9606 3.0099 3.1928 3.3807 3.4468 3.6754 3.9091 4.0234 2.8829 2.9515 4.1199 4.9606 4.3459 3.114 3.2334 3.3299 3.3807 2.7203 3.4925 2.7508 3.5331 2.8169 3.617 3.7236 2.9007 3.6754 3.9065 3.0429 3.9624 3.0861 3.1775 4.0792 4.0234 3.2512 4.1758 4.2469 3.3071 3.4315 4.3459 3.5509 4.4983 3.6678 3.3299 3.4087 3.7821 3.8913 3.5331 3.998 4.1021 3.7236 4.3028 3.9624 3.7643 4.2443 3.4315 4.2088 3.904 4.2164 3.4722 3.4722 4.1351 4.1351 4.7092 4.7092 3.5916 3.5916 3.5916 3.5916 3.7795 3.8278 3.8583 3.8583 3.8583 3.8786 3.9624
STR-DIA core (in.) 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 0
STR-DIA core (mm) 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 4
UTS -(lb) 61590 61590 81580 81580 113860 113860 563 881 1350 1640 1990 2510 3040 3830 4520 4660 4830 4970 5480 6150 6390 7110 7890 8360 8690 9110 8760 9700 9750 9940 10700 11400 12300 12900 12500 13100 12800 13500 13100 13900 14300 14200 15000 15800 15400 15900 16900 16400 16700 17700 17200 17700 18300 19700 19500 21100 20400 22000 22800 23800 23400 24300 25600 25600 27000 27800 29700 30800 34200 35400 39400 41800 50300 58700 8100 8900 11200 12400 14500 16100 14900 16400 18300 20100 18100 20500 18600 20800 23000 23300 18400
UTS WGT --(kg) (lb/1000 ft) 27937 1663 27937 1582 37004.4 2236 37004.4 2127 51646.6 3137 51646.6 2975 255.4 24.6 399.6 39.2 612.4 62.3 743.9 78.5 902.7 99.1 1138.5 124.9 1378.9 157.5 1737.3 198.7 2050.3 234.7 2113.8 234.6 2190.9 250.6 2254.4 250.4 2485.7 281.8 2789.6 316 2898.5 328.4 3225.1 373.4 3578.9 422.4 3792.1 447.5 3941.8 447.4 4132.3 469 3973.5 469.2 4399.9 501 4422.6 522.1 4508.8 522 4853.5 562.8 5171 596.9 5579.2 632 5851.4 656.8 5670 656.6 5942.1 671.6 5806 672 6123.6 704.2 5942.1 704.3 6305 746.4 6486.4 746.7 6441.1 746 6804 821 7166.8 821 6985.4 845.2 7212.2 845.3 7665.8 896.1 7439 895.8 7575.1 896 8028.7 938.2 7801.9 938.7 8028.7 970.9 8300.8 970.6 8935.9 1045 8845.1 1045 9570.9 1119 9253.4 1119 9979.1 1194 10342 1194 10795.6 1251 10614.2 1269 11022.4 1344 11612.1 1343 11612.1 1419 12247.1 1493 12610 1493 13471.8 1643 13970.8 1690 15513 1876 16057.3 1940 17871.7 2090 18960.4 2368 22815.9 2844 26626.1 3350 3674.1 333.3 4037 333 5080.3 472.1 5624.6 473 6577.2 613 7302.9 613 6758.6 695 7439 695 8300.8 695 9117.3 695 8210.1 769 9298.7 789 8436.9 801.4 9434.8 801.4 10432.7 801.4 10568.8 870.4 8346.2 844.9
WGT -(kg/km) 2474.9 2354.4 3327.7 3165.4 4668.5 4427.5 36.6 58.3 92.7 116.8 147.5 185.9 234.4 295.7 349.3 349.1 372.9 372.7 419.4 470.3 488.7 555.7 628.6 666 665.8 698 698.3 745.6 777 776.9 837.6 888.3 940.6 977.5 977.2 999.5 1000.1 1048 1048.2 1110.8 1111.3 1110.2 1221.8 1221.8 1257.8 1258 1333.6 1333.1 1333.4 1396.2 1397 1444.9 1444.5 1555.2 1555.2 1665.3 1665.3 1776.9 1776.9 1861.8 1888.6 2000.2 1998.7 2111.8 2221.9 2221.9 2445.1 2515.1 2791.9 2887.1 3110.4 3524.1 4232.5 4985.5 496 495.6 702.6 703.9 912.3 912.3 1034.3 1034.3 1034.3 1034.3 1144.4 1174.2 1192.7 1192.7 1192.7 1295.3 1257.4
Amps -(A) 1250 1250 1500 1500 1850 1850 95 130 175 200 235 270 315 365 405 405 420 425 455 495 506 550 545 615 615 635 635 774 680 680 715 745 902 790 790 800 800 825 825 855 855 984 900 900 925 925 960 960 1108 990 990 1015 1015 1040 1224 1085 1279 1130 1335 1375 1175 1220 1439 1265 1305 1536 1385 1658 1500 1801 1882 1700 1885 2035 505 505 630 630 700 700 770 770 760 750 855 865 890 880 870 880 900
PSS/ADEPT - Appendix H
Conductor Database (2 of 8)
!NAME !'-!'-DRAKE1 DRAKE2 DRAKE3 RAIL5 ACAR1000.1 ACAR1000.2 RAIL4 RAIL1 RAIL2 RAIL3 1081_1 CARDINAL1 CARDINAL2 CARDINAL3 ORTOLAN1 ORTOLAN2 ORTOLAN3 CHAMERA CURLEW1 CURLEW2 CURLEW3 CURLEW4 BLUEJAY1 BLUEJAY2 BLUEJAY3 ACAR1200.1 ACAR1200.2 BUNTING1 BUNTING2 BUNTING3 BITTERN1 BITTERN2 1500_1 ACAR1600.1 LAPWING1 LAPWING2 LAPWING3 CHUKAR1 CHUKAR2 CHUKAR3 ACAR2000.1 KIWI1 KIWI2 KIWI3 BLUEBIRD1 BLUEBIRD2 BLUEBIRD3 2300_1 2300_2 2300_3 TA116AG TA116NG TA153AG TA153NG TA147AG TA147NG COUGAR TIGER JUNCO PARTRIDGE PARTRIDGE/SD WAXWING PARTRIDGE/AW WAXWING/AW GADWALL OSTRICH OSTRICH/AW OSTRICH/SSAC PHOEBE PIPER PIPER/SSAC DINGO WOLF LINNET/AW MERLIN/AW ORIOLE/AW LINNET LINNET/SD LINNET/SSAC MERLIN ORIOLE ORIOLE/SSAC WIDGEON TA198AG TA198NG TA210AG TA210NG CARACAL LYNX TA248AG TA248NG
TYPE --ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACAR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR
R_DC -(ohm/mi) 0.1032 0.1056 0.1082 0.0973 0.0947 0.0974 0.0967 0.0934 0.0956 0.0979 0.0892 0.0885 0.0906 0.0928 0.0863 0.0883 0.0905 0.0829 0.0806 0.0816 0.0835 0.0856 0.0799 0.0818 0.0838 0.0788 0.0811 0.0747 0.0765 0.0784 0.0698 0.0715 0.0612 0.0608 0.0555 0.0563 0.0572 0.049 0.0497 0.0504 0.0487 0.0417 0.0423 0.0429 0.0405 0.041 0.0416 0.0385 0.039 0.0396 0.5039 0.5039 0.4908 0.4908 0.399 0.399 0.3558 0.3499 0.3412 0.3432 0.3431 0.3467 0.3323 0.3428 0.3067 0.3053 0.2957 0.297 0.3081 0.3034 0.295 0.2968 0.2921 0.2638 0.2717 0.2583 0.2725 0.272 0.2646 0.2747 0.2704 0.2629 0.2735 0.2775 0.2775 0.2775 0.2775 0.2556 0.252 0.2364 0.2364
R_DC -(ohm/km) 0.0641 0.0656 0.0672 0.0605 0.0588 0.0605 0.0601 0.058 0.0594 0.0608 0.0554 0.055 0.0563 0.0577 0.0536 0.0549 0.0562 0.0515 0.0501 0.0507 0.0519 0.0532 0.0496 0.0508 0.0521 0.049 0.0504 0.0464 0.0475 0.0487 0.0434 0.0444 0.038 0.0378 0.0345 0.035 0.0355 0.0304 0.0309 0.0313 0.0303 0.0259 0.0263 0.0267 0.0252 0.0255 0.0258 0.0239 0.0242 0.0246 0.3131 0.3131 0.305 0.305 0.2479 0.2479 0.2211 0.2174 0.212 0.2133 0.2132 0.2154 0.2065 0.213 0.1906 0.1897 0.1837 0.1846 0.1914 0.1885 0.1833 0.1844 0.1815 0.1639 0.1688 0.1605 0.1693 0.169 0.1644 0.1707 0.168 0.1634 0.1699 0.1724 0.1724 0.1724 0.1724 0.1588 0.1566 0.1469 0.1469
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.1058 0.1087 0.1107 0.101 0.0978 0.101 0.0998 0.0965 0.0986 0.1006 0.0922 0.092 0.094 0.0962 0.0897 0.0917 0.0937 0.0877 0.0845 0.0854 0.0872 0.0892 0.0834 0.0852 0.0871 0.0826 0.0847 0.0788 0.0805 0.0823 0.0739 0.0757 0.0652 0.0655 0.0608 0.0615 0.0623 0.0544 0.055 0.0557 0.0544 0.0468 0.0475 0.048 0.0454 0.046 0.0465 0.0457 0.0462 0.0467 0.504 0.504 0.4984 0.4984 0.4 0.4 0.3561 0.3507 0.342 0.344 0.344 0.347 0.3328 0.3435 0.3073 0.306 0.2962 0.2976 0.309 0.304 0.2956 0.2977 0.2927 0.2644 0.2726 0.2588 0.273 0.273 0.2655 0.276 0.271 0.2637 0.2749 0.278 0.278 0.278 0.278 0.2569 0.2527 0.237 0.237
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0657 0.0675 0.0688 0.0628 0.0608 0.0628 0.062 0.06 0.0613 0.0625 0.0573 0.0572 0.0584 0.0598 0.0557 0.057 0.0582 0.0545 0.0525 0.0531 0.0542 0.0554 0.0518 0.0529 0.0541 0.0513 0.0526 0.049 0.05 0.0511 0.0459 0.047 0.0405 0.0407 0.0378 0.0382 0.0387 0.0338 0.0342 0.0346 0.0338 0.0291 0.0295 0.0298 0.0282 0.0286 0.0289 0.0284 0.0287 0.029 0.3132 0.3132 0.3097 0.3097 0.2486 0.2486 0.2213 0.2179 0.2125 0.2138 0.2138 0.2156 0.2068 0.2134 0.191 0.1901 0.1841 0.1849 0.192 0.1889 0.1837 0.185 0.1819 0.1643 0.1694 0.1608 0.1696 0.1696 0.165 0.1715 0.1684 0.1639 0.1708 0.1727 0.1727 0.1727 0.1727 0.1596 0.157 0.1473 0.1473
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.105 0.1078 0.11 0.0999 0.0969 0.0999 0.0989 0.0956 0.0977 0.0998 0.0913 0.091 0.093 0.0952 0.0887 0.0907 0.0927 0.0863 0.0833 0.0843 0.0861 0.0881 0.0824 0.0842 0.0861 0.0815 0.0836 0.0776 0.0793 0.0811 0.0727 0.0744 0.064 0.0641 0.0592 0.0599 0.0608 0.0528 0.0534 0.0541 0.0527 0.0453 0.0459 0.0465 0.0439 0.0445 0.045 0.0435 0.044 0.0446 0.504 0.504 0.4961 0.4961 0.3997 0.3997 0.356 0.3505 0.3418 0.3438 0.3437 0.3469 0.3327 0.3433 0.3071 0.3058 0.2961 0.2974 0.3087 0.3038 0.2954 0.2974 0.2925 0.2642 0.2723 0.2587 0.2729 0.2727 0.2652 0.2756 0.2708 0.2635 0.2745 0.2779 0.2779 0.2779 0.2779 0.2565 0.2525 0.2368 0.2368
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0653 0.067 0.0683 0.0621 0.0602 0.0621 0.0614 0.0594 0.0607 0.062 0.0567 0.0565 0.0578 0.0591 0.0551 0.0563 0.0576 0.0536 0.0518 0.0524 0.0535 0.0548 0.0512 0.0523 0.0535 0.0506 0.052 0.0482 0.0493 0.0504 0.0452 0.0463 0.0398 0.0398 0.0368 0.0372 0.0378 0.0328 0.0332 0.0336 0.0327 0.0281 0.0285 0.0289 0.0273 0.0277 0.028 0.0271 0.0274 0.0277 0.3132 0.3132 0.3083 0.3083 0.2484 0.2484 0.2212 0.2178 0.2124 0.2136 0.2136 0.2156 0.2067 0.2133 0.1908 0.19 0.184 0.1848 0.1918 0.1888 0.1836 0.1848 0.1818 0.1642 0.1692 0.1607 0.1695 0.1695 0.1648 0.1713 0.1683 0.1637 0.1706 0.1727 0.1727 0.1727 0.1727 0.1594 0.1569 0.1472 0.1472
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.405 0.405 0.405 0.402 0.393 0.393 0.4 0.399 0.399 0.399 0.3961 0.396 0.396 0.396 0.394 0.394 0.394 0.3911 0.391 0.391 0.391 0.391 0.39 0.39 0.39 0.386 0.386 0.386 0.386 0.386 0.381 0.381 0.381 0.372 0.368 0.368 0.368 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.355 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.348 0.348 0.348 0.344 0.344 0.344 0.56 0.56 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4811 0.46 0.459 0.465 0.4628 0.477 0.465 0.477 0.461 0.458 0.458 0.458 0.469 0.452 0.452 0.467 0.449 0.451 0.463 0.445 0.451 0.4503 0.451 0.463 0.445 0.445 0.454 0 0.45 0.445 0.445 0.459 0.4399 0.435 0.435
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.2517 0.2517 0.2517 0.2498 0.2442 0.2442 0.2486 0.2479 0.2479 0.2479 0.2461 0.2461 0.2461 0.2461 0.2448 0.2448 0.2448 0.243 0.243 0.243 0.243 0.243 0.2423 0.2423 0.2423 0.2399 0.2399 0.2399 0.2399 0.2399 0.2367 0.2367 0.2367 0.2312 0.2287 0.2287 0.2287 0.2237 0.2237 0.2237 0.2206 0.2175 0.2175 0.2175 0.2162 0.2162 0.2162 0.2138 0.2138 0.2138 0.348 0.348 0.3728 0.3728 0.3107 0.3107 0.2989 0.2858 0.2852 0.2889 0.2876 0.2964 0.2889 0.2964 0.2865 0.2846 0.2846 0.2846 0.2914 0.2809 0.2809 0.2902 0.279 0.2802 0.2877 0.2765 0.2802 0.2798 0.2802 0.2877 0.2765 0.2765 0.2821 0 0.2796 0.2765 0.2765 0.2852 0.2733 0.2703 0.2703
XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.3375 0.3375 0.3375 0.335 0.3275 0.3275 0.3333 0.3325 0.3325 0.3325 0.3301 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.3283 0.3283 0.3283 0.3259 0.3258 0.3258 0.3258 0.3258 0.325 0.325 0.325 0.3217 0.3217 0.3217 0.3217 0.3217 0.3175 0.3175 0.3175 0.31 0.3067 0.3067 0.3067 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2958 0.2917 0.2917 0.2917 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.2867 0.2867 0.2867 0.4667 0.4667 0.5 0.5 0.4167 0.4167 0.4009 0.3833 0.3825 0.3875 0.3857 0.3975 0.3875 0.3975 0.3842 0.3817 0.3817 0.3817 0.3908 0.3767 0.3767 0.3892 0.3742 0.3758 0.3858 0.3708 0.3758 0.3753 0.3758 0.3858 0.3708 0.3708 0.3783 0 0.375 0.3708 0.3708 0.3825 0.3666 0.3625 0.3625
XL_50 XC_60 XC_60 XC_50 XC_50 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz (ohm/km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) 0.2097 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.2097 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.2097 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.2082 0.0902 0.1452 0.1082 0.1742 0.2035 0.0897 0.1444 0.1076 0.1732 0.2035 0.0897 0.1444 0.1076 0.1732 0.2071 0.0898 0.1445 0.1078 0.1734 0.2066 0.0896 0.1442 0.1075 0.173 0.2066 0.0896 0.1442 0.1075 0.173 0.2066 0.0896 0.1442 0.1075 0.173 0.2051 0.0888 0.1429 0.1066 0.1715 0.2051 0.0888 0.1429 0.1066 0.1715 0.2051 0.0888 0.1429 0.1066 0.1715 0.2051 0.0888 0.1429 0.1066 0.1715 0.204 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.204 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.204 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.2025 0.0876 0.141 0.1051 0.1692 0.2025 0.0876 0.141 0.1051 0.1692 0.2025 0.0876 0.141 0.1051 0.1692 0.2025 0.0876 0.141 0.1051 0.1692 0.2025 0.0876 0.141 0.1051 0.1692 0.202 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.202 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.202 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1999 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1999 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1999 0.0863 0.1389 0.1036 0.1667 0.1999 0.0863 0.1389 0.1036 0.1667 0.1999 0.0863 0.1389 0.1036 0.1667 0.1973 0.0854 0.1374 0.1025 0.1649 0.1973 0.0854 0.1374 0.1025 0.1649 0.1973 0.0854 0.1374 0.1025 0.1649 0.1926 0.083 0.1336 0.0996 0.1603 0.1906 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.1906 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.1906 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.1864 0.0802 0.1291 0.0962 0.1549 0.1864 0.0802 0.1291 0.0962 0.1549 0.1864 0.0802 0.1291 0.0962 0.1549 0.1838 0.0795 0.1279 0.0954 0.1535 0.1812 0.0778 0.1252 0.0934 0.1502 0.1812 0.0778 0.1252 0.0934 0.1502 0.1812 0.0778 0.1252 0.0934 0.1502 0.1802 0.0774 0.1246 0.0929 0.1495 0.1802 0.0774 0.1246 0.0929 0.1495 0.1802 0.0774 0.1246 0.0929 0.1495 0.1781 0.0764 0.123 0.0917 0.1475 0.1781 0.0764 0.123 0.0917 0.1475 0.1781 0.0764 0.123 0.0917 0.1475 0.29 0.112 0.1802 0.1344 0.2163 0.29 0.112 0.1802 0.1344 0.2163 0.3107 0.108 0.1738 0.1296 0.2086 0.3107 0.108 0.1738 0.1296 0.2086 0.2589 0.109 0.1754 0.1308 0.2105 0.2589 0.109 0.1754 0.1308 0.2105 0.2491 0.1099 0.1769 0.1319 0.2122 0.2382 0.1067 0.1717 0.128 0.2061 0.2377 0.1065 0.1714 0.1278 0.2057 0.2408 0.1073 0.1727 0.1288 0.2072 0.2396 0.1073 0.1727 0.1288 0.2072 0.247 0.1089 0.1753 0.1307 0.2103 0.2408 0.1073 0.1727 0.1288 0.2072 0.247 0.1089 0.1753 0.1307 0.2103 0.2387 0.106 0.1706 0.1272 0.2047 0.2372 0.1056 0.1699 0.1267 0.2039 0.2372 0.1056 0.1699 0.1267 0.2039 0.2372 0.1056 0.1699 0.1267 0.2039 0.2429 0.1071 0.1724 0.1285 0.2068 0.2341 0.1047 0.1685 0.1256 0.2022 0.2341 0.1047 0.1685 0.1256 0.2022 0.2418 0.1067 0.1717 0.128 0.2061 0.2325 0.1042 0.1677 0.125 0.2012 0.2335 0.1039 0.1672 0.1247 0.2006 0.2398 0.1054 0.1696 0.1265 0.2035 0.2304 0.103 0.1658 0.1236 0.1989 0.2335 0.1039 0.1672 0.1247 0.2006 0.2332 0.1042 0.1677 0.125 0.2012 0.2335 0.1039 0.1672 0.1247 0.2006 0.2398 0.1054 0.1696 0.1265 0.2035 0.2304 0.103 0.1658 0.1236 0.1989 0.2304 0.103 0.1658 0.1236 0.1989 0.2351 0.1043 0.1678 0.1252 0.2014 0 0 0 0 0 0.233 0.104 0.1674 0.1248 0.2008 0.2304 0.103 0.1658 0.1236 0.1989 0.2304 0.103 0.1658 0.1236 0.1989 0.2377 0.1049 0.1688 0.1259 0.2026 0.2278 0.1018 0.1638 0.1222 0.1966 0.2253 0.1006 0.1619 0.1207 0.1943 0.2253 0.1006 0.1619 0.1207 0.1943
AREA aluminum (kcmil) 927 927 927 983 1000 1000 1012 1024 1024 1024 1079.5 1081 1081 1081 1109 1109 1109 1160.4 1172 1172 1172 1172 1197 1197 1197 1200 1200 1280 1280 1280 1362 1362 1497.9 1600 1703 1703 1703 1933 1933 1933 2000 2267 2267 2267 2339 2339 2339 2492.5 2492.5 2492.5 186 186 190.5 190.5 235.4 235.4 262 262 266.8 266.8 266.8 266.8 267 267 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 311 311 336 336 336 336.4 336.4 336.4 336.4 336.4 336.4 336.4 336.6 336.6 336.6 336.6 367 367 396.5 396.5
AREA total (sq-in.) 0.7282 0.7282 0.7282 0.8046 0.7849 0.7849 0.8046 0.8046 0.8046 0.8046 0.8487 0.8487 0.8487 0.8487 0.871 0.871 0.871 0.9114 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.92 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.943 0.943 1.005 1.005 1.005 1.07 1.07 1.1765 1.2573 1.338 1.338 1.338 1.518 1.518 1.518 1.5713 1.781 1.781 1.781 1.837 1.837 1.837 1.9576 1.9576 1.9576 0.1802 0.1802 0.2369 0.2369 0.228 0.228 0.2151 0.2508 0.2589 0.2436 0.2436 0.221 0.2436 0.221 0.2666 0.2744 0.2744 0.2744 0.248 0.2899 0.2899 0.2596 0.3023 0.307 0.2789 0.3259 0.307 0.3072 0.3072 0.2789 0.3259 0.3259 0.2992 0.3075 0.3075 0.3259 0.3259 0.3013 0.3506 0.3841 0.3841
AREA total (sq-mm) 469.8055 469.8055 469.8055 519.0957 506.3861 506.3861 519.0957 519.0957 519.0957 519.0957 547.5473 547.5473 547.5473 547.5473 561.9344 561.9344 561.9344 587.9988 593.5472 593.5472 593.5472 593.5472 606.4504 606.4504 606.4504 608.3859 608.3859 648.3858 648.3858 648.3858 690.3212 690.3212 759.0307 811.1597 863.2241 863.2241 863.2241 979.3529 979.3529 979.3529 1013.7399 1149.03 1149.03 1149.03 1185.1589 1185.1589 1185.1589 1262.9652 1262.9652 1262.9652 116.2578 116.2578 152.8384 152.8384 147.0965 147.0965 138.7739 161.8061 167.0319 157.161 157.161 142.5804 157.161 142.5804 171.9997 177.0319 177.0319 177.0319 159.9997 187.0319 187.0319 167.4835 195.0319 198.0641 179.9351 210.2576 198.0641 198.1932 198.1932 179.9351 210.2576 210.2576 193.0319 198.3867 198.3867 210.2576 210.2576 194.3867 226.1931 247.806 247.806
OD -(in.) 1.108 1.108 1.108 1.141 1.152 1.152 1.158 1.165 1.165 1.165 1.1969 1.196 1.196 1.196 1.212 1.212 1.212 1.2402 1.246 1.246 1.246 1.246 1.259 1.259 1.259 1.263 1.263 1.302 1.302 1.302 1.345 1.345 1.4094 1.458 1.504 1.504 1.504 1.602 1.602 1.602 1.63 1.735 1.735 1.735 1.762 1.762 1.762 1.821 1.821 1.821 0.5512 0.5512 0.6299 0.6299 0.6201 0.6201 0.6004 0.6504 0.66 0.642 0.645 0.609 0.642 0.609 0.671 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.646 0.7 0.7 0.6594 0.7138 0.72 0.684 0.741 0.72 0.716 0.72 0.684 0.741 0.741 0.71 0.7205 0.7205 0.7421 0.7421 0.7106 0.7689 0.8051 0.8051
OD STRAND -- outer/core (mm) -28.1432 30/7 28.1432 24/13 28.1432 18/19 28.9814 30/7 29.2608 54/7 29.2608 42/19 29.4132 24/13 29.591 30/7 29.591 24/13 29.591 18/19 30.4013 24/13 30.3784 30/7 30.3784 24/13 30.3784 18/19 30.7848 30/7 30.7848 24/13 30.7848 18/19 31.5011 30/7 31.6484 33/4 31.6484 30/7 31.6484 24/13 31.6484 18/19 31.9786 30/7 31.9786 24/13 31.9786 18/19 32.0802 54/7 32.0802 42/19 33.0708 30/7 33.0708 24/13 33.0708 18/19 34.163 54/7 34.163 42/19 35.7988 54/7 37.0332 42/19 38.2016 54/7 38.2016 48/13 38.2016 42/19 40.6908 54/7 40.6908 48/13 40.6908 42/19 41.402 42/19 44.069 54/7 44.069 48/13 44.069 42/19 44.7548 54/7 44.7548 48/13 44.7548 42/19 46.2534 72/19 46.2534 63/28 46.2534 54/37 14.0005 30/7 14.0005 30/7 15.9995 7-Dec 15.9995 7-Dec 15.7505 30/7 15.7505 30/7 15.2502 18/1 16.5202 30/7 16.764 30/7 16.3068 26/7 16.383 126/7 15.4686 18/1 16.3068 26/7 15.4686 18/1 17.0434 24/7 17.272 26/7 17.272 26/7 17.272 26/7 16.4084 18/1 17.78 30/7 17.78 30/7 16.7488 18/1 18.1305 30/7 18.288 26/7 17.3736 18/1 18.8214 30/7 18.288 26/7 18.1864 126/7 18.288 26/7 17.3736 18/1 18.8214 30/7 18.8214 30/7 18.034 24/7 18.3007 26/7 18.3007 26/7 18.8493 30/7 18.8493 30/7 18.0492 18/1 19.5301 30/7 20.4495 30/7 20.4495 30/7
STR-DIA outer (in.) 0.1583 0.1583 0.1583 0.163 0.128 0.128 0.1654 0.1664 0.1664 0.1664 0.1709 0.1709 0.1709 0.1709 0.1731 0.1731 0.1731 0.1772 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.1799 0.1799 0.1799 0.1403 0.1403 0.186 0.186 0.186 0.1491 0.1494 0.1567 0.162 0.1671 0.1671 0.1671 0.178 0.178 0.178 0.1811 0.1928 0.1928 0.1928 0.1958 0.1958 0.1958 0.1655 0.1655 0.1655 0.0787 0.0787 0.126 0.126 0.089 0.089 0.1201 0.0929 0.0943 0.1013 0.1256 0.1217 0.1013 0.1217 0.1118 0.1074 0.1074 0.1074 0.1291 0.1 0.1 0.1319 0.102 0.1137 0.1367 0.1059 0.1137 0.1194 0.1137 0.1367 0.1059 0.1059 0.1184 0.1138 0.114 0.106 0.106 0.1421 0.1098 0.115 0.115
STR-DIA outer (mm) 4.0208 4.0208 4.0208 4.1402 3.2512 3.2512 4.2012 4.2266 4.2266 4.2266 4.3409 4.3409 4.3409 4.3409 4.3967 4.3967 4.3967 4.5009 4.5212 4.5212 4.5212 4.5212 4.5695 4.5695 4.5695 3.5636 3.5636 4.7244 4.7244 4.7244 3.7871 3.7948 3.9802 4.1148 4.2443 4.2443 4.2443 4.5212 4.5212 4.5212 4.5999 4.8971 4.8971 4.8971 4.9733 4.9733 4.9733 4.2037 4.2037 4.2037 1.999 1.999 3.2004 3.2004 2.2606 2.2606 3.0505 2.3597 2.3952 2.573 3.1902 3.0912 2.573 3.0912 2.8397 2.728 2.728 2.728 3.2791 2.54 2.54 3.3503 2.5908 2.888 3.4722 2.6899 2.888 3.0328 2.888 3.4722 2.6899 2.6899 3.0074 2.8905 2.8956 2.6924 2.6924 3.6093 2.7889 2.921 2.921
STR-DIA core (in.) 9999 9999 9999 9999 0 0 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 0 0 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 0 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 0 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
STR-DIA core (mm) 9999 9999 9999 9999 3 3 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 4 4 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 4 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 5 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 4 3 3 3
UTS -(lb) 20300 22600 25000 21500 19700 22900 24700 22400 25000 27700 26303 23600 26400 29200 24200 27000 29900 26078 23100 25600 28600 31600 26200 29300 32300 23100 26700 28000 31300 34500 27500 32800 28326 29100 35200 37900 40500 39900 43000 46000 44000 44800 50000 53300 46100 51600 55000 55200 59100 63000 10566 10566 18389 18389 13387 13387 6751 13039 13700 11300 11350 6880 10800 6820 14200 12700 12100 9970 7700 15500 13200 8030 15566 13500 8540 17300 14100 14300 11200 8680 17300 14800 12500 14478 14478 17580 17580 9240 17938 20547 20548
UTS WGT --(kg) (lb/1000 ft) 9208 870.4 10251.3 870.4 11339.9 870.4 9752.3 923 8935.9 938 10387.4 938 11203.8 950 10160.6 961.7 11339.9 961.7 12564.6 961.7 11931 1014.7 10704.9 1015 11975 1015 13245 1015 10977 1041 12247.1 1041 13562.6 1041 11828.9 1091.3 10478.1 1100 11612.1 1100 12972.9 1100 14333.7 1100 11884.2 1124 13290.4 1124 14651.2 1124 10478.1 1127 12111 1127 12700.7 1201 14197.6 1201 15649.1 1201 12473.9 1278 14878 1278 12848.6 1407.8 13199.7 1502 15966.6 1599 17191.3 1599 18370.7 1599 18098.5 1814 19504.7 1814 20865.5 1814 19958.3 1877 20321.1 2127 22679.9 2127 24176.7 2127 20910.8 2194 23405.6 2194 24947.8 2194 25038.6 2179 26807.6 2179 28576.6 2179 4792.7 297 4792.7 291 8341.2 481.8 8341.2 475.8 6072.3 375.6 6072.3 368.2 3062.2 281.6 5914.5 405.2 6214.3 418 5125.6 367.3 5148.3 367 3120.7 289.5 4898.8 349.6 3093.5 283.5 6441.1 386 5760.7 413 5488.5 392.9 4522.4 413 3492.7 326 7030.8 470 5987.5 470 3642.4 340 7060.7 487.8 6123.6 440.3 3873.7 357.6 7847.2 495.1 6395.7 462.6 6486.4 462.4 5080.3 463 3937.2 365.2 7847.2 527.1 6713.2 527 5670 433 6567.2 472.4 6567.2 463 7974.2 536.9 7974.2 526.2 4191.2 394.4 8136.6 565.8 9320.1 632.3 9320.5 619.6
WGT -(kg/km) 1295.3 1295.3 1295.3 1373.6 1396 1396 1413.8 1431.2 1431.2 1431.2 1510.1 1510.5 1510.5 1510.5 1549.2 1549.2 1549.2 1624.1 1637 1637 1637 1637 1672.8 1672.8 1672.8 1677.2 1677.2 1787.4 1787.4 1787.4 1901.9 1901.9 2095.1 2235.3 2379.7 2379.7 2379.7 2699.6 2699.6 2699.6 2793.4 3165.4 3165.4 3165.4 3265.2 3265.2 3265.2 3242.8 3242.8 3242.8 442 433.1 717 708.1 559 548 419.1 603 622.1 546.6 546.2 430.8 520.3 421.9 574.5 614.6 584.7 614.6 485.2 699.5 699.5 506 726 655.3 532.2 736.8 688.5 688.2 689 543.5 784.4 784.3 644.4 703 689 799 783.1 587 842 941 922.1
Amps -(A) 930 925 915 950 1000 1000 980 995 985 980 1020 1030 1020 1010 1040 1035 1030 1065 1070 1065 1050 1055 1075 1070 1065 1200 1200 1130 1120 1110 1190 1180 1250 1300 1360 1350 1340 1465 1465 1450 1500 1610 1610 1610 1625 1625 1625 1695 1680 1680 320 320 370 370 400 400 430 435 440 440 460 430 440 430 490 490 490 500 490 490 495 495 500 510 500 515 510 525 530 500 515 975 510 9999 500 500 500 525 545 575 575
PSS/ADEPT - Appendix H
Conductor Database (3 of 8)
!NAME !'-!'-CHICKADEE/AW IBIS/AW LARK/AW BRANT BRANT/SSAC CHICKADEE IBIS IBIS/SD IBIS/SSAC LARK LARK/SSAC BRANT/AW JAGUAR PANTHER LION TA298AG TA298NG TA281AG TA281NG FLICKER FLICKER/AW FLICKER/SD FLICKER/SSAC FLICKER/TW HAWK HAWK/AW HAWK/SD HAWK/SSAC HEN HEN/AW HEN/SSAC PELICAN PELICAN/AW BEAR T2PARTRIDGE T2WAXWING DOVE/AW OSPREY/AW DOVE DOVE/SD DOVE/SSAC EAGLE EAGLE/SSAC OSPREY PARAKEET PARAKEET/SD PARAKEET/SSAC EAGLE/AW PARAKEET/AW TA329AG TA329NG PEACOCK PEACOCK/AW PEACOCK/SSAC SQUAB SQUAB/AW SQUAB/SSAC TEAL TEAL/AW TEAL/SSAC WOODDUCK DUCK EGRET EGRET/AW EGRET/SSAC GOOSE GROSBEAK GROSBEAK/AW GROSBEAK/SD GROSBEAK/SSAC KILLDEER/SD KINGBIRD KINGBIRD/AW PIPIT/SD ROOK ROOK/AW ROOK/SD ROOK/SSAC SCOTER SWIFT GOAT DOVE/OD GANNET/AW FLAMINGO FLAMINGO/SSAC FLAMINGO/TW GANNET GANNET/SSAC GULL FLAMINGO/AW T2LINNET
TYPE --ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR
R_DC -(ohm/mi) 0.2299 0.2232 0.2186 0.2315 0.2252 0.2325 0.2306 0.2305 0.2242 0.2288 0.2225 0.2254 0.2234 0.2189 0.1947 0.1954 0.1954 0.1938 0.1938 0.1927 0.1878 0.1928 0.1875 0.1927 0.1921 0.186 0.1921 0.187 0.1907 0.1822 0.1854 0.1937 0.1915 0.1745 0.1661 0.1722 0.1593 0.1643 0.1646 0.1645 0.16 0.1634 0.159 0.1662 0.1653 0.1652 0.1606 0.1562 0.161 0.1674 0.1674 0.152 0.1481 0.1476 0.1515 0.1473 0.1471 0.1505 0.1439 0.1466 0.1505 0.1519 0.1431 0.1369 0.139 0.1447 0.144 0.1394 0.1438 0.1401 0.1455 0.1453 0.1437 0.1458 0.1446 0.1409 0.1444 0.1406 0.1431 0.1459 0.1423 0.1363 0.1336 0.1379 0.1342 0.1379 0.1375 0.1336 0.138 0.1344 0.1317
R_DC -(ohm/km) 0.1429 0.1387 0.1358 0.1439 0.1399 0.1445 0.1433 0.1432 0.1393 0.1422 0.1383 0.1401 0.1388 0.136 0.121 0.1214 0.1214 0.1204 0.1204 0.1197 0.1167 0.1198 0.1165 0.1197 0.1194 0.1156 0.1194 0.1162 0.1185 0.1132 0.1152 0.1204 0.119 0.1084 0.1032 0.107 0.099 0.1021 0.1023 0.1022 0.0994 0.1015 0.0988 0.1033 0.1027 0.1027 0.0998 0.0971 0.1 0.104 0.104 0.0945 0.092 0.0917 0.0941 0.0915 0.0914 0.0935 0.0894 0.0911 0.0935 0.0944 0.0889 0.0851 0.0864 0.0899 0.0895 0.0866 0.0894 0.0871 0.0904 0.0903 0.0893 0.0906 0.0899 0.0876 0.0897 0.0874 0.0889 0.0907 0.0884 0.0847 0.083 0.0857 0.0834 0.0857 0.0854 0.083 0.0858 0.0835 0.0818
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.231 0.2239 0.2192 0.2327 0.2759 0.234 0.231 0.231 0.2249 0.229 0.2233 0.2262 0.2247 0.219 0.1951 0.196 0.196 0.1947 0.1947 0.194 0.1888 0.194 0.1885 0.194 0.193 0.1869 0.193 0.1877 0.191 0.1829 0.1863 0.195 0.1916 0.1753 0.1706 0.1737 0.1603 0.1658 0.166 0.166 0.1611 0.164 0.1599 0.168 0.166 0.166 0.1619 0.157 0.1621 0.1688 0.1688 0.153 0.1493 0.1491 0.153 0.1477 0.1484 0.151 0.1448 0.1473 0.1514 0.1533 0.144 0.1378 0.1403 0.146 0.145 0.1406 0.145 0.1412 0.1484 0.1469 0.1454 0.1489 0.146 0.1422 0.146 0.142 0.144 0.1477 0.1432 0.1389 0.1346 0.139 0.1356 0.139 0.139 0.1351 0.139 0.1357 0.1357
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.1435 0.1391 0.1362 0.1446 0.1714 0.1454 0.1435 0.1435 0.1398 0.1423 0.1388 0.1406 0.1396 0.1361 0.1212 0.1218 0.1218 0.121 0.121 0.1205 0.1173 0.1205 0.1171 0.1205 0.1199 0.1161 0.1199 0.1166 0.1187 0.1137 0.1158 0.1212 0.1191 0.1089 0.106 0.1079 0.0996 0.103 0.1032 0.1032 0.1001 0.1019 0.0994 0.1044 0.1032 0.1032 0.1006 0.0976 0.1007 0.1049 0.1049 0.0951 0.0928 0.0926 0.0951 0.0918 0.0922 0.0938 0.09 0.0915 0.0941 0.0953 0.0895 0.0856 0.0872 0.0907 0.0901 0.0874 0.0901 0.0877 0.0922 0.0913 0.0903 0.0925 0.0907 0.0884 0.0907 0.0882 0.0895 0.0918 0.089 0.0863 0.0836 0.0864 0.0843 0.0864 0.0864 0.0839 0.0864 0.0843 0.0843
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.2307 0.2237 0.219 0.2323 0.2607 0.2336 0.2309 0.2309 0.2247 0.2289 0.2231 0.226 0.2243 0.219 0.195 0.1958 0.1958 0.1944 0.1944 0.1936 0.1885 0.1936 0.1882 0.1936 0.1927 0.1866 0.1927 0.1875 0.1909 0.1827 0.186 0.1946 0.1916 0.175 0.1693 0.1733 0.16 0.1654 0.1656 0.1656 0.1608 0.1638 0.1596 0.1675 0.1658 0.1658 0.1615 0.1568 0.1618 0.1684 0.1684 0.1527 0.1489 0.1487 0.1526 0.1476 0.148 0.1509 0.1445 0.1471 0.1511 0.1529 0.1437 0.1375 0.1399 0.1456 0.1447 0.1402 0.1446 0.1409 0.1475 0.1464 0.1449 0.148 0.1456 0.1418 0.1455 0.1416 0.1437 0.1472 0.1429 0.1381 0.1343 0.1387 0.1352 0.1387 0.1386 0.1347 0.1387 0.1353 0.1345
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) 0.1433 0.139 0.1361 0.1444 0.162 0.1451 0.1435 0.1434 0.1396 0.1423 0.1386 0.1404 0.1394 0.1361 0.1212 0.1217 0.1217 0.1208 0.1208 0.1203 0.1171 0.1203 0.1169 0.1203 0.1198 0.116 0.1198 0.1165 0.1186 0.1135 0.1156 0.1209 0.119 0.1088 0.1052 0.1077 0.0994 0.1027 0.1029 0.1029 0.0999 0.1018 0.0992 0.1041 0.103 0.103 0.1004 0.0974 0.1005 0.1046 0.1046 0.0949 0.0925 0.0924 0.0948 0.0917 0.092 0.0937 0.0898 0.0914 0.0939 0.095 0.0893 0.0855 0.0869 0.0905 0.0899 0.0871 0.0899 0.0875 0.0917 0.091 0.09 0.0919 0.0905 0.0881 0.0904 0.088 0.0893 0.0914 0.0888 0.0858 0.0835 0.0862 0.084 0.0862 0.0861 0.0837 0.0862 0.0841 0.0836
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.452 0.441 0.435 0.444 0.444 0.452 0.441 0.4423 0.441 0.435 0.435 0.444 0.459 0.432 0.4229 0.424 0.424 0.43 0.43 0.432 0.432 0.4326 0.432 0.432 0.43 0.43 0.4293 0.43 0.424 0.424 0.424 0.441 0.441 0.4183 0.4099 0.419 0.42 0.432 0.42 0.4212 0.42 0.415 0.415 0.432 0.423 0.4246 0.423 0.415 0.423 0.42 0.42 0.418 0.418 0.418 0.415 0.415 0.415 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.41 0.417 0.406 0.406 0.406 0.414 0.412 0.412 0.4142 0.412 0.4245 0.424 0.424 0.4294 0.415 0.415 0.4177 0.415 0.406 0.425 0.4059 0.4209 0.409 0.412 0.412 0.412 0.409 0.409 0.411 0.412 0.3959
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.2809 0.274 0.2703 0.2759 0.2759 0.2809 0.274 0.2748 0.274 0.2703 0.2703 0.2759 0.2852 0.2684 0.2628 0.2635 0.2635 0.2672 0.2672 0.2684 0.2684 0.2688 0.2684 0.2684 0.2672 0.2672 0.2668 0.2672 0.2635 0.2635 0.2635 0.274 0.274 0.2599 0.2547 0.2604 0.261 0.2684 0.261 0.2617 0.261 0.2579 0.2579 0.2684 0.2628 0.2638 0.2628 0.2579 0.2628 0.261 0.261 0.2597 0.2597 0.2597 0.2579 0.2579 0.2579 0.2548 0.2548 0.2548 0.2548 0.2591 0.2523 0.2523 0.2523 0.2573 0.256 0.256 0.2574 0.256 0.2638 0.2635 0.2635 0.2668 0.2579 0.2579 0.2596 0.2579 0.2523 0.2641 0.2522 0.2615 0.2541 0.256 0.256 0.256 0.2541 0.2541 0.2554 0.256 0.246
XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.3767 0.3675 0.3625 0.37 0.37 0.3767 0.3675 0.3686 0.3675 0.3625 0.3625 0.37 0.3825 0.36 0.3524 0.3533 0.3533 0.3583 0.3583 0.36 0.36 0.3605 0.36 0.36 0.3583 0.3583 0.3578 0.3583 0.3533 0.3533 0.3533 0.3675 0.3675 0.3486 0.3416 0.3492 0.35 0.36 0.35 0.351 0.35 0.3458 0.3458 0.36 0.3525 0.3538 0.3525 0.3458 0.3525 0.35 0.35 0.3483 0.3483 0.3483 0.3458 0.3458 0.3458 0.3417 0.3417 0.3417 0.3417 0.3475 0.3383 0.3383 0.3383 0.345 0.3433 0.3433 0.3452 0.3433 0.3538 0.3533 0.3533 0.3578 0.3458 0.3458 0.3481 0.3458 0.3383 0.3542 0.3383 0.3508 0.3408 0.3433 0.3433 0.3433 0.3408 0.3408 0.3425 0.3433 0.3299
XL_50 XC_60 XC_60 XC_50 XC_50 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz (ohm/km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) 0.2341 0.103 0.1658 0.1236 0.1989 0.2284 0.1014 0.1632 0.1217 0.1958 0.2253 0.1006 0.1619 0.1207 0.1943 0.2299 0.1018 0.1638 0.1222 0.1966 0.2299 0.1018 0.1638 0.1222 0.1966 0.2341 0.103 0.1658 0.1236 0.1989 0.2284 0.1014 0.1632 0.1217 0.1958 0.229 0.102 0.1641 0.1224 0.197 0.2284 0.1014 0.1632 0.1217 0.1958 0.2253 0.1006 0.1619 0.1207 0.1943 0.2253 0.1006 0.1619 0.1207 0.1943 0.2299 0.1018 0.1638 0.1222 0.1966 0.2377 0.1024 0.1648 0.1229 0.1978 0.2237 0.0996 0.1603 0.1195 0.1923 0.219 0.0982 0.158 0.1178 0.1896 0.2196 0.0979 0.1576 0.1175 0.1891 0.2196 0.0979 0.1576 0.1175 0.1891 0.2227 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0.2227 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0.2237 0.0991 0.1595 0.1189 0.1914 0.2237 0.0991 0.1595 0.1189 0.1914 0.224 0.0993 0.1598 0.1192 0.1918 0.2237 0.0991 0.1595 0.1189 0.1914 0.2237 0.0991 0.1595 0.1189 0.1914 0.2227 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0.2227 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0.2223 0.0988 0.159 0.1186 0.1908 0.2227 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0.2196 0.0979 0.1576 0.1175 0.1891 0.2196 0.0979 0.1576 0.1175 0.1891 0.2196 0.0979 0.1576 0.1175 0.1891 0.2284 0.1003 0.1614 0.1204 0.1937 0.2284 0.1003 0.1614 0.1204 0.1937 0.2166 0.0965 0.1553 0.1158 0.1864 0.2123 0.0971 0.1563 0.1165 0.1875 0.217 0.0987 0.1588 0.1184 0.1906 0.2175 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.2237 0.098 0.1577 0.1176 0.1893 0.2175 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.2181 0.0968 0.1558 0.1162 0.1869 0.2175 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.2149 0.0956 0.1538 0.1147 0.1846 0.2149 0.0956 0.1538 0.1147 0.1846 0.2237 0.098 0.1577 0.1176 0.1893 0.219 0.0968 0.1558 0.1162 0.1869 0.2199 0.0974 0.1567 0.1169 0.1881 0.219 0.0968 0.1558 0.1162 0.1869 0.2149 0.0956 0.1538 0.1147 0.1846 0.219 0.0968 0.1558 0.1162 0.1869 0.2175 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.2175 0.0964 0.1551 0.1157 0.1862 0.2165 0.0956 0.1538 0.1147 0.1846 0.2165 0.0956 0.1538 0.1147 0.1846 0.2165 0.0956 0.1538 0.1147 0.1846 0.2149 0.0952 0.1532 0.1142 0.1838 0.2149 0.0952 0.1532 0.1142 0.1838 0.2149 0.0952 0.1532 0.1142 0.1838 0.2123 0.0943 0.1518 0.1132 0.1821 0.2123 0.0943 0.1518 0.1132 0.1821 0.2123 0.0943 0.1518 0.1132 0.1821 0.2123 0.0943 0.1518 0.1132 0.1821 0.2159 0.0956 0.1538 0.1147 0.1846 0.2102 0.0936 0.1506 0.1123 0.1808 0.2102 0.0936 0.1506 0.1123 0.1808 0.2102 0.0936 0.1506 0.1123 0.1808 0.2144 0.0949 0.1527 0.1139 0.1833 0.2133 0.0944 0.1519 0.1133 0.1823 0.2133 0.0944 0.1519 0.1133 0.1823 0.2145 0.095 0.1529 0.114 0.1835 0.2133 0.0944 0.1519 0.1133 0.1823 0.2198 0.0968 0.1558 0.1162 0.1869 0.2196 0.096 0.1545 0.1152 0.1854 0.2196 0.096 0.1545 0.1152 0.1854 0.2224 0.0976 0.1571 0.1171 0.1885 0.2149 0.0949 0.1527 0.1139 0.1833 0.2149 0.0949 0.1527 0.1139 0.1833 0.2163 0.0956 0.1538 0.1147 0.1846 0.2149 0.0949 0.1527 0.1139 0.1833 0.2102 0.0936 0.1506 0.1123 0.1808 0.2201 0.0963 0.155 0.1156 0.186 0.2102 0.0936 0.1506 0.1123 0.1808 0.218 0.0965 0.1553 0.1158 0.1864 0.2118 0.0937 0.1508 0.1124 0.1809 0.2133 0.0942 0.1516 0.113 0.1819 0.2133 0.0942 0.1516 0.113 0.1819 0.2133 0.0942 0.1516 0.113 0.1819 0.2118 0.0937 0.1508 0.1124 0.1809 0.2118 0.0937 0.1508 0.1124 0.1809 0.2128 0.0942 0.1516 0.113 0.1819 0.2133 0.0942 0.1516 0.113 0.1819 0.205 0.0937 0.1508 0.1124 0.1809
AREA aluminum (kcmil) 397 397 397 397.5 397.5 397.5 397.5 397.5 397.5 397.5 397.5 398 420 420 467 476.2 476.2 476.9 476.9 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 477 524 533.6 533.6 556 556 556.5 556.5 556.5 556.5 556.5 556.5 556.5 556.5 556.5 557 557 557.7 557.7 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 606 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 636 660.7 666 666.6 666.6 666.6 666.6 666.6 666.6 667 672.8
AREA total (sq-in.) 0.3295 0.3627 0.3849 0.3527 0.3525 0.3295 0.3627 0.3627 0.363 0.3849 0.385 0.3527 0.3446 0.4055 0.4555 0.4612 0.4612 0.4358 0.4358 0.4233 0.4233 0.4233 0.4232 0.4233 0.4354 0.4354 0.4356 0.4356 0.4621 0.4621 0.462 0.3955 0.3955 0.5055 0.487 0.442 0.5083 0.4612 0.5083 0.5083 0.5083 0.5391 0.5391 0.4612 0.4938 0.4938 0.4938 0.5391 0.4938 0.5092 0.5092 0.537 0.537 0.5368 0.5522 0.5522 0.5525 0.5834 0.5834 0.5835 0.5828 0.5379 0.6135 0.6135 0.6135 0.5642 0.5808 0.5808 0.5808 0.5809 0.5341 0.5275 0.5275 0.5252 0.5643 0.5643 0.5642 0.5643 0.6154 0.5133 0.62 0.6036 0.6086 0.5917 0.5914 0.5917 0.6086 0.6037 0.5921 0.5917 0.6144
AREA total (sq-mm) 212.5802 233.9995 248.3221 227.5479 227.4189 212.5802 233.9995 233.9995 234.1931 248.3221 248.3866 227.5479 222.3221 261.6124 293.8704 297.5478 297.5478 281.1607 281.1607 273.0962 273.0962 273.0962 273.0317 273.0962 280.9027 280.9027 281.0317 281.0317 298.1284 298.1284 298.0639 255.1608 255.1608 326.1284 314.1929 285.1607 327.9348 297.5478 327.9348 327.9348 327.9348 347.8058 347.8058 297.5478 318.58 318.58 318.58 347.8058 318.58 328.5155 328.5155 346.4509 346.4509 346.3219 356.2574 356.2574 356.4509 376.3863 376.3863 376.4509 375.9992 347.0316 395.8057 395.8057 395.8057 363.9993 374.7089 374.7089 374.7089 374.7734 344.58 340.3219 340.3219 338.838 364.0638 364.0638 363.9993 364.0638 397.0315 331.1606 399.9992 389.4186 392.6444 381.7412 381.5476 381.7412 392.6444 389.4831 381.9992 381.7412 396.3863
OD -(in.) 0.743 0.783 0.806 0.772 0.772 0.743 0.783 0.771 0.783 0.806 0.806 0.772 0.7598 0.8268 0.8764 0.8819 0.8819 0.8583 0.8583 0.846 0.846 0.843 0.846 0.7764 0.858 0.858 0.86 0.858 0.883 0.883 0.883 0.814 0.814 0.9232 1.051 0.997 0.927 0.879 0.927 0.919 0.927 0.953 0.953 0.879 0.914 0.901 0.914 0.953 0.914 0.9272 0.9272 0.953 0.953 0.953 0.966 0.966 0.966 0.994 0.994 0.994 0.994 0.953 1.019 1.019 1.019 0.977 0.99 0.99 0.975 0.99 0.917 0.94 0.94 0.894 0.977 0.977 0.955 0.977 1.019 0.93 1.0224 0.927 1.014 1 1 0.913 1.014 1.014 1 1 1.18
OD STRAND -- outer/core (mm) -18.8722 18/1 19.8882 26/7 20.4724 30/7 19.6088 24/7 19.6088 24/7 18.8722 18/1 19.8882 26/7 19.5834 126/7 19.8882 26/7 20.4724 30/7 20.4724 30/7 19.6088 24/7 19.2989 18/1 21.0007 30/7 22.2606 30/7 22.4003 30/7 22.4003 30/7 21.8008 26/7 21.8008 26/7 21.4884 24/7 21.4884 24/7 21.4122 124/7 21.4884 24/7 19.7206 224/7 21.7932 26/7 21.7932 26/7 21.844 126/7 21.7932 26/7 22.4282 30/7 22.4282 30/7 22.4282 30/7 20.6756 18/1 20.6756 18/1 23.4493 30/7 26.6954 52/14 25.3238 36/2 23.5458 26/7 22.3266 18/1 23.5458 26/7 23.3426 126/7 23.5458 26/7 24.2062 30/7 24.2062 30/7 22.3266 18/1 23.2156 24/7 22.8854 124/7 23.2156 24/7 24.2062 30/7 23.2156 24/7 23.5509 26/7 23.5509 26/7 24.2062 24/7 24.2062 24/7 24.2062 24/7 24.5364 26/7 24.5364 26/7 24.5364 26/7 25.2476 30/19 25.2476 30/19 25.2476 30/19 25.2476 30/7 24.2062 54/7 25.8826 30/19 25.8826 30/19 25.8826 30/19 24.8158 54/7 25.146 26/7 25.146 26/7 24.765 126/7 25.146 26/7 23.2918 145/7 23.876 18/1 23.876 18/1 22.7076 142/7 24.8158 24/7 24.8158 24/7 24.257 124/7 24.8158 24/7 25.8826 30/7 23.622 36/1 25.969 30/7 23.5458 326/7 25.7556 26/7 25.4 24/7 25.4 24/7 23.1902 224/7 25.7556 26/7 25.7556 26/7 25.4 54/7 25.4 24/7 29.972 52/14
STR-DIA outer (in.) 0.1486 0.1236 0.1151 0.1287 0.1287 0.1486 0.1236 0.1138 0.1236 0.1151 0.1151 0.1287 0.152 0.1181 0.1252 0.126 0.126 0.135 0.135 0.141 0.141 0.1502 0.141 0.1628 0.1354 0.1354 0.1496 0.1354 0.1261 0.1261 0.1261 0.1628 0.1628 0.1319 0.1013 0.1217 0.1463 0.1758 0.1463 0.1613 0.1463 0.1362 0.1362 0.1758 0.1523 0.1622 0.1523 0.1362 0.1523 0.146 0.146 0.1588 0.1588 0.1588 0.1525 0.1525 0.1525 0.142 0.142 0.142 0.142 0.1059 0.1456 0.1456 0.1456 0.1085 0.1564 0.1564 0.1723 0.1564 0.1838 0.188 0.188 0.1932 0.1628 0.1628 0.1806 0.1628 0.1456 0.1329 0.1461 0.1733 0.1601 0.1667 0.1667 0.1825 0.1601 0.1601 0.1111 0.1667 0.1137
STR-DIA outer (mm) 3.7744 3.1394 2.9235 3.269 3.269 3.7744 3.1394 2.8905 3.1394 2.9235 2.9235 3.269 3.8608 2.9997 3.1801 3.2004 3.2004 3.429 3.429 3.5814 3.5814 3.8151 3.5814 4.1351 3.4392 3.4392 3.7998 3.4392 3.2029 3.2029 3.2029 4.1351 4.1351 3.3503 2.573 3.0912 3.716 4.4653 3.716 4.097 3.716 3.4595 3.4595 4.4653 3.8684 4.1199 3.8684 3.4595 3.8684 3.7084 3.7084 4.0335 4.0335 4.0335 3.8735 3.8735 3.8735 3.6068 3.6068 3.6068 3.6068 2.6899 3.6982 3.6982 3.6982 2.7559 3.9726 3.9726 4.3764 3.9726 4.6685 4.7752 4.7752 4.9073 4.1351 4.1351 4.5872 4.1351 3.6982 3.3757 3.7109 4.4018 4.0665 4.2342 4.2342 4.6355 4.0665 4.0665 2.8219 4.2342 2.888
UTS -(lb) 9780 15800 19600 14600 11100 9940 16300 16400 13000 20300 17500 14060 10469 20739 22593 24099 24100 19952 19952 17200 16700 17200 13000 17200 19500 19000 19500 15600 23800 23400 21000 11800 11500 24999 22600 13800 21900 13200 22600 22600 18200 27800 24500 13700 19800 20000 15200 26800 19300 23133 23133 21600 21000 16500 24300 23600 19700 30000 28500 26600 29400 22500 31500 29900 28000 23600 25200 24800 25400 20800 17700 15700 15020 15600 22600 22000 22900 17400 30800 13800 30529 26500 26000 23700 18200 24000 26400 21700 24500 23100 28200
UTS WGT --(kg) (lb/1000 ft) 4436.2 422.6 7166.8 520.3 8890.5 584.9 6622.5 512.1 5034.9 512 4508.8 431.6 7393.6 546.6 7439 546.5 5896.8 547 9208 622.7 7937.9 623 6377.6 491 4748.7 450.9 9407.1 654.5 10248.1 735.8 10931.2 759.3 10931.7 744.5 9050.2 672.6 9050.2 659.2 7801.9 614.6 7575.1 589.4 7801.9 613.5 5896.8 615 7801.9 612.8 8845.1 656 8618.3 624.5 8845.1 655.8 7076.1 657 10795.6 747.4 10614.2 702 9525.5 747 5352.4 518 5216.4 507.2 11339.5 815.8 10251.3 734 6259.6 580 9933.8 729.1 5987.5 591.6 10251.3 766 10251.3 765 8255.5 766 12610 871.9 11113.1 872 6214.3 604.1 8981.2 716.9 9071.9 716 6894.7 717 12156.4 819 8754.4 687.5 10493.1 781.5 10493.1 766 9797.7 779.7 9525.5 747.7 7484.4 780 11022.4 832.3 10704.9 792.1 8935.9 833 13607.9 939.5 12927.5 883.2 12065.7 940 13335.8 940 10205.9 779 14288.3 988.2 13562.6 928.9 12700.7 988 10704.9 819 11430.6 875.2 11249.2 833 11521.4 874 9434.8 875 8028.7 715 7121.5 690.8 6813 676.5 7076.1 684 10251.3 819.2 9979.1 785.6 10387.4 818 7892.6 819 13970.8 993 6259.6 643.7 13847.9 1000.6 12020.3 980.2 11793.5 873 10750.2 858.9 8255.5 858 10886.3 856.3 11975 917.3 9843.1 917 11113.1 858 10478.1 823.7 12791.4 926
WGT -(kg/km) 628.9 774.3 870.5 762.1 762 642.3 813.5 813.3 814.1 926.7 927.2 730.7 671 974 1095 1130 1108 1001 981 914.7 877.2 913 915.3 912 976.3 929.4 976 977.8 1112.3 1044.7 1111.7 770.9 754.8 1214.1 1092.4 863.2 1085.1 880.4 1140 1138.5 1140 1297.6 1297.7 899 1066.9 1065.6 1067.1 1218.9 1023.2 1163 1140 1160.4 1112.7 1160.8 1238.6 1178.8 1239.7 1398.2 1314.4 1398.9 1398.9 1159.3 1470.7 1382.4 1470.4 1218.9 1302.5 1239.7 1300.7 1302.2 1064.1 1028.1 1006.8 1017.9 1219.1 1169.1 1217.4 1218.9 1477.8 958 1489.1 1458.8 1299.2 1278.2 1276.9 1274.4 1365.1 1364.7 1276.9 1225.8 1378.1
Amps -(A) 555 570 575 565 590 555 570 585 590 575 600 565 575 595 635 645 645 640 640 635 635 650 660 635 640 640 655 665 645 645 670 625 625 680 810 789 710 690 710 720 730 710 740 690 700 715 725 710 700 710 710 740 740 765 745 745 770 750 750 1435 750 740 775 775 805 770 775 775 780 795 765 750 750 760 765 765 775 790 775 745 775 790 795 790 815 790 795 820 790 790 923
PSS/ADEPT - Appendix H
Conductor Database (4 of 8)
!NAME !'-!'-T2MERLIN TA445AG TA445NG CROW/AW REDWING/AW BUTEO CROW GREBE REDWING REDWING/SSAC STARLING STARLING/SSAC STILT STILT/SSAC STARLING/AW ANTELOPE SHEEP BISON GROSBEAK/OD CONDOR CONDOR/AW CONDOR/SD CONDOR/SSAC COOT CUCKOO CUCKOO/TW DRAKE DRAKE/AW DRAKE/SD DRAKE/SSAC DRAKE/TW MACAW/SD MALLARD MALLARD/AW MALLARD/SSAC PUFFIN PUFFIN/SD SKIMMER T2CHICKADEE T2IBIS T2PTARMIGAN TERN TERN/AW TERN/SD TERN/SSAC TERN/TW TURBIT DEER ZEBRA CRANE CRANE/AW WILLET BALDPATE BALDPATE/SSAC CANARY CANARY/AW CANARY/SSAC NOWORD REDSTART RUDDY RUDDY/AW RUDDY/SSAC TURNSTONE TA515AG TA515NG ELK CAMEL CARDINAL CARDINAL/AW CARDINAL/SD CARDINAL/SSAC CARDINAL/TW CORNCRAKE MERGANSER MERGANSER/SSAC NOCODE PHOENIX/SD RAIL RAIL/AW RAIL/SD RAIL/SSAC RAIL/TW REDBIRD T2HAWK T2PELICAN T2TATLER TERN/OD TA617AG42 TA617NG42 CURLEW/AW ORTOLAN/AW
TYPE --ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR
R_DC -(ohm/mi) 0.1365 0.131 0.131 0.1253 0.1217 0.1273 0.1286 0.1296 0.1273 0.1239 0.1279 0.1245 0.1285 0.125 0.1239 0.1244 0.1239 0.1218 0.1183 0.1158 0.1126 0.1158 0.1126 0.1167 0.1157 0.1157 0.1152 0.1115 0.1153 0.1121 0.1152 0.1181 0.1145 0.1095 0.1115 0.1162 0.1158 0.1145 0.1156 0.1114 0.1153 0.1166 0.115 0.1164 0.1132 0.1146 0.1166 0.1083 0.1085 0.1051 0.1024 0.106 0.1011 0.0984 0.1022 0.0996 0.0991 0.1025 0.1022 0.1031 0.1016 0.1002 0.103 0.1041 0.1041 0.0975 0.0977 0.0964 0.0939 0.0964 0.0937 0.0964 0.0972 0.0952 0.0928 0.0968 0.0988 0.0972 0.0958 0.097 0.0943 0.0959 0.0964 0.0929 0.0963 0.0961 0.0957 0.0919 0.0919 0.0867 0.0884
R_DC -(ohm/km) 0.0848 0.0814 0.0814 0.0779 0.0756 0.0791 0.0799 0.0805 0.0791 0.077 0.0795 0.0774 0.0798 0.0777 0.077 0.0773 0.077 0.0757 0.0735 0.072 0.07 0.072 0.07 0.0725 0.0719 0.0719 0.0716 0.0693 0.0716 0.0697 0.0716 0.0734 0.0711 0.068 0.0693 0.0722 0.072 0.0711 0.0718 0.0692 0.0716 0.0725 0.0715 0.0723 0.0703 0.0712 0.0725 0.0673 0.0674 0.0653 0.0636 0.0659 0.0628 0.0611 0.0635 0.0619 0.0616 0.0637 0.0635 0.0641 0.0631 0.0623 0.064 0.0647 0.0647 0.0606 0.0607 0.0599 0.0583 0.0599 0.0582 0.0599 0.0604 0.0592 0.0577 0.0602 0.0614 0.0604 0.0595 0.0603 0.0586 0.0596 0.0599 0.0577 0.0598 0.0597 0.0595 0.0571 0.0571 0.0539 0.0549
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.1384 0.1317 0.1317 0.1267 0.1228 0.128 0.13 0.1314 0.128 0.1249 0.129 0.1258 0.1296 0.1265 0.1252 0.1262 0.1242 0.1241 0.1208 0.117 0.1142 0.117 0.1141 0.1189 0.1169 0.1169 0.117 0.1129 0.117 0.1135 0.117 0.1196 0.116 0.1107 0.1126 0.1179 0.1179 0.116 0.1178 0.1154 0.1174 0.119 0.1169 0.119 0.1153 0.119 0.1185 0.1093 0.1107 0.107 0.1041 0.1082 0.1024 0.0997 0.104 0.1014 0.1012 0.1045 0.104 0.1053 0.1038 0.1024 0.1052 0.1059 0.1059 0.0982 0.0996 0.0983 0.0959 0.0983 0.0957 0.0983 0.0994 0.0966 0.0942 0.0989 0.1001 0.0994 0.0981 0.0994 0.0968 0.0994 0.0982 0.0967 0.0989 0.0986 0.0989 0.0948 0.0948 0.0887 0.0909
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.086 0.0818 0.0818 0.0787 0.0763 0.0795 0.0808 0.0817 0.0795 0.0776 0.0802 0.0782 0.0805 0.0786 0.0778 0.0784 0.0772 0.0771 0.0751 0.0727 0.071 0.0727 0.0709 0.0739 0.0726 0.0726 0.0727 0.0702 0.0727 0.0705 0.0727 0.0743 0.0721 0.0688 0.07 0.0733 0.0733 0.0721 0.0732 0.0717 0.073 0.0739 0.0726 0.0739 0.0716 0.0739 0.0736 0.0679 0.0688 0.0665 0.0647 0.0672 0.0636 0.062 0.0646 0.063 0.0629 0.0649 0.0646 0.0654 0.0645 0.0636 0.0654 0.0658 0.0658 0.061 0.0619 0.0611 0.0596 0.0611 0.0595 0.0611 0.0618 0.06 0.0585 0.0615 0.0622 0.0618 0.061 0.0618 0.0602 0.0618 0.061 0.0601 0.0615 0.0613 0.0615 0.0589 0.0589 0.0551 0.0565
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.1378 0.1315 0.1315 0.1263 0.1225 0.1278 0.1296 0.1309 0.1278 0.1246 0.1287 0.1254 0.1293 0.1261 0.1248 0.1257 0.1241 0.1234 0.1201 0.1166 0.1137 0.1166 0.1137 0.1182 0.1165 0.1165 0.1165 0.1125 0.1165 0.1131 0.1165 0.1192 0.1156 0.1103 0.1123 0.1174 0.1173 0.1156 0.1171 0.1142 0.1168 0.1183 0.1163 0.1182 0.1147 0.1177 0.1179 0.109 0.11 0.1064 0.1036 0.1075 0.102 0.0993 0.1035 0.1009 0.1006 0.1039 0.1035 0.1046 0.1031 0.1017 0.1045 0.1054 0.1054 0.098 0.099 0.0977 0.0953 0.0977 0.0951 0.0977 0.0987 0.0962 0.0938 0.0983 0.0997 0.0987 0.0974 0.0987 0.0961 0.0984 0.0977 0.0956 0.0981 0.0979 0.0979 0.0939 0.0939 0.0881 0.0902
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0856 0.0817 0.0817 0.0785 0.0761 0.0794 0.0805 0.0813 0.0794 0.0774 0.08 0.0779 0.0803 0.0783 0.0776 0.0781 0.0771 0.0767 0.0746 0.0725 0.0707 0.0725 0.0706 0.0735 0.0724 0.0724 0.0724 0.0699 0.0724 0.0703 0.0724 0.074 0.0718 0.0686 0.0698 0.0729 0.0729 0.0718 0.0728 0.071 0.0726 0.0735 0.0723 0.0735 0.0713 0.0731 0.0733 0.0677 0.0684 0.0661 0.0644 0.0668 0.0634 0.0617 0.0643 0.0627 0.0625 0.0646 0.0643 0.065 0.0641 0.0632 0.065 0.0655 0.0655 0.0609 0.0615 0.0607 0.0592 0.0607 0.0591 0.0607 0.0614 0.0598 0.0583 0.0611 0.062 0.0614 0.0605 0.0613 0.0597 0.0611 0.0607 0.0594 0.061 0.0608 0.0609 0.0584 0.0584 0.0547 0.056
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.4049 0.399 0.399 0.407 0.399 0.399 0.407 0.413 0.399 0.399 0.405 0.405 0.408 0.408 0.405 0.405 0.3971 0.404 0.413 0.401 0.401 0.4058 0.401 0.411 0.402 0.402 0.399 0.399 0.4022 0.399 0.399 0.4153 0.393 0.393 0.393 0.404 0.4092 0.393 0.3948 0.3858 0.393 0.406 0.406 0.4128 0.406 0.4209 0.407 0.3889 0.399 0.395 0.395 0.4 0.385 0.385 0.393 0.393 0.393 0.397 0.394 0.399 0.399 0.399 0.4 0.393 0.393 0.383 0.3899 0.389 0.389 0.3956 0.389 0.389 0.396 0.382 0.382 0.393 0.4046 0.395 0.395 0.4021 0.395 0.395 0.39 0.3747 0.3837 0.3824 0.4068 0.382 0.382 0.385 0.39
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.2516 0.2479 0.2479 0.2529 0.2479 0.2479 0.2529 0.2566 0.2479 0.2479 0.2517 0.2517 0.2535 0.2535 0.2517 0.2517 0.2468 0.251 0.2566 0.2492 0.2492 0.2522 0.2492 0.2554 0.2498 0.2498 0.2479 0.2479 0.2499 0.2479 0.2479 0.2581 0.2442 0.2442 0.2442 0.251 0.2543 0.2442 0.2453 0.2397 0.2442 0.2523 0.2523 0.2565 0.2523 0.2615 0.2529 0.2417 0.2479 0.2454 0.2454 0.2486 0.2392 0.2392 0.2442 0.2442 0.2442 0.2467 0.2448 0.2479 0.2479 0.2479 0.2486 0.2442 0.2442 0.238 0.2423 0.2417 0.2417 0.2458 0.2417 0.2417 0.2461 0.2374 0.2374 0.2442 0.2514 0.2454 0.2454 0.2499 0.2454 0.2454 0.2423 0.2328 0.2384 0.2376 0.2528 0.2374 0.2374 0.2392 0.2423
XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.3374 0.3325 0.3325 0.3392 0.3325 0.3325 0.3392 0.3442 0.3325 0.3325 0.3375 0.3375 0.34 0.34 0.3375 0.3375 0.3309 0.3367 0.3442 0.3342 0.3342 0.3382 0.3342 0.3425 0.335 0.335 0.3325 0.3325 0.3352 0.3325 0.3325 0.3461 0.3275 0.3275 0.3275 0.3367 0.341 0.3275 0.329 0.3215 0.3275 0.3383 0.3383 0.344 0.3383 0.3508 0.3392 0.3241 0.3325 0.3292 0.3292 0.3333 0.3208 0.3208 0.3275 0.3275 0.3275 0.3308 0.3283 0.3325 0.3325 0.3325 0.3333 0.3275 0.3275 0.3192 0.3249 0.3242 0.3242 0.3297 0.3242 0.3242 0.33 0.3183 0.3183 0.3275 0.3372 0.3292 0.3292 0.3351 0.3292 0.3292 0.325 0.3123 0.3198 0.3187 0.339 0.3183 0.3183 0.3208 0.325
XL_50 XC_60 XC_60 XC_50 XC_50 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz (ohm/km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) 0.2097 0.0953 0.1534 0.1144 0.184 0.2066 0.0919 0.1479 0.1103 0.1775 0.2066 0.0919 0.1479 0.1103 0.1775 0.2108 0.0931 0.1498 0.1117 0.1798 0.2066 0.0919 0.1479 0.1103 0.1775 0.2066 0.0919 0.1479 0.1103 0.1775 0.2108 0.0931 0.1498 0.1117 0.1798 0.2139 0.0939 0.1511 0.1127 0.1813 0.2066 0.0919 0.1479 0.1103 0.1775 0.2066 0.0919 0.1479 0.1103 0.1775 0.2097 0.0927 0.1492 0.1112 0.179 0.2097 0.0927 0.1492 0.1112 0.179 0.2113 0.0931 0.1498 0.1117 0.1798 0.2113 0.0931 0.1498 0.1117 0.1798 0.2097 0.0927 0.1492 0.1112 0.179 0.2097 0.0926 0.149 0.1111 0.1788 0.2056 0.0913 0.1469 0.1096 0.1763 0.2092 0.0924 0.1487 0.1109 0.1784 0.2139 0.0946 0.1522 0.1135 0.1827 0.2076 0.0916 0.1474 0.1099 0.1769 0.2076 0.0916 0.1474 0.1099 0.1769 0.2101 0.0927 0.1492 0.1112 0.179 0.2076 0.0916 0.1474 0.1099 0.1769 0.2128 0.093 0.1497 0.1116 0.1796 0.2082 0.0916 0.1474 0.1099 0.1769 0.2082 0.0916 0.1474 0.1099 0.1769 0.2066 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.2066 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.2083 0.0921 0.1482 0.1105 0.1779 0.2066 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.2066 0.0911 0.1466 0.1093 0.1759 0.2151 0.0943 0.1518 0.1132 0.1821 0.2035 0.0903 0.1453 0.1084 0.1744 0.2035 0.0903 0.1453 0.1084 0.1744 0.2035 0.0903 0.1453 0.1084 0.1744 0.2092 0.0921 0.1482 0.1105 0.1779 0.2119 0.0933 0.1501 0.112 0.1802 0.2035 0.0903 0.1453 0.1084 0.1744 0.2044 0.0928 0.1493 0.1114 0.1792 0.1998 0.0912 0.1468 0.1094 0.1761 0.2035 0.0924 0.1487 0.1109 0.1784 0.2102 0.0923 0.1485 0.1108 0.1782 0.2102 0.0923 0.1485 0.1108 0.1782 0.2138 0.0939 0.1511 0.1127 0.1813 0.2102 0.0923 0.1485 0.1108 0.1782 0.218 0.0955 0.1537 0.1146 0.1844 0.2108 0.0924 0.1487 0.1109 0.1784 0.2014 0.0894 0.1439 0.1073 0.1726 0.2066 0.0906 0.1458 0.1087 0.175 0.2045 0.0901 0.145 0.1081 0.174 0.2045 0.0901 0.145 0.1081 0.174 0.2071 0.0909 0.1463 0.1091 0.1755 0.1994 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.1994 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.2035 0.0897 0.1444 0.1076 0.1732 0.2035 0.0897 0.1444 0.1076 0.1732 0.2035 0.0897 0.1444 0.1076 0.1732 0.2056 0.0902 0.1452 0.1082 0.1742 0.204 0.0898 0.1445 0.1078 0.1734 0.2066 0.0905 0.1456 0.1086 0.1748 0.2066 0.0905 0.1456 0.1086 0.1748 0.2066 0.0905 0.1456 0.1086 0.1748 0.2071 0.0906 0.1458 0.1087 0.175 0.2035 0.0897 0.1444 0.1076 0.1732 0.2035 0.0897 0.1444 0.1076 0.1732 0.1983 0.0878 0.1413 0.1054 0.1696 0.2019 0.0891 0.1434 0.1069 0.1721 0.2014 0.0889 0.1431 0.1067 0.1717 0.2014 0.0889 0.1431 0.1067 0.1717 0.2049 0.0902 0.1452 0.1082 0.1742 0.2014 0.0889 0.1431 0.1067 0.1717 0.2014 0.0889 0.1431 0.1067 0.1717 0.2051 0.0897 0.1444 0.1076 0.1732 0.1978 0.0876 0.141 0.1051 0.1692 0.1978 0.0876 0.141 0.1051 0.1692 0.2035 0.0894 0.1439 0.1073 0.1726 0.2095 0.0918 0.1477 0.1102 0.1773 0.2045 0.0896 0.1442 0.1075 0.173 0.2045 0.0896 0.1442 0.1075 0.173 0.2082 0.0914 0.1471 0.1097 0.1765 0.2045 0.0896 0.1442 0.1075 0.173 0.2045 0.0896 0.1442 0.1075 0.173 0.202 0.089 0.1432 0.1068 0.1719 0.194 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.1987 0.0901 0.145 0.1081 0.174 0.198 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.2107 0.0925 0.1489 0.111 0.1786 0.1978 0.087 0.14 0.1044 0.168 0.1978 0.087 0.14 0.1044 0.168 0.1994 0.0877 0.1411 0.1052 0.1694 0.202 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709
AREA aluminum (kcmil) 672.8 714.6 714.6 715 715 715.5 715.5 715.5 715.5 715.5 715.5 715.5 715.5 715.5 716 742 742 753 762.8 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 795 848 848 874.5 874.5 874.5 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 900.5 900.5 940 943 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 954 957.2 1011 1011 1033 1033
AREA total (sq-in.) 0.5578 0.6889 0.6889 0.634 0.6896 0.6929 0.634 0.6014 0.6896 0.6901 0.6535 0.6535 0.6355 0.6348 0.6535 0.655 0.6612 0.6684 0.6966 0.7049 0.7049 0.7053 0.7053 0.6416 0.7053 0.7053 0.7264 0.7264 0.7261 0.7261 0.7264 0.6565 0.7669 0.7669 0.7668 0.6857 0.6857 0.7704 0.659 0.725 0.668 0.6674 0.6674 0.6676 0.6676 0.6676 0.6678 0.8212 0.751 0.7766 0.7766 0.7347 0.8711 0.8711 0.7984 0.7984 0.7985 0.7766 0.7981 0.7555 0.7555 0.7555 0.7555 0.7989 0.7989 0.912 0.8334 0.8462 0.8462 0.8464 0.8463 0.8462 0.801 0.9238 0.9238 0.8226 0.7877 0.801 0.801 0.8011 0.8011 0.801 0.8466 0.8712 0.7908 0.8009 0.8038 0.9565 0.9565 0.9163 0.8673
AREA total (sq-mm) 359.8702 444.4507 444.4507 409.0314 444.9023 447.0314 409.0314 387.9992 444.9023 445.2249 421.6121 421.6121 409.9992 409.5476 421.6121 422.5798 426.5798 431.2249 449.4185 454.7733 454.7733 455.0313 455.0313 413.9347 455.0313 455.0313 468.6442 468.6442 468.4507 468.4507 468.6442 423.5475 494.7732 494.7732 494.7087 442.3862 442.3862 497.0313 425.1604 467.741 430.9669 430.5798 430.5798 430.7088 430.7088 430.7088 430.8378 529.8054 484.5152 501.0313 501.0313 473.9991 561.9989 561.9989 515.0957 515.0957 515.1603 501.0313 514.9022 487.4184 487.4184 487.4184 487.4184 515.4183 515.4183 588.3859 537.6763 545.9344 545.9344 546.0634 545.9989 545.9344 516.7732 595.9988 595.9988 530.7086 508.1925 516.7732 516.7732 516.8377 516.8377 516.7732 546.1925 562.0634 510.1925 516.7086 518.5796 617.0955 617.0955 591.1601 559.5473
OD -(in.) 1.12 1.0807 1.0807 1.036 1.081 1.081 1.036 1.009 1.081 1.081 1.051 1.051 1.036 1.044 1.051 1.0524 1.0996 1.063 0.99 1.092 1.092 1.055 1.092 1.04 1.092 0.993 1.108 1.108 1.077 1.108 1.01 0.999 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.077 1.034 1.14 1.216 1.282 1.231 1.063 1.063 1.013 1.063 0.958 1.063 1.1768 1.1268 1.146 1.146 1.115 1.212 1.212 1.162 1.162 1.141 1.146 1.162 1.131 1.131 1.131 1.131 1.1634 1.1634 1.2402 1.187 1.196 1.196 1.147 1.196 1.084 1.165 1.248 1.248 1.18 1.088 1.165 1.165 1.103 1.165 1.061 1.196 1.405 1.333 1.347 1.063 1.2717 1.2717 1.245 1.212
OD STRAND -- outer/core (mm) -28.448 36/2 27.4498 30/19 27.4498 30/19 26.3144 54/7 27.4574 30/19 27.4574 30/7 26.3144 54/7 25.6286 45/7 27.4574 30/19 27.4574 30/19 26.6954 26/7 26.6954 26/7 26.3144 24/7 26.5176 24/7 26.6954 26/7 26.731 54/7 27.9298 30/7 27.0002 54/7 25.146 326/7 27.7368 54/7 27.7368 54/7 26.797 154/7 27.7368 54/7 26.416 36/1 27.7368 24/7 25.2222 224/7 28.1432 26/7 28.1432 26/7 27.3558 126/7 28.1432 26/7 25.654 226/7 25.3746 142/7 28.956 30/19 28.956 30/19 28.956 30/19 27.3558 22/7 26.2636 122/7 28.956 30/7 30.8864 36/2 32.5628 52/14 31.2674 40/14 27.0002 45/7 27.0002 45/7 25.7302 145/7 27.0002 45/7 24.3332 245/7 27.0002 20/7 29.8907 30/7 28.6207 54/7 29.1084 54/7 29.1084 54/7 28.321 45/7 30.7848 30/7 30.7848 30/7 29.5148 54/7 29.5148 54/7 28.9814 54/7 29.1084 22/7 29.5148 24/7 28.7274 45/7 28.7274 45/7 28.7274 45/7 28.7274 20/7 29.5504 54/7 29.5504 54/7 31.5011 30/7 30.1498 54/7 30.3784 54/7 30.3784 54/7 29.1338 154/7 30.3784 54/7 27.5336 254/7 29.591 20/7 31.6992 30/7 31.6992 30/7 29.972 22/7 27.6352 142/7 29.591 45/7 29.591 45/7 28.0162 145/7 29.591 45/7 26.9494 245/7 30.3784 24/7 35.687 52/14 33.8582 36/2 34.2138 40/14 27.0002 345/7 32.3012 42/19 32.3012 42/19 31.623 54/7 30.7848 45/7
STR-DIA outer (in.) 0.1367 0.154 0.154 0.1151 0.1544 0.1544 0.1151 0.1261 0.1544 0.1544 0.1659 0.1659 0.1727 0.1727 0.1659 0.1169 0.1571 0.1181 0.1953 0.1213 0.1213 0.2018 0.1213 0.1486 0.182 0.1994 0.1749 0.1749 0.1926 0.1749 0.1996 0.216 0.1628 0.1628 0.1628 0.1901 0.2033 0.1628 0.1486 0.1236 0.14 0.1329 0.1329 0.2144 0.1329 0.2162 0.1994 0.1681 0.1252 0.1273 0.1273 0.1394 0.1732 0.1732 0.1291 0.1291 0.1291 0.2033 0.1936 0.1414 0.1414 0.1414 0.2121 0.129 0.129 0.1772 0.1319 0.1329 0.1383 0.2122 0.1329 0.2184 0.2184 0.1785 0.1785 0.2082 0.2178 0.1456 0.1456 0.2163 0.1456 0.1726 0.1994 0.1354 0.1628 0.1544 0.1729 0.104 0.104 0.1383 0.1515
STR-DIA outer (mm) 3.4722 3.9116 3.9116 2.9235 3.9218 3.9218 2.9235 3.2029 3.9218 3.9218 4.2139 4.2139 4.3866 4.3866 4.2139 2.9693 3.9903 2.9997 4.9606 3.081 3.081 5.1257 3.081 3.7744 4.6228 5.0648 4.4425 4.4425 4.892 4.4425 5.0698 5.4864 4.1351 4.1351 4.1351 4.8285 5.1638 4.1351 3.7744 3.1394 3.556 3.3757 3.3757 5.4458 3.3757 5.4915 5.0648 4.2697 3.1801 3.2334 3.2334 3.5408 4.3993 4.3993 3.2791 3.2791 3.2791 5.1638 4.9174 3.5916 3.5916 3.5916 5.3873 3.2766 3.2766 4.5009 3.3503 3.3757 3.5128 5.3899 3.3757 5.5474 5.5474 4.5339 4.5339 5.2883 5.5321 3.6982 3.6982 5.494 3.6982 4.384 5.0648 3.4392 4.1351 3.9218 4.3917 2.6416 2.6416 3.5128 3.8481
UTS -(lb) 17400 35745 35745 25300 33400 34400 26300 20600 34600 30800 28400 23300 25500 19500 27500 26640 35138 27179 30500 28200 27800 28200 21700 16800 27900 28200 31500 30500 31800 25900 31800 19800 38400 37100 34300 24800 25100 38300 19900 32600 22200 22100 21500 21900 14200 21800 21800 40128 29652 31400 30600 25000 43300 38700 31900 31000 24500 27800 31600 24400 23970 15800 24100 33114 33114 44580 32800 33800 32900 33500 26000 33500 25600 46000 41100 29400 23700 25900 25400 26100 16700 25900 33500 39000 23600 26400 26000 48109 48109 35200 27200
UTS WGT --(kg) (lb/1000 ft) 7892.6 732 16213.8 1129.6 16213.8 1107.4 11476 883.4 15150.1 1044 15603.7 1119 11929.6 921 9344.1 807 15694.5 1110 13970.8 1111 12882.2 984.8 10568.8 985 11566.7 922 8845.1 922 12473.9 937.3 12083.8 950.2 15938.5 1157.8 12328.3 969.7 13834.7 1047 12791.4 1024 12610 981.3 12791.4 1023 9843.1 1024 7620.4 804.7 12655.4 1024 12791.4 1021 14288.3 1094 13834.7 1042 14424.4 1093 11748.2 1094 14424.4 1092 8981.2 856 17418.1 1235 16828.4 1161 15558.4 1235 11249.2 958 11385.3 956 17372.8 1246 9026.6 864 14787.3 1094 10069.9 893 10024.5 895.8 9752.3 873.4 9933.8 893 6441.1 896 9888.4 892.2 9888.4 896 18201.9 1325.1 13450.1 1089.9 14242.9 1126 13880.1 1081 11339.9 987 19640.8 1410 17554.2 1410 14469.7 1159 14061.5 1111 11113.1 1159 12610 1084 14333.7 1159 11067.8 1015 10872.7 988.9 7166.8 1015 10931.7 1015 15020.4 1187.4 15020.4 1158.5 20221.4 1471.6 14878 1208.9 15331.6 1229 14923.3 1178 15195.5 1227 11793.5 1229 15195.5 1226 11612.1 1075 20865.5 1493 18642.8 1493 13335.8 1149 10750.2 1027 11748.2 1076 11521.4 1049 11838.9 1073 7575.1 1075 11748.2 1076 15195.5 1229 17690.3 1314 10704.9 1036 11975 1070 11793.5 1079 21822.1 1534.1 21822.1 1503.9 15966.6 1275 12337.8 1135
WGT -(kg/km) 1089.4 1681.1 1648.1 1314.7 1553.7 1665.3 1370.7 1201 1651.9 1653.4 1465.6 1465.9 1372.1 1372.1 1394.9 1414.1 1723.1 1443.1 1558.2 1523.9 1460.4 1522.4 1523.9 1197.6 1523.9 1519.5 1628.1 1550.7 1626.6 1628.1 1625.1 1273.9 1838 1727.8 1838 1425.7 1422.7 1854.3 1285.8 1628.1 1329 1333.1 1299.8 1329 1333.4 1327.8 1333.4 1972 1622 1675.7 1608.8 1468.9 2098.4 2098.4 1724.8 1653.4 1724.8 1613.2 1724.8 1510.5 1471.7 1510.5 1510.5 1767.1 1724.1 2190.1 1799.1 1829 1753.1 1826 1829 1824.6 1599.8 2221.9 2221.9 1710 1528.4 1601.3 1561.1 1596.9 1599.8 1601.3 1829 1955.5 1541.8 1592.4 1605.8 2283.1 2238.1 1897.5 1689.1
Amps -(A) 917 840 840 830 840 840 830 835 840 865 835 855 835 850 835 850 860 855 860 885 885 890 895 860 885 885 890 890 890 925 890 870 900 900 925 895 880 900 1001 1030 1007 875 875 875 895 865 890 930 925 940 940 935 955 1000 955 955 970 965 970 945 945 965 960 950 950 995 990 995 995 990 1005 995 995 995 1035 1000 970 980 980 975 1000 980 1010 1162 1128 1134 970 1100 1100 1025 1030
PSS/ADEPT - Appendix H
Conductor Database (5 of 8)
!NAME !'-!'-CURLEW CURLEW/SD CURLEW/SSAC CURLEW/TW NONAME ORTOLAN ORTOLAN/SD ORTOLAN/SSAC ORTOLAN/TW SNOWBIRD/SD T2CREEPER T2FLYCATCHER MOOSE SNOWBIRD MORCULLA BLUEJAY BLUEJAY/AW BLUEJAY/SD BLUEJAY/SSAC FINCH FINCH/SD FINCH/SSAC REYN3 T2KINGLET T2PARAKEET FINCH/AW RAIL/OD GRACKLE/AW BUNTING BUNTING/SD BUNTING/SSAC GRACKLE GRACKLE/SD GRACKLE/SSAC OXBIRD/SD T2KITTIWAKE BUNTING/AW GATINEAU T2SKUA ORTOLAN/OD ALCAN2 ALCAN3 ALCOA1 ALCOA2 BITTERN BITTERN/AW BITTERN/SD BITTERN/SSAC BITTERN/TW PHEASANT PHEASANT/AW PHEASANT/SD PHEASANT/SSAC PHEASANT/TW REYN1 SCISSORTL/SD T2GROSBEAK T2ROOK T2TURACOS T2FLAMINGO T2JAEGER DIPPER/AW MARTIN/AW DIPPER DIPPER/SD DIPPER/SSAC FRIGATE/SD MARTIN MARTIN/SD MARTIN/SSAC MARTIN/TW RINGDOVE/SD BERSIMIS BOBOLINK BOBOLINK/AW BOBOLINK/SD BOBOLINK/SSAC PLOVER PLOVER/AW PLOVER/SD PLOVER/SSAC POPINJAY/SD T2DUNLIN BUNTING/OD NUTHATCH/AW PARROT/AW NUTHATCH NUTHATCH/SSAC PARROT PARROT/SSAC ALCAN4
TYPE --ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR
R_DC -(ohm/mi) 0.089 0.0889 0.0865 0.089 0.089 0.0898 0.0896 0.0873 0.0898 0.09 0.0889 0.0889 0.088 0.0888 0.0848 0.0833 0.0821 0.0833 0.0809 0.083 0.0826 0.0808 0.0966 0.0825 0.0816 0.081 0.079 0.0756 0.0777 0.0776 0.0756 0.0775 0.077 0.0754 0.078 0.0771 0.0767 0.076 0.0757 0.0728 0.0724 0.072 0.0706 0.0675 0.0729 0.0719 0.0718 0.0708 0.0719 0.0727 0.0708 0.0724 0.0707 0.0727 0.0837 0.0732 0.072 0.0714 0.0721 0.069 0.0688 0.0677 0.0667 0.0686 0.0688 0.0666 0.0709 0.0684 0.0682 0.0665 0.0684 0.0688 0.0674 0.0648 0.0639 0.0649 0.063 0.0646 0.063 0.0643 0.0629 0.065 0.0641 0.0626 0.0605 0.0595 0.0614 0.0597 0.0612 0.0595 0.06
R_DC -(ohm/km) 0.0553 0.0552 0.0538 0.0553 0.0553 0.0558 0.0557 0.0542 0.0558 0.0559 0.0552 0.0552 0.0547 0.0552 0.0527 0.0518 0.051 0.0518 0.0503 0.0516 0.0513 0.0502 0.06 0.0513 0.0507 0.0503 0.0491 0.047 0.0483 0.0482 0.047 0.0482 0.0478 0.0469 0.0485 0.0479 0.0477 0.0472 0.047 0.0452 0.045 0.0447 0.0439 0.0419 0.0453 0.0447 0.0446 0.044 0.0447 0.0452 0.044 0.045 0.0439 0.0452 0.052 0.0455 0.0447 0.0444 0.0448 0.0429 0.0428 0.0421 0.0414 0.0426 0.0428 0.0414 0.0441 0.0425 0.0424 0.0413 0.0425 0.0428 0.0419 0.0403 0.0397 0.0403 0.0391 0.0401 0.0391 0.04 0.0391 0.0404 0.0398 0.0389 0.0376 0.037 0.0382 0.0371 0.038 0.037 0.0373
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.091 0.091 0.0886 0.091 0.091 0.0922 0.0922 0.0897 0.0922 0.0934 0.0916 0.0918 0.0901 0.0908 0.0869 0.0859 0.0848 0.0859 0.0837 0.0851 0.0851 0.083 0.0966 0.0853 0.0841 0.0831 0.0824 0.0779 0.0805 0.0805 0.0785 0.0798 0.0798 0.0778 0.0817 0.0804 0.0795 0.0777 0.0789 0.0763 0.0743 0.074 0.0706 0.0675 0.0759 0.0749 0.0759 0.0739 0.0759 0.0751 0.0733 0.0751 0.0732 0.0751 0.0837 0.0769 0.0725 0.0742 0.0753 0.071 0.0721 0.0709 0.0693 0.0717 0.0717 0.0699 0.0718 0.071 0.071 0.0692 0.071 0.0726 0.0692 0.0681 0.0673 0.0681 0.0664 0.0673 0.0658 0.0673 0.0656 0.069 0.0677 0.0663 0.0641 0.0624 0.0649 0.0633 0.0641 0.0625 0.0618
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0565 0.0565 0.0551 0.0565 0.0565 0.0573 0.0573 0.0557 0.0573 0.058 0.0569 0.057 0.056 0.0564 0.054 0.0534 0.0527 0.0534 0.052 0.0529 0.0529 0.0516 0.06 0.053 0.0523 0.0516 0.0512 0.0484 0.05 0.05 0.0488 0.0496 0.0496 0.0483 0.0508 0.05 0.0494 0.0483 0.049 0.0474 0.0462 0.046 0.0439 0.0419 0.0472 0.0465 0.0472 0.0459 0.0472 0.0467 0.0455 0.0467 0.0455 0.0467 0.052 0.0478 0.0451 0.0461 0.0468 0.0441 0.0448 0.0441 0.0431 0.0446 0.0446 0.0434 0.0446 0.0441 0.0441 0.043 0.0441 0.0451 0.043 0.0423 0.0418 0.0423 0.0413 0.0418 0.0409 0.0418 0.0408 0.0429 0.0421 0.0412 0.0398 0.0388 0.0403 0.0393 0.0398 0.0388 0.0384
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.0904 0.0904 0.088 0.0904 0.0904 0.0915 0.0914 0.089 0.0915 0.0924 0.0908 0.0909 0.0895 0.0902 0.0863 0.0851 0.084 0.0851 0.0829 0.0845 0.0844 0.0823 0.0966 0.0845 0.0834 0.0825 0.0814 0.0772 0.0797 0.0796 0.0776 0.0791 0.079 0.0771 0.0806 0.0794 0.0787 0.0772 0.0779 0.0753 0.0737 0.0734 0.0706 0.0675 0.075 0.074 0.0747 0.073 0.0747 0.0744 0.0726 0.0743 0.0725 0.0744 0.0837 0.0758 0.0724 0.0734 0.0743 0.0704 0.0711 0.0699 0.0685 0.0708 0.0708 0.0689 0.0715 0.0702 0.0702 0.0684 0.0702 0.0715 0.0687 0.0671 0.0663 0.0671 0.0654 0.0665 0.065 0.0664 0.0648 0.0678 0.0666 0.0652 0.063 0.0615 0.0639 0.0622 0.0632 0.0616 0.0613
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0562 0.0562 0.0547 0.0562 0.0562 0.0568 0.0568 0.0553 0.0568 0.0574 0.0564 0.0565 0.0556 0.0561 0.0536 0.0529 0.0522 0.0529 0.0515 0.0525 0.0524 0.0512 0.06 0.0525 0.0518 0.0512 0.0506 0.048 0.0495 0.0495 0.0482 0.0492 0.0491 0.0479 0.0501 0.0493 0.0489 0.048 0.0484 0.0468 0.0458 0.0456 0.0439 0.0419 0.0466 0.046 0.0464 0.0453 0.0464 0.0462 0.0451 0.0462 0.045 0.0462 0.052 0.0471 0.045 0.0456 0.0462 0.0437 0.0442 0.0435 0.0426 0.044 0.044 0.0428 0.0444 0.0436 0.0436 0.0425 0.0436 0.0444 0.0427 0.0417 0.0412 0.0417 0.0406 0.0413 0.0404 0.0413 0.0403 0.0421 0.0414 0.0405 0.0392 0.0382 0.0397 0.0387 0.0393 0.0383 0.0381
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.385 0.3908 0.385 0.385 0.386 0.39 0.3975 0.39 0.39 0.3941 0.3772 0.3789 0.3851 0.3942 0.3862 0.386 0.386 0.3875 0.386 0.38 0.3865 0.38 0.38 0.3727 0.3678 0.38 0.395 0.376 0.382 0.3836 0.382 0.376 0.3824 0.376 0.3863 0.3702 0.382 0.3862 0.3675 0.39 0.3725 0.3725 0.38 0.38 0.378 0.378 0.38 0.378 0.3897 0.372 0.372 0.3725 0.372 0.372 0.372 0.3827 0.3645 0.3597 0.3645 0.3568 0.3616 0.374 0.368 0.374 0.3767 0.374 0.3729 0.368 0.3691 0.368 0.368 0.379 0.3862 0.371 0.371 0.3734 0.371 0.365 0.365 0.3666 0.365 0.3756 0.3575 0.3818 0.367 0.362 0.367 0.367 0.362 0.362 0.372
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.2392 0.2428 0.2392 0.2392 0.2399 0.2423 0.247 0.2423 0.2423 0.2449 0.2344 0.2354 0.2393 0.245 0.24 0.2399 0.2399 0.2408 0.2399 0.2361 0.2402 0.2361 0.2361 0.2316 0.2285 0.2361 0.2454 0.2336 0.2374 0.2384 0.2374 0.2336 0.2376 0.2336 0.24 0.23 0.2374 0.24 0.2284 0.2423 0.2315 0.2315 0.2361 0.2361 0.2349 0.2349 0.2361 0.2349 0.2422 0.2312 0.2312 0.2315 0.2312 0.2312 0.2312 0.2378 0.2265 0.2235 0.2265 0.2217 0.2247 0.2324 0.2287 0.2324 0.2341 0.2324 0.2317 0.2287 0.2294 0.2287 0.2287 0.2355 0.24 0.2305 0.2305 0.232 0.2305 0.2268 0.2268 0.2278 0.2268 0.2334 0.2221 0.2372 0.228 0.2249 0.228 0.228 0.2249 0.2249 0.2312
XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.3208 0.3257 0.3208 0.3208 0.3217 0.325 0.3313 0.325 0.325 0.3284 0.3143 0.3158 0.3209 0.3285 0.3218 0.3217 0.3217 0.3229 0.3217 0.3167 0.3221 0.3167 0.3167 0.3106 0.3065 0.3167 0.3292 0.3133 0.3183 0.3197 0.3183 0.3133 0.3187 0.3133 0.3219 0.3085 0.3183 0.3218 0.3063 0.325 0.3104 0.3104 0.3167 0.3167 0.315 0.315 0.3167 0.315 0.3248 0.31 0.31 0.3104 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.3189 0.3038 0.2998 0.3038 0.2973 0.3013 0.3117 0.3067 0.3117 0.3139 0.3117 0.3108 0.3067 0.3076 0.3067 0.3067 0.3158 0.3218 0.3092 0.3092 0.3112 0.3092 0.3042 0.3042 0.3055 0.3042 0.313 0.2979 0.3182 0.3058 0.3017 0.3058 0.3058 0.3017 0.3017 0.31
XL_50 XC_60 XC_60 XC_50 XC_50 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz (ohm/km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) 0.1994 0.0877 0.1411 0.1052 0.1694 0.2024 0.0891 0.1434 0.1069 0.1721 0.1994 0.0877 0.1411 0.1052 0.1694 0.1994 0.0877 0.1411 0.1052 0.1694 0.1999 0.0878 0.1413 0.1054 0.1696 0.202 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.2058 0.0903 0.1453 0.1084 0.1744 0.202 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.202 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.2041 0.0892 0.1435 0.107 0.1723 0.1953 0.0886 0.1426 0.1063 0.1711 0.1962 0.0889 0.1431 0.1067 0.1717 0.1994 0.0877 0.1411 0.1052 0.1694 0.2041 0.0892 0.1435 0.107 0.1723 0.2 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1999 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1999 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.2007 0.0878 0.1413 0.1054 0.1696 0.1999 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1968 0.0866 0.1394 0.1039 0.1672 0.2001 0.0881 0.1418 0.1057 0.1701 0.1968 0.0866 0.1394 0.1039 0.1672 0.1968 0.09 0.1448 0.108 0.1738 0.193 0.0875 0.1408 0.105 0.169 0.1905 0.0867 0.1395 0.104 0.1674 0.1968 0.0866 0.1394 0.1039 0.1672 0.2045 0.0896 0.1442 0.1075 0.173 0.1947 0.0855 0.1376 0.1026 0.1651 0.1978 0.0863 0.1389 0.1036 0.1667 0.1986 0.0869 0.1398 0.1043 0.1678 0.1978 0.0863 0.1389 0.1036 0.1667 0.1947 0.0855 0.1376 0.1026 0.1651 0.198 0.0871 0.1402 0.1045 0.1682 0.1947 0.0855 0.1376 0.1026 0.1651 0.2 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1917 0.0868 0.1397 0.1042 0.1676 0.1978 0.0863 0.1389 0.1036 0.1667 0.2 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1903 0.0862 0.1387 0.1034 0.1665 0.202 0.0885 0.1424 0.1062 0.1709 0.1929 0.0848 0.1365 0.1018 0.1638 0.1929 0.0848 0.1365 0.1018 0.1638 0.1968 0.09 0.1448 0.108 0.1738 0.1968 0.09 0.1448 0.108 0.1738 0.1957 0.0854 0.1374 0.1025 0.1649 0.1957 0.0854 0.1374 0.1025 0.1649 0.1968 0.086 0.1384 0.1032 0.1661 0.1957 0.0854 0.1374 0.1025 0.1649 0.2018 0.0884 0.1423 0.1061 0.1707 0.1926 0.0846 0.1361 0.1015 0.1634 0.1926 0.0846 0.1361 0.1015 0.1634 0.1929 0.0848 0.1365 0.1018 0.1638 0.1926 0.0846 0.1361 0.1015 0.1634 0.1926 0.0846 0.1361 0.1015 0.1634 0.1926 0.0846 0.1361 0.1015 0.1634 0.1982 0.0864 0.139 0.1037 0.1669 0.1887 0.0855 0.1376 0.1026 0.1651 0.1863 0.0847 0.1363 0.1016 0.1636 0.1887 0.0855 0.1376 0.1026 0.1651 0.1848 0.084 0.1352 0.1008 0.1622 0.1872 0.0848 0.1365 0.1018 0.1638 0.1937 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1906 0.0837 0.1347 0.1004 0.1616 0.1937 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1951 0.0851 0.137 0.1021 0.1643 0.1937 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1931 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1906 0.0837 0.1347 0.1004 0.1616 0.1911 0.0839 0.135 0.1007 0.162 0.1906 0.0837 0.1347 0.1004 0.1616 0.1906 0.0837 0.1347 0.1004 0.1616 0.1963 0.0855 0.1376 0.1026 0.1651 0.2 0.0873 0.1405 0.1048 0.1686 0.1921 0.0836 0.1345 0.1003 0.1614 0.1921 0.0836 0.1345 0.1003 0.1614 0.1934 0.0843 0.1357 0.1012 0.1628 0.1921 0.0836 0.1345 0.1003 0.1614 0.189 0.0828 0.1333 0.0994 0.1599 0.189 0.0828 0.1333 0.0994 0.1599 0.1898 0.0833 0.1341 0.1 0.1609 0.189 0.0828 0.1333 0.0994 0.1599 0.1945 0.0847 0.1363 0.1016 0.1636 0.1851 0.0838 0.1349 0.1006 0.1618 0.1977 0.0865 0.1392 0.1038 0.167 0.19 0.0828 0.1333 0.0994 0.1599 0.1875 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.19 0.0828 0.1333 0.0994 0.1599 0.19 0.0828 0.1333 0.0994 0.1599 0.1875 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.1875 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.1926 0.0848 0.1365 0.1018 0.1638
AREA aluminum (kcmil) 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1033.5 1044 1051.3 1110.5 1113 1113 1113 1113 1113 1113 1113 1113 1113 1113 1114 1158 1192 1192.5 1192.5 1192.5 1192.5 1192.5 1192.5 1192.5 1192.5 1193 1208.2 1210 1257.1 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1272 1334 1334 1351 1351 1351.5 1351.5 1351.5 1351.5 1351.5 1351.5 1351.5 1351.5 1351.5 1360.8 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1462.1 1510 1510 1510.5 1510.5 1510.5 1510.5 1533
AREA total (sq-in.) 0.9163 0.9169 0.9163 0.9163 0.9168 0.8673 0.8678 0.8673 0.8673 0.8534 0.8675 0.8564 0.9254 0.8536 0.9171 0.935 0.935 0.935 0.935 0.9854 0.985 0.9854 1.137 0.9334 0.9874 0.9854 0.9733 1.055 1.001 1.0013 1.001 1.055 1.055 1.055 0.9848 0.9882 1.001 0.9976 1.016 1.0557 1.126 1.269 1.202 1.325 1.068 1.068 1.068 1.068 1.0681 1.126 1.126 1.126 1.126 1.126 0.999 1.0503 1.1616 1.1286 1.068 1.1834 1.12 1.134 1.196 1.134 1.134 1.134 1.155 1.196 1.196 1.196 1.196 1.116 1.1238 1.201 1.201 1.202 1.201 1.267 1.267 1.267 1.267 1.179 1.201 1.2274 1.268 1.336 1.268 1.268 1.336 1.336 1.3605
AREA total (sq-mm) 591.1601 591.5472 591.1601 591.1601 591.4827 559.5473 559.8698 559.5473 559.5473 550.5795 559.6763 552.515 597.0311 550.7086 591.6762 603.2246 603.2246 603.2246 603.2246 635.7407 635.4826 635.7407 733.5469 602.1923 637.031 635.7407 627.9342 680.6438 645.8052 645.9987 645.8052 680.6438 680.6438 680.6438 635.3536 637.5471 645.8052 643.6116 655.4826 681.0954 726.4502 818.708 775.4823 854.837 689.0309 689.0309 689.0309 689.0309 689.0954 726.4502 726.4502 726.4502 726.4502 726.4502 644.5148 677.6115 749.4179 728.1276 689.0309 763.4823 722.5792 731.6114 771.6114 731.6114 731.6114 731.6114 745.1598 771.6114 771.6114 771.6114 771.6114 719.9986 725.0308 774.8372 774.8372 775.4823 774.8372 817.4177 817.4177 817.4177 817.4177 760.6436 774.8372 791.8694 818.0629 861.9338 818.0629 818.0629 861.9338 861.9338 877.7402
OD -(in.) 1.245 1.191 1.245 1.129 1.245 1.212 1.145 1.212 1.102 1.185 1.403 1.387 1.2508 1.2031 1.248 1.258 1.258 1.243 1.258 1.293 1.233 1.293 1.387 1.496 1.496 1.293 1.165 1.338 1.302 1.284 1.302 1.338 1.274 1.338 1.266 1.49 1.302 1.3 1.518 1.213 1.3781 1.419 1.301 1.382 1.345 1.345 1.323 1.345 1.2198 1.382 1.382 1.378 1.382 1.264 1.382 1.305 1.62 1.599 1.557 1.637 1.594 1.386 1.424 1.386 1.361 1.386 1.389 1.424 1.417 1.424 1.3 1.334 1.3799 1.427 1.427 1.398 1.427 1.465 1.465 1.448 1.465 1.381 1.65 1.302 1.465 1.505 1.465 1.465 1.505 1.505 1.382
OD STRAND -- outer/core (mm) -31.623 54/7 30.2514 154/7 31.623 54/7 28.6766 254/7 31.623 24/7 30.7848 45/7 29.083 145/7 30.7848 45/7 27.9908 245/7 30.099 142/7 35.6362 40/14 35.2298 36/2 31.7703 54/7 30.5587 42/7 31.6992 42/7 31.9532 45/7 31.9532 45/7 31.5722 145/7 31.9532 45/7 32.8422 54/19 31.3182 54/19 32.8422 54/19 35.2298 34/19 37.9984 40/14 37.9984 48/14 32.8422 54/19 29.591 345/7 33.9852 54/19 33.0708 45/7 32.6136 145/7 33.0708 45/7 33.9852 54/19 32.3596 54/19 33.9852 54/19 32.1564 142/7 37.846 36/2 33.0708 45/7 33.02 42/7 38.5572 40/14 30.8102 345/7 35.0037 47/19 36.0426 47/19 33.0454 27/19 35.1028 30/19 34.163 45/7 34.163 45/7 33.6042 145/7 34.163 45/7 30.9829 245/7 35.1028 54/19 35.1028 54/19 35.0012 54/19 35.1028 54/19 32.1056 54/19 35.1028 54/19 33.147 142/7 41.148 52/14 40.6146 48/14 39.5478 40/14 41.5798 48/14 40.4876 40/14 35.2044 45/7 36.1696 54/19 35.2044 45/7 34.5694 145/7 35.2044 45/7 35.2806 122/7 36.1696 54/19 35.9918 54/19 36.1696 54/19 33.02 54/19 33.8836 142/7 35.0495 42/7 36.2458 45/7 36.2458 45/7 35.5092 145/7 36.2458 45/7 37.211 54/19 37.211 54/19 36.7792 154/19 37.211 54/19 35.0774 142/7 41.91 40/14 33.0708 345/7 37.211 45/7 38.227 54/19 37.211 45/7 37.211 45/7 38.227 54/19 38.227 54/19 35.1028 47/19
STR-DIA outer (in.) 0.1383 0.2129 0.1383 0.2168 0.2075 0.1515 0.2167 0.1515 0.1798 0.1481 0.1607 0.1694 0.139 0.1571 0.1614 0.1573 0.1573 0.1553 0.1573 0.1436 0.2133 0.1436 0.1809 0.1667 0.1523 0.1436 0.1877 0.1486 0.1628 0.1604 0.1628 0.1486 0.2138 0.1486 0.1582 0.182 0.1628 0.1697 0.1739 0.1895 0.1723 0.1723 0.1723 0.1723 0.1681 0.1681 0.1653 0.1681 0.1097 0.1535 0.1535 0.1723 0.1535 0.1806 0.1535 0.1631 0.1819 0.1628 0.1783 0.1667 0.1826 0.1733 0.1582 0.1733 0.1701 0.1733 0.1735 0.1582 0.1772 0.1582 0.186 0.168 0.1799 0.1783 0.1783 0.1747 0.1783 0.1628 0.1628 0.1609 0.1628 0.1726 0.1891 0.211 0.1832 0.1672 0.1832 0.1832 0.1672 0.1672 0.1723
STR-DIA outer (mm) 3.5128 5.4077 3.5128 5.5067 5.2705 3.8481 5.5042 3.8481 4.5669 3.7617 4.0818 4.3028 3.5306 3.9903 4.0996 3.9954 3.9954 3.9446 3.9954 3.6474 5.4178 3.6474 4.5949 4.2342 3.8684 3.6474 4.7676 3.7744 4.1351 4.0742 4.1351 3.7744 5.4305 3.7744 4.0183 4.6228 4.1351 4.3104 4.4171 4.8133 4.3764 4.3764 4.3764 4.3764 4.2697 4.2697 4.1986 4.2697 2.7864 3.8989 3.8989 4.3764 3.8989 4.5872 3.8989 4.1427 4.6203 4.1351 4.5288 4.2342 4.638 4.4018 4.0183 4.4018 4.3205 4.4018 4.4069 4.0183 4.5009 4.0183 4.7244 4.2672 4.5695 4.5288 4.5288 4.4374 4.5288 4.1351 4.1351 4.0869 4.1351 4.384 4.8031 5.3594 4.6533 4.2469 4.6533 4.6533 4.2469 4.2469 4.3764
UTS -(lb) 36600 36300 28200 36300 35900 27700 28100 18100 28100 25900 28300 25500 36194 26527 26977 29800 29300 30300 19500 39100 39100 30400 53400 30500 39600 37500 31600 40200 32000 32400 20900 41900 41900 32500 29500 29800 31300 30799 33200 34200 48000 72900 55300 71345 34100 33400 34600 22300 34600 43600 42400 44100 34100 44100 62500 31400 50400 45400 34800 47600 36600 35400 46351 36200 36700 23700 41700 46300 46800 36200 46800 33400 34621 38300 37600 38900 25100 49100 47700 49600 38400 35300 39200 39200 39700 50500 40100 26500 51700 40500 53200
UTS WGT --(kg) (lb/1000 ft) 16601.7 1330 16465.6 1329 12791.4 1330 16465.6 1327 16284.1 1331 12564.6 1164 12746.1 1161 8210.1 1164 12746.1 1164 11748.2 1115 12836.8 1164 11566.7 1122 16417.5 1342.6 12032.6 1113.5 12236.7 1196.8 13517.2 1255 13290.4 1224 13744 1254 8845.1 1255 17735.6 1431 17735.6 1424 13789.3 1431 24222.1 1808 13834.7 1254 17962.4 1434 17009.9 1374 14333.7 1308 18234.6 1471 14515.1 1344 14696.5 1343 9480.2 1344 19005.7 1533 19005.7 1526 14741.9 1533 13381.1 1286 13517.2 1294 14197.6 1311 13970.3 1300.9 15059.4 1363 15513 1417 21772.7 1632 33067.2 2115 25083.9 1782.6 32361.9 2137 15467.7 1434 15150.1 1398 15694.5 1433 10115.2 1434 15694.5 1433 19776.8 1635 19232.5 1570 20003.6 1632 15467.7 1635 20003.6 1632 28349.8 1570 14242.9 1372 22861.3 1750.4 20593.3 1638 15785.2 1434 21591.2 1718 16601.7 1504 16057.3 1485 21024.7 1667 16420.2 1523 16647 1522 10750.2 1523 18915 1629 21001.5 1737 21228.3 1733 16420.2 1737 21228.3 1734 15150.1 1458 15704 1465.6 17372.8 1613 17055.2 1572 17644.9 1612 11385.3 1613 22271.6 1840 21636.6 1766 22498.4 1835 17418.1 1840 16012 1544 17781 1612 17781 1646 18007.8 1660 22906.6 1862 18189.2 1703 12020.3 1703 23451 1940 18370.7 1940 24131.4 1968
WGT -(kg/km) 1979.3 1977.8 1979.3 1974.9 1980.8 1732.3 1727.8 1732.3 1732.3 1659.4 1732.3 1669.8 1998.1 1657.1 1781.1 1867.7 1821.6 1866.2 1867.7 2129.6 2119.2 2129.6 2690.7 1866.2 2134.1 2044.8 1946.6 2189.2 2000.2 1998.7 2000.2 2281.4 2271 2281.4 1913.9 1925.8 1951.1 1936 2028.4 2108.8 2428.8 3147.6 2652.9 3180.3 2134.1 2080.5 2132.6 2134.1 2132.6 2433.2 2336.5 2428.8 2433.2 2428.8 2336.5 2041.8 2605 2437.7 2134.1 2556.8 2238.3 2210 2480.9 2266.6 2265.1 2266.6 2424.3 2585 2579.1 2585 2580.6 2169.8 2181.1 2400.5 2339.5 2399 2400.5 2738.3 2628.2 2730.9 2738.3 2297.8 2399 2449.6 2470.4 2771.1 2534.4 2534.4 2887.1 2887.1 2928.8
Amps -(A) 1025 1040 1055 1025 1060 1030 1025 1050 1030 1025 1194 1188 1025 1025 1120 1060 1060 1080 1100 1080 1090 1100 950 1254 1275 1080 1090 1125 1110 1125 1150 1125 1135 1150 1120 1304 1110 1120 1324 1145 1190 1190 1200 1200 1155 1155 1170 1195 1155 1175 1175 1190 1195 1175 1050 1155 1368 1391 1368 1434 1410 1205 1225 1205 1205 1240 1205 1225 1225 1240 1225 1205 1120 1250 1250 1255 1280 1270 1270 1270 1285 1250 1474 1250 1295 1315 1295 1325 1315 1330 1300
PSS/ADEPT - Appendix H
Conductor Database (6 of 8)
!NAME !'-!'-BITTERN/OD FALCON FALCON/AW FALCON/SD FALCON/SSAC FALCON/TW LAPWING LAPWING/AW LAPWING/SD LAPWING/SSAC LAPWING/TW T2TURBIT DIPPER/OD CHUKAR/SD CHUKAR/TW SMEW/SD CHUKAR CHUKAR/AW CHUKAR/SSAC T2TWINSTONE LAPWING/OD KATE1 T2ORTOLAN BLUEBIRD BLUEBIRD/AW BLUEBIRD/SD BLUEBIRD/SSAC BLUEBIRD/TW KIWI KIWI/AW KIWI/SD T2BLUEJAY THRASHER THRASHER/AW THRASHER/TW KINGFISHER KINGFISHER/AW JOREE JOREE/AW JOREE/TW TURKEY/AW TURKEY(#6) SQUIRREL SWAN/AW SWANATE/AW SWAN(#4) SWANATE(#4) GOPHER WEASEL SPARATE(#2) SPARROW(#2) SPARATE/AW SPARROW/AW FOX ROBIN(#1) FERRET ROBIN/AW RABBIT RAVEN(1/0) RAVEN/AW MINK QUAIL/AW QUAIL(2/0) BEAVER RACCOON OTTER PIGEON/AW PIGEON(3/0) CAT DOG HARE PENGUIN(4/0) PENGUIN/AW GROUSE PETREL MINORCA LEGHORN GUINEA DOTTEREL DORKING BRAHMA COCHIN GROUSE PETREL MINORCA LEGHORN GUINEA DOTTEREL DORKING BRAHMA COCHIN
TYPE --ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/1LAYER/HS ACSR/EHS ACSR/EHS ACSR/EHS ACSR/EHS ACSR/EHS ACSR/EHS ACSR/EHS ACSR/EHS ACSR/EHS
R_DC -(ohm/mi) 0.0587 0.0581 0.0567 0.0582 0.0565 0.0581 0.0583 0.0576 0.0582 0.0566 0.0576 0.0586 0.0552 0.0521 0.0519 0.0561 0.0522 0.0516 0.0508 0.051 0.0469 0.0459 0.0449 0.0431 0.0426 0.0431 0.0419 0.0429 0.0431 0.0424 0.0436 0.0417 0.0404 0.0397 0.0404 0.0392 0.0378 0.0371 0.0367 0.0364 3.459 3.458 2.184 2.102 2.046 2.172 2.149 1.817 1.487 1.35 1.365 1.285 1.321 1.188 1.083 1.0829 1.0466 0.8686 0.858 0.8301 0.735 0.6588 0.6814 0.6198 0.5891 0.5506 0.523 0.5404 0.4817 0.4376 0.4376 0.4284 0.4146 1.112 0.853 0.7833 0.645 0.546 0.4909 0.455 0.412 0.4108 1.112 0.853 0.7833 0.645 0.546 0.4909 0.455 0.412 0.4108
R_DC -(ohm/km) 0.0365 0.0361 0.0352 0.0362 0.0351 0.0361 0.0362 0.0358 0.0362 0.0352 0.0358 0.0364 0.0343 0.0324 0.0323 0.0349 0.0324 0.0321 0.0316 0.0317 0.0291 0.0285 0.0279 0.0268 0.0265 0.0268 0.026 0.0267 0.0268 0.0263 0.0271 0.0259 0.0251 0.0247 0.0251 0.0244 0.0235 0.0231 0.0228 0.0226 2.1494 2.1488 1.3571 1.3062 1.2714 1.3497 1.3354 1.129 0.924 0.8389 0.8482 0.7985 0.8209 0.7382 0.673 0.6729 0.6503 0.5397 0.5332 0.5158 0.4567 0.4094 0.4234 0.3851 0.3661 0.3421 0.325 0.3358 0.2993 0.2719 0.2719 0.2662 0.2576 0.691 0.53 0.4867 0.4008 0.3393 0.305 0.2827 0.256 0.2553 0.691 0.53 0.4867 0.4008 0.3393 0.305 0.2827 0.256 0.2553
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.0626 0.0611 0.0597 0.0611 0.0596 0.0611 0.062 0.0613 0.062 0.0605 0.062 0.0616 0.0592 0.0561 0.0556 0.0561 0.0561 0.0553 0.0548 0.0554 0.0506 0.0509 0.0461 0.0477 0.0471 0.0477 0.0466 0.0472 0.0484 0.0481 0.0484 0.043 0.0454 0.0453 0.0454 0.0447 0.0439 0.0425 0.0424 0.0419 3.459 3.46 2.1869 2.102 2.046 2.175 2.15 1.82 1.4899 1.353 1.368 1.285 1.321 1.1911 1.087 1.087 1.047 0.8723 0.862 0.8304 0.7406 0.6588 0.687 0.6256 0.5947 0.5562 0.5233 0.546 0.4871 0.4432 0.4432 0.434 0.4149 1.114 0.858 0.787 0.651 0.552 0.499 0.462 0.417 0.418 1.114 0.858 0.787 0.651 0.552 0.499 0.462 0.417 0.418
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0389 0.038 0.0371 0.038 0.037 0.038 0.0385 0.0381 0.0385 0.0376 0.0385 0.0383 0.0368 0.0349 0.0345 0.0349 0.0349 0.0344 0.0341 0.0344 0.0314 0.0316 0.0286 0.0296 0.0293 0.0296 0.029 0.0293 0.0301 0.0299 0.0301 0.0267 0.0282 0.0281 0.0282 0.0278 0.0273 0.0264 0.0263 0.026 2.1494 2.15 1.3589 1.3062 1.2714 1.3515 1.336 1.1309 0.9258 0.8407 0.8501 0.7985 0.8209 0.7401 0.6754 0.6754 0.6506 0.542 0.5356 0.516 0.4602 0.4094 0.4269 0.3887 0.3695 0.3456 0.3252 0.3393 0.3027 0.2754 0.2754 0.2697 0.2578 0.6922 0.5332 0.489 0.4045 0.343 0.3101 0.2871 0.2591 0.2597 0.6922 0.5332 0.489 0.4045 0.343 0.3101 0.2871 0.2591 0.2597
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.0614 0.0602 0.0588 0.0602 0.0587 0.0602 0.0609 0.0602 0.0609 0.0593 0.0607 0.0607 0.058 0.0549 0.0545 0.0561 0.0549 0.0542 0.0536 0.0541 0.0495 0.0494 0.0457 0.0463 0.0458 0.0463 0.0452 0.0459 0.0468 0.0464 0.047 0.0426 0.0439 0.0436 0.0439 0.0431 0.0421 0.0409 0.0407 0.0403 3.459 3.4594 2.186 2.102 2.046 2.1741 2.1497 1.8191 1.489 1.3521 1.3671 1.285 1.321 1.1902 1.0858 1.0858 1.0469 0.8712 0.8608 0.8303 0.7389 0.6588 0.6853 0.6238 0.593 0.5545 0.5232 0.5443 0.4855 0.4415 0.4415 0.4323 0.4148 1.1134 0.8565 0.7859 0.6492 0.5502 0.4966 0.4599 0.4155 0.4158 1.1134 0.8565 0.7859 0.6492 0.5502 0.4966 0.4599 0.4155 0.4158
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) 0.0382 0.0374 0.0365 0.0374 0.0365 0.0374 0.0378 0.0374 0.0378 0.0369 0.0377 0.0377 0.036 0.0341 0.0339 0.0349 0.0341 0.0337 0.0333 0.0336 0.0308 0.0307 0.0284 0.0288 0.0284 0.0288 0.0281 0.0285 0.0291 0.0288 0.0292 0.0265 0.0273 0.0271 0.0273 0.0268 0.0261 0.0254 0.0253 0.025 2.1494 2.1496 1.3584 1.3062 1.2714 1.351 1.3358 1.1304 0.9253 0.8402 0.8495 0.7985 0.8209 0.7396 0.6747 0.6747 0.6505 0.5413 0.5349 0.5159 0.4592 0.4094 0.4258 0.3877 0.3685 0.3446 0.3251 0.3382 0.3017 0.2744 0.2744 0.2686 0.2578 0.6919 0.5322 0.4883 0.4034 0.3419 0.3086 0.2858 0.2582 0.2584 0.6919 0.5322 0.4883 0.4034 0.3419 0.3086 0.2858 0.2582 0.2584
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.3776 0.358 0.358 0.3606 0.358 0.358 0.364 0.364 0.3675 0.364 0.377 0.3565 0.374 0.3589 0.3704 0.363 0.355 0.355 0.355 0.3435 0.3634 0.3523 0.3342 0.344 0.344 0.3476 0.344 0.3594 0.348 0.348 0.3477 0.3296 0.342 0.342 0.342 0.342 0.342 0.337 0.337 0.3523 0.774 0.774 0.723 0.723 0.746 0.723 0.746 0.701 0.678 0.683 0.673 0.683 0.673 0.662 0.645 0.645 0.645 0.6211 0.621 0.621 0.6079 0.601 0.601 0.59 0.583 0.579 0.579 0.579 0.568 0.5601 0.5601 0.557 0.557 0.553 0.538 0.537 0.527 0.517 0.512 0.505 0.493 0.499 0.677 0.674 0.664 0.641 0.624 0.61 0.601 0.587 0.59
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.2346 0.2225 0.2225 0.2241 0.2225 0.2225 0.2262 0.2262 0.2284 0.2262 0.2343 0.2215 0.2324 0.223 0.2302 0.2256 0.2206 0.2206 0.2206 0.2134 0.2258 0.2189 0.2077 0.2138 0.2138 0.216 0.2138 0.2233 0.2162 0.2162 0.2161 0.2048 0.2125 0.2125 0.2125 0.2125 0.2125 0.2094 0.2094 0.2189 0.481 0.481 0.4493 0.4493 0.4636 0.4493 0.4636 0.4356 0.4213 0.4244 0.4182 0.4244 0.4182 0.4114 0.4008 0.4008 0.4008 0.3859 0.3859 0.3859 0.3777 0.3735 0.3735 0.3666 0.3623 0.3598 0.3598 0.3598 0.3529 0.348 0.348 0.3461 0.3461 0.3436 0.3343 0.3337 0.3275 0.3213 0.3182 0.3138 0.3063 0.3101 0.4207 0.4188 0.4126 0.3983 0.3877 0.379 0.3735 0.3648 0.3666
XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.3147 0.2983 0.2983 0.3005 0.2983 0.2983 0.3033 0.3033 0.3063 0.3033 0.3142 0.2971 0.3117 0.2991 0.3087 0.3025 0.2958 0.2958 0.2958 0.2863 0.3028 0.2936 0.2785 0.2867 0.2867 0.2897 0.2867 0.2995 0.29 0.29 0.2898 0.2747 0.285 0.285 0.285 0.285 0.285 0.2808 0.2808 0.2936 0.645 0.645 0.6025 0.6025 0.6217 0.6025 0.6217 0.5842 0.565 0.5692 0.5608 0.5692 0.5608 0.5517 0.5375 0.5375 0.5375 0.5176 0.5175 0.5175 0.5066 0.5008 0.5008 0.4917 0.4858 0.4825 0.4825 0.4825 0.4733 0.4668 0.4668 0.4642 0.4642 0.4608 0.4483 0.4475 0.4392 0.4308 0.4267 0.4208 0.4108 0.4158 0.5642 0.5617 0.5533 0.5342 0.52 0.5083 0.5008 0.4892 0.4917
XL_50 XC_60 XC_60 XC_50 XC_50 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz (ohm/km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) 0.1955 0.0855 0.1376 0.1026 0.1651 0.1854 0.0813 0.1308 0.0976 0.157 0.1854 0.0813 0.1308 0.0976 0.157 0.1867 0.0818 0.1316 0.0982 0.158 0.1854 0.0813 0.1308 0.0976 0.157 0.1854 0.0813 0.1308 0.0976 0.157 0.1885 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.1885 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.1903 0.0829 0.1334 0.0995 0.1601 0.1885 0.0821 0.1321 0.0985 0.1585 0.1952 0.0852 0.1371 0.1022 0.1645 0.1846 0.0822 0.1323 0.0986 0.1587 0.1937 0.0845 0.136 0.1014 0.1632 0.1858 0.081 0.1304 0.0972 0.1564 0.1918 0.083 0.1336 0.0996 0.1603 0.188 0.0816 0.1313 0.0979 0.1576 0.1838 0.0802 0.1291 0.0962 0.1549 0.1838 0.0802 0.1291 0.0962 0.1549 0.1838 0.0802 0.1291 0.0962 0.1549 0.1779 0.0803 0.1292 0.0964 0.1551 0.1882 0.0822 0.1323 0.0986 0.1587 0.1824 0.0789 0.127 0.0947 0.1524 0.1731 0.0714 0.1149 0.0857 0.1379 0.1781 0.0774 0.1246 0.0929 0.1495 0.1781 0.0774 0.1246 0.0929 0.1495 0.18 0.0783 0.126 0.094 0.1512 0.1781 0.0774 0.1246 0.0929 0.1495 0.1861 0.0803 0.1292 0.0964 0.1551 0.1802 0.0778 0.1252 0.0934 0.1502 0.1802 0.0778 0.1252 0.0934 0.1502 0.18 0.0781 0.1257 0.0937 0.1508 0.1707 0.0741 0.1192 0.0889 0.1431 0.1771 0.0767 0.1234 0.092 0.1481 0.1771 0.0767 0.1234 0.092 0.1481 0.1771 0.0767 0.1234 0.092 0.1481 0.1771 0.0765 0.1231 0.0918 0.1477 0.1771 0.0765 0.1231 0.0918 0.1477 0.1745 0.0755 0.1215 0.0906 0.1458 0.1745 0.0755 0.1215 0.0906 0.1458 0.1824 0.0786 0.1265 0.0943 0.1518 0.4008 0.1421 0.2287 0.1705 0.2744 0.4008 0.1421 0.2287 0.1705 0.2744 0.3744 0.1352 0.2176 0.1622 0.2611 0.3744 0.1352 0.2176 0.1622 0.2611 0.3863 0.1344 0.2163 0.1613 0.2595 0.3744 0.1352 0.2176 0.1622 0.2611 0.3863 0.1344 0.2163 0.1613 0.2595 0.363 0.1322 0.2127 0.1586 0.2553 0.3511 0.1282 0.2063 0.1538 0.2476 0.3537 0.1275 0.2052 0.153 0.2462 0.3485 0.1283 0.2065 0.154 0.2478 0.3537 0.1275 0.2052 0.153 0.2462 0.3485 0.1283 0.2065 0.154 0.2478 0.3428 0.1269 0.2042 0.1523 0.2451 0.334 0.1249 0.201 0.1499 0.2412 0.334 0.1249 0.201 0.1499 0.2412 0.334 0.1249 0.201 0.1499 0.2412 0.3216 0.1214 0.1954 0.1457 0.2344 0.3216 0.1214 0.1954 0.1457 0.2344 0.3216 0.1214 0.1954 0.1457 0.2344 0.3148 0.119 0.1915 0.1428 0.2298 0.3112 0.118 0.1899 0.1416 0.2279 0.3112 0.118 0.1899 0.1416 0.2279 0.3055 0.1163 0.1872 0.1396 0.2246 0.3019 0.1157 0.1862 0.1388 0.2234 0.2998 0.1146 0.1844 0.1375 0.2213 0.2998 0.1146 0.1844 0.1375 0.2213 0.2998 0.1146 0.1844 0.1375 0.2213 0.2941 0.1129 0.1817 0.1355 0.218 0.29 0.1118 0.1799 0.1342 0.2159 0.29 0.1118 0.1799 0.1342 0.2159 0.2884 0.1112 0.179 0.1334 0.2147 0.2884 0.1112 0.179 0.1334 0.2147 0.2864 0.124 0.1996 0.1488 0.2395 0.2786 0.1173 0.1888 0.1408 0.2265 0.2781 0.116 0.1867 0.1392 0.224 0.2729 0.1131 0.182 0.1357 0.2184 0.2677 0.1107 0.1781 0.1328 0.2138 0.2651 0.1091 0.1756 0.1309 0.2107 0.2615 0.1079 0.1736 0.1295 0.2084 0.2553 0.1061 0.1707 0.1273 0.2049 0.2584 0.1043 0.1678 0.1252 0.2014 0.3506 0.1239 0.1994 0.1487 0.2393 0.349 0.1171 0.1884 0.1405 0.2261 0.3438 0.1159 0.1865 0.1391 0.2238 0.3319 0.113 0.1819 0.1356 0.2182 0.3231 0.1105 0.1778 0.1326 0.2134 0.3159 0.1089 0.1753 0.1307 0.2103 0.3112 0.1078 0.1735 0.1294 0.2082 0.304 0.1041 0.1675 0.1249 0.201 0.3055 0.1063 0.1711 0.1276 0.2053
AREA aluminum (kcmil) 1557.4 1590 1590 1590 1590 1590 1590 1590 1590 1590 1590 1590 1657.4 1780 1780 1780 1781 1781 1781 1800 1949 2034 2067 2156 2156 2156 2156 2156 2167 2167 2167 2226 2312 2312 2312 2385 2385 2515 2515 2515 26.2 26.2 41.7 41.7 41.7 41.7 41.7 52.6 63.9 66.4 66.4 66.4 66.4 73.3 83.7 83.7 83.7 105 105.6 105.7 125 133 133.1 150 155 158 167.7 167.8 189 198 198 211.6 211.6 80 101.8 110.8 134.6 159 176.9 190.8 203.2 211.3 80 101.8 110.8 134.6 159 176.9 190.8 203.2 211.3
AREA total (sq-in.) 1.3079 1.407 1.407 1.407 1.407 1.407 1.335 1.335 1.335 1.335 1.335 1.336 1.3919 1.513 1.512 1.467 1.513 1.513 1.513 1.511 1.6337 1.6669 1.735 1.8309 1.8309 1.8311 1.8309 1.8314 1.7758 1.7758 1.7758 1.87 1.9144 1.9144 1.9144 1.954 1.954 2.0826 2.0826 2.0826 0.024 0.024 0.0379 0.0382 0.0411 0.0382 0.0411 0.0475 0.0572 0.0654 0.0608 0.0654 0.0608 0.0663 0.0767 0.0767 0.0767 0.0956 0.0968 0.0968 0.1142 0.1221 0.1221 0.1357 0.1425 0.1518 0.1537 0.1537 0.1725 0.1838 0.1899 0.1939 0.1939 0.0847 0.1266 0.1378 0.1674 0.1977 0.22 0.2373 0.302 0.2628 0.0847 0.1265 0.1378 0.1674 0.1977 0.2199 0.2373 0.302 0.2628
AREA total (sq-mm) 843.8048 907.7401 907.7401 907.7401 907.7401 907.7401 861.2886 861.2886 861.2886 861.2886 861.2886 861.9338 897.9982 976.1271 975.4819 946.4497 976.1271 976.1271 976.1271 974.8368 1053.9979 1075.4172 1119.3526 1181.2234 1181.2234 1181.3525 1181.2234 1181.546 1145.6751 1145.6751 1145.6751 1206.4492 1235.0943 1235.0943 1235.0943 1260.6426 1260.6426 1343.6102 1343.6102 1343.6102 15.4838 15.4838 24.4516 24.6451 26.5161 24.6451 26.5161 30.6451 36.9032 42.1935 39.2257 42.1935 39.2257 42.7741 49.4838 49.4838 49.4838 61.6773 62.4515 62.4515 73.6773 78.774 78.774 87.5482 91.9353 97.9353 99.1611 99.1611 111.2901 118.5804 122.5159 125.0965 125.0965 54.6451 81.6773 88.903 107.9998 127.5481 141.9352 153.0965 194.8383 169.548 54.6451 81.6127 88.903 107.9998 127.5481 141.8707 153.0965 194.8383 169.548
OD -(in.) 1.345 1.545 1.545 1.521 1.545 1.408 1.504 1.504 1.468 1.504 1.358 1.742 1.386 1.565 1.46 1.531 1.602 1.602 1.602 1.851 1.504 1.681 1.984 1.762 1.762 1.716 1.762 1.599 1.735 1.735 1.725 2.059 1.802 1.802 1.629 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.88 1.696 0.198 0.198 0.2492 0.25 0.257 0.25 0.257 0.2787 0.3059 0.325 0.316 0.325 0.316 0.3295 0.354 0.3543 0.354 0.3957 0.398 0.398 0.4323 0.447 0.447 0.4713 0.483 0.4984 0.502 0.502 0.5315 0.5571 0.5575 0.563 0.563 0.367 0.461 0.481 0.53 0.576 0.607 0.631 0.714 0.663 0.367 0.461 0.48 0.529 0.576 0.607 0.631 0.714 0.664
OD STRAND -- outer/core (mm) -34.163 345/7 39.243 54/19 39.243 54/19 38.6334 54/19 39.243 54/19 35.7632 54/19 38.2016 45/7 38.2016 45/7 37.2872 145/7 38.2016 45/7 34.4932 245/7 44.2468 40/14 35.2044 345/7 39.751 84/19 37.084 84/19 38.8874 176/7 40.6908 84/19 40.6908 84/19 40.6908 84/19 47.0154 40/14 38.2016 342/7 42.6974 72/7 50.3936 90/14 44.7548 84/19 44.7548 84/19 43.5864 184/19 44.7548 84/19 40.6146 84/19 44.069 72/7 44.069 72/7 43.815 172/7 52.2986 90/14 45.7708 76/19 45.7708 76/19 41.3766 76/19 46.228 72/7 46.228 72/7 47.752 76/19 47.752 76/19 43.0784 76/19 5.0292 1-Jun 5.0292 1-Jun 6.3297 1-Jun 6.35 1-Jun 6.5278 1-Jul 6.35 1-Jun 6.5278 1-Jul 7.079 1-Jun 7.7699 1-Jun 8.255 1-Jul 8.0264 1-Jun 8.255 1-Jul 8.0264 1-Jun 8.3693 1-Jun 8.9916 1-Jun 8.9992 1-Jun 8.9916 1-Jun 10.0508 1-Jun 10.1092 1-Jun 10.1092 1-Jun 10.9804 1-Jun 11.3538 1-Jun 11.3538 1-Jun 11.971 1-Jun 12.2682 1-Jun 12.6594 1-Jun 12.7508 1-Jun 12.7508 1-Jun 13.5001 1-Jun 14.1503 7-Jun 14.1605 1-Jun 14.3002 1-Jun 14.3002 1-Jun 9.3218 1-Aug 11.7094 7-Dec 12.2174 7-Dec 13.462 7-Dec 14.6304 7-Dec 15.4178 7-Dec 16.0274 7-Dec 18.1356 16/19 16.8402 7-Dec 9.3218 1-Aug 11.7094 7-Dec 12.192 7-Dec 13.4366 7-Dec 14.6304 7-Dec 15.4178 7-Dec 16.0274 7-Dec 18.1356 16/19 16.8656 7-Dec
STR-DIA outer (in.) 0.208 0.1716 0.1716 0.169 0.1716 0.1946 0.188 0.188 0.1835 0.188 0.2146 0.1994 0.2145 0.1957 0.1681 0.1914 0.1456 0.1456 0.1456 0.2121 0.2155 0.1681 0.1515 0.1602 0.1602 0.2145 0.1602 0.1836 0.1735 0.1735 0.1917 0.1573 0.1744 0.1744 0.1744 0.182 0.182 0.1819 0.1819 0.1819 0.0661 0.0661 0.0831 0.0834 0.0772 0.0834 0.0772 0.0929 0.102 0.0974 0.1052 0.0974 0.1052 0.1098 0.1181 0.1181 0.1181 0.1319 0.1327 0.1327 0.1441 0.149 0.149 0.1571 0.161 0.1661 0.1672 0.1672 0.1772 0.1858 0.1858 0.1878 0.1878 0.1 0.0921 0.0961 0.1059 0.1151 0.1214 0.1261 0.1127 0.1327 0.1 0.0921 0.0961 0.1059 0.1151 0.1214 0.1261 0.1127 0.1327
STR-DIA outer (mm) 5.2832 4.3586 4.3586 4.2926 4.3586 4.9428 4.7752 4.7752 4.6609 4.7752 5.4508 5.0648 5.4483 4.9708 4.2697 4.8616 3.6982 3.6982 3.6982 5.3873 5.4737 4.2697 3.8481 4.0691 4.0691 5.4483 4.0691 4.6634 4.4069 4.4069 4.8692 3.9954 4.4298 4.4298 4.4298 4.6228 4.6228 4.6203 4.6203 4.6203 1.6789 1.6789 2.1107 2.1184 1.9609 2.1184 1.9609 2.3597 2.5908 2.474 2.6721 2.474 2.6721 2.7889 2.9997 2.9997 2.9997 3.3503 3.3706 3.3706 3.6601 3.7846 3.7846 3.9903 4.0894 4.2189 4.2469 4.2469 4.5009 4.7193 4.7193 4.7701 4.7701 2.54 2.3393 2.4409 2.6899 2.9235 3.0836 3.2029 2.8626 3.3706 2.54 2.3393 2.4409 2.6899 2.9235 3.0836 3.2029 2.8626 3.3706
UTS -(lb) 41900 54500 53000 55100 42600 55100 42200 41700 42600 27900 42200 43600 44000 51100 50700 43600 51000 49700 35300 48200 51900 46800 55400 60300 59000 60700 42100 60700 49800 49130 50700 59600 56700 55300 57100 54400 54000 61700 60600 62100 1190 1190 1778 1860 2360 1860 2360 2158 2572 3640 2850 3640 2850 2958 3550 3424 3550 4127 4380 4380 4901 5310 5310 5789 6130 6479 6620 6620 7342 7347 8082 8350 8350 5200 10400 11300 13600 16000 17300 18700 28400 20700 5200 10400 11300 13600 16000 17300 18700 28400 20700
UTS WGT --(kg) (lb/1000 ft) 19005.7 1755 24721 2044 24040.6 1962 24993.2 2039 19323.2 2044 24993.2 2040 19141.8 1792 18915 1748 19323.2 1791 12655.4 1792 19141.8 1791 19776.8 1792 19958.3 1868 23178.8 2068 22997.4 2069 19776.8 1921 23133.4 2075 22543.8 2015 16012 2075 21863.4 2030 23541.7 2199 21228.3 2162 25129.3 2328 27351.9 2511 26762.2 2439 27533.3 2504 19096.4 2511 27533.3 2505 22589.1 2303 22285.2 2265 22997.4 2296 27034.4 2510 25719 2526 25083.9 2475 25900.4 2517 24675.7 2535 24494.2 2475 27986.9 2749 27488 2693 28168.4 2738 539.8 34.3 539.8 36.1 806.5 57.1 843.7 54.6 1070.5 62.7 843.7 57.4 1070.5 67 978.9 71.2 1166.7 86 1651.1 106.7 1292.8 91.3 1651.1 99.9 1292.8 86.8 1341.7 100.1 1610.3 115.1 1553.1 114.9 1610.3 109.5 1872 143.8 1986.8 145.3 1986.8 138.2 2223.1 171.4 2408.6 174.2 2408.6 183.2 2625.9 203.6 2780.5 214 2938.9 227.8 3002.8 219.4 3002.8 230.8 3330.3 259.4 3332.6 264.8 3666 285.6 3787.5 291.1 3787.5 276.8 2358.7 148.9 4717.4 253.8 5125.6 276.3 6168.9 335.5 7257.6 396.3 7847.2 440.9 8482.3 475.7 12882.2 674.6 9389.5 526.8 2358.7 149 4717.4 254.1 5125.6 276.6 6168.9 335.9 7257.6 396.9 7847.2 441.4 8482.3 476.3 12882.2 676.9 9389.5 527.5
WGT -(kg/km) 2611.8 3041.9 2919.9 3034.5 3041.9 3036 2666.9 2601.4 2665.4 2666.9 2665.4 2666.9 2780 3077.6 3079.1 2858.9 3088.1 2998.8 3088.1 3021.1 3272.6 3217.5 3464.6 3736.9 3629.8 3726.5 3736.9 3728 3427.4 3370.8 3417 3735.4 3759.2 3683.3 3745.8 3772.6 3683.3 4091.1 4007.8 4074.7 51 53.7 85 81.3 93.3 85.4 99.7 106 128 158.8 135.9 148.7 129.2 149 171.3 171 163 214 216.2 205.7 255.1 259.2 272.6 303 318.5 339 326.5 343.5 386 394.1 425 433.2 411.9 221.6 377.7 411.2 499.3 589.8 656.2 707.9 1004 784 221.7 378.2 411.6 499.9 590.7 656.9 708.8 1007.4 785
Amps -(A) 1300 1360 1360 1350 1370 1360 1335 1335 1335 1365 1315 1577 1350 1425 1395 1435 1435 1435 1465 1703 1480 1540 1853 1615 1615 1615 1635 1570 1600 1600 1585 1939 1670 1670 1670 1695 1695 1755 1755 1710 95 95 130 130 130 130 130 150 175 175 175 175 175 185 200 200 200 230 230 230 255 265 265 285 295 310 310 310 330 345 345 350 350 204 237 248 273 297 312 324 341 340 200 250 265 300 330 350 370 380 390
PSS/ADEPT - Appendix H
Conductor Database (7 of 8)
!NAME !'-!'-3#10AW 3#9AW 3#8AW 3#7AW 7#10AW 3#6AW 7#9AW 3#5AW 7#8AW 7#7AW 7#6AW 19#10AW 7#5AW 19#9AW 19#8AW 37#10AW 19#7AW 37#9AW 19#6AW 37#8AW 19#5AW 37#7AW 37#6AW 37#5AW CU_SOLID_#8 CU_SOLID_#7 CU_SOLID_#6 CU_SOLID_#5 CU_SOLID_#4 CU_SOLID_#3 CU_SOLID_#2 CU_SOLID_#1 CU_SOLID_1/0 CU_SOLID_2/0 CU_SOLID_3/0 CU_SOLID_4/0 3#10CW 3#9CW CU_7STR_#4 3#8CW CU_7STR_#3 3#7CW 2K-CWC CU_7STR_#2 7#10CW 3#6CW 1K-CWC 7#9CW 3#5CW 1/0K-CWC CU_7STR_1/0 7#8CW 2/0K-CWC CU_7STR_2/0 7#7CW 3/0EK-CWC CU_7STR_3/0 7#6CW 4/0EK-CWC CU_7STR_4/0 19#9CW 250E-CWC 250EK-CWC CU250 7#4CW 300E-CWC 300EK-CWC 19#8CW 350E-CWC 350EK-CWC 19#7CW 19#6CW CU500 19#5CW CU1000 1/2EHS 3/8EHS 5/16EHS 5/8EHS 7/16EHS 1/2HS 3/8HS 5/8HS 7/16HS
TYPE --ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD ALUMOWELD CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/SOLID CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND CU/STRAND EHS/CLASS A EHS/CLASS A EHS/CLASS A EHS/CLASS A EHS/CLASS A HS/CLASS A HS/CLASS A HS/CLASS A HS/CLASS A
R_DC -(ohm/mi) 8.87 7.04 5.58 4.42 3.81 3.51 3.02 2.78 2.4 1.9 1.507 1.409 1.217 1.118 0.8864 0.7278 0.703 0.5773 0.5574 0.4577 0.442 0.363 0.2879 0.2282 3.5141 2.7868 2.2144 1.7532 1.3903 1.103 0.8747 0.6938 0.5459 0.4329 0.3437 0.273 6.14 4.87 1.418 3.86 1.1248 3.06 0.871 0.881 2.64 2.43 0.691 2.09 1.926 0.548 0.555 1.658 0.434 0.445 1.315 0.346 0.35 1.042 0.274 0.276 0.773 0.232 0.232 0.234 0.656 0.1934 0.1934 0.613 0.1658 0.1658 0.486 0.386 0.117 0.306 0.0585 3.56 6.74 8.96 2.26 4.61 3.44 6.51 2.19 4.45
R_DC -(ohm/km) 5.5117 4.3746 3.4673 2.7465 2.3675 2.1811 1.8766 1.7275 1.4913 1.1806 0.9364 0.8755 0.7562 0.6947 0.5508 0.4522 0.4368 0.3587 0.3464 0.2844 0.2747 0.2256 0.1789 0.1418 2.1836 1.7317 1.376 1.0894 0.8639 0.6854 0.5435 0.4311 0.3392 0.269 0.2136 0.1696 3.8153 3.0262 0.8811 2.3986 0.6989 1.9014 0.5412 0.5474 1.6405 1.51 0.4294 1.2987 1.1968 0.3405 0.3449 1.0303 0.2697 0.2765 0.8171 0.215 0.2175 0.6475 0.1703 0.1715 0.4803 0.1442 0.1442 0.1454 0.4076 0.1202 0.1202 0.3809 0.103 0.103 0.302 0.2399 0.0727 0.1901 0.0364 2.2121 4.1882 5.5676 1.4043 2.8646 2.1376 4.0452 1.3608 2.7652
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 8.87 7.04 5.58 4.42 3.88 3.51 3.08 2.78 2.44 1.937 1.536 1.437 1.24 1.14 0.9038 0.7409 0.7171 0.5886 0.5683 0.4667 0.4507 0.3702 0.2935 0.2327 3.5141 2.7868 2.2144 1.7532 1.3903 1.103 0.8747 0.6938 0.5459 0.4329 0.3437 0.273 6.15 4.88 1.418 3.87 1.1248 3.07 0.902 0.882 2.66 2.44 0.722 2.11 1.938 0.579 0.555 1.678 0.466 0.445 1.335 0.351 0.354 1.062 0.279 0.278 0.798 0.248 0.237 0.235 0.676 0.209 0.1981 0.638 0.1812 0.1705 0.511 0.411 0.1196 0.331 0.0634 3.66 6.93 9.2 2.32 4.74 3.57 6.75 2.27 4.62
R_AC60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 5.5117 4.3746 3.4673 2.7465 2.411 2.1811 1.9139 1.7275 1.5162 1.2036 0.9545 0.8929 0.7705 0.7084 0.5616 0.4604 0.4456 0.3657 0.3531 0.29 0.2801 0.23 0.1824 0.1446 2.1836 1.7317 1.376 1.0894 0.8639 0.6854 0.5435 0.4311 0.3392 0.269 0.2136 0.1696 3.8215 3.0324 0.8811 2.4048 0.6989 1.9077 0.5605 0.5481 1.6529 1.5162 0.4486 1.3111 1.2043 0.3598 0.3449 1.0427 0.2896 0.2765 0.8296 0.2181 0.22 0.6599 0.1734 0.1727 0.4959 0.1541 0.1473 0.146 0.4201 0.1299 0.1231 0.3964 0.1126 0.1059 0.3175 0.2554 0.0743 0.2057 0.0394 2.2743 4.3062 5.7168 1.4416 2.9454 2.2184 4.1944 1.4106 2.8708
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 8.87 7.04 5.58 4.42 3.859 3.51 3.062 2.78 2.428 1.9259 1.5273 1.4286 1.2331 1.1334 0.8986 0.737 0.7129 0.5852 0.565 0.464 0.4481 0.368 0.2918 0.2314 3.5141 2.7868 2.2144 1.7532 1.3903 1.103 0.8747 0.6938 0.5459 0.4329 0.3437 0.273 6.147 4.877 1.418 3.867 1.1248 3.067 0.8927 0.8817 2.654 2.437 0.7127 2.104 1.9344 0.5697 0.555 1.672 0.4564 0.445 1.329 0.3495 0.3528 1.056 0.2775 0.2774 0.7905 0.2432 0.2355 0.2347 0.67 0.2043 0.1967 0.6305 0.1766 0.1691 0.5035 0.4035 0.1188 0.3235 0.0619 3.63 6.873 9.128 2.302 4.701 3.531 6.678 2.246 4.569
R_AC50 50 Hz (ohm/km) 5.5117 4.3746 3.4673 2.7465 2.3979 2.1811 1.9027 1.7275 1.5087 1.1967 0.949 0.8877 0.7662 0.7043 0.5584 0.4579 0.443 0.3636 0.3511 0.2883 0.2784 0.2287 0.1813 0.1438 2.1836 1.7317 1.376 1.0894 0.8639 0.6854 0.5435 0.4311 0.3392 0.269 0.2136 0.1696 3.8197 3.0305 0.8811 2.4029 0.6989 1.9058 0.5547 0.5479 1.6492 1.5143 0.4429 1.3074 1.202 0.354 0.3449 1.039 0.2836 0.2765 0.8258 0.2172 0.2192 0.6562 0.1724 0.1724 0.4912 0.1511 0.1463 0.1458 0.4163 0.127 0.1222 0.3918 0.1097 0.1051 0.3129 0.2507 0.0738 0.201 0.0385 2.2556 4.2708 5.672 1.4304 2.9211 2.1941 4.1496 1.3956 2.8391
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.777 0.763 0.749 0.735 0.777 0.721 0.763 0.707 0.749 0.735 0.721 0.715 0.707 0.701 0.687 0.674 0.673 0.66 0.659 0.646 0.645 0.632 0.618 0.604 0.665 0.651 0.637 0.623 0.609 0.595 0.581 0.566 0.553 0.538 0.524 0.51 0.724 0.71 0.602 0.696 0.588 0.682 0.612 0.574 0.725 0.668 0.589 0.711 0.654 0.584 0.546 0.697 0.57 0.532 0.683 0.495 0.518 0.668 0.481 0.497 0.6489 0.484 0.471 0.487 0.64 0.473 0.46 0.635 0.463 0.45 0.621 0.606 0.445 0.592 0.4 1.2 1.44 1.6 1.08 1.28 1.24 1.5 1.12 1.33
XL_60 60 Hz (ohm/km) 0.4828 0.4741 0.4654 0.4567 0.4828 0.448 0.4741 0.4393 0.4654 0.4567 0.448 0.4443 0.4393 0.4356 0.4269 0.4188 0.4182 0.4101 0.4095 0.4014 0.4008 0.3927 0.384 0.3753 0.4132 0.4045 0.3958 0.3871 0.3784 0.3697 0.361 0.3517 0.3436 0.3343 0.3256 0.3169 0.4499 0.4412 0.3741 0.4325 0.3654 0.4238 0.3803 0.3567 0.4505 0.4151 0.366 0.4418 0.4064 0.3629 0.3393 0.4331 0.3542 0.3306 0.4244 0.3076 0.3219 0.4151 0.2989 0.3088 0.4032 0.3008 0.2927 0.3026 0.3977 0.2939 0.2858 0.3946 0.2877 0.2796 0.3859 0.3766 0.2765 0.3679 0.2486 0.7457 0.8948 0.9942 0.6711 0.7954 0.7705 0.9321 0.696 0.8264
XL_50 50 Hz (ohm/mi) 0.6475 0.6358 0.6242 0.6125 0.6475 0.6008 0.6358 0.5892 0.6242 0.6125 0.6008 0.5958 0.5892 0.5842 0.5725 0.5617 0.5608 0.55 0.5492 0.5383 0.5375 0.5267 0.515 0.5033 0.5542 0.5425 0.5308 0.5192 0.5075 0.4958 0.4842 0.4717 0.4608 0.4483 0.4367 0.425 0.6033 0.5917 0.5017 0.58 0.49 0.5683 0.51 0.4783 0.6042 0.5567 0.4908 0.5925 0.545 0.4867 0.455 0.5808 0.475 0.4433 0.5692 0.4125 0.4317 0.5567 0.4008 0.4142 0.5408 0.4033 0.3925 0.4058 0.5333 0.3942 0.3833 0.5292 0.3858 0.375 0.5175 0.505 0.3708 0.4933 0.3333 1 1.2 1.3333 0.9 1.0667 1.0333 1.25 0.9333 1.1083
XL_50 XC_60 XC_60 XC_50 XC_50 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz (ohm/km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) (mohm-mi) (mohm-km) 0.4023 0.1391 0.2239 0.1669 0.2686 0.3951 0.1356 0.2182 0.1627 0.2619 0.3878 0.1322 0.2127 0.1586 0.2553 0.3806 0.1288 0.2073 0.1546 0.2487 0.4023 0.1293 0.2081 0.1552 0.2497 0.3734 0.1253 0.2016 0.1504 0.242 0.3951 0.1258 0.2024 0.151 0.2429 0.3661 0.1219 0.1962 0.1463 0.2354 0.3878 0.1224 0.197 0.1469 0.2364 0.3806 0.119 0.1915 0.1428 0.2298 0.3734 0.1155 0.1859 0.1386 0.223 0.3702 0.1141 0.1836 0.1369 0.2203 0.3661 0.1121 0.1804 0.1345 0.2165 0.363 0.1107 0.1781 0.1328 0.2138 0.3557 0.1073 0.1727 0.1288 0.2072 0.349 0.1042 0.1677 0.125 0.2012 0.3485 0.1038 0.167 0.1246 0.2005 0.3418 0.1007 0.1621 0.1208 0.1945 0.3412 0.1004 0.1616 0.1205 0.1939 0.3345 0.0973 0.1566 0.1168 0.1879 0.334 0.097 0.1561 0.1164 0.1873 0.3273 0.0939 0.1511 0.1127 0.1813 0.32 0.0904 0.1455 0.1085 0.1746 0.3128 0.087 0.14 0.1044 0.168 0.3444 0.1552 0.2498 0.1862 0.2997 0.3371 0.1517 0.2441 0.182 0.293 0.3299 0.1483 0.2387 0.178 0.2864 0.3226 0.1449 0.2332 0.1739 0.2798 0.3154 0.1415 0.2277 0.1698 0.2733 0.3081 0.138 0.2221 0.1656 0.2665 0.3009 0.1345 0.2165 0.1614 0.2597 0.2931 0.1311 0.211 0.1573 0.2532 0.2864 0.1276 0.2053 0.1531 0.2464 0.2786 0.1242 0.1999 0.149 0.2399 0.2713 0.1208 0.1944 0.145 0.2333 0.2641 0.1173 0.1888 0.1408 0.2265 0.3749 0.1392 0.224 0.167 0.2688 0.3677 0.1358 0.2185 0.163 0.2623 0.3117 0.1377 0.2216 0.1652 0.2659 0.3604 0.1324 0.2131 0.1589 0.2557 0.3045 0.1342 0.216 0.161 0.2592 0.3532 0.1289 0.2074 0.1547 0.2489 0.3169 0.1232 0.1983 0.1478 0.2379 0.2972 0.1308 0.2105 0.157 0.2526 0.3754 0.1294 0.2082 0.1553 0.2499 0.3459 0.1255 0.202 0.1506 0.2424 0.305 0.1198 0.1928 0.1438 0.2314 0.3682 0.126 0.2028 0.1512 0.2433 0.3387 0.1221 0.1965 0.1465 0.2358 0.3024 0.1164 0.1873 0.1397 0.2248 0.2827 0.124 0.1996 0.1488 0.2395 0.3609 0.1226 0.1973 0.1471 0.2368 0.2952 0.112 0.1802 0.1344 0.2163 0.2755 0.1204 0.1938 0.1445 0.2325 0.3537 0.1191 0.1917 0.1429 0.23 0.2563 0.1143 0.1839 0.1372 0.2207 0.2682 0.117 0.1883 0.1404 0.2259 0.3459 0.1157 0.1862 0.1388 0.2234 0.2491 0.1109 0.1785 0.1331 0.2142 0.2574 0.1132 0.1822 0.1358 0.2186 0.336 0.1109 0.1785 0.1331 0.2142 0.2506 0.1064 0.1712 0.1277 0.2055 0.2439 0.1084 0.1744 0.1301 0.2093 0.2522 0.1108 0.1783 0.133 0.214 0.3314 0.1088 0.1751 0.1306 0.2101 0.2449 0.1037 0.1669 0.1244 0.2003 0.2382 0.1057 0.1701 0.1268 0.2041 0.3288 0.1074 0.1728 0.1289 0.2074 0.2398 0.1014 0.1632 0.1217 0.1958 0.233 0.1034 0.1664 0.1241 0.1997 0.3216 0.104 0.1674 0.1248 0.2008 0.3138 0.1005 0.1617 0.1206 0.1941 0.2304 0.1005 0.1617 0.1206 0.1941 0.3066 0.0971 0.1563 0.1165 0.1875 0.2071 0.0901 0.145 0.1081 0.174 0.6214 0.115 0.1851 0.138 0.2221 0.7457 0.1244 0.2002 0.1493 0.2402 0.8285 0.1287 0.2071 0.1544 0.2485 0.5592 0.1083 0.1743 0.13 0.2091 0.6628 0.1188 0.1912 0.1426 0.2294 0.6421 0.115 0.1851 0.138 0.2221 0.7767 0.1244 0.2002 0.1493 0.2402 0.58 0.1083 0.1743 0.13 0.2091 0.6887 0.1188 0.1912 0.1426 0.2294
AREA aluminum (kcmil) 31.2 39.3 49.5 62.5 72.7 78.7 91.6 99.3 115.6 145.8 183.7 197.3 231.6 248.7 313.7 384.2 395.6 484.2 498.6 611 628.7 770.4 971 1224.2 16.5 20.8 26.3 33.1 41.7 52.6 66.4 83.7 105.5 133.1 167.8 211.6 31.2 39.3 41.7 49.5 52.6 62.5 66.4 66.4 72.7 78.8 83.7 91.7 99.3 105.6 105.6 115.6 133.1 133.1 145.7 167.8 167.8 183.8 211.6 211.6 248.8 250 250 250 292.2 300 300 313.7 350 350 395.5 498.8 500 628.9 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
AREA total (sq-in.) 0.0245 0.0308 0.0389 0.049 0.0571 0.0618 0.072 0.078 0.0908 0.1145 0.1443 0.1549 0.182 0.1954 0.2464 0.3017 0.3107 0.3805 0.3917 0.4798 0.494 0.605 0.7629 0.9619 0.013 0.0164 0.0206 0.026 0.0328 0.0413 0.0521 0.0657 0.0829 0.1045 0.1318 0.1662 0.0245 0.0309 0.0328 0.0389 0.0413 0.0491 0.0521 0.0829 0.0571 0.0619 0.0657 0.072 0.078 0.0829 0.0829 0.0908 0.1045 0.1045 0.1144 0.1318 0.1317 0.1444 0.1662 0.1662 0.1954 0.1964 0.1964 0.3927 0.2295 0.2356 0.2356 0.2464 0.2749 0.2749 0.3106 0.3918 0.3927 0.4939 0.7854 0.1497 0.0792 0.0595 0.2355 0.1156 0.1497 0.0792 0.2355 0.1156
AREA total (sq-mm) 15.8064 19.8709 25.0967 31.6128 36.8386 39.8709 46.4515 50.3225 58.5805 73.8708 93.0966 99.9353 117.4191 126.0643 158.9674 194.6448 200.4512 245.4834 252.7092 309.5478 318.709 390.3218 492.1926 620.5794 8.3871 10.5806 13.2903 16.7742 21.1612 26.6451 33.6128 42.387 53.4838 67.4192 85.0321 107.2256 15.8064 19.9354 21.1612 25.0967 26.6451 31.6774 33.6128 53.4838 36.8386 39.9354 42.387 46.4515 50.3225 53.4838 53.4838 58.5805 67.4192 67.4192 73.8063 85.0321 84.9676 93.1611 107.2256 107.2256 126.0643 126.7094 126.7094 253.3543 148.0642 151.9997 151.9997 158.9674 177.3545 177.3545 200.3867 252.7737 253.3543 318.6445 506.7087 96.5805 51.0967 38.387 151.9352 74.5805 96.5805 51.0967 151.9352 74.5805
OD -(in.) 0.22 0.246 0.277 0.311 0.306 0.349 0.343 0.392 0.385 0.433 0.486 0.509 0.546 0.572 0.642 0.713 0.721 0.801 0.81 0.899 0.91 1.01 1.134 1.273 0.1285 0.1443 0.162 0.1819 0.2043 0.2294 0.2576 0.2893 0.3249 0.3648 0.4096 0.46 0.22 0.247 0.2316 0.277 0.2601 0.311 0.377 0.292 0.306 0.349 0.423 0.343 0.392 0.475 0.368 0.385 0.534 0.4137 0.433 0.509 0.4644 0.486 0.571 0.522 0.572 0.666 0.621 0.574 0.613 0.729 0.68 0.642 0.788 0.735 0.721 0.81 0.811 0.91 1.151 0.495 0.36 0.312 0.621 0.435 0.495 0.36 0.621 0.435
OD STRAND -- outer/core (mm) -5.588 3 6.2484 3 7.0358 3 7.8994 3 7.7724 7 8.8646 3 8.7122 7 9.9568 3 9.779 7 10.9982 7 12.3444 7 12.9286 19 13.8684 7 14.5288 19 16.3068 19 18.1102 37 18.3134 19 20.3454 37 20.574 19 22.8346 37 23.114 19 25.654 37 28.8036 37 32.3342 37 3.2639 1 3.6652 1 4.1148 1 4.6203 1 5.1892 1 5.8268 1 6.543 1 7.3482 1 8.2525 1 9.2659 1 10.4038 1 11.684 1 5.588 3 6.2738 3 5.8826 7 7.0358 3 6.6065 7 7.8994 3 9.5758 7 7.4168 7 7.7724 7 8.8646 3 10.7442 7 8.7122 7 9.9568 3 12.065 7 9.3472 7 9.779 7 13.5636 7 10.508 7 10.9982 7 12.9286 8 11.7958 7 12.3444 7 14.5034 19 13.2588 7 14.5288 19 16.9164 19 15.7734 19 14.5796 19 15.5702 7 18.5166 19 17.272 19 16.3068 19 20.0152 19 18.669 19 18.3134 19 20.574 19 20.5994 19 23.114 19 29.2354 37 12.573 7 9.144 7 7.9248 7 15.7734 7 11.049 7 12.573 7 9.144 7 15.7734 7 11.049 7
#STD-OL outer -3 3 3 3 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 12 6 12 12 18 12 18 12 18 12 18 18 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 3 6 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 12 6 6 0 12 12 6 0 12 12 0 12 12 12 12 12 18 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
STR-DIA outer (in.) 0.0733 0.0823 0.0923 0.1037 0.102 0.1163 0.114 0.1307 0.128 0.144 0.162 0.1018 0.182 0.1144 0.1284 0.1019 0.1442 0.1144 0.162 0.1284 0.182 0.1443 0.1614 0.1814 0.1285 0.1443 0.162 0.1819 0.2043 0.2294 0.2576 0.2893 0.3249 0.3648 0.4096 0.46 0.1019 0.1144 0.0772 0.1285 0.0867 0.1443 0.1257 0.0974 0.1019 0.162 0.1412 0.1144 0.1819 0.1585 0.1228 0.1285 0.178 0.1379 0.1443 0.1018 0.1548 0.162 0.1143 0.1739 0.1144 0.1332 0.1242 0.1147 0.204 0.1459 0.1361 0.1285 0.1576 0.147 0.1443 0.162 0.1622 0.1819 0.1644 0.165 0.12 0.104 0.207 0.145 0.165 0.12 0.207 0.145
STR-DIA outer (mm) 1.8618 2.0904 2.3444 2.634 2.5908 2.954 2.8956 3.3198 3.2512 3.6576 4.1148 2.5857 4.6228 2.9058 3.2614 2.5883 3.6627 2.9058 4.1148 3.2614 4.6228 3.6652 4.0996 4.6076 3.2639 3.6652 4.1148 4.6203 5.1892 5.8268 6.543 7.3482 8.2525 9.2659 10.4038 11.684 2.5883 2.9058 1.9609 3.2639 2.2022 3.6652 3.1928 2.474 2.5883 4.1148 3.5865 2.9058 4.6203 4.0259 3.1191 3.2639 4.5212 3.5027 3.6652 2.5857 3.9319 4.1148 2.9032 4.4171 2.9058 3.3833 3.1547 2.9134 5.1816 3.7059 3.4569 3.2639 4.003 3.7338 3.6652 4.1148 4.1199 4.6203 4.1758 4.191 3.048 2.6416 5.2578 3.683 4.191 3.048 5.2578 3.683
STR-DIA core (in.) 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 0 9999 9999 9999 0 9999 9999 0 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999
STR-DIA core (mm) 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 3 9999 9999 9999 4 9999 9999 4 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999
UTS -(lb) 4532 5715 7206 8621 10020 10280 12630 12230 15930 19060 22730 27190 27030 34290 43240 52950 51730 66770 61700 84200 73350 100700 120200 142800 826 1030 1280 1590 1970 2440 3000 3690 4520 5520 6720 8140 3509 4250 1940 5174 2430 6291 9730 3045 7758 7639 11900 9393 9262 14490 4752 11440 17600 5930 13910 12370 7360 16890 15370 9154 25500 23920 17840 11360 24780 27770 20960 31040 32420 23850 37740 45830 21950 55570 43830 26900 15400 11200 42400 20800 18800 10800 29600 14500
UTS WGT --(kg) (lb/1000 ft) 2055.7 70.4 2592.3 88.8 3268.6 112 3910.5 141.2 4545 164.7 4663 178.1 5728.9 207.6 5547.5 224.5 7225.8 261.8 8645.6 330 10310.3 416.3 12333.3 448.7 12260.7 524.9 15553.8 565.8 19613.5 713.5 24018 879 23464.6 899.5 30286.7 1108 27986.9 1134 38192.9 1398 33271.3 1430 45677.2 1762 54522.4 2222 64773.7 2802 374.7 50 467.2 63 580.6 79 721.2 100 893.6 126 1106.8 159 1360.8 201 1673.8 253 2050.3 320 2503.9 403 3048.2 508 3692.3 641 1591.7 87.1 1927.8 109.9 880 128.9 2346.9 138.5 1102.2 162.5 2853.6 174.7 4413.5 322.2 1381.2 204.9 3519 203.8 3465 220.3 5397.8 406.1 4260.6 256.8 4201.2 277.8 6572.6 473.9 2155.5 325.8 5189.1 323.9 7983.3 646 2689.8 411 6309.5 408.5 5611 593.6 3338.5 517.9 7661.3 514.9 6971.8 748.3 4152.2 653.3 11566.7 700 10850 1002 8092.2 884.3 5152.9 772 11240.1 818.9 12596.4 1203 9507.4 1061 14079.7 882.6 14705.6 1403 10818.3 1237.9 17118.8 1113 20788.4 1403 9956.5 1544 25206.4 1770 19881.2 3088 12201.8 517 6985.4 273 5080.3 205 19232.5 813 9434.8 399 8527.6 517 4898.8 273 13426.5 813 6577.2 399
WGT -(kg/km) 104.8 132.2 166.7 210.1 245.1 265.1 309 334.1 389.6 491.1 619.5 667.8 781.2 842 1061.8 1308.1 1338.7 1648.9 1687.6 2080.5 2128.2 2622.2 3306.8 4170 74.4 93.8 117.6 148.8 187.5 236.6 299.1 376.5 476.2 599.8 756 953.9 129.6 163.6 191.8 206.1 241.8 260 479.5 304.9 303.3 327.9 604.4 382.2 413.4 705.3 484.9 482 961.4 611.7 607.9 883.4 770.7 766.3 1113.6 972.3 1041.8 1491.2 1316 1148.9 1218.7 1790.3 1579 1313.5 2088 1842.3 1656.4 2088 2297.8 2634.1 4595.6 769.4 406.3 305.1 1209.9 593.8 769.4 406.3 1209.9 593.8
Amps -(A) 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 96 111 128 147 170 197 228 263 306 354 409 473 110 120 174 140 201 160 240 230 170 190 270 200 220 310 310 230 360 360 270 420 417 310 490 480 360 540 540 540 410 600 610 410 660 680 470 540 840 620 1300 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999 9999
PSS/ADEPT - Appendix H
Conductor Database (8 of 8)
Index
A
acceleration factors A-33 adding a branch 2-6 adding a shunt 2-5 adding items to a group 2-9 adding items to a load category 2-12 adding nodes 2-4 analysis conventions 4-2 phases 4-2 analysis options CAPO 4-39 general 4-5 load flow 4-15 motor starting 4-33 short circuit 4-26 TOPO 4-45 construction dictionary 1-27, 1-29, A-31 construction dictionary formats basic data record B-16 one-phase data records B-17 rating data record B-17 reliability data record B-17 two-phase data records B-17 coordinate scale factors 1-28, 1-30 coordination view annotation 7-29 list 7-30 menu bar 7-29 printing 7-31 settings 7-29 corridor files 6-21 adjusting circuit properties 6-26 analyzing 6-28 automatic validation 6-28 calculation results 6-32 copying a circuit 6-26 deleting a circuit 6-27 deleting all circuits 6-28 modifying 6-25 pasting a circuit 6-27 selecting a curcuit 6-25 user-initiated validation 6-29 creating a diagram 2-1 creating a network 2-1
B
branches adding 2-6 copying 3-33 deleting 3-33 moving 3-32
C
cable/conductor damage curves editing 7-18 capacitor changing properties 3-81 properties F-20 user-specified validation criteria C-4 CAPO result options 4-14 changing properties 2-2 color coding 1-33, 4-7 branches under power factor limit 4-8 by group 4-7 items by category 4-8 nodes by calculated voltage 4-7 nodes by nominal voltage 4-7 overloaded branches 4-7 unbalanced nodes, branches 4-8 compensating impedance 3-46 conductor/cable damage properties F-31
D
defining a group 2-8 defining economics 2-14 defining item ordering method 2-15 defining load categories 2-11 deleting a group 2-10 deleting a load category 2-13 deselecting items all 3-19 device database interface adding fuses 7-42 adding reclosers 7-44 adding relays 7-43 modifying fuses 7-45 modifying reclosers 7-47 modifying relays 7-46
IX-1
Index
removing devices 7-49 updating manufacturers 7-48 diagram annotating 3-25 creating 2-1 knee points 2-32 layers 2-29 locking 2-34 navigating 2-28 panning 2-28 ports and links 2-39 symbol position 2-39 viewing results 4-5 diagram coordinates scaling/offsetting 2-27 diagram differences load and branch labels A-32 load flow results A-32 node labels A-32 shunt device labels A-33 transformer symbols A-32 diagram view 1-7 print preview 2-22 printing 2-20, 2-23 saving 2-28 zooming 2-26 displaying hidden diagram items 1-28, 1-30 distribution reliability analysis 9-1 automatic reclosing devices 9-5 breakers 9-5 construction dictionary 9-17 default parameters 9-8 fuses 9-6 fuseswitches 9-6 options 9-22 performing 9-26 reliability parameters 9-14 result display options 9-24 switches 9-6 tie switches 9-6 documentation conventions 1-2 abbreviations 1-2 click 1-2 double-click 1-2 right-click 1-2
F
fault all result options 4-11 nodes 4-11 filters selecting 3-24 flat transformers 1-25 flow arrows 4-8 fuses edting 7-11 properties F-26
G
getting help 1-2 grid editor 3-2 copy/paste 3-7 exporting data 3-8 finding data 3-8 formatting 3-9 modifying network items 3-4 opening 3-3 printing 3-11 zooming 3-14 groups A-34 adding items 2-9 defining 2-8 deleting 2-10 selecting 3-19 viewing 2-9
H
harmonic analysis 8-1 adding harmonic injections 8-2 analysis options 8-10 editing harmonic filters 8-8 editing harmonic injections 8-6 harmonic filters 8-7 harmonic models 8-18 nodes 8-5 shunt items 8-3 transformers 8-4 viewing results 8-12 help online 1-3 technical support 1-3
E
economics A-34 defining 2-14 editing 7-3 editing a network 3-1 equipment list view 1-9
I
image files 2-31 induction machine automatic validation criteria C-3 available designs E-1 changing properties 3-67
IX-2
Index
grounding impedance 3-69 properties F-14 user-specified validation criteria C-4 input file 1-27, 1-29 islands selecting 3-20 item ordering method defining 2-15 items centering 2-28 deselecting all 3-19 labels 2-34 rotating 2-39 selecting 3-15 selecting all 3-19 selecting multiple adjacent 3-17 selecting multiple nonadjacent 3-18 selecting single 3-16
K
knee points 2-32
L
labels 2-34 branch results 2-38 fonts 2-36 point nodes 2-37 result visibility 2-37 layers 2-29 limits loads A-33 network size A-33 number loops A-33 power factor 4-54 line properties calculator 6-1 corridor view 6-46-5 menu bar 6-12 saving impedances 6-40 setting options 6-14 status bar 6-12 toolbar 6-13 lines changing properties 3-34 properties F-4 user-specified validation criteria C-4 links 2-39 load categories A-34 adding items 2-12 defining 2-11 deleting 2-13 selecting 3-21 viewing 2-12
load flow and short circuit result options 4-9 all 4-11 branches 4-10 branches and shunts 4-11 nodes 4-9 shunts 4-10 load flow solutions constant current load 4-24 constant impedance load 4-24 constant power load 4-23 induction machines 4-23 lines and cables 4-20 machine modeling 4-21 network representation 4-20 sources 4-20 static load modeling 4-23 synchronous machines 4-21, A-14 transformers 4-21 load snapshots A-34 creating 3-102 loads automatic validation criteria C-2 locking the diagram 2-34
M
machine protection edting 7-24 properties F-34 main menu analysis 1-18 help 1-18 network 1-17 using 1-17 view 1-17 window 1-18 menus file 1-17 main 1-17 merging files 1-40 motor starting result options 4-11 motor starting solutions auto-transformer starting 4-35 machines being started 4-35, A-16 running machines 4-35 sources 4-35 MWh load changing properties 3-60 properties F-11 MWh loads A-34
N
name identifiers A-33
IX-3
Index
navigating the diagram 2-28 network automatic validation criteria C-1 creating 2-1 editing 3-1 properties F-1 rephasing 3-98 nodes adding 2-4 automatic validation criteria C-1 changing properties 3-30 copying 3-27 deleting 3-29 moving 3-27 properties F-3 resizing 3-29 selecting in base voltage range 3-22 toggling symbols 3-29
O
opening files 3-15 corridor files 6-21 Hub files 1-39 native files 1-38 raw data files 1-39, A-6 over current relays properties F-27
coordination study 7-27 coordination view 7-27 device database 7-32 device database interface 7-41 editing cable/conductor damage curves 718 editing fuses 7-11 editing machine protection curves 7-24 editing reclosers 7-21 editing relays 7-12 editing transformer damage curves 7-14 equipment packs 7-1, 7-3 fuse tables 7-32 importing customized database tables 7-53 printing device database 7-52 recloser tables 7-38 relay tables 7-35 protection equipment properties F-25
R
raw data file asynchronous machine load B-12 capacitor data section B-14 format B-1 line or cable data B-4 load data section B-10 load type definitions B-10 machine loads B-12 MWh load data section B-13 node declaration section B-3 series capacitor or series reactor data B-6 source data section B-3 switch data B-5 synchronous machine load B-12 system parameters section B-2 tie switch data B-5 title section B-2 transformer data B-6 transformer tap changing data section B-7 transformer type codes B-8 reclosers edting 7-21 properties F-33 relays edting 7-12 report database branch results G-1 capacitor properties G-5 CAPO results G-4 CAPO summary G-4 CAPO switching schedule G-5
P
panning the diagram 2-28 parameter file differences A-31 performing analysis CAPO 4-43 load flow 4-19 motor starting 4-34 short circuit 4-28 TOPO 4-46 ports 2-39 print options 2-20 print preview diagram view 2-22 print settings 2-21 printing files corridor files 6-23 printing the diagram 2-20, 2-23 progress view 1-14 properties diagram view 1-32 network 2-2 nodes 3-30 reliability 2-3 protection and coordination 7-1
IX-4
Index
device groups G-6 device limits G-6 DRA G-28 fault all current results G-7 induction machine properties G-8 line/cable properties G-9 load flow summary G-10 load properties G-11 load snapshots G-12 network economics G-12 node properties G-13 node results G-13 series capacitor/reactor properties G-15 shunt status G-16 source properties G-18 standard fault properties G-19 static load summary G-19G-20 switch properties G-21 synchronous machine properties G-22 system totals G-23 titles and comments G-25 TOPO results G-24 transfomer properties G-25 voltage levels G-28 report file 1-27, 1-29 report options 5-8 description 5-8 sort by 5-8 report preview 1-15, 5-9 report units 5-6 angle 5-7 current 5-7 power and losses 5-7 voltage 5-6 reports creating and designing 5-11 exporting 5-10 restoring last saved workspace 1-28, 1-30 root node 2-3, 2-15
S
saving diagram views 2-28 saving files 2-19 corridor files 6-22 image 2-31 raw data A-8 scaling automatic 3-91 loads 3-87 machines 3-89 MWh loads 3-90 scaling/offsetting diagram coordinates 2-27
selecting groups 3-19 selecting islands 3-20 selecting items 3-15 all 3-19 filters 3-24 multiple adjacent 3-17 multiple nonadjacent 3-18 single 3-16 selecting load categories 3-21 series capacitor/reactor automatic validation criteria C-2 changing properties 3-50 properties F-23 user-specified validation criteria C-4 setting default item properties 1-35 setting diagram view properties 1-32 color coding 1-33 colors 1-33 default 1-34 fonts 1-33 item labels 1-33 resetting 1-34 setting network properties 2-2 root node 2-3 setting program properties 1-27 construction dictionary 1-27, 1-29 coordinate scale factors 1-28, 1-30 displaying hidden diagram items 1-28, 1-30 input file 1-27, 1-29 report file 1-27, 1-29 restoring last saved workspace 1-28, 1-30 static load property sheet display 1-28, 130 tooltips 1-30 transformer symbols 1-28, 1-30 setting reliability properties 2-3 short circuit solutions lines and cables 4-29 machine modeling 4-30, A-15 sources 4-29 static load modeling 4-30 transformers 4-29 shunt capacitors automatic validation criteria C-2 shunts adding 2-5 copying 3-55 deleting 3-55 moving 3-54 source angle A-34 automatic validation criteria C-2
IX-5
Index
changing properties 3-63 grounding impedance 3-65 multiple A-34 properties F-13 user-specified validation criteria C-4 specifying print options 2-20 specifying print settings 2-21 standard fault changing properties 3-83 properties F-24 static load A-35 changing properties 3-56 grounding impedance 3-57 properties F-9 static load property sheet display 1-28, 1-30 status bar using 1-16 switches automatic validation criteria C-1 changing properties 3-38 properties F-22 synchronous machine automatic validation criteria C-3 changing properties 3-74 grounding impedance 3-78 properties F-16 user-specified validation criteria C-4
T
tabular reports branch current 5-2 branch power 5-2 branch power losses 5-2 CAPO 5-5 DRA 5-5 fault all current 5-5 input list of network data 5-2 network summary 5-4 node voltage 5-2 power flow summary 5-4 shunt current 5-3 shunt power 5-4 status 5-4 TOPO 5-5 thevenin equivalent impedance 4-30 toolbars 1-18 analysis 1-25 copying a button 1-21 creating 1-21 customizing 1-20 deleting a button 1-22 diagram 1-23
file 1-23 hiding 1-21 moving 1-20 report 1-27 resetting 1-22 results 1-26 saving 1-22 tooltip 1-18 zoom 1-26 tooltips 1-30 TOPO result options 4-13 transformer damage properties F-29 transformer damage curves edting 7-14 transformer modeling A-1 auto A-13 grounding A-13 impedance A-10 regulating A-12 size A-10 three winding A-10 three-legged core A-11 transformer symbols 1-28, 1-30 transformers automatic validation criteria C-2 calculating compensating impedance 3-46 changing properties 3-41 compensating impedance 3-46 conversions not supported A-8 grounding impedance 3-43 properties F-5 user-specified validation criteria C-4 tree selecting 3-23
U
unbalance current 4-51 voltage 4-48 using PSS/ADEPT diagram view 1-61-7 equipment list view 1-6, 1-9 exiting 1-5 installing 1-5 main menu 1-17 opening files 3-15 opening native files 1-38 opening PSS/Engines Hub files 1-39 opening raw data files 1-39 progress view 1-6, 1-14 report preview 1-6, 1-15, 5-9
IX-6
Index
saving files 2-19 starting 1-5 status bar 1-16 toolbars 1-18
V
validation automatic 4-2 user-initiated 4-4 viewing a group 2-9 viewing a load category 2-12 views diagram 1-7 docking 2-24 equipment list 1-9 floating 2-25 hiding 1-7, 2-23 progress list 1-14 report preview 1-15, 5-9 showing 1-7
W
workspace creating 3-86 deleting 3-86 restoring last saved 3-85 retrieving 3-85 saving 3-86
IX-7
IX-8